P.-, 
 
 367 
 C-38 
 
 Southern Branch 
 of the 
 
 University of California 
 
 Los Anf eles 
 
 Form L-l 
 
 "TA 
 
 a 
 
 COG. E. 
 
 I 
 
 .
 
 LOS ANGEi_Eii. CAD/-
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 OF 
 
 CLASSICAL GREEK 
 
 FROM HOMER TO DEMOSTHENES 
 
 FIRST PART 
 
 THE SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE 
 
 EMBRACING THE DOCTRINE OF 
 
 THE MOODS AND TENSES 
 
 BASIL LANNEAU GILDERSLEEVE 
 
 WITH THK CO-OPERATION OK 
 
 CHARLES WILLIAM EMIL MILLER 
 
 OF THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY 
 
 
 
 61904 
 
 NEW YORK : CINCINNATI : CHICAGO 
 
 A M E R I C A N BOOK COMPANY 
 
 3735^
 
 Copyright, i ooo, by 
 
 B. L. (JII.DKKSLEKVE. 
 
 Entered at Stationers' Hall, London. 
 
 Greek Syntax. 
 \\. V- 3
 
 1-ivliFAC 
 
 Ix compliance with the wishes of many of my former pupils, 
 I have determined to publish my Greek Syntax in parts. The 
 framework was planned many years ago, and corresponds in its 
 structure to the scheme of my Latin Grammar, the first edition 
 of which was published in 1867. In fact, the Latin Syntax was 
 based on the MS of the Greek. Doubtless the syntactician of 
 (4 to-day will find ample opportunity to criticise the arrangement, 
 f} but to refashion the book would require more time than the 
 t speeding years will allow me to presume on. Nor will I under- 
 ^ take in this place a vindication of the principles that have 
 . guided me in my syntactical studies. A word, however, as to the 
 order of the examples may be deemed appropriate. A catena 
 ^ of syntactical usage would be a memorable achievement, and 
 ^; I do not deny that at one time I thought it possible to organize 
 t 4 such a work, for which a large staff of helpers would have been 
 ^ needed; but I have learned to renounce this ambitious scheme, 
 and even the present far more modest undertaking would have 
 been impossible unless I had associated with myself a scholar who 
 is acquainted with every detail of my syntactical work, publish- 
 ed and unpublished, and who has brought to the task not only 
 a hearty sympathy with my views and methods, but a clearness 
 of judgment and an accuracy in details that have been of great 
 service to me in my own researches. In completing the list of 
 examples, and in filling up the gaps in the presentation, I have 
 availed myself freely of his help, and we have worked side by 
 side in the collection and the scrutiny of the passages cited; and 
 to this pupil, colleague, friend, Professor C. W. K. Ml 1. 1. MR, the
 
 iv P KEF ACE 
 
 completion of the work has been committed, in case the privilege 
 should be denied me of putting the last hand to the labor of 
 many years. 
 
 Like myself, Professor MILLER is thoroughly imbued with the 
 conviction that the study of syntax is of the utmost importance 
 for the appreciation of literary form, and we both believe that 
 the presentation of the phenomena under the rubrics of the 
 different departments of literature will be found useful for in- 
 struction and even more so for suggestion. Taking the Attic 
 Orators as the standard of conventional Greek, we have worked 
 backward through philosophy and history to tragic, lyric, and 
 epic poetry, comedy being the bridge which spans the syntax of 
 the agora and the syntax of Parnassus. Individual syntax we 
 have not been able to set forth with any fulness, but the differ- 
 ent departments have been represented to the best of our ability 
 and judgment. The plan has saved us from giving the usual 
 medley of examples, it has forced us to rely largely on our own 
 collections and to examine the texts for ourselves, and it will 
 enable those who come after us to fill up these outlines with 
 greater ease. 
 
 BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE. 
 THE JOHNS HOI-KINS UNIVERSITY, BALTIMORE.
 
 CONTENTS OF PART I 
 
 Simple Sentence, 1-467. 
 
 Nominative Case, 3-13. As Subject, 3-4. In Titles, Inscrip- 
 tions, etc., 5. In Citations, Enumerations, and Indefinite 
 Predications, 6-9. In Suspense, 10. In Exclamations, n. 
 For the Vocative, 12. In Apposition with Vocative, 13. 
 Vocative Case, 14-25. J> with Vocative, 15. Position of w, 
 16-18. Repetition of <L, 19. Omission of w, 20. Position of 
 Vocative, 21-23. Vocative in Exclamations, 24. Predicate 
 Vocative. 25. 
 
 Forms of the Subject, 26-59. Adjectives used Substantively, 28-39. 
 Masculine and Feminine Adjectives used Substantively, 28-30. 
 GLKIJP, yvvri, avOponros, expressed, 31. Ellipsis of Masculine Substan- 
 tives. 32. Ellipsis of Feminine Substantives, 33-35. Neuter Ad- 
 jectives used Substantively, 36. Neuter Plural of Adjectives and 
 Verbals, 37. Ellipsis of Neuter Substantives, 38. Possessive Pro- 
 noun or Genitive with Substantivized Adjectives and Participles, 39. 
 XRT)H- a and -irpd-yjAa Expressed, 40. Abstract Noun used as a Concrete, 
 41. Plural of Abstracts used Distributive!}', 42. The Distributive 
 Singular, 43. Plural of Abstract Nouns used Concretely. Plural 
 of Proper Nouns, 44-46. Divergent Plural Expressions, 47. Plural 
 of Feminine Names of Towns and of Parts of the Human Rody, 
 48-50 Name of Inhabitants as Name of City, 51. Pluralis Maie- 
 statis, 52. Plural of Courtliness and Reserve, 53. First Person 
 Plural for First Person Singular, 54. Gender of the same, 55. 
 Singular in Collective Sense, 56-58. elirs, <{>'pe, aye, etc., of more than 
 one, 59. 
 
 Copula, 60-67. Periphrases with yty vo ; iat - 61. Copula as the Predi- 
 cate, 62. Forms of elvcu at head of Sentence, 63. Copulative Verbs, 
 64 Passive Verbs as Copulative Verbs, 65. tlvan. combined with 
 Copulative Verb. 66. Previous Condition. 67. 
 
 Omission of the Subject, 68-82. Personal Pronoun Expressed, 68. 
 Unemphatic ly<* and rv, 69. Omission of Subject of Third 
 Person, 70. Even when there is a Sudden Change of Subject.
 
 VI CONTEXTS 
 
 71. Subject contained in Verb, 72. tta p^ara, 73. Divine 
 Agent Expressed, 74-75. Impersonal Verbs, 76. Subject an 
 Infinitive or Sentence, 77. Indefinite Subject to be Supplied 
 from Context, 78 Ellipses of Time, Circumstances, and the like, 
 79. "One," how expressed, 80-81. Indefinite Subject of the 
 Third Person Plural Omitted, 82. 
 
 Omission of the Copula, 83-86. rri and eUri, 84. Other Forms, 
 85. In Dependent Clauses, 86. 
 
 Omission of the Verbal Predicate, 87. 
 
 Concord of Predicate, 88-136. Verbal Predicate, 88. Adjective Predi- 
 cate, 89. Concord when Subject is an Infinitive, or a Sentence, or 
 when the Verb is Impersonal, 90. Agreement of Predicate with 
 Subject of Leading Verb, 91. Predicate Vocative for Nominative, 
 92. Substantive Predicate, 93. Substantiva Mobilia, 96. 
 
 General Exceptions, 97-118. Neuter Plural with Singular Verb, 
 97-98. Adjective Predicate of Neuter Plural Subject, 99. Neuter 
 Dual Subject, 100. Plural Accusative Absolute with Singular 
 Participial Predicate, 101. Neuter Plural with Plural Verb, 102. 
 Neuter Plural Subject Comprising Duality with Dual Verb, 103. 
 "With Singular, 104. Dual Subject with Plural Predicate, 105- 
 109. Of First Person, 105. Of Second or Third Person, 106. With 
 Plural Participial Attribute, 107. Dual Genitive Absolute with 
 Plural Participle, 108. Dual Subject and Plural Predicate Ad- 
 jective, 109. Plural Subject and Dual Predicate, i lo-i 14. Plural 
 the Rule, in. Plural Verb with Dual Participle, 112. Dual 
 Verb with Complementary Plural Predicate Participle, 113. 
 Dual Adjective Predicate with Verb of First Person Plural, 114. 
 Transition from Dual Verb to Plural Verb, or vice versa, in 
 Same Sentence, 115. Dual Number, 116. Plural Subject and 
 Singular Verb, 117-118. 2ocn; JLa ITivSapiKov, 118. 
 
 Special Exceptions, 1 19-136. Nouns of Multitude, 120. Organ- 
 ized Number, 121. Agreement in Sense, 122. Periphrastic Sub- 
 ject, 123. Agreement of Copula with Predicate, 124. Agree- 
 ment of Verb with Appositivc, 125. Neuter Adjective as Sub- 
 stantive Predicate, 126. Demonstrative Attracted to Gender of 
 Predicate, 127-128. Demonstrative not Attracted, 129. Differ- 
 ence between ri and TIS in Predicate, 130-131. TI instead of riva. 
 132. Tiva. 133. Attraction of Superlative Predicate. 134. Super- 
 lative Predicate Agreeing with Genitive, 135. Masculine Re- 
 ferring to Indefinite Subject known to be a Woman, 136. 
 Forms of the Verbal Predicate, 137-467. 
 
 Voices of the Verb, 137-182. 
 
 Active Voice, 138-144. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, 139.
 
 CONTEXTS Vll 
 
 Transitive Verbs without Outer Object, 140. Periphrases 
 with YtyvoiMu, 1 4 1 ' Transitive Verbs used Intransitively, 142. 
 Infinitive Active apparently as Passive, 143. Causative 
 Active, 144. 
 
 Middle Voice, 145-156. Direct Reflexive Middle, 146. In- 
 direct Middle, 147. Active for the Indirect Middle, 148. 
 Reciprocal Middle, 149. Causative Middle, 150. Active 
 and Reflexive, 151. av-ros lavrov, 152. Middle with Reflex- 
 ive Forms, 153-154. Middle and Accusative of the Part 
 Affected, 155. Details of Difference between the Active 
 and the Middle, 156. 
 
 Passive Voice, 157-178. Instrument, Means, or Cause, 158. 
 Agent, 159-165. Interchange of Instrument and Agent, 
 166. Permissive Passive, 167. Future Middle in Passive 
 Sense, 168. Aorist Passive for Aorist Middle, 169. Passive 
 of Middle Verbs, 170. Active Serving as Passive, 171-172. 
 Passives of Intransitive Verbs, 173. Passive of Verbs that 
 take Genitive or Dative, 174-175. Impersonal Passive of 
 Verbs Governing an Oblique Case, 176. Deponent Verbs, 
 177. Passive of Deponents expressed by Periphrasis, 178. 
 
 Reciprocal Expressions, 179-182. dXXTjXuv, 179. Reciprocal 
 Reflexives, 180. Reciprocal and Reflexive in Contrast, 181. 
 Repetition of Cognates, 182. 
 Mood Defined, 183. 
 Tenses of the Verb, 184-360. 
 
 Present Tense, 189-204. Specific Present. Universal Present, 
 189-190. Present Participle combined with Copula, 191. 
 Conative Present. Present of Endeavor, 192-193. Present 
 Anticipating Future. Praesens Prophcticum, 194. elfii, 
 195-197. Present in Passionate Questions, 198. Historical 
 Present, 199-200. Annalistic or Note-Book Present, 201. 
 Present of Unity of Time, 202. Perfect of Unity of Time, 
 203. Present for Perfect, 204. 
 
 Imperfect Tense, 205-225. With Adverb of Rapidity, 206. 
 Descriptive Imperfect, 207. Imperfect with Definite Num- 
 bers, 208-210. Imperfect and Aorist Interwoven, 21 1. Inter- 
 change of Imperfect and Aorist, 212. Imperfect of Endeavor. 
 213. The Same combined with Aorist of Attainment, 214. 
 fptXXov with Infinitive, 215. Negative Imperfect, 216. Imper- 
 fect of Past Impressions. 217-220. In Description of Sce- 
 nery. 217. Of Points Assumed, 218. Of Former Views, 219. 
 Of Sudden Appreciation of Real State of Affairs. Imperfect 
 for Present, 220. Origin of Modal eSci, <xpn v - rtr --' I"M )cr '
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 feet of Unity of Time, 222-223. Imperfect apparently used 
 as a Pluperfect, 224. Of TJKttv and otxr6ai used Aoristi- 
 cally, 225. 
 
 Perfect Tense, 226-234. Perfect of Maintenance of Result, 
 228. Intensive Perfect, 229-232. Perfect of an Action that 
 is Dated, 233. For Future Perfect, 234. Gnomic Perfect; 
 257. Periphrastic Perfect, 286-288. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense, 235-237. Of Rapid Relative Completion, 
 236. As Imperfect, 237. 
 
 Aonst Tense, 238-264. Ingressive, 239-242. Of Actions of 
 Long Duration, Complexive Aorist, 243-244. Of Total 
 Negation, 245-246. Present used in Negation, 247. Aorist 
 for Perfect, 248-252. Translated by Pluperfect, 253-254. 
 Gnomic Aorist, 255. Aorist of Comparison, 256. Gnomic 
 Perfect and Future, 257-258. Empirical Aorist, 259. Aorist 
 in General Descriptions, 260. In Passionate Questions, 261. 
 Where English uses Present, 262. Of the Future, 263. 
 Imperfect, Aorist, and Pluperfect Side by Side, 264. 
 
 Future Tense, 265-278. Modal Nature of, 267. In Delibera- 
 tive Questions, 268. Imperative Use of, 269. |xi] and the 
 Future Indicative in Prohibitions, 270. oi with Future In- 
 dicative in Questions as Imperative. 271. Periphrastic 
 Future with (j.e'X\o>, 272-276. pe'XXw with Future Infinitive, 
 273. With Present Infinitive, 274. With Piesent and 
 Future, 275. With Aorist, 276. pe'XXa), I postpone, 277-278. 
 With Present, 277. With Aorist, 278. Gnomic Future, 
 257-258. 
 
 Future Perfect Tense, 279-284. Future Perfect Active, 280. 
 Future Perfect Middle used Passively, 281. Future Perfect 
 in Imperative Sense, 282. As a Future, 283. Periphrastic 
 Future Perfect Middle, 284. 
 
 Periphrastic Tenses, 285-296. Periphrases with Perfect Parti- 
 ciple, 286-290. Perfect Participle with titjv av, 288. Perfect 
 Participle Parallel with an Adjective, 289. As Predicate of 
 Participle of dpi, 290. Periphrases with Present Participle, 
 291-292. Present Participle Parallel with an Adjective, 292. 
 Periphrases with Aorist Participle, 293-295. Aorist Parti- 
 ciple with forms of <j>aivo;jLai, 294. With f\o>, 295. Peri- 
 phrastic Perfect Participle with ?x<, 296. 
 
 Epistolary Tenses, 297- 298. 
 
 Tenses of the Moods, 299 360. Of Imperative, 303. Of Sub- 
 junctive, 304. Of Pure Optative. 305. Of Optative with av, 306. 
 
 Tenses of Optative as Representative of Indicative, 307-312.
 
 CONTENTS ix 
 
 Present, 307. Aorist, 308. Perfect. 309. Future, 310. Re- 
 tention of Imperfect and Pluperfect Indicative in Oratio 
 Obliqua, 311. Present Optative representing Imperfect 
 Indicative, 312. 
 
 Tenses of the Infinitive, 313-328. Infinitive as a Verbal Noun, 
 313-326. As Subject, 314-319. As Object, 320-326. Future 
 Infinitive as Object of Verbs of Creation, 326. Infinitive as 
 Representative of Indicative, 327-328. Anarthrous, 327. 
 Articular, 328. 
 
 Tenses of the Participle, 329-360. Of Participle as Verbal 
 Adjective, 329-353. Present, 330-338. Of Contemporane- 
 ous Action, 330-336. Prior Action, 337. Subsequent Action, 
 338. Aorist, 339-347- Perfect, 348-353. Of Participle as 
 Representative of the Indicative, 354-360. Present, 355-357. 
 Aorist, 358. Perfect, 359. Future, 360. 
 Moods, 361-467. 
 
 Indicative Mood, 361-368. Expression of Possibility, Power, 
 Obligation, and Necessity, 363-364. cSct, ^xP'i*'' etc., of 
 Present, 364. In Generic Sentences, 365. Non-use of 
 Certain Tenses of Indicative with Temporal Particles, 366. 
 Indicative in Wishes, 367. In other than Simple Sen- 
 tences, 368. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood, 369-387. Name, 370. Theory, 371. Im- 
 perative Subjunctive, 3/2-375. Imperative of First Person, 
 373-374. Imperative Subjunctive of Second Person, 375. 
 Aorist Subjunctive in Prohibitions, 3/6-377. Present Sub- 
 junctive Third Person as Negative Imperative, 378. Sub- 
 junctive Questions, Deliberative Subjunctive, 379-384. First 
 Person, 380. Second Person, 381. Third Person, 382. Sub- 
 stitutes for the Deliberative Subjunctive, 383. Tiird0a>; 384. 
 Subjunctive in tIalf-Questions, 385. Homeric Subjunctive, 
 386. Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses, 387. 
 
 Optative Mood, 388-400. In Wishes, 388. Potential Optative. 
 389. Optative in Questions, 390. Tenses of Pure Optative. 
 391-393. Imperative Optative, 394. Optative with ei0c, <i 
 yap. 395. With el and ws, 396. Pure Optative in Relative 
 Sentences, 397. fJovA.oi[ii]v av, 398. Optative in Semi- 
 dependent and In Dependent Clauses, 399. Parallelism <>t 
 Optative and Infinitive, 400. 
 
 Imperative Mood, 401-422. Tenses of Imperative, 402-409. 
 Present, 403. Aorist, 404. Additional Remarks, 405. Per- 
 fect Active. 40(1. Perfect Mitldle. 407. Perfect Passive. 
 408 409. Third Person, 408. Second Person, 409. aye, !9i,
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 c, with Imperative, 410-413. Negative Imperative, 414- 
 419. Difference between Present and Aorist in Prohibitions, 
 415. Examples of Present, 416. Aorist, 417-418. Third 
 Person, 417. Second Person, 418. Perfect, 419. Equiva- 
 lents of Imperative, 420. Representatives of Imperative in 
 Oratio Obliqua, 421. Imperative in Dependent and in In- 
 terrogative Sentences, 422. 
 
 Particle av, 423-467. Distinctions in Use of av, 424. Shifting 
 from Definite to Indefinite, 425. KCV KC), K<X, 426. Etymology 
 of av. 
 
 Indicative with av, 428-433. Unreal Indicative with av, 429. 
 As Potential of Past, 430. Of Intermittent Action, 431. 
 av with Future Indicative and its Representatives, 432. Non- 
 use of av with Present and Perfect Indicative, 433. 
 Optative with av, 434-450. Potential Optative, 434. Time and 
 Tenses of Potential Optative, 435-440. Present, 436-437. 
 Aorist, 438-439. Perfect, 440. av with Future Optative, 441. 
 Translation of Optative with av, 442. Imperative Use of av 
 with Optative, 443. Combined with Indicative, 444. In 
 Questions, 445. iru>s av with Optative to Express Wish, 446. 
 Optative with av in Dependent Discourse, 447. Adherescent 
 av, 448. lav, orav, etc., with Optative, 449. Omission of av 
 with Optative. Pure Optative as a Potential, 450. 
 Subjunctive with av, 451-456. As a Form of Independent 
 Statement, 452-455. Omission of av in Subjunctive De- 
 pendent Clauses, 456. 
 Other Uses of av, 457-458. av with other Moods, 457. av 
 
 without a Verb, 458. 
 
 Position of av and K(V), 459-467. After Verb, 460. With 
 Negatives, 461. With Interrogatives, 462. After Participle, 
 463. With any Leading Modifier, 464. With Verbs of Say- 
 ingor Thinking,465. Rare Position in Relative Subjunctive 
 Sentences, 466. Repetition of av and KC(V), 467.
 
 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 1. SYNTAX treats of the formation and combination of sen- 
 tences. 
 
 A sentence is the expression of thought in words. It is a 
 \6yos 
 
 The necessary parts of the sentence are the subject and the 
 predicate. 
 
 The predicate is that which is said of the subject. 
 
 The subject is that of which the predicate is said. 
 
 avBponros )iavOdvci, PLATO, Soph. 262 C; Man /earns. avOpwiros is the 
 subject; navOdvei is the predicate. See also 2, 27, and 68-82. 
 
 Sentences are divided into simple and compound. 
 A simple sentence is one in which the necessary parts of the 
 sentence occur but once, as above, av9pu>u-os pavddvcu 
 For the compound sentence, see Index. 
 
 SYNTAX OF THE SIMPLE SENTENCE 
 
 2. The most simple form of the sentence is the finite verb : 
 
 el-|, / am ; 8i8u>-s, thou givest ; <H-^ he savs. 
 
 Here the form contains in itself all the necessary elements, the subject 
 being indicated by the ending. 
 
 Nominative Case 
 
 3. SUBJECT. The subject of the finite verb is always in the 
 nominative case, or so considered. 
 
 Kovwv . . . tviKT)o-e, DIN. i, 75 ; Konon gained the victory. 
 
 4. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative case, or so con- 
 sidered. See Infinitive.
 
 2 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 dSvvarov . . . avOpwirov iravra icaXws iroiciv, XEX. Cyr. 8, 2, 5 ; For- a man 
 to do all tilings well is impossible. 
 
 For the nominative with the infinitive, see Index. 
 
 5. NOMINATIVE IN TITLES, INSCRIPTIONS, ETC. -T The 
 nominative is used as in English, not only as the subject of the 
 verb, but in titles, inscriptions, and the like, which imply action 
 or character. 
 
 i, Clouds ; 2<j>tJKs, Wasps ; Elpijvr), Peace ; Bdrpaxoi, frog's ; 
 nXovros, Plutus, etc. 
 
 KaXXierroj NiiccxfuXov 'AyytXtjOev, CIA. II, 1682. npoKXeiStjs 4>iXo- 
 , CIA. II, 1686. CIA. II, 1689. 1690. 1691. 1692. etc. 
 
 6. NOMINATIVE IN CITATIONS, ENUMERATIONS, AND IN- 
 DEFINITE PREDICATIONS. Under the former head more prop- 
 erly belongs also the use of tlie so-called nominative absolute 
 in the citation of names, in. enumerations, and in indefinite 
 predications. 
 
 oivf)p 8 -yev6(ivos irpocriXT)<{> TTJV riv TrovTjpwv KOIVTJV eircovvfuav <rv KO<J>O.VTT]S, 
 
 AKSCHIX. 2, 99; When /ie became a man, he received the common surname 
 of scoundrels, i. e. sycophant (informer). 
 
 7. Norn, in Citations of Names : 
 AKSCHIX. 2, 99 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 956 C : StaiT^rai ftiKaa-Tcav rnvvnpa fj.a\\ov TrptTrov f-^nvrfy. 
 Soph. 2l8 E : oiov a(T7ra\ifVTT] s. Theag. 124 D : riva yap iiXXriv (sc. fVwi'u- 
 fj.iav), . . ., ir\r']v ye %p rj a /JL 10 So t ; Ibid, 124 E. 
 
 XEX. Cyr. 3, 3, 58: TTdpr/y-yvn 6 Kvpos crvv8rnj.a Zfvs (r v p. p. a x n s K(il r/yf- 
 /xco /. Oec. 6, 14 TOVS f^ovras TO rrfp.vov ovofia TOVTO ro KaXos re Kay ad us. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 1185 : p.vs urn yX^ /xAXfty \eyav (so R). 
 
 EUR. Tr. 1233 (but Kirchhoff puts a comma after t'arpos). 
 
 Soi'H. Ant. 567 : <]XX' fj8f ^ivrtn p.rj Xe'y(e). 
 
 8. Norn, in Enumerations : 
 
 DEM. 23, 207 : ra fie rf/s 7T<)Xfa)9 otKoSo/iijjuara . . . rniai/Trt (sc. npa\ . . ., irpo- 
 rrvXaid T uvTd, vfuxrotKoi, IT r o a /, tit tpaif v s. 
 
 PLATO, Soph. 266 D : r/^/it 8vo &LXU i"""?T"c^j fi'ftf; Seta fjifv KOI (ivdpo)- 
 
 TT IVT) KT. 
 
 AESCHYL, Pers. 33 sqq. : JXXouy 8' 6 . . , NftXoj eVf/i\^f v 'Sovtria-Ka.vrjs, 
 Ilr]y(tcrT<iy<jL)v A I y u ITT oy e vr\ f, o Tf TTJS itpas Mf'^i0tSos ilp^utf Acre., And 
 others Nile sent, Susiskanes, etc,
 
 KOM1\AT1\'JK CASE 3 
 
 This use of the nominative abounds in inscriptions: 
 
 CIA. I, 37 (= Hicks, No. 47). Ibid. 170-3 (= Hicks. No. 50): T<iflr irapf- 
 
 $OCT(lt> . . . (TTf(paiH)S . . ., (ptliXllL . . ., KUptJ . . ., K O I T '/ . . . ACT*'., KT. Ibid. 
 
 259 (= Hicks, No. 48), etc., etc. See Msth., Or. d. Alt. Inschr.-' 82, 3 dj. 
 
 g. Nom. in Indefinite Predications : 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 51 v]<Tos 8fvf>pt)f<T(ra, dfii 8' (v ft(i>fjuiTa vaid, A wooded isl- 
 and, and in it a goddess Jiath her abode. II. 6, 395~6 : p.fya\ffropos 'llfriwos, 
 'HtTicov 6f fftitfv. Ibid. 10,437. 547- 
 
 For the free and frequent use of this nom. in inscriptions, see Msth.' J 
 82, 3 a-c. 
 
 CIA. II, 809 C, I54~55 (3 2 5/j24 B.C.): lino rf/s TfTfit'ipovs '.\i>v<T(a>s, '\vri?iu>- 
 pov ffjyov, 1'roin the quadrireine Anysis, the work of Antidonts. So often 
 in the same inscription. Ibid. I, 179, 7 sqq. (433 B.C.) : irap(8o<Tai> . . . rpfls KU\ 
 
 10. NOMINATIVK IX SusPKNSE. The nominative is some- 
 times left in suspense (ttominativiis pcndcns, anacolntlion, want 
 of sequence), an equivalent construction being substituted. 
 
 SiaXc-yopevo? avru ISo^c fioi, PLATO, Apol. 21 C; Talking with him 
 it seemed to me. 
 
 ISOC. 4, IO7-8: )(OVT(S . . . K(KTTJp.(VOl . . . KpdTOVVTfS . . . I > 6 T ( S 
 . . . OflOlS OV&(V TOVTOiV T)p.US (TT']p(. 12, I I 8. 
 
 AN DOC. I, 1 6. Ibid. 29-30: Km yap ol Xoyoi TUIV KOTtjyoptov . . . rovrtav ovv 
 ffjioi ran/ \(iyu>i> . . . TI Trpt)(rr']Kfi ; Ibid. 95. 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 21 C (see above). Crat. 403 A (bis). Ibid. 404 C : ** ppt- 
 
 <paTTa 8c, TroXXoi p.(v Kilt TOVTO <po(3ovVTai To oj/o/ia. Ibid. 4' 2 B-C. 4'9 IS- 
 
 XKX. An. 2, 5. 4' : Ilpo^fvos 8t KH\ Ntvtav . . . Trt'/i^are UVTOVS Stvpo. 
 Cf. 3. 3, 1 6. 7.6,37. Hiero, 4, 6. Cf. 6, 15. 
 
 HDT. i, 134. 
 
 EUK. H. F. 185. Phoen. 283-5. 
 
 AESCHYL. Cho. 520-1. 
 
 HOM. II. 2, 350-3. 
 
 11. NOMINATIVK IN EXCLAMATIONS. In exclamations, the 
 nominative characterises, the vocative addresses, the accusative 
 implies an object of emotion, and the genitive the source or sphere 
 of emotion. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 227 C : & ytwatot, tWf ypcfytuv u>s xrt. 
 
 Au. Kan. 652 : livdptawot itpiit. PI. 23 : Xrjpoy, Stuff and nonsense! 
 
 Euk. Med. 61 : o> /xo>/>ov, O foolish woman that she is!
 
 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 SOPH. El. 1354. Ph. 254: o> TroXX' ryco p.o^0rjpos, co iriKpos Seals. Tr, 
 1046 sq. 
 
 HOM. Od. 2O, 194: dva-fjLopos. 
 
 II. I, 231 : dr)p.ol36pos i3a<ri\evs, tirtl ovri8avoi(Tiv avdaaeis, Folk-devour- 
 ing king that thou art, etc. 2, 38 : i^n-tor. 5, 403 : o-^f'rXtor. Ibid. 406 : 
 VTJTTIOS. Ibid. 787 : m'Scor. 9,630: o-^eVXtor. Ibid. 632: vrjXfjs. 13,95: atdcos. 
 16,422: id. 17,236: VIJTTI.OI. 22,86: o-^e'rXtoj. 
 
 For the Vocative, see 24. 
 
 For the Accusative in Exclamations, see Index. 
 
 For the Genitive in Exclamations, see Index. 
 
 12. NOMINATIVE FOR THE VOCATIVE. In the absence of a 
 vocative form, the nominative is used as a vocative. When the 
 vocative exists, the use of the nominative as a vocative has 
 often a perceptible difference of tone. It is graver and more 
 respectful, because it appeals to character, though sometimes 
 metrical considerations come into play. In Homer, the nom- 
 inative of proper nouns is frequently substituted for the voca- 
 tive because of certain irregularities of metre. 
 
 e-yoj . . ., w YH K( " *i^ l *"< ' O'vveo-is . . . (3|3oT]0T]Ka, AESCHIN. 3, 260. 
 
 AESCHIX. 3, 260 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Hipp. Mai. 281 A : 'Imrius o KH\OS re xal cro<pos, cos 5m ^pcii/ou i]p.~iv 
 Karffpds els TUS '.\dt]vas. 
 
 AR. Nub. 264-5 : <o ^'O-TTOT' ava ... | \a/j.7rpt')s T alff fip. 1 1168. 
 
 EUR. Hel. 1399 : 2) K\eivos i]p.1v no a is. Suppl. 277 : o> <pi\os, o> 8 OKI p. co- 
 raro r 'EXXafli. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 525 : Ainr, and so regularly in Sophocles. (See Ellendt, Lex. 
 Soph.). 
 
 AESCHVL. P. V. 88-90: co Stor aldrjp K(ii ra^vTrrtpoi TTI/OO/, | iroTap.cav re 
 Tfriya\ irovriwv Tt Kvp.nru>v | <ivt)piupoi> ye XcHTfJia, irofifiTiTop Te yrj. Ibui. 545 w 
 (p[\os, ft77f. Fr. 207 N J : rf>dyns, ytvfiov apa TrevOiicreis a"v ye. 
 
 H()M. Od. I, 301 : <m (TV, (j>i\os, fj.d\a ydp (r(e) Kre. IJ, 415 : 8t>s, (pi\s. 
 19, 406 : yap.j3pos efj.i>s Bvyartp re, riflfcrff wop. UTTI Ktv ftTrco. 
 
 II. 3, 276 sq. : Zev TTurtp "lF>jj6ei> p-eSf'tov KvSicrTf peyicrrt \ 'He'Xios 1 $' or 
 TTUVT' e'fpopas. 
 
 For the occasional use of the Nom. Adj. with a Voc. Subst. or of a 
 Voc. Adj. with a Nom. Subst., see Index. 
 
 1 This is a curious coincidence with the Yedic rule (Delbruck, Synt. Forsch. V. 
 66| which prohibits copulation of two vocatives by ca (r<), but requires the word 
 connected by ca to be put in the nominative instead of in the vocative.
 
 VOCATIVE CASE 5 
 
 13. NOMINATIVE IN APPOSITION WITH THE VOCATIVE. 
 The nominative with the article is sometimes in apposition 
 with an expressed or unexpressed vocative which is identical 
 with the subject of the verb. Similarly the pronoun OVTOS is 
 often used in calling to a person. 
 
 & irats, atcoXouOci Stvpo, AK. Ran. 521 ; You boy, follow this way I OVTOS, 
 TI iroifis ; Ibid. Nub. 723 : You there, w/iat are you doing ? 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 172 A : *Q <I> X ;; p t v s, ((prj, o VTOS 'ArroXX o5o>p or, ov irepi- 
 ft( vt i s ; (C(iyo) enicrTiis ir(piip.iva- KU\ oy, 'ATruXXcJSwpf , (prj KT(. (note difference 
 between nom. and voc.). Ibid. 218 H : ol be oiKfrai KH\ d rty uXXo? tort &i t 1r)- 
 \os . . ., Tri'Xas . . . rots UHFIV (ntdfcrde. Protag. 337 C : o> tlvftpfs, (<}]> oi irapi>i>T( v. 
 
 XEN. An. I, 5. l6: n/xifi/f KU\ oi XXoi ol TrapovTt s"E\\rjvfs, OVK lcr-e 
 on iroif'tTf, Proxenus and the rest of you Greeks that are present, you do not 
 know wltat you are doing. Cyr. 4, 5. '7 : '$' M (l/ <) ^" (Tl '' *'0'/> irpftrtivTaTas, 
 icdi lu>t> Ttiirra Xt'yf. Ibid. 4, 5> 22 "^ ^ *0'?' " r ^ t/ 'Ypxavitav npx&v, virofjitivov. 
 Ibid. 5. 3- 43 ' fiftfif\(tr&f . . . oi rt up^ovrfs Km irt'ivrts (5 oi cr u> <f) p o v o v v- 
 rfs. Ibid. 6, 3, 33 : crv 8e 6 (7/j^oai' . . . (KTUTTOV. Ibid. 8, 7, 28 : icl niivrt s 
 8 ot irapovTfS Ka\ ol airovTts <^)i'Xoi j^aipfTt, Mem. 3- '4. 4-' jropan^pfiT*j 
 (^)r;, roGroj/, f > i Tr\rj (r iov. 
 
 Al<. Ach. 242 : irpuiff e? ro TTpoadtv uXtyov, T) Kavrffpopof. Nub. 723 (see 
 above). Vesp. I : ovror, ri -rrda-^fis ; Ibid. 1364: o> oilror, ovror. Av. 665- 
 6: f) HpoKvr), \ fxpaivf. Lys. 437 : (odo-as, OVTOS ; Ran. 521 (see above). 
 
 EUR. Ale. 773 OVTOS, ri (Tf^ivov . . . ft\(ir(is ; Med. 922 : UVTT), TI x\(apms 
 KaKpvois rtyytis Kopas ; Or. 1567: OVTOS a~v, . . . p.r] \^av(rr}S (<ru expressed 
 with the OUTOJ). 
 
 SoPH. Ai. 71-2 : OVTOS, <re . . . | ... K<I\O>. Ibid. 89: u> OVTOS, \ias, 8tvT(- 
 pov o~f Trpoo'KdXia. 
 
 AKSCHYL. Pers. 155-6: oj 8advu>vu>i> avao-a-a . . . \ H?IT(p t] A('pov yt- 
 patd, X ll ' l P f - 
 
 HOM. Od. 3, 427 : ol aXXot. Cf. 9, 172 : XXot p.tv vvv fj.ip.vfT 1 e^uil fpiijpfs 
 fTaipoi. 
 
 II. 3, 94 : oi aXXot. 19, 83 : id. Cf. ibid. 190 : aXXot. 
 
 Vocative Case 
 
 14. The Vocative (the case of direct address) is not affected 
 by the structure of the sentence, and does not enter as an ele- 
 ment into syntax, except in the matter of concord. 
 
 15. i WITH THE VOCATIVE. S> is commonly prefixed to the 
 vocative.
 
 6 GREEK' SYNTAX 
 
 <3 avSpes 'AOrivatoi, DEM. I, I ; Gentlemen of Athens, at! opoios , w' 
 AoSupe, PLATO, Conv. 1730; You are always alike, Apollodorus. 
 
 DK.M. i, i : &> uvftpt $ 'A$^<uoi, and so hundreds of times in the same au- 
 thor. 19.4: o> <iv8p(s SiKaarai, and the same phrase hundreds of times in 
 the same author. 
 
 AKSCHIX. i, 122. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 173 D (see above). In the Conv. there are about 70 ex- 
 amples of the use of Z> with the vocative of proper names, and only 8 in- 
 stances of the vocative of proper names without i. (See Hug on Plat. 
 Conv. /////.). Protag. : All of about a hundred vocatives of proper names 
 seem to have the w. (See Hug /. c.). 
 
 XKN". Anab. : w with the vocative occurs about 40 times; 1 e.g. i, 7, 3. 
 
 THUC. : About 40 times;* e.g. i, 32, i. 
 
 HDT. 7, 1 60. 161. 
 
 AK. Eq. 1194. Nub. 793. 794. Vesp. 136. 
 
 EUR. Hel. 744. 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 49. 572. 
 
 AESCHYL. Sept. 203. 255. 
 
 HOM. Od. i, 45 et saepe. 
 II. i, 74 et saepe. 
 
 16. POSITION OF <5. 5 regularly precedes the vocative or 
 the vocative and its attribute. In poetry it is sometimes in- 
 terjected between the vocative and its attribute. 
 
 17. Normal Position: 
 
 DEM. i, r (see 15). 19, 4 (see 15). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 227 A: & (pi\t #ai8pe. Ibid. D: 2) pAriore Zw/cparf?. 
 Soph. 230 C : 2) mil (/>iAe. 
 AR. Eq. 108. 
 SOPH. El. 86. Ph. 1128. 
 
 1 8. Exceptional Position: 
 
 EUR. Cf. El. 167. Hel. 1451. Or. 1246: MvKrjviSa & <pt\itu, 
 SOPH. Ai. 395. 
 
 PlN I). P. 2, I : /if-yaAoTToXifr &> SupaKocrai. 
 HOM. Od. 8, 408 : x f "/ ;f > TiiTtp <L flvf. 
 II. 4, 189: r/WAoy 2) Mfyf'Aae. 17, 716. 
 
 19. RKPKTITION OF i. ** is occasionally used with both sub- 
 stantive and attribute. 
 
 SoPH. Ph. 799- ** TtK-vw 2> ytvvaiov. 
 
 HOM. II. 6, 55 k" 7rf7r " i/ k> MfWA</f. 
 
 1 Cf. K<x:kel, Ue Allocutionis Usu, Konigsberg, 1884, p. 8. 1. c. p. 5 sq.
 
 I'OCATIVE CASE 7 
 
 20. OMISSION OF *. The omission of * in prose is passion- 
 ate or late. 
 
 XTHHIT', 'AOri vaioi, DEM. 8, 31 ; You are talking nonsense, Athenians. 
 
 DEM. 8, 31 (see above), tivdpts 'A&ji/mot, as for example in 8, 35, is 
 rare by the side of 2i "wbpts 'AGtjvaioi. i*t>8pfs SiKaarui, as for example in 
 18, 196, is rare by the side of <I> "ivSpts fiiKumai. 18, 243: </i^P" l/T '? T> > f ^ Ta 
 vvv \tyfis; Ibid. 290 : dteotitis, Alcr^ivr); 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 172 A. 173 E. 175 A. (bts}. Gorg. 518 C: nvBpwnt, 
 (iraifit ov8fi> irfp\ yvfJLvaa-TiKtjs. Lach. 197 E. Phileb. II A. Soph. 22O D. 
 Theaet. 143 C. 
 
 XEN. An. i, 5, 16 (see 13). Cyr. 2. 2, 7 ; avdpunf, ri noif'is ; Mem. 
 2, 8, i. 
 
 THUC. 2. ii, i. 4, 126, i. 5, 9, i. 
 
 HDT. i, 8 (bis). 9. 11. 7,158. 162. 
 
 AR. Ach. 1097. 1098. 1099. uoi,etc. 
 
 EUR. Hel. 858. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 36 et saepe. Ant. u. 223. 
 
 AESCHVL. Pr. V. 3. 144. 635. 
 
 SIMON. C. 145 Bgk. 4 
 
 HOM. Od. i, i. 60. 62. 64. 158. 337. 346, etc. 
 II. i, i. 17. 26. 37. 59. 106. 122. 131, etc. 
 
 21. POSITION OF THE VOCATIVE. In quiet passages the 
 vocative does not begin the sentence. When it heads the sen- 
 tence, the omission of &> heightens the excitement still further. 
 
 22. Vocative Postpositive: 
 
 DEM. more than a thousand times, as in 1 8, 5. 21,1. 23, i. 30, i. 
 AESCHIN. I, 122 : avrrj p.(v fanv, 2> Ti/iap^f| ili>8pbs dyadov . . . ajroXoyia, 
 and so in the other orators. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 173 D. 212 B. Gorg. 518 E. Phileb. n A (-?') 
 
 XEN. An. 1,6, 6 (s). 7. 8. 9. 
 
 THUC. Postposition is the rule for Thuc. as in I, 75, i. I, 76, I. 
 
 HUT. i, 9 (s). u (s). 
 
 AR. Ach. 1099(5). 1136. Nub. 794. 
 
 EUK. Hel. 744. 
 
 SOI-H. Ant. 1 1 (s). 49. 
 
 AKSCHYL. P. V. 144 (s). 307 (s). 319 (s). 635 (s). 
 
 HOM. Od. i, i (s). 
 
 II. I, 26 (s). 131 (s). 158. 
 
 1 In this section and the following, u is used in all those passages which arc not 
 followed by an s siitf.
 
 8 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 23. Vocative Prepositive: 
 DIN. i, 72 (once in 67 times). 1 
 
 DEM. rare, as in 8, 35 (s). 20, i (s). 32, i (5). 
 AESCHIN. i,\2\ (s) (only once, and that a quotation). 
 
 ISAE. 3. I (s). 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 173 E. Crito, 46 B. Euthyphr. 3 C. 
 XEX. An. i, 5, 16 (s). 7, 3. 3, i, 27 
 
 THUC. 2, n (s). 71 (s}. 4, 10 (s). 95. 5, 9 (*). 7, 61 (j). 
 HDT. i, 8 (s, to). 7, 158 (s). 160. 161. 162 (j). 
 AR. Ach. 432. Eq. 1194. Vesp. 136. 
 EUR. Hel. 858 (s). 
 SOPH. Ant. 223 (s). 572. 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 3 (s). Sept. 203. 255. 
 
 HOM Od. 1,45. 64 (s). Si. 158(5). 337 (*) 346 (j). 384(5). 389(5). 
 400 (s). 
 
 II. i, 17 CO. 59 CO- 74- 106(5). 122(5). 442. 
 
 24. VOCATIVE IN EXCLAMATIONS. The vocative may be 
 used in exclamations. 
 
 'HpaicXeis, DEM. 9, 31 ; Herakles! 
 
 DEM. 9, 31 (see above). 19, 308: 'HpuicXeiy. 21, 66: id. 22, 78; &> yij 
 *ai $foi. 24, 1 86 ; id. 39, 21 : id. 40, 5 : id. 
 
 PLATO, Prot. 310 D : a> ZfO ! <9eo/. 
 
 XEN. Mem. i, 3, 12: a> 'Hp<Xft$-. 
 
 AR. Nub. 153: a) ZeC fiaa-iXtv. Ibid. 184: w 'Hp/cXfty. Vesp. 143: 
 ai/^ Il()(Tfi8oi' Ibid. l6l : w A7roXXof anoTpHTrau. Ibid. 420: 'HpaxXeis. PI. 
 374 : & 'Hpd.K\fis. 
 
 EUR. Med. 764 : w Ztv AIKT) rf Zrjvbs 'HXi'ou rt (pats. 
 
 SOPH. El. 1466: 3>Zei. O. C. 221. 532. O.R.i 198. 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 1257 ororoi, Avxet' "ATroXXoi/, ot fyu> (yea. 
 ALCMAN, fr. 29, Bgk. 4 : Zev Trarep, at yiip f/j.os TTI'HTIS (1^. 
 HOM. Od. 4, 341 : ZeO re Trarep /cal '\6rjvair] KU'I "AnoXXov (not real prayers). 
 II. 2, 371 : id. 
 
 25. PREDICATE VOCATIVE. The vocative, not being a case 
 proper, cannot take a predicate, but the predicate (nom.) adjec- 
 tive is occasionally attracted into the vocative. Clear cases are 
 late : 
 
 di/ri yap ocX/^s- "ipfipaaf Hapdfviov, CALLIM. fr. 213, T/lOlt wast called 
 
 (hnbrasus), O Imbrasits, instead of Parthenius. 
 
 oXfiif Kovpt, yivmo, TlIEOCR. 17, 66 ; Uaf>f)y laddie, mayst thou prove (so). 
 
 1 Rockel, /. c. , pp. 49-50.
 
 VOCATIVE CASE g 
 
 In the classical period the examples are only apparent, or, at most, the 
 predicate may be picked out from the attribute which precedes the verb. 
 
 AR. Av. 627 . o> (piXrar' f'p.oi no\v npt(r;JvT<i>i> f t^difTTov fifTtmiirro)!/. 
 
 EUR. Tr. 1221-3 (TV T tit nor' oScra tcaXXiviKt p-vpiutv \ p.fjT(p rpinraitav, 
 *ETopoy <f)i\ov <r<icor, | o~rf(pavov. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 695-6' o> llui> II(ic X i n\ay KTJ, KuXXoviac \iovnKTvnov | nt- 
 rpains OTTO ftdpnSos (piii"]6\ to 0(a>i> ^opojrot <u/. Ph. 759~^ ' '<* '<** 8va"n]vf 
 
 (TV, | 8v<TTt)l>( ftr)T(l fita TTOVIUl' irdjTfl)!' (pdVflS. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 674 7roXi>cXavrf dai/o>f Sufuara. 
 
 26. FORMS OF THE SUBJECT. The expressed subject of the 
 finite verb may be in the form of a substantive, a pronoun, or 
 some word or phrase used as a substantive. 
 
 K6vwv . . . ^viKTjo-e, DIN. i. 75 , Conon gained the victory. troXXiiv XPIH^- 
 TWV TO xP T l" r * v Ivat Xvo-iTcXeoTfpov iari, Dt.M. 36, 52. OWTOS fyrjiw, DEM. 
 [46], 21 , This man got married. 
 
 DIN. i, 75 (see above). 
 
 DEM. 36, 52 (see above). [46], 21 (id.). 
 
 LYS. i, 1 1 TO TraiSioj/ (,36a, The baby was bawling. 13, 85 ' ft p.ev TO 
 
 PLATO, Ale. I, Il6 C. ra dyada (rvfji<p(pti f) ov , Rpb. 372 E; o\^a arrrp 
 KOI ol vvv f \ovcr t. 
 
 XEN. Cf. Hell. 4, 2, 21 OVK dntdavov avTiai> irXrjv ft ris KTf. (Part. gen. 
 
 as subj.) 
 
 Til L'C. 1 , 1 26. 9 ol . . . fjifTa TOV K.v\d)vos 3, 1 08, 2 o ( Kara TO 8 e iov 
 Kfpas tviKtov TO and' e'auToi/r 4- 33> ' ' ^* TTfpi TOI> ' ETrtrudav. 
 HDT. 1,62 oi dfji(p\ lI(t<rio-TpuTov. 3. 76 9, 69. 
 
 27. Even prepositional phrases like ds uKTUKaiftfiea, etc., without the 
 article, may be treated as the subject. 
 
 cl Karaaxa^MiT] TUV Ttix < ** v T( * )V ' |iaKpuv ciri S c K a (rrdSia cKartpov, LYS. 
 13, 8. (Strictly speaking, TWJ/ Tfi\5>v is the partitive genitive dependent on 
 KaTa<TKn(p(ir] and ori fif'cn ordSia is an adverbial modifier.) 
 
 LYS. 13. 8 (see above). 
 
 XEN. An. 3, 4. 5 C 400 ' t\fi<f>0t)trav fls <'>KT uncai <5f <, About 1 8 tuere 
 taken alive. Ibiif. 6, 4. 23 tis oitr\t\iovs dvdpvmws Hell. 6, 5, 10 ((pvyov 
 
 . . 7T ( p I O KTaKOCT IOVS. 
 
 TlIUC. 3, 2O, 2 fs 8( uvopas oiuKoaiavv K a\ tiKOtrt /luXioru tvi- 
 fjLtivav Tr/ tuf)u> (6f\ovrai. 
 
 Hl)T. 5.64. Ktii <r<f)(u>v tiff (TOV vntp T ( IT cr t p duo VTCI ilvopds. And of 
 them there fell above 40 men. 6, 1 1 7 dntdavov . . KUT <i iaKi<r\i\iovs. 
 
 28. ADIIX rivi:s USED SUUSTANTIVEI.Y. Masculine and
 
 10 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 feminine adjectives and participles are used as personal substan- 
 tives freely with the article in both numbers, less freely without 
 the article in standard prose. 
 
 29. a. With the article. : 
 
 DEM. I, I . TO/ ftov\op.evo)v. 3- I?' TOVS aiTiovs. Ibid. 21 : TOV op.cavvfj.ov. 
 4, 44 : Tt^v \(yovT<av. 2O, 74 : TOVS KcoXvrrorro?. 29,44: oi 8iK<iovT(s. 
 
 ISOC. 5, 24: ro'ts tirmjo'fiois roTs tp.ols. 
 
 ANT. 5. 18: rots (fiois Trpoo~rjKov(Tiv 
 
 PLAT. Ale. I, I 13 A: 6 (pdiruiv . . . 6 dTTOKpivo/jifvos. 125 B : TOVS dyadovs. 
 134 B: oi KCIKOI. Conv. 178 E: TOV epapfvov. 181 B '. oi <pav\oi,. 204 D: 
 6 f'pfav. Lach. 1 80 D ; 01 17X1x01 eyo. Legg. 868 A : ro> KiKTrj^fvcf. Rpb. 409 
 C : 6 fx<av. Theaet. 147 D : TW <rc3 ofjuovvfup. 
 
 XEN. Apol. 2O: TO'IS yfivap.evois. 2J : TOIS e'/xoly tvvois. Hell. 5, 2, 33; 
 roif vp.tT(pots 8vcrfi(Vf(ri. Mem. I, I, I : oi ypa^d^fvoi. 
 
 THUG. 3, 4, 4 : T<av . . . 8iafia\\6vTu>v . 5> 3 2 > ' TOVS f)j3a>VTas. 
 
 HDT. I, 120: TOVS ydvafifvovs. 3,65: rutv . . . oiKrjioraTuiv. 
 
 AR. Eccl. 1126: Ttjs ffjir/s KfKTr)n(VT)s. PI. 495 : TOVS dyadavs. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 167 .' avriav rj TfKovcr(a). El. 335 o r' (Kfivov Tfxav. Hipp. 413 ; 
 ras crd>(t)povas. Or. 51. o Kfivov yfvofjLfvos. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 456: ^o) KO.KOS TOV Kpfltrcrova. Ant. 5 20 : ^X Xptjo-Tos rc5 
 
 KOK(f XdXf'lV 10-OS. fr. 321 N 2 : TOV 0VTJTOV. 
 
 AESCHYL. Suppl 951 : TO'LS apo-eaiv. 
 THEOGN. 1026: T&V dyaGSw. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 15,324-. TOIS dyadoivi. IJ, 218: TOV opo'iav (bis). 20, 133: TOV 
 . . . dpeiov(a). 224 : TOV 8vo~Tr]vov. 
 
 II. 3, 255 : TW . . . viKt']o-avTi. 6, 435 : ot apurroi, 8, 342 -=2 1 1, 178 ; TOV OTTI- 
 
 O-TCITOV. IO, 237: TOV dpfLOl. II, 658'. OI OplOTOl. I 3, 2791 TOV . . . KOKOV 
 TpfTTfTdl \pUlS. I 6, 53 ' fOV OfJ.olov. 21, 2OJ '. TOV lipKTTOV. 2$, 663 1 6 ViKTjdfiS. 
 
 30. /;. Without the article: 
 
 DEM. I 8, JO', Z> XeycOJ/ fV^tp&S o TI av j3ov\rj6r}S. 
 
 Ax'i'iPH. 3 ft 12 : n^XtwTfiTO) Si/o (ace.). 
 
 PLAT. Ale. I, 119 C; o> <"/KO-rf. Conv. 194 B. voi)v e^oi/ri oXt'yoi e^i- 
 (f)p<iv(S TToXXuv d(pi>('>v<av (poftpo>Tpoi. Legg. 795 ^- 8ia(f)fpti . . . p.a6u>v 
 p.f] p.a0i'>vTos. Phaedr. 239 A : (pa>p.(vu>. Tim. 29 E: dyada>. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 5. '. '9 '""' ^roXXar vavs KfKTr)p.evovs. 
 
 AR. Nub. 518; a) dtojfjifvoi. Pax, 384 : o> nnvtjpoi. 
 
 EtJR. Hipp. 682: w 7rayK(iKi<TTT]. I. A. 1244: fV VTJTTIOIS. 
 
 SOPH. O. R. 334 o> KUKO>V KIIKKTT(. Ibid. 1397: K<JK KIIKIOV. O. C. 1384: 
 
 KOKIOV K(IKIO~T(. PH. 384 <"< KUKWV. Ibid. 9^4 ^> <UKO}V KUKIO~T( Kill ToX/ir}- 
 O"TT. Ibid. 1371 : KCIKOVS. 
 
 AE.SCIIYI.. Ag. 861, 1231 : apo-ci/oi-. Suppl. 393, 644 dpvivtav.
 
 I'OCATIl'E CASE n 
 
 THEOGN. 1025. duXm'. 
 
 HOM. Od. 3.74. d\\oftanol<rt. 4, 822 Sw^tix'ty . . . TroXXoi. 6, 184- 
 
 &V(TfJi(V(t(T<riV. 17,217 KdKOf KlIKtlf. 
 
 II. 3, 48 <iXXo5(i7Toi<rt. 3, 51 tovtrpevitriv. 10. 238 : ^tipov(a). 
 
 31. Of course i>ijp, ywr), and tiv^purros are often expressed, dvi]p is at 
 once more poetic and more homely than the article. 
 
 DEM. 15, 23 . jjuppupov "ivdpwirov (fem.). 19, 196 . '0\vv6iav yvvaiKn. 
 
 ANT. 1,14. dvfjp KII\US T( Kill ayados. 2, 8, 5 : Ofpft-bv KHI dvSpdov avftpumnv. 
 J, 72 oil yiip (<mv o TI iiv opytfofuvos tivdpuiiros tv yvotiy. 
 
 PLATO, Ale. I, 125 B: TOVS dyadovs avftpas. Gorg. 470 C: (piXov "ii/ftpa. 
 Legg. 846 D. dvftpos eirt^taplov. Menex. 247 D OVTJTO) dv8pi. 335 K: TOU 
 fiiKaiov f!>Spos. Prot. 316 C ivov avbpa. 316 D: TOJJ/ TraXatwv dvSpStv. K[jb. 
 33' C . <f>i\ov dvdpos. 
 
 PlNO. P. 4, I . irap' dvSpt (pi\a>. 
 
 THEOG. 3'~2 ' KaKolffi 5 ^tr) TTpocrop.i\fi I dv8pd(Tiv a\\ aid ru>v dyn0a>v 
 (\fo. 43 ft siif/n: 
 
 Ho.M. II. 3- 108 oirXoTfpoav dvftpu>v. <), 3- f' dfpyos (it]p. 13. 278: 6 
 . . . 8fiXof avi'tp. 23, 704 dvftpl 8( viKt]0ivTi. 
 
 32. ELLIPSIS OF AlAscri.iNK SUHSTANTIVKS. When per- 
 sons are not meant a substantive is understood. Ellipses of 
 masculine substantives are rare but clear. 
 
 6 KviKi]vos (sr. o-To.Tt]pi, T/ic Cvziccnc (a coin). 
 
 Lvs. i 2, I I TtTpciKocriovs KV^IKTJVOVS (sc. trrarrfpay), but 32, 6. Tptaxovra 
 
 THUC. i . 47, 2, and elsewhere . 6 rrffrs (sc. a-rptiTt'i s) (but o TTC fos crrpT<ir, 
 
 4, 8, 2). 3. IO7, I . TOI/ > A^.7T/KJ*Cl*COl' (SC. KoXTTOv). 6, j. ' : T<>V luVlOV ( SC. 
 
 coXTToi/). 34, 4 : (/</.). 
 
 Hl)T. 3, 25. TOI/ Trt^oi/. 4, 128' o TTffiis and TOI/ n(w (/v'.v) (but 1.80. 
 
 TOJ/ TTf^OC ITTpllTltli). 
 
 Ak. Acb. 1229: uKpiiTw (sc. olvov}. Eq. 105: uieparov . . . rm\vv. Ibiti. 
 I 1 87 ' t"^* fii Trifir KtKptifj.fvov rpta KUI f>vi>. 
 
 COM. Fk. Mc-in. 3,462, 13-4. <V mrrt)pi<p y\vKvi> (sc. o('i/oi>). 4, 563: 
 npu TOV nitiv ritv ttKptiTov i^^v. 4-35-- 4- o: " ifu\vs ilxpaTos <Xiy uvuy- 
 K.U&I (\)j>wt\v. Much iiiiikt-s vonr senses crooked, if you /<//v // stttiight. 
 
 KL'k. Cycl. 5^ J 9 : wrris < TTI;/ TroXui' (sc. oicof), //"</. 573- 
 
 Ho.M. II. 9, 2(J3 : wpuTf puv (sc. otvir?) fit jct'/jiuf, Don't i/f,iu> it too 
 mild. 
 
 33. Mucli more common are ellipses of feminine substantives, such as
 
 12 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 DEM. 18, 281 : OVK e'rri TTJS avrr]S (sc. dyKvpas) 6pfj.fl. rols TroXXoty, He does 
 not ride at, depend on, the same anchor as the people. 21, 84 : fj Kvpia (sc. 
 Tj/j.('pa) . . . fls TTJV voTepaiav (sc. fjfj.fpav^). 24, 7- 2><pXe ^tXtas (SC. 5pa- 
 Xpds). 27,34- Tpia raXavra *at ^iX/as (sc. 8p a ^ /i a $) etX^epcira, Three talents 
 and a thousand drachmae. 
 
 ISOC. [l], 43 : {] 7TfTTp<ji>fJ.evr) (SC. p.olpa). 
 
 PLATO, Apol. l8 C: fp^^v (SC. 5 IK 77 1/) /car^yopoCi'Ter. Gorg. 465 B: TJ7 
 larplKr) (SC. Tf)(VT]), TJ O^OTTOUKT], Trj yvp.vacmKfi, i] KOfip-tariKr']. Ibid. 465 C : <ro- 
 (picrTiKt], vofjiodfTiKi), prjTopiKij. Ibid. $12 E '. Ti]v flfiapfifvr)v (sc. p.olpai>). Lach. 
 184 D : r/}i/ evavrtav (sc. -^/-rj^ov) . . . tdfro. Legg. 862 A: ei 17 -y' e/^f) (sc. 
 yvajprj) viKq. Phileb. 13 D: iiviuvT(s fls ras opaias (SC. Xa/3ay). Ibid. 41 B: 
 Kara yf TJ^V C'/XT})/ (sc. yvu>^rjv). Soph. 231 C ." o/>$;) yup ry Traooiut'a, TO ray 
 aTratrns (sc. Xa/3(if) /ijj pa8iov tivai 8ia(p(vyfiv. 
 
 XEN. An. 3, 4, 37 : TI/ ixrTtpaia (SC. f]fj.fpq) . . . ry rpirj) . . . TIJ re ruprrj. 
 Ibid. 3,4,46: Tjjf \omrjv (sc. Trope i av ?) Tropfvcropeda. Ibid. 4, 6, 1 2 : ?} rpa^tla 
 (SC. yr) or ^copa) rots' Trotrli/ a^a^fl iov(riv vp.(Vf(TT(pa f] rj 6/zaXi) (sc. y /} Of 
 ^copa) T9 KftpaXas jSaXXo/ieVotP. Ibid. 5. 8, 12 : TOVTOV . . . dvixpayov a>s oXt'yas 
 (sc. 7rX>;ys) iraitrfifv. Ibid. 7, 8, 20: T^ vcrTtpaiq. Hell. 4, 4, 13 : iyyt r)i/ Vi 
 Me'yapa (SC. oSoi/ ) and T^V fVl .\aK($aip.ova untxuipfi. Ibid."], 2, 13: r/)i/ 
 (rvvrofjiov (sc. ofiov). . . d(f)iK.ecrdai and tcvro r/yy TT a p a TO Te t^os. Hiero, 
 2, 8: 8ta TroXe/iias (SC. y^s Of ^copas). 
 
 THUC. 5, 26, 5 : (pfvyeiv rljv fpavrov (sc. y^v). Ibid. 6, 54, 5 : fiKo<rrf)v (sc. 
 fjifpida) . . . Trpao'a'ofJ.fvoi TU>V yiyvofJ,evaiV. 
 
 HDT. 3, 64: Kaipirj (sc. TrXiyyj) f'8o^t Ttrvfydai. Ibid. 5, 17 : (rvi>Tnp.os (SC. 
 6Sos). 7^/Vf. 8, 27 : t) SfKurrj (sc. /iolpa). 
 
 Ak. Ran. 685: K*W/ to-ai (SC. -^^(poi) yivtavrai. Ibid. 1096: TUTrro/iei/o? 
 Tulai TrXaTfiais (sc. j^tpcriv). 
 
 EUR. Ale. 784: T^J/ avpiov p.fX\ovcrav (sc. f)p.fpav), 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 1308-9: dvrai'av (sc. TrXayav) eiraurfv. O. T. 810: oi /^} 
 lo-r;^ (sc. 8(Ki;v?) y' frurtv. Phil. 139^ : 8f^*as (sc. ^eipo?) f/i^S fftydiv. 
 
 AKSCHYL. Cho. 639-40: i<pos \ buivraiav (SC. TrXayav) . . . oira. 
 
 TV'RT. 15 I^g^- 4 : Xaia (sc. ^etpi) /j.tV truv irpofidXfardt. 
 
 MOM. Od. 4, 588 : efSf/cTr; Tf (sc. ^e'pjj) SuwSfKarq T. 9, 42 (= 549= II. 
 ii, [75]) : uTtufiufjifvos . . . i'o-;;? ( sc. p.oipr)s?). ii, 594 : <*[i<poTpflO'iv (sc. 
 Xepo-tv). 
 
 II. 10, 542: Se^i/; (SC. xfipi). 
 
 34. There is often no conscious, or at all events no definite, ellipsis 
 (cf. Lobeck, Paralipp. pp. 329-388). So in the examples of the preceding 
 .sections the exact ellipsis is often doubtful. 
 
 DEM. 14. 6 : an IOTJS. 
 
 XEN. Hicro, 6, 8 : oi yap ( tvavrias fju'ivov uXXa *cai Triivrodtv. 
 
 TllUC. i, i 5. 2 : ow8' . . . diri> TTJS i<rr)s KOIVUS (rrpaTtiat iiroiovvro. i, 27, I I
 
 NEUTER ADJECTIVES 13 
 
 irl T7) i<TT) Kai ofioiq. 4- 33- ' an ^ 35- 3 ' tvavrlas. 4, IOJ, 2 : rrjt iirrjs tat 
 6/iOiOS fjLfTi'xoira p.(vnv. 
 
 HOT. I, lOQt TO TTOio'lOl/ KtKO<T[JiT)fJL(VOl> T 1} V ( 7T I $ttMITa>. 3- ''9- * > ^7 - f T f) l 
 
 TTi pavuTb). 5-7-- KUTtSrjcrav TT)V tw\ 6 nviiTU). 7-62: rrjvnvr^vTavTr^v 
 rcrraXfjLfi'oi. J, 84- TJ)V avrijv rcTJCCvaoyM'pot. 8, 6 : tic . . . TTJS dvriTjs irpos- 
 
 TT\ffll> OV K<i) <T<J)l fboK(. 
 
 PlND. O.7.82: uXXav (vtKav?) fir' "i\\a. 
 
 HoM. II. 2, 379 : (S ye fj-iav (,lov\ i] v .') ftnv\( v<jofj.fv. 
 
 35. So the feminine adjective is often used adverbially for locality, 
 distance, direction. Regularly in the case of fy/xoeria, I8ia, KOIVI/, irf&i, for 
 examples of which see the dictionaries. 
 
 KM. 4- -3" ^.'/""'"f^f"' dvuyKt) . . . Ti)i> irpuiTTjv. 1 8, 36 '. ri ovv <rvvtf$ij 
 pera ravr tvdvs, OVK fls p. a K p a v ; 
 
 PLAT. Legg. 683 C: naicpav (sc. 6fioi>?) i/ f\0otfjn fyvyt. Theaet. 200 
 A: fiaicpav 7T(pi(\6ovTts. 
 
 XEN T . An. 3,4, I7 : Itvrfs paitpdv. Ibid.'j, 8, 20: OTTU>S ort p.aKpordrT]v 
 t\dot. Hell. 4, 5-^ : iJKfw rf/v Tuxicrrijv. Mem. 3, 6, 10: TTJV Trpu>rr]i>. 
 
 THUG. 6, 98, 3 : diroo'itiBvao'dai paKportpa v. 
 
 AK. R. 434 fjStv paKpair dniXdris. 
 
 EUR. Phoen.9o6: ov p.aKpuv airtam. 
 
 36. Neuter Adjectives and Participles are freely employed 
 as substantives in almost any relations, but Homer's range is 
 limited, and the boldness of Thucydides is to be noticed, nor is 
 poetry ever very free. 
 
 TO Trap\Tj\v86s ... TO p.c'XXov ... TO irapov, Ol'.M. 1 8, 192 ; The /><is/ . . . the 
 future . . . the present, av tv f\ 8u' OO-TCI' tiirwo-iv, Ibid. 23, 206; If they say 
 one or two dewier things. 
 
 DEM. 18, 192 (see above). 19, 151 : 8vmi> xpn (Tl ^ niv - 20 - -&' *' v & v - 
 23. 51 : &vo ftr)\ol Sinaia (sc. 6 vftos). The law sets forth two lines of legal 
 procedure. 23, 120: -nuvr ffv 'A\(at>8pos. 23, 206 (see above). [6iJ, 6: 
 
 b~VOlV TOtll (CaXX / (TTOIV. 
 
 AF.SCHIN. 3, 165 : TO 8' (cr6p.f vov. 3,218: dpKt I yap ^101 \j. i K p a Kaifjifi- 
 6v<i)v aiffxpws OVK (iridv^w. 
 
 ISAE. I, 22 : bvo'iv TO'IV (vavriuiTaToiv. 
 
 ISOC. [i], 29: TO fJL(\\OV. 31 : TO ... ilKdlpOV. 34: 10 . . . <J0Uf fS fK TOU 
 
 diavtpoi. 40: ^tytiTTov tv t'Xa^io'Ta). 3> '9 : tv T< f toiovri. 4- 4- (v 
 p.(<T(i> Ti)t 'KXXaSor. 4> 54- ^roXii . . . TT/KJ riav TpuiKtav . . . Kai /jUKpuv npo 
 . 4, 189: ^iryuXa . . . piKpd. 11,43- ^ l " Jlt> TOIV n i IT % i ifToi v. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 6, 3' ^^ rt ' ) ptyitrTw KUI i(r\vf>oTdri^. 
 
 PLATO, Charm. 158 A: TU bpwptva TIJS ioY<u-. Conv. 186 I); tim 5<
 
 14 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 f^dia-Ta TCI tvavTitoTciTa, fyvxpov 6epp.oi, TriKpbv y\vKf~i, r)pbv vypco. 
 Ibid. 195 B: opoiov 6/iO('o) dtl irf\dei. Ibid. 22O C: e' eaidivov. Euthyd. 
 282 C: OTTO TavTOfjuirov. Ibtd. 34 B ro (TTTJ.VLOV. Euthyph. 5 D : TO Ofriov 
 . . . Kcil TO avocriov . . . TOV p.fv 6o~iov TTIIVTOS . . . TO ucriov KOI TO dvoaiov . . . 
 
 TO iJCTlOV. Ibid. 6 D : TO ScTiOV . . . (V Tl fj 8llO . . . TU>V 7TO\Xo)l/ 6 (T I O> V 
 . . . TTlivTa Til OCTta . . . Til Tf dl>l)O~la . . . KCU Til OCTICI. Ibid. 6 E : TO /JLeV TO(? 
 
 dfois TTpocrcpiXes . . . TO 8e p.f] npocrcpiXe s. Gorg. 449 C: ev fipaxvTfpois. 
 Ibid. 473 1^ : To oihjjQfS- Ibid. 488 D : TO KpeiTTov KCU TO j3(\Tiov Km TO Icr^vpi'i- 
 Ttpov. Ibid. 488 E: TO 'ivov f'xfLv. Legg. 642 A: Trepl <rp.iK.pnv TroXXa. 
 Ibid. 731 E: Tv(p\ovTai Trtpl TO (p i X o v fj. f v o v 6 (f)i\iav. Ibid. 791 E: irav . . . 
 TO yfvv<ap.evov. Ibid. 796 E: eis KOIVOV. Ibid. 816 D E : avfv yap ytXoiuv 
 TI'I o-TrouSaia KOI iravratv TU>I> evavritav TII fvavria padflv . . . ov SVVCITOV. 
 Ibid. 829 C: i>iKr]Ti']pia. Ibid. 875 A: TO /xej/ /> oivbv . . . TO 8e i8iov. Ibid. 
 885 A: els KOIVUV. Ibid. 932 A: i^fxp- f&v eV; (iTtui/ TOO /3tou. Lys. 214 B: 
 TO 0/j.oiov Tea ofjtoiof dvdynr) del 0tXov etVat. Ib.'d. : irtpl . . . TOV oXou. Meno, 
 89 A: TO di(pi\ifj.ov. Parm. 145 Bl TO ye ^iaov 'i(rov TU>V ecr^arcai' aTTf^et. 
 7^/</. 1 66 B: TroXXa. Phaedo, 90 C: irdvTa TCI OVTCI. Ibid. 92 D: Sta TQJV 
 etAciiTwi'. Ibid. loo D: TO> KaXw vrai/Ta TO. caXc yiyvfTai KaXa. Ibid. 112 B: 
 TO vypbv TOVTO. Phaedr. 230 C: TO tvuvovv TOV TOTTOV. Phileb. 56 A: TO 
 p.'} cra(pis ... TO /3e/3atoj/. Rpb. 338 D : TO lipxov. Ibid. 410 E : TO fjfifpov. 
 Ibid. 433 A: 8ui TravTos. Ibid. C: TO vTro\fi(pd(v eKfivcav, fl T rpia tvpoi- 
 p.ev . . . TTtpl Seii/cof Tf KOI pi]. Theaet. 184 B : TCI \fVKii Kill /j.i\ava . . . TU o^ea 
 Kin ftapea. Ibid. 187 E : (rp-iKpbi> ev . . . TTO\V fit) iKavms Trtpdvai. 
 
 XEN. Ag. I, 15. ITTTTIKOV OVK ft^fv. An. 2, 5. 3$' *ty fTrfjKoov. Ibid. 3, 
 i, 21 : tv /is'o-<u. Ibid. 3, 3, 9: <K TToXXoO. Ibid. 3. 3, 17: Vi (Spa^u. 7^/V/. 4, 
 7, 3 : ei? KuXt>i>. Ibid. 7, 6, 8 : eV eVj/Kow. Conv. 3. 3 : ets p.(a-ov. Cyr. 1,3, 18 : 
 
 J/Tl ToO illKT iXlKOV TO TV paw If. O V. Ibid. 1,6, 14: T<1 TKTK. /(^/C/. 1,6, 
 
 35 : fV fpvfj.vq>. Il>id. I, 6, 38 : eV TOIS p-ovcriKols (neut.). Ibid. 2, 3, 8 : ev KOIVO>. 
 Ibid. 3, 3, 28: ev TTf p IT( Tafpptv p.i v GI p.tv, KiiTiifpd ve i fie ... fv d(pavf- 
 o-TaT<u. Cyr. 4, 3, 2 : T TrXeiWou Ai-ta (including males and females) . . . T<Z 
 (f)i\THTn (including males and females). Ibid. 5, 3, 37 : ToC ftapvTi'iTov . . . TU 
 BiiTTOv IUVTU. Ibid. 6, I, 29: T<I TrXaTf'a. Ibid. 6, 3, IO : TTOO-OI/ . . . "nrecrTiv. 
 Ibid. 7, I, 4 : tv trrw entcrOai.. Ibid. 8, I, 31 : TII fi> TW (f>ai>(pa> al(T\pd . . . TII ev 
 TU dcf)(ivf't. Ibid. 8, I, 34: TToXf/xiKaii'. Ibid. 8, 2, 12: /ieyiiXa . . . turn p.iKpa>v. 
 Hell. 2, 1,2: eK ToG eptpavovs. Ibid. 2, I, 25 : o^/c tV KaXtji ^r; IIVTOVS oppdv. 
 lin'd. 2,2, 1 6 : Tpflj fj.r)vus Kal n-Xf i w. /$/</. 2, 3, 29 : TO dcpuvts and TOU (pavtpov. 
 Ibid. 4, 5, 15: 6t\- Ta yvp.vd. Ibid. 5, 4, 54: Ttpbs iii'tivTfs. Ibid. 6, I, 15: TU 
 fj.u\uKii. /bid. 6, 2. 29 : eVi TrXtdv . . . eK TOV 6fjM\ov, d~j)' v^rj\OTfpov. Ibid. 6, 4. 
 21 : TII btovra. Ibid. 6, 5, 24: em Tins eiffpooroficorarotf. //'/(/. 7- ' -9 <7rt 
 rrTtviiv Ttjs otiov. Iliero, 8, 5: TOIS K TOU to-ou fjp.lv iwcri. Mem. I, I, 10: ev 
 To> (pt;v(pa>. Ibid. 2, i,6: tv vTraiQpta. Ibid. 2, 6, 16 : e^ eToi/jiov. Ibid. 2, 6, 23 _ 
 fix TO peTii p.e\i]<r u p.e voi>. Ibid. 3, 5. I^ : <V Tots i/v 'tKoiy. Ibid. 3. 1. 5 rt> 
 /xe y uX onpe ne x Tt KUI f\tv6fpiov Kill TO Tairfivui> Tf Kill ai/eXt vQt pui> KUI
 
 A'EL'TEA' ADJECTIl'KS 15 
 
 TO (T(i)(f)pOl>T)TlKnv Tt KOt (^pOVlfiOV Kill TO V f$ p I (T T I K It V T( KOI H IT f t p It K a X O V. 
 
 Ibid. 3, 10,9: rh btoptva (TKf'irijs. Ibid. 4, 5. 6 : TO \t\pov uvr\ TOV fttXrio- 
 vos. Ibid. 4, 5. 7 : "* rri Ttov cot^f \ovt>To>v TH /3 X (I jj-Toy TII. Ibid. 4. 6, 15 ; 8 MI 
 TO) /tciXtora 6/ioXoyov/i* vitiv iiroptvtro. /foV/. 4, 7, 5: 7rr>XXo>/ K<JC w^>fXi'^a>i/. 
 Oec. 7. 8: TO>V ^ifino-Ko/xfVcof. //'/</. 14, 2: TO>V o'ffTTroo-uftoi'. Hipparch. 4, 17: 
 a* i pivroi Tto l(T\vpoTt pu> TO dcrdt vt (TTf pov (sc. Xf>'}) drjpuv. R. Kq. 7, 3: 
 'c TOW 8(i<0)v . . . dvairqdnv . . . nut ft(iots TOV trwparos . . . rots dpitrTfpo'it 
 . . . rots dpKTTfpols rols 8fioij. 
 
 THUC. 1,3, 3: TToXXoi . . . v<TT(pnv . . . TU>I> 'Ypu>iKu>v. 1,4: vavriKuv 
 
 tKTT](TaTO. 1,6,6: TO TToXfllOJ' *E X X tj V I K <i V . . . TO) VVV ft H/J/3 dp I K U>. 1, 13, 5: 
 
 TO \flO~riKov. I, 1 8, I : Vt TroXi'. I, 1 8, I : f< rraXatororou. I, 36, 3: T^i'a . . . 
 pavriKH. i.77> 5- To 7rf"'' / ' 1,80, 4 : f Koii/ai. i , 9. - : TO fjov\6[i.(vov KU\ 
 VITOTTTOV ri]s yvutfjLrjs. I, 142, 9 : TO vavriKov. 2, I 5. 4 : Tti ap^au'tTfpa bioviXTia. 
 
 2, 21, 2: fv TW (p.<pav(l. 2, 59- 3- To opyi^ofitvov Ttjs yv<aprjs nptis TO r}wta>- 
 Ttpov KOI abf(<TT(pov. 2, 62, 5- <V TO) aTTiipa). 2, 63. 3: TO jiirpaypov . . . 
 
 fJL(T(l TOV SplKTTrjplOV. 2, 64, 5 *'' Tf f TfapOVTl . . . fTTl TToXt'. 3- ' ' 3 T ' %l K P t ' t ~ 
 TKTTa. 3- l8, 4 *7T' TUV KdpTf p)V. 3' - ' 4 ^ l> oXl'yOW. 3- 4' ' : T " IIKOIXTIHV. 
 
 3, 43, 3: <Vc TOV irpofpavovs. 3- 7 2 ' 3 T '* p-(Tfo)pa. 3, 82, 6: TO vyytvis TOV 
 (TaipiKov a\\orpi(>)T(pov f'yevfTo. 3- 82, 7 awo ToO npcxpavovs. 3, 83, I : TO 
 tvrjdfs ... TO yfvi/aZoi/. 4, 32, 4: (*c TroXXoO. 4, 36, 2 : TW O^OK^TO). 4, 6l, 5 : 
 TO dvdptoiTdov, 8ia irnvTus, TOU (iKninos, TO fVtcii'. 4- 63. I TO f\\irrts y f's diftiov. 
 
 4, 63, 2 : f icrov. 5> '6, I : TO ditlvSvvov- 5- ^ 3 T0 St'ov. 5- ^9- - f K ^roXXor, 
 8t" oXt'yoi;. 6, 2, 5 : TU pi era. 6, 34, 4 : ^"' T " vvT)0(S tjcrvxof f/Kicrr' tiv <|<a)f 
 irfiOoicrdf. 6, 89, 4: Tray TO tvnvTinv JJL( vov. 6, 92, 4 : TO (^jiXoTroXt. " 3^- ^ 
 is o\iyov, 7 75< 7 O7rXtricc5 irpo<T(\ovras /uaXXov f/ I/OVTIKO). 8,95, 2: Ei/- 
 i'i(Hii aiToiE . . . 7rdi/Ta J/v. 
 
 HDT. 1,8: T /caXii. I, 1 1 : T Xeyo/ifi/n. I, 13 : *f Taii'Td. I, 18: TO !jp.oiov. 
 
 I, 2O: TT^JOf TO TTflpfOf. I, 22: (S TO ffr^dTOV KUKOV. I, jO 1 TTCJPTd, T('l TTlJCTtt. 
 
 1,30: TO Xf^&V. l,3~: TO dflov. 2,2: <7XX /Z<IT<KM 7roXX(i. 3.2: rii H( pvimv 
 rti pit p.ii. 4, 5: f/xoi ot 7rto"Ta XfyovTfs. 5-^ : T(>> ^* utTTiKTov aytvvis itctKpi- 
 T(ii). 6, I : (BatVjjM^f ... TO ytyoi/di-. " 5- 7roXX KUKU. 8, 3: TO vavriKov. 
 9, 2 : TCI <r. 
 
 AK. Eq. 187: offov TTfTTnvdas dyadov. Nub. 26: TOVT TO KdAcdi'. X'csp. 
 3: tca/coi/ . . . piy'i- Pax, 272: V ftf'ovTi. Thesm. 23: trpus TOIS dyudolc TOI/- 
 TOKTIV. Av. 382 : fjuidoi yiif> tit' Tit KNTTO TCOC t%6pu>v (rof/xir. Ran. I : Ta)t< 
 
 ((b)d<)T(i)l/. ////V/. 421: K(JO-T<1/ ( SC. 'ApXtSlflOs) Til TTptoTtl Tt]* t K(\ ^<>\0t)pi(lt. 
 
 Plut. 2 : TII tfi\Ti(TTa. 
 
 COM. 2. 3 (M): OIK fCTTlf OIKf'lV ItlxillV *IVfV K(IKI>1'. ?, 9: TO)!' K (I K O) < TT(IJ>- 
 
 o^i'^fj. 4, 13: TH 7T/jti Toif tTAXourtf . . . KaKii. 4, 2J: Xeycn'rrt trtivra fna\\H>i f) 
 ri TuyiiBt'iv. 4, 39: nui>Tu>v dcfropfjif) TU>V KuXau- tvpicrKtrm, 4> 4 I: T " 7r'"'/>u>- 
 
 IJifVOV . . . ti(f>(VKTl'll> (ITTIV. 4, 44: TO \VTTQVV TT\<ll>V f) TO O'wfoi'. 
 
 EUk. Ale. 199: f) irnv <rrtvdti. Toifrifi' *i\$(Jit)Tos KHKU'IV. Aiulr. 184: KUKUV 
 yt 6i/tjTnlt TO vtuv. liucch. 216: i/fo^^(i . . . KIIKU. LI. 431 : To-ov t/>^i.
 
 1 6 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Hec. I2O: TO ... crbv . . . ayaOov. Hel. 271 : /zelfoi/ rfjs dXrjddas KOKOV. 
 Heracl. 57 " 1 : r ') s Tf v*}* ev^v^j'as | <a\ rov SIKOLOV (eVcrm). Here. F. 509: 
 ovo/tacrra Trpucrcreoi'. Hipp. 379: ra XP'? " 1 "' tifurrdfuarBa, I. A. 408: e'y KOI- 
 vov dXyeii' TOIJ f/uXotfri xpi] 0iXouf. I. F. 559 : KUKOV diKaiov fiVfTTpd^aro. 
 Ion, 969: TII dvrjTa. TOLUVT(II). Med. 33 fpwre? . . . KCIKOV /xf'ya. Or. 397: 
 (ro(f)6i> TO: TO (ra<p(S, ov TO p.fj (ra(pis. Phoen. 597 : 0tXo^u^oj/ AcaKov. 
 Suppl. 435 : vifca 5' 6 fj.eiu>v TOV peyav bLuai t\<av. Tro. 489: dpiyicos dd\iu>v 
 KdKutv. fr. 21, 3 ^' : "^ "V ytvoiro ^co/jis faOXa Kal KciKii. So : ^)fi) 0eti, TU 
 ^leyaXa /ityaXa KI 7rao~^et /ca/cd. 236: trw nvpioicri ru Ka\a yiyvtTtu TTOVOIS. 
 275,4: K*/ o-/iiKp' 6^17 Tts, ^eydX' f^etf ^o/itfe'Ta). 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 1003 : W, fKKi'i\v\l/ov, tos ISa TO -rrav KCIKOV. Antig. 77 : T<J TCOV 
 6eS>v ei>Tip.((i}. El. 333- Xyd> TTI TOIS Trapovcriv. Ibid. 384: eV KaXw (frpavf'tv. 
 O.C.77I: TO o-uyyeref TOUT(O). O. T. IIO-I: TO 8t ^r/rov p,fvov iiXcoTov, 
 epfvyei 5 Ta/n.fXou/xei/or'. Ibid. 800: TaX^^es- e'^epw. Ph. 446: ovSev TTCO 
 xaKov y' aTrooXfTo. Ibid. 674~5 TO ... i/oo~oi}v. Ibid. 9'9 : o"*^""" 1 /caAcov. 
 Tr. 196: TO iroQovv. Trach. 474: TTUV croi (p<icra> TaX^^f's. fr. 100 N 3 : TO 
 (caXcos TTtfpvKos. fr. 321 N'"' : (frpovflv . . . i<ra. fr. 326 N 2 : Ta ^fv^rj \iyeiv. 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 79: TO 0" vnepyrjpo)v. Cho. 212: ti'^ov TII Xonrd. Eum. 
 276: SiSa^^ftS 1 fv KiiKols. Pers. 228 : eKTfXotTO S/) TU ^prjcrrd. P. V. 26 : TOV 
 irapovros d^dr]8u>v KCIKOV. S. C. Til. I : xpfj Xtytw TO. Kaipia. Suppl, 77 TO 
 8iKaiov idovTfs. fr. 39 -^ 2; o XP'l* 71 ^ eiSeos, oi^ 6 TroXX' eiSwy o~o0or. 39^ 
 N 2 : fj.avda.veiv (ro(f)ti. 
 
 TRAD. fr. adesp. 31 N 2 : ou/c a^tco /j.iKpu>v o~e, /xeydXa 8' OVK fX w - Ibid. 
 513, 2 N 2 I Tfi/ia yp KaXaJy e^ft. 
 
 PlN'I). (not overcommon). O. I, 31 : arravra . . . TO. /x? iXt^a. //;/>/. 2, 36: 
 tzTeipel o-wi/ dya^w. Ibid. 2, 62: otSfj/ TO /zeXXoi/. /(^/c/. 9, 28: uiiracrav TCI 
 Tfprrv(d). Ibid. 9, 94: K<iXXto-Ta . . . petals. Ibid. If), 55 : T0 fa(f>aves. 
 Ibid. 12, 9: To/ 8e p.f\\(')VTu>v Tfruf/>Xcoi/Tat 0pa8ai. 7<5/V/. 13, 103: TU T' 
 ((rcrdufva TOT' av (j)air]v crafyis. Ibid. 14, 5-6 : (riiv yap vfj.fj.iv ... TO y\vne 
 avfrai TrdvTci fipoTms. P. I, 86: /JLTJ 7rapl.fi Ka\d. N. II, 4 2 *v a]Atf$OVTl. 
 
 BACCHVL. fr. I, I : ^riipnv . . . KCI\>V. 
 
 SIMON ID. C. fr. 37, 13 : TO ye Stivdv. 
 
 SAPPH. fr. 51 : dpdcravro be trd^Tvnv eaXa | TW ydfj.j3p(a. 
 
 Soi.OX, fr. 4, 32 : KdKii TrXfio-Ta Trd\d 8v<Ti>ofj.ia napf^fi. 
 
 ALCAK. fr. 35, i : <w xpn ^dKoiai Gv^ov firiTpfinjv. 
 
 AKCM. fr. 20: (cXmco ra Quaicav, ov TU Mayi'ijTcoi/ KUKI'I. 
 
 HYMN. HOM. 4, 44 : Kt'ov' flftviav. 
 
 Hr.S. O. et D. 40: oo-a> Tr\iov rjfjucrv Travros. Ibid. 91 : aTfp rr KaKuiv 
 Kru ttTtp ^aXfTroio TTOVOIO. Ibid. 116-7: f'o-$Xa f)e TTUVTCI | TO'KTIV trfv. Theog. 
 28: d.\rjd(n yrjpvcracroai. 
 
 HoM. Od. I, f 1 40] =4, 56 = 7, 1 76 =10, [372] =15. [139] =17.95 : irapfdvrtav. 
 1,274: (m o-(j)(Tfpn triciSvaa-Oat. 1,428: xtovii lov'ia. 2, 231 : atcrtfia fifiwr. 
 2, 369: Vi crolcrt tcadrip-fvos. 3, I 15 : Trei/Taerff yf *cm e'ufTff. 3, I l8 : eivdfTfS.
 
 NEUTER ADJECTIVES 17 
 
 3t 247 : aXrjdf's. 3, 277 : 0'Xa *t5oT*r. 4,460: oXo0<uia fiflwr. 4,695 = 22, 
 319: (vtpyiuv. 4, 696 and 7'' : irtirvvptva tl8<i>t. 4, 837: dvf /loiXid #u- 
 ftv. 5- '82: OVK dno<p<ii\ia t(Sa>f. 5-476: *V irtpi<paivop.fi><a. 7 ', 166: tvftov 
 fovrtav. 7>3 IO: a i trip, a 7rui/T<j. 8,66 = 473: /xt'crcra). 8, 262: t'r picrov. 8, 
 405: TroXfos 1 . 8, 584 : Kf^apitrfitva tifttas. 9- '89: ddtp-iarrta jydct. 9.474: 
 Kfpropioicriv. II, 43- XuypH tdvia. 13. 45 f} nia o&tv. 14, 12: TO /if'\<ii/ 
 fipuor. I4-9 1 VfttrBai tn\ <r<p(T( p(a). 14. '25: dX ;&'. 14, 288: eiTrarryXui 
 ftSa>f. 14, 433: ai<rip.a jySfi. 15. 77 : *i>8ov tovrtav, 15, 88: vfl<r6in ('(pi" 
 TjfjitTe p(a). 17, 45- : aXXoTpj'wv. 17,456: aXXoTpt'oif. 18,404: Tri xtfiftttva. 
 18,414: (irl pr/dfVTt 8iKaia>. 19,248: ilpTta jjfttt. 19,329: oy . . . (i7Ti;i/a fi<\iy. 
 2O, 177- KfpTop.iouriv. 21, 85: ttprfftipia (ppoviovrtf. 
 
 Ho.M. II. I, JO'. TU T* e'dvra TU T* f(rcri>p.va irpi'i T' e'ciira. I, 106: TO (c/iij- 
 yvnv. I, 107: TH K<WC". I, 539- Kfprop.ioi<Ti. I, 54 2 tpuTrrdfiia fypovinvra. 
 
 I, 576: TH \(ptlOVd. 2, 213: KO(T/i T6 TToXXa Tf /5ft. 3- 69: fV /Zt'tTfTOJ. 4, 
 
 l6l : <ri'ip Tf ^i<y<iXa) aTrtTto'tii'. 4- '85 : fV Kaipiut. 4- 256 : fj.ft\i^iot<riv. 4, 541 : 
 ACOTH picr(rov. 6, 162: dyuda (ppoveovra. 6, 37^: vrmtpria p.v6ij(ra(rdf. 6, 
 382 : aXfj^f'a. 7, 238 : fVi Se^ia . . . eV d/H(TTfpd. 7, 277 : /zefro-w. 8, 491 = IO, 
 199: (v Kadapcp. 9. 579 : r " '/M tcri '- Ic)> 357 : SovprivtKts. I I, 336: aiT<i 
 icra. 12,436: fin. ra. 13,824: Troloj/ e dirts. 17.431 : ftfiXt^iotert. 21, 214: 
 TTffH S' atervXa p((is. 22,497: ovfifif loicriv. 23. 275 il' 1( J 53^ T< ' "fft^fa, first 
 prize. 23, 538: 5fvTfp(), second prize. 23, 562: TroXf'or. 23, 57 : nu'tov 
 fp(as. 23, 751 : Aor$)i(a), Az5/ prize. 24, 53' T *' )l/ Xwypwy. I'ur ^ei'iaoy, 
 dvia, (ivi)iov, fivtjia t vid. Honi. Diet. 
 
 37. NKUTF.R PLURAL OF ADJF.CTIVF.S AND VF.RBAI.S IN -TO? AND 
 -r^os. Especially to be noticed in this connection is the use of the neuter 
 plural ot adjectives and of verbals for the singular. This use is not a 
 standard prose use. See Bishop, A. J. P. xx (1899), 1-21 and 121-138. 
 
 irXoifiuTcpa iytvtro, THUC. I, 8, 2; Greater facilities of navigation ensued. 
 
 ORATORF.S ATTICI : No occurrence according to E. R. Schulzc. Ouae- 
 stiunculae gram mat icae ad oratores Atticos spectantes, liaut/.cii. 1889. 
 
 PLATO: In Rpb. 416 E, Kriiger suggests oa-la for OCTKJ, and Ibid. 562 A, 
 cited by Mattli. 443. is not an example. 
 
 XEN. An. 3, 4, 49: eo>r p.ti> (jutripd r/v, firl rov "ITTTOV rjytv, iitf\ f>( itfjara 
 ^i/, KrmiXiTrwi' TOV tmrov tcrirfvSf irt^ji- Ibid. 4, 6, I/: tdinrtp <inu X<i,io>/iV TI 
 rov opovt, ft ar a KOI Tolr virofvyiois ftrrai. 
 
 THUC. I, 8, 2: KaT<i(TT(iitTos tit Tofi M/j/to vmrriKnv 7rXr,V^a)Tf pa tyf'vtro nap 
 aX\f)\ovs. I, 72, I : irdpir^Tia. I, 79, 2: xoXffirjTfa. I, 86. 3: irapaftnrta, 5ia- 
 Kpirta, Tip.bipT)T(a. I, 88: iro\tp.r)Tfti. I, 93- 4: dvdtKTta. 2, 3. 3: tc'idKft oiV 
 7r^*ipr;T<(j fTi/ni. 2. io, 2, and 56, i: trmp-ti. 3. 16. 2: (in-opii. 4. I. 3 and 
 5, 14, 4: (IbvwiTu. 6, 25, 2: 7rXfuo-T*'. 6. 50. 5: rroXf^t/Tj'd. 
 
 IlUT. I, 4: 6f;Xu . . . art. I, 91 : TT}/ irtirpufnivrjv poipuv aovvard KTTI ajr>-
 
 1 8 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 (frvydv KOI 6a. I, 112: {SffiovXfVfifva ecrrt. I, 194: old re , et saepe. I, 207: 
 8/7X0, et saepe. 3, 6l : a<ova-Tea. 3, 109: /3ta><rt^a. 5- I -4 and 6, 13: d^vvara. 
 6, 106 : id. 7- 185: 77poo-XoyicrTf'<i. 9, 2: ^(iXeTrd. 
 
 Ak. Ach. 77 ^ Sftva; Ibid, 1079 : u 8ctla /x/} '^flvai fie p.r/& inprdcrai; 
 Eq. 30 : KpaTto-To. fbtit. 609 : Sfivd. Av. 1033: oiiSftyd; Lys. 626 : 8fii>d. 
 
 COM. 4, 66l : dvoTjrd y' d TOUT' r/\6ts fVtra^wi' ffj.oi. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 218: 8rj\a (bis). Bacch. 1039: a-vyyvuia-Tu. Hec. 1107: id. 
 H. F. 583 : 8i'(Cflua roi/f TeKciiray (subj.) a)(peXfZi/ TtKva (obj.). Hipp. 269: 
 <i<TT]fj.a. Med. 703 fuyy^coo-ra. Or. 413: oi 8fivd. Phoen. 994 : a-vyyvuxmi. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 887: 0-xeVAta. Ibid. 1126: KiKcna. Ant. 576: 8ff5oyp'j/(a). 
 Ibid. 677 : dpvvTe(a). Ibid. 678 : ^o-rr^re'ti. Ph. 524: alcr^pa. Tr. 495, IIl6: 
 dtxaca. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pr. V. 216: Kpano-m. 
 
 PlXI). O. I, 53 ''Wo/J' 1 - P- I. 34 : foiKora, 2, 8l : dfiwara. 4, 247 : paKpd. 
 N. 8, 4 : dyaTrard. 
 
 HOM. Od. 8, 299: OVK(Tl (f)VKT(l TTf\OVTO, but Od. 5, 359! 0$l /iOt ^)drO 
 
 (pv^L/j.ov dvai. I I, [456] : fVct ovKfTi Trtcrrd yvvaiiv, 14, 489 : ovKtri (ftvKrd 
 jrfXovTdt. 2O, 223 oLi/ce'r' uvfKrd Tre'Xoirat. 
 
 II. 14. 97~8 : o(f)p(a) . . . Tpoxrl ptv (VKTO. yfvrjrat. 16, 128 : /i?j 7} i/r^ns- 
 eXcocri /cat oi/Ken (pvKrd TTe'Xwi'Tai. 
 
 38. ELLIPSIS OF NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES. Definite ellipses 
 of neuter substantives are rare. 
 
 0ep)j,c ((SSaTi) . . . Xov<r6ai, Ak. Nub. 1044 ; To bathe in Jiot water. 
 HDT. 2, 37 : Xoifrai 8e 8ls TTJS r]fj.e'pr}s fKaa-rrjs \^v^pu> (SO. v8ari.). 
 AR. Nub. 1044 (see above). Eccl.2i6: /Sdm-ouo-t ^ep/xw. 
 COM. 3, 445 : TO deploy. 
 THEOGX. 263: ^u^pov poi Trapu Tjj$( (f)i\oi irivovcrt TOKrjfs. 
 
 39. POSSESSIVE PRONOUN OR POSSESSIVE GENITIVE WITH 
 ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES USED SUP>STANTIVELV. Un- 
 less an adjective or participle is fully substantivized it does not 
 take a possessive pronoun, and seldom the possessive genitive 
 in attributive position. 
 
 TO. TOV 8rjp.ov o-up.(j>epovTa, DlN'. I, 107 ; T/it' roinitiotts' interests. 
 
 TOV 6fxb>vvp.ov TOV ejiavTov, DEM. 3, 21 ; Tluit namesake of mine. 
 
 TW erw 6p.<ovv(i(i>, Pi,,\ TO, Theuct. 147 D ; Your namesake. 
 
 DIN. i, 107 (sec above). 
 
 DEM. 3, 21 (see above). 18, 47: TO C irpo8i8avros trvfjupiftnv. 18, 138: 
 
 TO TT)S TTdXfCOf (TVfl(j>( f)l>lf. I 8, 139" T<>) T ^ V f> X^' f ' )l ' fVp.(f>f'p(>l>, l)Ut ll)ld.: TTfpl 
 TO)!' (TV^.ff)(fX)VTU>V Tl/ TTliXfl. 37> ' To ^ StKOiOU TOI^TOU. [j^j' ~& ' pCTU TOV (TVfJi- 
 
 (iiovTos TOV TU>V tiavtiCTTiav.
 
 Xl'H.MA A.\'D III'AI'MA 19 
 
 IN. 3. 8O: TOV VflfTf'pOV fTVfltytpOVTOS. 
 
 ISOC. 3. 24 ' Tots firtTTj8fiots Tuis fp.o'is. 
 
 LVS. [ 2 J. 7 1 : TOVS irpofTiiKovrtis fivTtav (Xff'tv, but [2], j6: TOVS TOVTOIS 
 irpotTi)Kovras, and 12. 7- : T " r ,V nuXd trvfKpjpovTti. 12, 79: irapa . . . TU>V roirrovt 
 <rvvap\t>iTfav. 12,87: TOVS tri'vap^ovTas UVTUV. 
 
 AND. 2, 9 : Ttf ffitp uifTXptp. 
 
 ANT. 5. 7: TO) i>fji(Ttpu> oiKtiitf. 5, iS: Toly tfio'is irpofrr'iKovfTiv, but 5, 59: 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 34 B : ol TOVTU>V irpoo-i'iKovTfs. Cf. Legg. 868 B : TO>V irpotrrim'iv- 
 
 TU>V TU> T(X(VTl)O~tlVTl, but JUSt bcl()W '. TOVS ITplXTIlKUVTtlS TOll TfXfVTIIfTUVTtlS. Cf. 
 
 ibid. 868 C : TO- irpo<rr')K(wo-t TOV TfXfvTiiO-airos, and ibid. 947 C : oi irpoa-ifKovrts 
 TOV T(X(vri)o-avTos. Pliaedr. 240 A : TO avrov yXvKv. Kpb. 33^ C : TO TOV 
 Kpfirrovos . . . vp.(p(pov, and similarly often. Theaet. 147 D (see above). 
 
 XKN. Apol. 27 : Tols tp.o~ts tvvois. Hell. 5- - 33 TO ' IS vftFrtpois 8vcr[i.f- 
 v(<rt. 
 
 THUG. 2, 6l, 2: (v TO) vp.fTtpu> uo~0fi>t TIJS yvwfjitjs. 5-4^' ' * v /**" Tt "* 
 <r<pT('p(o KaXfp, (v 8f Ttf (Kfivtav dirpfrrt'i. 6, II, 6: TO trtpfTtpov air pt iris. 
 
 Hl>T. 3, 6) : V7TO TfjiV ftl)VTOV OIKT/IOTUTCOJ/. 
 
 AR. Eq. 845: aTtac-uiravras TOVS f'p.ovs f%0povs (iri<TTop.i(iv. PI. 631 : 
 2) fti\Ti(TTf Ttav travTov (piXtav. 
 
 EUR. AlC. 167: UXTTTfp (IVTU>1> f) TtKOVO- (llTl'lX\Vp.lU. LI. 335: O T' (KflVOV 
 TtKO)l>. Hipp. 1OO7: TO fT(Ji)(ppOV TOVfJUIV. I. A. I2/O: Ol/S 1 7T TO Kfll/OV ft O V- 
 
 On the use of a Neuter Adjective as the Predicate of a Masculine or 
 Feminine Subject, see under Concord, 126. 
 
 40. XP^K* anf l ifpaYjia. XP'HH- 01 md TrpaY^a are often used to make a 
 substantive of an adjective. The use of xp'HH 101 aiu ' Trpayfta resembles that 
 of dvrfp. 
 
 Kov4>ov yap xPTl 101 n i oiT ni js t<rri-> PLATO, Ion, 534 B; A post is a light 
 and airy thing. 
 
 ORATORKS ATTICI: xPVM" not in DEM., LYS.. and ANTIPMON. 
 
 DEM. [35!- '5~^ : AaicptTOS p-f'yn irpiiy(j.a, 'itroKpt'trovs p.ndrjTijs. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 485 B: irtxpov T'I p.oi SoKt't \pr]p.a tlvai. Ion. 534 B (see 
 above). 
 
 XKN. Cyr. I, 4, 8: KnTdftdXXd T>}II (Xufyov, Kii\t>v Tt xpf)p,a Km ptya. 
 
 lll>T. 3> 53' Tvpnvvis xprmu <r (fxtX f pt> v. 5- 9^' ^ av XP J W l ' <| *' f *< and 
 XWP" elsewhere in Hdt. 
 
 Ak.-Nub.8i6: TI xpi^n iri\<T\* is ; and similarly elsewhere in comedy 
 and tragedy. Lys. 511: /'y" irpdyfi.fi. Ibid. 677: (TrrrtKairarov . . . xp'ifM- 
 
 PI 8"C ' 'X 7T (JVUHT(J 
 
 COM. 4, 4 : 8rjp.nTiicfii> . . . irpCiyfi.fi tetit (TuTi'ipitw. 
 EUR. Or. 70: tlirnpov xpfifiu ftv<m')(<av tit'ipos.
 
 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 288: TJ 
 AESCHVL. Cho. 10: ri 
 PlND. O. 9, 104: 
 
 4i. ABSTRACT NOUN USED AS A CONCRETE. Akin to the use of 
 an adjective as a substantive is the employment of an abstract as a con- 
 crete. So 
 
 aKoXovdta, train, Ka.Ti}tpf.n] , woQoi;, 
 
 O.TT], * 
 
 /3fof, livelihood, KioKiifia, 
 
 ytXwc, laughing-stock, 
 yii'td, kindred {QI kinsman. 
 
 yfi'SfTif, fiiivifjia, Tip.cu, 
 
 yoi'og, fit/Tic, Tpotpi'i, 
 
 SovXiia, p-iaapa, r[3pt(?p.a, 
 
 tXty\(a, si'yys I'tia, vTrt]pttjia, 
 
 iratpla, v<jao<:, plague, $>iX<ir/;c, 
 
 i>\t9po<;, 
 
 KuOao/ia, offscouring, out- TTHI 
 
 Many of the above examples are exclusively poetical, others are col- 
 loquial or vulgar, and some belong to neither sphere. For references see 
 the dictionaries. A few illustrative passages are cited below. Compare 
 Massingcr, " Careless harlotry" ; S/iaks., "What trade art thoti ?" 
 
 <roi 8" apt-rfis, <2 K a a p p. !a> . . . Tts p.TOV<j-ia ; DEM. I 8, 128, You and 1>ir- 
 t lie, you offscouring of t/ie earth, lu/iat have you in common ivith her ? 
 
 DEM. 18, 127: ir pirpip.^ dyopas, oXedpos ypapparfvs. Ibid. 128 (see 
 above). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 228 D : S> ^iX^rrjs. Ibid. 252 A: Kot^'io-dm . . . tyyv- 
 
 TUTto) TOV TT00OV. TllCaCt. lj(> Dl OlOVTdl OtKOVflV OTl OV \ljpol. (1(71, yijf XXo)f 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 5. 2, 7 : TTJV 8vynT('pa, bfivov TI Kti\\os Kiii p-eytdos, An awful 
 beauty and divinely tall. 
 
 THUC. 2,4'. ' vvf\<j)i> rt Xf'yw Tr]i> T( TTdfrav TT<J\IV rr;? 'EXXados iraidtv- 
 triv (school) fivui.
 
 PLURAL OF ABSTRACTS 2\ 
 
 HOT. I, 31 : TOVTOHTI ... /3 tor rf apnia>v \nrr}v, They had substance enough. 
 
 AR. Nub. 447 : irtpiTpiftita 8iKo>v. 
 
 EUR. Phoen. 3"' : 9 8 TOV '/ioi> <Lftti>ai> iruvov \ patrrols vfalro. [Rhes.] 
 498-9: terrt 8 atfj.v\u>TaTOf \ Kpdrtjp.' 'O8v(rcrtvs. fr. 530: KvirptSos 8( p.i(rrj- 
 /i(a), Cf. " She is my pet aversion." 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 650: ^vxpov nap<iyitd\i<rp.a, Hugging-piece (wife). O. C. 
 902-3 ' a>f JJ.T) . . . y t'Xtoj . . . tyit | iv<p yivvpuu raiSf. fr. 827 ' Kporrjfta. 
 
 VL. Cho. 1027-8 : Kravtiv Tt <prjp.i prjrtp' OVK avfv 8tKr)s, \ narpotcravov 
 
 Kill 6t<MiV (TTVyOS. 
 
 PlND. P. 4. I35~6- TU>V 8' aKovcrais avrbs vnavrla<T(v \ Tvpovs (pa<Tin\OKd(jiov 
 ytvtd. Ibid. 250: (pwov, murderess. 
 
 HOM. II. 2, 235: KUK f\(yx((a). Ibid. 9, 538: 8'tov ytvos. 
 
 The Greeks had no terms for our abstract and concrete, which are im- 
 perfectly represented, the one by irpayfia, the other by rrd>^u. What we 
 call abstract formations are largely feminine and neuter, feminine collec- 
 tives, neuter collectives: the feminine goes back to personification (the 
 mother gender), the neuter to result (fruit), mass. 
 
 42. PLURAL OF ABSTRACT SUBSTANTIVES USED DISTRIBU- 
 TIVELY. Iii Greek, the plural of abstract substantives is used 
 distributively with far more freedom than in modern English. 
 In Old English compare " Lete us two preue oure strengtkes" 
 Morte d'Arthur, 193, 22, and similarly elsewhere. 
 
 oviS' airc'j3Xc\j/cv (sc. 6 Sfjfios) U ras cvaias ras TOUTUV, DKM. 21,2; The com- 
 mons had no regard to their substance {property). iro\Awv -y*P ra (i^pii rov 
 aSc\<j>ov airoo-rtpci, 36, 36 ; He deprives his brother of Jus s/tart\s) in many 
 things. 
 
 DEM. 21, 2 (see above). 30, 21 : <i8(\(pu>v KOI 6vyarfpu>v ftlovs iyx<upio- 
 fjitv, vvip &>/ TUS d{r<pa\fias /uu\rra (rco7rov/iei/. 36, 36 (see above). 
 
 ISOC, 2, 46: Tar dXrjfffias TWI/ Trpny/j.dTa>v. 3- ' 5 T( ' J lororijraf rots 
 
 fJ.(T(-)(0\J(Tl TUIV TToXtTfltOI/ r)TOV<Tl. 3- 2O T ' If fVVOiaS f^OWlV. 4' ' 5 ' T( * ' 
 
 traifjiara 8ia rovs IT\OVTOVS T/nx/xwi/Tf j. (In Isocratcs the plural is so marked 
 a mannerism, and is so often suggested by the avoidance of hiatus, that it 
 is not necessary to insist on sharp distinctions in that author.) 
 
 ANT. I, 28: oi> . . . [uipTvpw y' (vavriov ol firi$uv\tvovT(\; TOVS oavarovs 
 rois irtXas fU)\av&VTtn. 
 
 Pl,ATO, Legg. 625 B-C : Kvirapirruv Tt tv TOJS u\<r((rii> v^l Ktii KaXAr;, 
 The height and beauty of the cypresses in the grm't-s. Kpl). 425 A : a-iyar 
 rt ru>v vfotTt'fxav trapa irptafivTipois, Silence of the juniurs in the presence of 
 seniors. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 3, 3, 19: /ja>/zatj. Hell. 6, 1,5: TUIV r/Xixuitr.
 
 22 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 THUG. 7. 55- 2 """Afcrt * a ' pav? Kni tTTTrou? Kal fjLfyfdri e^ovcrair. 
 
 HDT. I, 2O2; 2, lo: p.fyudfa. 3, 102: fj.vp/j.r)Kfs p.fydd(a f^ovrts KVVU>V 
 pfv (Xdcrtrova, dX&>7rfKa>i> 5e pe'^wa. 3> 107 : peyu$fa. 6, 58: TGOI/ -yap MI/ /3ap/3a- 
 pa>i > ot TrAftWy TO> aura) yo/xw ^ptwvrai KOTO. TOIIS davdrovs TUIV fta<Ti\fa>v, At 
 the death of their kings. 7, 103 : p-tyddta. 
 
 AR. PI. 53^* ' ipaTi-utv ficnrrtav Bairdvais. 
 
 EUR. Phoen. 870: at ff a(^ara)7roi Sfpy/zarcoi/ 8ia<pdopai. 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 552: ras aip.aTr)pus o/^iaraji/ 8ta(f)6opds. Ph. 304: OVK tvddti 
 ol TrXot TO((ri (T<i)(j)poa'iv /Spora)!/. 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 44~5 XtTroOera 8' ao-roicrti' . . . vavftdras 6n\i<r pavs. 
 
 PlN'D. O. 4, 12 : Tpo(pals fro'ifjiov iTTTrcof (^ (TTTrorpocpiatf). Ibid. 9, 19: arf- 
 (paj'coi' tldiTot. Ibid. 12, 9' TWV . . . /leAAoirtoi/ . . . (ppoSat. P. I, 4- irpooiuiav 
 
 d/I/3oXf. Ibid. IO, 72: TToXtO)!/ Kvftf pvdfTlf S. I. 3 [4], 48: TCOV aTTflpaT-UJ' 
 
 yap tiyvaxTTOi criunrai. 
 
 43. THE DISTRIBUTIVE SINGULAR. The distributive sin- 
 gular of abstract nouns is less common in Greek than the plural, 
 and the distributive singular of concrete nouns is rare. 
 
 KaKol TTJV tyv\r\v t AESCHIN. 3, 47 ; Base of soul. 
 
 A ESC H IN. 3, 47 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 452 B: ^ r)8tls rf)v 6-^tv. 
 
 XEN. An. 2, 3. '5 Oavncuriai roil Ka\\ovs KCI\ p.(ytdovs. 
 
 THUC. 2, 7. 3 : <fX$eii' avTaiis . .. vv iv\ iparia), yvyaiKas 8 vv Svolv. 
 3, 22. 2: TOV dptOTfpov 7T()8a fj.6i>ov inro8(8fp.evoL. 3, 22, 3: -^iXoi 8o>8f/ca ;i>v 
 ^KptSi'a) Acai du>pa.Ki dvej3aivov, but ibid, just below: \^iAoi XXot . . . vv 
 Sopariotj f^copow. 4-4- 2: TOI/ 7rr/\oi> . . . ewe roO j/coroi; ((fofpov, TJiey car- 
 ried the clay upon their backs. 6, 44, 2 : dyopa ovSe iioret, i;8art 8e >cal oppw. 
 
 8, 96, 5 : St(i<pOpOt . . . Toy TpOTTOV. 
 
 HDT. I, 3' TOVTOKTl . . . VTTrjf . . . pOJ^T/ CTCOpaTOS. 
 
 AR. PaX, 607: TU? <pv(T(lS ipCOJ' SfSotKOJS KU1 TOV UVTo8d TpOTTOV. AV. 
 643 : fOt TOV V O/J.' lyp-tC <ppO"f7TOJ/. 
 
 EUR. Cycl. 225 : <rojp.a crvpTTfTrXfypeVouf. H. F. 73 Koa-p.fl.cr6f (rtopa. 
 
 SOPH. O. T. 1375 "^^' V TfKVMV 8r)r' o^fsis rjv (f)ifj,(pos. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 4412: d/cp.a7ot <pvo - ii < | ^v^i]v T' apurroi Ktvyivfiav 
 
 fKirpfTTf'lS. 
 
 44. PLURAL ABSTRACT NOUNS USED CONCRETELY. PLU- 
 RAL OF PROPER NOUNS. Plurali/ing abstract nouns makes 
 them concrete ; pluralizing proper nouns makes them common. 
 
 So jiaviai, <j//tic/cs of madness ; Oava-roi, executions, cases of death. 
 ras 'AXK^vas, AR. Av. 558; Your Alonenas (women like Alcmena).
 
 DH'ERGEXT PLURAL EXPRESSIONS 23 
 
 45. Plural of Abstract Nouns : 
 
 DEM. [26], 19: 8111 TIIS rovroif iiirovoias. 38. 21 : (f>ovm Ka\ v t -ipnt, .}fur- 
 ders and outrages. [4-]- 8: irtpl T<UI/ it\\u>v aKov<Tt<r6t nda-us Tits aXtjdfiat. 
 
 ISOC. 7- 4 T< " TrXoiToif, rait ftwatrrdait, Tins tvfttiais, T<V nnrt ivtirrjat. 
 7.44- *'5<>rff TIIS airopias p.tv 5i rat dpyias yiyvnp.ivtiy, TIIS fit Kaitovpyias 
 8ia riis diroptnf. 8, 9' ** trtToftfims KU\ iroXiopKiais. (See note on 
 Isocrates above, 42.) 
 
 PLATO, Phaed. 84 C : iro\\ns yiip &>i tn f%ti (sc. T \f\6ivTu) viro^flus 
 Kal dvriXafius. 
 
 XKN. Hell. 6, 3. 8: fotKart rvpnvvitri p.u\\ov // TroXtrrtat; j/^il/iffoi. 
 
 THUC. 6, 77- ' Afo/'rii/a)!/ T ^vyytvUiv KiiToiKitrf i y K<U 'EyfOTaia)!* ^f/^- 
 
 f TTlKOVf) ia S. 
 
 Hi) I'. 3, 4 : *V* Se at <r /ieyilXat tvrv\iai OVK dpiO'Kov<ri, 
 
 AR. Nub. 1071-3: <TKt\lrai . . . >i ft o t> a> v . . . MTiav p.t\\(if diroaTtpflirffai, | 
 yvviuKu>v, KT. IO/5 : Tas TTJS (f)v(Tt(as aviiyKds. 
 
 ElIK. H. l r . 835 : fjniifitis. 
 
 SOPH. El. 873: <f)i pu> yap j;8oKJf. 
 
 PlND. O. I, 14: ,)fTfii/. So forms of p f rn<', ibid. 92 ; 2, I 2 ; 4. 9 ; 5, i ; 
 1 5, etc. Iln't/.f), 39: piiviaiaiv. Ibid. 9,99 and X. 9, 31 : <ryXm'<iri>. N. 11, 
 48 : ftavlat. 
 
 H()M. Od. I, 297 : vrj-rridiis. 12, 341 : Tnivrfs fj.tv trrvyipoi Qavarot SfiXourt 
 /SpoTourt. 17, 244: (iyXdtdf. 
 
 11-4, 107: fv irpoSoKrjtri. 9, II5 : 'V" 9 " T( 'S' Kare'Xe^as (metre would 
 admit of sing.). 10, 391 : TroXX^o-tv . . . <"r/yo-i. 
 
 Not so clearlv concrete is the Homeric use of many other abstract 
 plurals, chiefly datives in -i/o-i, and forms of nouns in -o-vvr). Metre may 
 have had its influence. See also Stein on HUT. 3, 52. 
 
 46. /'////-<// of Proper Nouns : 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 218 A and B: f>pu>v av 'baiftpovs, '.\yt'i0<i)vaf, 'K^i'^i/iii^ovp, 
 Tlawavias, "AptoToS^our re Km A.pi<rro(f)dvaf. C rat. 432 C: ^i'o KpnruXoi. 
 Menex. 245 D : riAoTrfr . . . KdS/ioi . . . \iyvirroi . . . Aai/aoi. Theact. 169 B: 
 *HpacXefs Tt Kin Or)<T('(S. 
 
 XKN. An. 3, 2, 31 : pvpiovs o^ovrai dv0' tvi>s K\fdpxovs. 
 
 Tm'C. 6, 27, i : ofj-oi 'Kpp.ui jjo-dv \idtvoi fv rfi ini\fi, Stiititt's of llt-rmes. 
 
 Hl)T. 3, 160: Ba/3vXa>ca; . . . (IKOITI TT/JOT T// (overt). 
 
 AK. Av. 55^~9- T( ' u ' AXx/i^var . . . r<iv AXoTrar KH\ T<K 2f/i'Xr. 
 
 AESCHYL. Aj^. 1439! \im(Tr)i?>(i)i> p.ti\iyp.a rtLf I'TT 'iXiw. 
 
 TRAG. fr. adesp. 289 N" J : f'^XdWErropf'r r ! I'd/)7rr;fi(i/f9. 
 
 Ho.M. II. 18, 157: fit)' Atdj^-ff. Cf. ibid. 163: c^o) AuifTf. 
 
 47. Di\ KRCKNT I'l.i'RAi. Rxi'RKSSioNS. Plural expres- 
 sions that diverge from English proceed from different concep-
 
 24 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 tions. irvpol, ivJicat (grains), icpi9ai, barley (corns), Kpe'a (pieces of) 
 meat, SXs (grains of) salt. 
 
 ijuXa, irvpovs, DEM. 19, 145; }Vood, wheat. 
 
 DEM. 19. 145 (see above). 19, 189: TTOV 8' oXfj; 19, 191 : TOVS iiXas. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 217 D : SieXeyo/^j/ irappat riav vvxTtov, Till late in the 
 night (watches). Prot. 318 E: XoytT^oi/s (computations) re KCU aa-rpwo- 
 Huiv . . . 8i8ii(rKoi>Tfs. Rpb. 37-C: a\as. Ibtd.()2.l B- fj.((ras VVKT as y(ve(r6ai 
 (SO regularly piaai VVKTCS). 
 
 X.KN. An. 6, 4> 6: Kpidas Kal Trvpovs . . . KOI fj.{\ivas Kal (Trj(rap.a KTC. 
 Cyr. 2, 2, 2 : Kpea . . . Tpia. Hell. 3, 3, 7 : v\a. 
 
 THUG. 4. 1 6, I : 8vo xoiviKas . . . dX^/rwj/. 6, 22: Trvpovs KCU nf<ppvyfjt.f- 
 vas KpiOds. 7> 87, I : ot . . . 17X101 (ffcat of the sun on successive days). 
 
 HlJT. 4, 8: UTTO f]Xiov di/aToXewv, and SO dvaroXai elsewhere. 7, 30: 
 \ifj.vrji' (K Ttjs (IX es yivovrat. 
 
 AR. Pax, 192: ro Kpfa TCIVT'I, and Kpe'a very often in Aristophanes. 
 Av. 622 : Kpidds, Trvpovs. Ibid. 626 : Trvpovs oXiyovs. 
 
 EUR. Cycl. 122 : yaXa/cri Kal Tvpolfri (sc. ^coo-i). El. 652: rj\iovs,days. 
 
 SOPH. Tr. 1053-4: ('K fj.fv e'tr^aras | /3f/3/ja)ce criipKas. 
 
 AESCHYI,. Eum. 254: oa-fif] jSporfimv al^aruiv. 
 
 PlND.fr. 168 Bgk. 4 : aapKaiv . . . Ivoirav. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 604: TTupo/, and forms of TTU/JOI elsewhere. 9, 219 and 225 : 
 Tvpaiv. II, 123 and 23, 270: dXecrtri, but 17, 455 "^ "/ * lv ^' ( '^ a 8oirjs. 
 18, 77: (T<ipKfs, and forms of o-apKf? elsewhere. 22, 21 : K^e'a, and so forms 
 of xpea often in Iliad and Odyssey. 
 
 II. 5, 588: K<>vijj(ri(v), and so regularly, but 23, 732 and elsewhere: 
 Koviij. 23, 15: 8(voi>To \ls('tp.adoi, and forms oi ^rdp.aOoi often in Iliad and 
 Odyssey. 
 
 48. PLURAL OF FEMININE NAMES OF TOWNS AND OF 
 PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY. Feminine names of towns 
 in the plural are dualistic. So also symmetrical parts of the 
 human body, not a common prose usage. 
 
 'A0T)vai, . -ItJu'ns (upper and lower towns 1 ) ; 0TJ(3ai, Thebes ; vwra, back; 
 are'pva, o~n)3ij, breast; irpooranra, countenance; v-f.Twa.,fo>'eJicad. 
 
 49. Names of Towns : 
 
 DEM. 9, 27 : ir\r}(riov Orfftutv KH\ 'A.0T)v&v> 16, 25 : Wir . . . QOTTTUIS . . . KOI 
 TUJ nXfiTHtcis. 18,48: aTTtiXfO-f O;;/^ay. 19, 158: fis <l>(piis. [56], 5: fis 'A^ij- 
 vay, etc. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 753 -^ M^y 7 fypovovaiv al 'Adijvai. 
 
 XEX. Vect. 1,6: rj \\dt]vas. 
 
 1 Sometimes explained as a locative mistaken for a plural (Johannson).
 
 PLURAL FOR SINGULAR 25 
 
 THUG. I, 31, 3: (t TUS '\6ijvas. 2,8, I : tv rals '.\0i')vais. 
 Hl)T. 1 ,60: '\0f)vat. 
 
 AK. Nub. 207 : atfo p.tt> '\6qvai. 
 
 EUR. I. T. 1087 : fit rat \\di t vns. 
 SOPH. O. C. 107-8: i . . . 'A0>ai. 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 231 : ras '\d!]vas. 
 PlNO. P. 7, I : ni ^fy<iAo7T<)Xif ? \\ddvai. 
 H ES. f r. 1 29 : < A#>;i;cici>i' itpdatv. 
 Ho.M. Od. II, 323: \\6r)vdvv i(pda>i>. 
 II. 2, 546 : "Atfr/i/flj tt^ov. 
 
 50. Parts of the Human Body : 
 
 PLATO, Prot. 352 A: Wi 81] pm (iTroKaXv^ns Kal ra ari^r; <ai TO (JLtrtiffrpf- 
 vov fTTtdnfov, and forms of <rr'r\Qr\ of a single individual elsewhere. 
 
 XEN. An. 2, 6, 11: avrov V rolr irpocruiTrois, if the reading is correct. 
 Cyr. 4, 6, 4 : wauras ft? T o-rf pi/a r<W . . . Trcicdu, and so forms of crripva else- 
 where, but An. 1,8, 26 : Trat'ct Kru rt crre pvov. 
 
 THUG. 2, 49, 3: t\ T<I (TTt')dr). 
 
 AR. Lys. 810 : TU Trpi'xraimi, if the reading is correct. Thesm. 1067 : atrrf- 
 pofiftea vuira. 
 
 EUR. El. I3- I: irt pi p-oi (TTtpvois (TTfpva irpova^fov, and so forms of 
 OTf'pi/a elsewhere. Hel. 1568: /ne'rwTra (sc. ruvpov). Tr. 763: c'/jotr VU>TOKTI, 
 and so forms of i/wra elsewhere. 
 
 SOPH. El. 1277 : TW i/ criav Trpocrianow, and so forms of 7rpdrr&>7r<i elsewhere. 
 Tr. 1090 : w i/oira Kl (TTfpv(), and so forms of j/o>r and o-Ttpva elsewhere. 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 65: (rripvtav ftuifjLTru. and so forms of (TTtpva else- 
 where; sing, not in Aeschyl. Ibid. 430: i/eoroic (of Atlas). 
 
 Pl\U. P. I, 19: (TTI pv a \a\vdtvTa. N. 9. 26: yiuT-n. 
 
 HOM. Od. 6, 107: fi(Tu>irn (the only instance of the plural of this word 
 in Iliad and Odysst-y). 6, 225: VU>TH. and so forms of i>d>ra often. 8. 85: 
 TrpiirrcdTra, and so elsewhere. 18, 69: crri'idta, and so forms of <rr//rff(j often. 
 (TTfpvit not found in sing, sense in Od. 
 
 11.8,94: ixara. 13.290: a-rtpvuv. 18,414: Trpt'xTdtnn, and so forms of 
 irp(J<T<i>ira elsewhere. 18, 415: (TTt'jdfa, and so forms of (Tri/dfa elsewhere. 
 
 51. NAME OK THE INHABITANTS AS THE NAME <>K THE C'ITV. -The 
 name of the inhabitants is sometimes used instead of the city : (<') AtAf/xn', 
 Delphi, (HI) \fotniixii. 
 
 Kal Kpario-avTcs TOV Iv Ac\4>ot; Upov irapc'Soo-av At\4>ois, Time. I, 112. 5; 
 And having niiidc themselves masters of the sane/nary at /V///// {amiig the 
 Delphian*}, they handed it wer /<> t/ie Delphian*. 
 
 DEM. 19, 65: fiv AfX(^)ouv. 21. 51 : f ' K A\(^>WI/ <c<ii 'K Ab>^a)fr;y, 25, 34: 
 <V AXf/>o(y, and similarly often in Dem.
 
 26 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 IsOC. 9, 2/ : <ru>6f\s fls SdXov? rfjs 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 738 C: e' AeXcp&Jj/ ^ AcoScoi'T;?, and similarly forms of 
 AeXcpot often. 
 
 XEX. An. I, 2, 24: eV SoXoiy /cm eV 'lacrols. I, 2, 26: TV/I/ re TrdXtv roi>? 
 Taptroiiy 8ir]piracra.v. 3, I, 5 : eX&Jwa ft? AeXcpovy, and similarly forms of 
 AeX</>w elsewhere. 
 
 THUC. i, 112, 5 (see above). 6, 3, 3 : Aeoi/riVovs. 
 
 HDT. i, 14: eV AeX(pouj, and similarly often. 
 
 52. PLURALIS MAIESTATIS. The use of the plural often gives the 
 idea of fulness (oy/cos); cf. AK. Rhet. 3, 6, Ps. - Longin. 23; hence it is 
 often used in poetry, e. g. 86p.oi, apartments ; peyapa, halls ; yd/j-oi, nuptial 
 rites ; Ta<pui, sepulchre (burial-grounds}. Compare also the poetical use 
 of Ttxvfip-ara, Tf^vaa-fiara, handiwork, Tvai8fvfj.ara, nursling, etc., and the prose 
 expression tia&i.K.a, favorite, which is used only in the plural form. 
 
 IsOC. 9, l6: fiovov TOVTOV (sc. n^Xe'co?) (pacrl TU>I> Trpoyeyevrj^eixaif viro 6(wv (v 
 rols yiifj.ois vfJLevaiov arrdr/viit. 
 
 PLATO, Protag. 315 E: TraiStKa Tlavcraviov rvyxavfi u>v, and so TratSiKa 
 elsewhere. Rpb. 383 B: eV rols avrfjs (SC. GertSoy) yupois. 
 
 XEN T . Ven. I, 7- T U>V . fjLcyt&Twv yu/jLwv p.6vos erv^ev (sc. Me\avi<av) 
 
 THUC. I, 132, 5: nvrfp 'ApytXtos, TraiStKii Trore a>v avrov. 
 
 HDT. 3, IO ; f Tc'ifprj (v Tr/tri Ta(pi] (Ti . . . TUS avTos oiKoSo/j.rja'aTO. 5' 63 ' Ta(j)aL. 
 
 AK. Ach. 450: dir<ad(wfiai d6pa>v (parod.). 456: Sd/xcoj/ (parod.). Vesp. 
 IO26: TraiSi'x' (avrov. Pax, I2o6: crm . . . fls TOVS ydpovs. Av. 132: eVnai/ 
 ydfiovs. Ran. 423: ev ra'is Ta(pui(ri (parod.). 
 
 EUR. Hipp. II : 'iTrTrdXuros', ayvov Ylirdiws TrniS t iip.ara. Ion, 192: XP V ~ 
 crocus apTTtus. Or. 1053: fj.i>rjfj,a . . . K(8pov T( -^VIKT para. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 231 : Kf^atixns i(pf(rii>. Ibid. 1090 and 1109: fls rcKpi'is, tomb. 
 O. R. 825: ydpois, and sim. elsewhere. Ibid. 861 : uo/ifi/ t\ ftunovs. Ibid. 
 1006: o-oi; TT/JOS- fid/ious f\6t>vTos. So Sd/xoi and forms very often. Ph. 35-6: 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 1265 : o-K^Trrpn. P. V. 909-10: f< rvpavvibos \ dptivtov T{(). 
 
 PlNI). O. 3, 28: dyyfXiais Evpv<r0fos. Ibid. J, 29: fV 0a\dfj.uv Mifttas. 
 P. 3, 26 : XtKTpOLcrii'. Ibid. 4, 242: <l>piov fid^aipai. Ibid. 9, 29 : e< p.ydp(i>v. 
 N. 3, 43: <t>i\vpus (v Sii/iioiy. 
 
 HOM. Od. 3,476: upp.aT((i). 5, 6: fV ^w/inrri vvpfpris. 8, 268: ei> 'H(^)ai- 
 CTTOIO fti>p.oi<Tiv. 21, 4 2 4~5 >I/ ' fifyd.pni<rii> . . I ij/uevor. 
 
 II. 3, 17: Kap.nv'ha T<ICI, bou< ; r. also ^7(7 </ arrows. 5, 745: ox fa 
 (always in plural in Homer). 14, 238: ficopa fie TOI Stotrco KdXoi/ Bpovov, and 
 so 5copa elsewhere. 18, 141 : 8<ap.arn Trarpds. 22, 503 : fvbTK' fi> \(Krpoi- 
 (Tiv. 24, 455: *cXr;Ifia 6vpdtav. but v. 453: 6vprjv. However, ^t'pt is usually 
 to be translated as folding-doors. nv\u.i,gate, is always plural in Homer.
 
 PLURAL FOR SINGULAR 27 
 
 53. PLURAL OF COURTLINESS AND RESERVE. The plural is some- 
 times used for the singular as a more courtly or reserved mode of ex- 
 pression. 
 
 EUR. Andr. 403 : (f>ovf vcriv "Kicropos wpfavofjuti. Hec. 4 02 ~3 : *' tri> 
 
 Trai \afpTiov, | ^(iXa TOKtixrtv (SC. *Eai,3//) fucurco? dufJuivfjLtvtuy. I. A. 1015: 
 iKfTtv fKftvov Trp<i>Ta fj.1) KTfivtiv T ( K v d (so. l(piyt'vfiav). 
 
 SOPH. O. T. I 184-5 Tifanrp-at . . vv ols (SC. TJJ fj.rjrpi) r | ov xpijv o/iiXcov 
 
 OVS (SC. TOV naT(pa) T( fJ.' OVK (8(1 KT(ltHj)l>. 
 
 PlND. P. 3i 66: (o~Xolo~i. irapao'xdv dvftpdcriv (SC. 'if'pcavi). 
 
 54. FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE FIRST PERSON SINGULAR. 
 The use of the first person plural for the first person singular is due to 
 modesty, which readily becomes affectation. The particular is sunk in the 
 generic, the individual in the class, the woman in her male kindred. It 
 occurs less frequently in Greek than in the more rhetorical Latin. 
 
 ISOC. [l], II : (TTtXtTToi 8 av fjfMas o iras xpovos, (i ira<ras ras (Kflvov Tfpii^ds 
 fj.( da . . 8rj\o)(rnfjL(v . . . e evi]v6 ^afjifv. 5- '5 ( />"/^oi'/*' 
 (TriTifjiij(T<t>(riv tjfji.lv d . . . ro\/ji(arji/ <rol Trapuivdv, and so often to avoid 
 hiatus. 12, 42 : TOVS p.tv olv iraXatovs dywvas vcrrepov (povpfv (no hia- 
 tus), vvv 8( iroit'j(rofjiai . . . TOVS \oyovs. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. i, i : (wou'i nod' iin'iv (yiv(ro, etc. (15 times without change 
 to singular). Mem. i, 2, 46. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 383 (see 55). Andr. 355-61 (see 55). H. F. 858: ,f\iov pap- 
 Tvp6fjL((rda 8po)(r a 8pav ov ftovXofjiai. Ion, 391 f w\ vop.( o~da p.i) p.ad(iv a 
 /3ov\op.ai. Ibid. 1250-1: 8iu>K<.'>fj.((rdii | Tlvdiq \^f)(^)to KpHTr/ddtr', tuSoTOS 8( 
 yiyvofuu. I. A. 823-4 (see 55)- Ibid. 1025-6: f]i> 8' av TI p.f) irpua-(T<ap.(v Z>v 
 yd> 6i\o> (Klytaemestra), | nov o-' avdis o\/fd/if a-da ; (to Achilles). Med. 314 
 -3i 5 (see ss). 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 926 (see 55). El. 399 (//;/>/.). Tr. 491-2 (ibid.}. 
 
 PIND. See com m. on P. 4. 27. 
 
 HOM. Od. 1 6, 44~5 ' *l~i liv ' fjl*fis 8( Ka\ oAXo^t 8ijop.(v (ftprjv | <rra6p.(a iv 
 
 f)[JL(T(pU>. 
 
 II. 3. 44O- Ibid. 13. 257~8: rd vv ytip KaTiap.(i>, <> np\v (^((TKOV, | 
 dcnri8a ^rjicfxt^oio fi<i\<av (Meriones speaks). Ibid. 21, 60-1. 
 
 55. GENDER OF THE FIRST PERSON PLURAL FOR THE SINT.ULAR. 
 The gender of the plural attribute in examples of the foregoing sec- 
 tion is the masculine. The masculine is the generic. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 383: apxov/ifv ij/ifts (Alkestis) oi irpnQi>i/<TKnvr( v oV&i/. 
 Andr. 355~36l : rjfjids (Andromache) -yap d <ri]v nal8a (pappaK(vofjitv | iea\ 
 vr)ovv (afj.$\ovp.n>, (as (ivrtf Xryfi, | (K<'>VT(S HVK nicoi>T(s av8( ftdipmi | nt- 
 TvnvT(S avrol TJ]V ntKrjv u(p(op.(l> | V <rtn(Ti yafiftpols, OKTIV OVK fXmrrroyij | tf\tiri<)v 
 6<f>fi\u npoiTTtdda-' tirruidiav. | fjp.(is p.(v uvv ruiot8( (Notice change
 
 28 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 to sing, and fem. sing, attribute.) Cf. I. A. 823-4: ov Bav^a tr' 17 pas (Kly- 
 taemestra) dyvotlv, ois p.rj Trdpos \ TrpocriJKfs. Med. 3 I 4~5 Ka ' y"P ^StK^/ae- 
 v 01 (SC. Medea) | criyrjcr6p.fcr6a, KpfLcrcrdvcov viKutfitvoi. 
 
 SoPH. Ant. 926 : TradovTf s tiv vyyi>olp,fv (SC. Antigone) ^apr^KoTes, 
 (Only) wJicn I have met my doom, shall I awake to consciousness of sin. El. 
 399: Trecrovfjif 0' (SC. Electra), ei XP'h 7m r p' rt^iiopoy/xe i>ot, I'll fall, if fall 
 I must, avenger to my father. Tr. 491-2: KOVTOI vdaov y eVaKToj/ t^apov- 
 | dtolcri dvcrpaxovv res (SC. Delaneira). 
 
 56. SINGULAR IN A COLLECTIVE SENSE. The singular is 
 sometimes used in a collective sense. 
 
 s, vinc(yard) ; ap-yvpos, silver-plate") ; TJ iirirosi cavalry ; ^ Kap.t]\os 
 (HDT.), camelry, etc. 
 
 LVCURG. 79- Tp' a yap fcmv e^ (W r/ TroXtreia a-vvfarrjKf v, 6 ap\a>v, 6 81- 
 
 K(l<TTT)S, 6 ISlUITrjS. 
 
 XEN. An. I, 7. l- dpidfios eytvera TUJV fiev 'EXAr}i'&jt' 0*771 y p.vpia (cat Ttrpa- 
 Kocria. Oec. 21, 8: fj,yd\rj xeipt. 
 
 THUG. 2, 4, 2 : Xidois re KCU Kfpdp.u>. 3, 89, 4: KVJJ.O.TOS eVaj/a^copT/o-ir. 
 3, 96, 3: TroXA^ %ipi, 4' IO > 3- T '-" / iroXep-iov dfivortpov eo(j.fv. 4, 90, 2: 
 a/iTreXoi/ KOTTToi/rey . . . (cat A/$ot>? fi'/Lta (cat Tv\ivdov . . . KadaipovvTfs. 5, IO, 9: 
 
 )J XaA(Ctt(o) tTTTTOS. 6, 24. 3 " ^* TTO\VS OfjLl\OS (Cat (TTpllTlddTT] S. 
 
 HDT. i, 80: rrj 8f Kap,i]\a> twea-dtu. i, 174 : 7roXX 4 ^ ^ftpi (sim. elsewhere). 
 5, 30: o(cra*ct(r^tXi';7i> auTTt'Sa. 7> '93 r " Kvp.a. 8, 113: T/)I/ tmrov rip ^tXt'r;i' 
 
 . . . TJJl/ (lX\T]l> ITT7TOV. 
 
 AR. Ran. 1466: 6 diKna-Trjs. 
 
 EUR. Heracl. 275-6 : 7roXX;)i/ . . . alxf-^v. Ibid. 337 : TroXX?/ . . . x f 'P'- /^V/. 
 1035: x f P'' Med. 86: TTUS TIS avruv TOV it(\as (/i is neighbor} /xaXXoi/ 0tXei 
 (as in English). Plioen. 78: TroXX^j/ . . . o-7ri'8(). //;/V/. 441-2 : pvpiav liyutv 
 I Xoy^^i>. fr. 243 N 2 : oXtyov akxifjiov 86pv. 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 1251 : Si'tKpvov. 
 
 AKSCHVL. fr. 304, 7 N 2 : o-ra^vy (sim. elsewhere in tragedy). 
 
 PlN'D. O. 7. '9 : 'Apye/a o-uj/ al\fia.. 
 
 IIoM. ()d. i, 162 : (cC'/ia. 
 
 II. 4, 422 : (cCyxa, and sim. elsewhere. In 5, 490: VVKTHS rt Km ^ap, and 
 elsewhere, vP'P ' s an adverbial expression. 16, n : fi(i(c/)i;oi/ (more than 
 one tear is shed, as is shown by 8uKpva Otpfia \iu>v u>s re Kpi]v>] fj.t\dw8pos, 
 v. 3), and sim. SaKpvov elsewhere in II. and ()d. 
 
 57. Those Nations whose names are thus used are chiefly 
 barbaric despotisms ("as one man"): 6 Ilc'pcrr)?, tJic Persian; 6 AvSos, 
 the Lyitian("\\\v Ilivite and the Hittite"); 6 MaKcSiiv (DEM. in con-
 
 SJ.\'CL'LA/l J-'OK PLURAL 29 
 
 tempt). Thucydides, however, 6 'Aerjvaios, the Athenian; 6 ZvpaKo- 
 o-tos, the Syracnsan. 
 
 DEM. I, 23* T(II ye llaiova Km TUV 'l\\vputv. 
 
 THUG. 1,69, 5: Tii> Tf yiip MiyAoi/, and elsewhere. 6.78, i : TJI /i(V 1'iy.wi- 
 Kocrioc . . . rta 'A0ifvai<a, f>, 84. 3 " XuAo'fvr. 
 
 HOT. I, 69: TOI< "KAArji/H. 8,2: o AUKOII/ (?) 8, 136: TUV \\6rjvalov, 9, 12: 
 TOI/ Siraprit'frrjv. 
 
 AK. PaX, 214' lO* <5>TTHC(BI <^&><Tfl 6<(Cai/. 
 
 58. But the National Appellative \vith the article is often 
 used of the king, the ruler, the general, and in some instances 
 it is doubtful whether the nation en masse or its representatives 
 are meant. 
 
 IN. 2, 74 : T ']* * v 2a\afuvi npos rov Hfp&rjv (Stp^rjv) vavfj.a\iay, to 
 be compared with /5 T ') v fv nXaTotatr TT/JOS TO IT lit perns -rrf^o^a^inv. 
 
 DKM. [7], 6. trapu ToO MaxeSuvor, J'hilip. [i/J. 10 sqq. : 6 Mocfia)i/, 
 Alexander. 
 
 XKN. An. i, 2, 12 sqq.: /} Ki"Ato-o-n, 7V/^ Ciliciiin queen. Cyr. 1,1,4: a 
 SicvOrjs ... 6 6pa^ . . . 6 'lAAvpior. Ibid. 2, i, 5: < 'Aorflrvpiop, and elsewhere. 
 Ibid. 3. 3, 2 : 1} yuvr} ToO '.\p/if i/t'ou, and so o '\pp.ii>ios and forms often in Xen. 
 Cyr. 
 
 HOT. i, 141 and elsewhere: 6 Au8or=: Croesus. 7, 173: o M<icfn'b>i/. 8, 
 108: o Ilf'^o-^f and TUV U(po-T)i>, and so elsewhere. 
 
 On the distributive use of the singular, see 43. 
 
 59- flirt, 4> P , a-ye, KTC., t'SKD IX ADI >RKSS I \() MORK THAN 
 
 ONE. elire, say, is often used in fervid or familiar address when 
 several are spoken to ; the eye of the speaker shifts. Compare 
 also the interjectional use of !>>, aye, with a plural verb. 
 
 lire' fioi, irepnovTCS avruiv Trw6dv(T0ai, \tytrai TI Kaivov ; DKM. 
 
 4, 10 (and sim. elsewhere ;. 
 
 DKM. 4, 10 (see above). 20. 21 : fipn <V otVojrri (addressed ti the judges). 
 -$ 73' < / > '/" ^') Tr/'f flfwi* Kaxttvp crKt\l/-(KTdf, and sim. f/n'/Jf elsewhere in DKM. 
 ami other orators. 
 
 Pl.A'lo, Thcaet. 151 K : (iXA.'i ((x'pf b>} <IITO fcou'// ircf\^d)/ifdi, et .sim. alib. 
 
 PrOt. 3' ' D : flTTf fi.Hl, U> (jlKfXITf'i T( Kill 'iTTTTOKpllTfi, Ct SIIJ1. alit). 
 
 XKN. Apol. 14 : ,"iyf hi] uKintcriiTf KIU (TAX<i. et sim. alit). 
 
 HOT. 1,97- '/"'f frrj/rr&)/ifi, but 4. 127: (fttprrt . . . Trupinrflt. 
 
 AK. Aoh. 319: fiVf' pui, ri' r/jfi<V>/if<rfl<i ro">i/ AiV'oii', cT> fir/^.irm : et sim. alii). 
 Pax, 1115- 7yf iV/, flmrnt, R(i' t m <TvtTit\uy^vfv(Tf , et sim. alib. Kan. 1417; 
 <f)('p(, iTv0t(rfl< finv Tufti, et sim. alib.
 
 30 GREEK SYXTAX 
 
 EUR. Cycl. 59 " 1 ' **y f ^"7> Aiovticrou TralSey | tv8ov p.ev dvfjp. 
 SOPH. Tr. 1255 : tiy e'yKOi/eir', aiprdf. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 140 sqq. : dXX' aye, Ilepo-cu . . . 0&>/ue#a, et sim. alib.; 
 but Cho. 803-4: "iy(T( . . | \ixraa-d((). 
 PlND. P. I, 60: ay . . . fgfVpafJLfV. 
 
 HOM. Od. 2, 2124, 669: dXX' aye jioi Sore, et sim. alib.; but 22, 252: 
 
 ay fd' . . . aKOvria-ar ', et sim. alib. 
 
 II. 2, 331 : dXX' ye /xt'/zvere, et sim. alib. 
 
 COPULA 
 
 60. When the predicate is not in the form of a verb, but in 
 the form of an adjective or substantive or equivalent, the so- 
 called copula is generally employed to couple the adjective or 
 substantive with the subject. The most common forms of the 
 copula are the verbs elju, / am, and yiyvo\ia.i, I become, turn out, 
 prove, be hare. 
 
 fifii' 
 
 flavaros T| r)(jiia tort, LYS. 13, 69; The penalty is deatJi. cnS-rot avSpeuu 
 elo-iv, PLATO, Lach. 195 C ; These are brave. So everywhere. 
 ytyvofiai'. 
 r6 r acre'pTj(xa T|p.Tpov yiyveTa.i, A NT. 203; The impiety becomes ours. 
 
 LYS. 1,7- TtavTutv TQ)v KaKcoj/ aTTodnvovcra alrla p.oi ytyfvrjTai. 
 
 ANT. I, 4: OVTOI TOV p.ev Ttdvecaros (povfjs yfyevr/irai, fp.o\ S' dvTi8iKOl KCI- 
 
 6TTH(Ti. 2 a 3 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Lys. 223 B: KarayAaoroi yfywapfv eyco re ... Kal vfj.fls. 
 
 XKN. Ag. IO, 4: ftcuriXfvs eyeVero (sc. \\yrja-i\aos). (See 64.) 
 
 THUG. 3, 2, 3 : Tei'e'Stot . . . fjLTjvvT-ai yiyvavrciL, The Tenedians turn in- 
 formers. 
 
 HOT. 8, 86: rfcrav ye Kal fytvovro ravrrjv Trjv ij^fprfv [j.aKp(j> dfJ.flvovfS avTol 
 f<avT(i>v, They lucre really and showed themselves that day to be far better 
 than their uwnt. 
 
 AK. Vcsp. 207: crrpnvdos avrip yiyvfrai, The man turns to a sparrow. 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 272 : ovS' at> a>S' f'yiyv<j[j.r]v KaKus. 615 : ra Ttpm/a TriKpu yiyvf- 
 Tai Kavdis (pi\a. 
 
 PlN I). P. 10, 22: v8aifj.a)i> . . . otVoy avfjp yivtTcn (approves himself) 
 
 (TO(p()'lS. 
 
 MlMN. fr. 5. 4~5 f *^X' o\iyo)(pQviov yiyvtrai (ttmrfp ovap \ fjfirj n/xTjetrcra. 
 
 H()M. Od. 4. 36l-2: m (SC. OVpOl TTVfiOVT(s) ptl T( W]U>V I TTO^TTIJfS yiyvOVTM. 
 
 708-9 ' (ti 6' (iXos ijnroi I di>8pd(Ti yiyvovrat. 
 
 61. PERIPHRASES WITH yiyvo^ai. Periphrases with yiyvopai are espe-
 
 COPULA 31 
 
 cially common in elevated style. In addition to the pomp (oyicas) gained 
 by the fuller expression, the moral character of the agent or action is 
 brought more distinctly to the consciousness. <rurf)p ytvov pot, AF.SCH. 
 Cho. 2, is much more than o-eJo-oi/ pt, pixriiroXis ytvov, Sept. 130, than pvtrm 
 TIJV TroAip, and pf) . . . irfpiaTi)? yfvji, SOPH. Ai. 1091-2, than pi) iiftpitrjis. See 
 further the comm. on ANT. i. 2: nuto/W-i- ytvivOat, and THUC. 3. 2, 3, and 
 compare Periphrastic Tenses, especially 293. 
 
 62. COPULA AS Tin-: PREDICATE. Strictly speaking, the cop- 
 ula is itself a predicate, as is not unfrequently shown by the 
 translation when it stands alone or with an adverb. 
 
 cl Tav6' ouT6>s J<rriv, Dem. [58]. 16 ; //" matters stand thus. T| 8' crc'pa t<rriv 
 fri, AM). I, 120; The other (daughter) is still living. 
 
 K.M. 2O, 64 ' rov~(t>v 5 KTU>S tvini TU>V (ivftpwv oixct'r' dcriv. dXXu r<i fpyn Ta 
 
 (trrtv, fVfiSf/TTfp <~nra (trpa^Bij, [38], 16 (see above). 
 Lvs. I, 4- Ibid. 1 1 : 6 yap (ii^/jtoTroy (vdt>i> rjv. 13. 44 uvuyicj ^' f&riv. Ibid. 
 83 : nfp\ ojj/ ((TTII> 17 alria. 19, 1 1 : j) (sc. (mavis dpyvplov) vvv tcrnv (prevails) 
 
 (V TTJ TTliXft. 
 
 AND. i, 1 20 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Charm. 153 B: p.ux*l tyfyovuv (had taken place} tv rfj Tlorti&uiq. 
 Protag. 325 B : (TKe\l/m u>t davpairivs ylyvovrai (iicf, /'<'//</<v) 01 dyadoi (see the 
 commentators, and com p. THUC. 3, 10, i, below). Ibid. 335 I): <'K yap 
 crv f^f^drjs, ov\ opoiots fljiiv ffroirrai t>i SniXoyot, If YOU go out, our discussions 
 will not go on as ?iv//. 
 
 X KN. An. 7. I) 28: tori TIS OVTUIS u(}>p(i)i> VCTTIS utfTdt ', lireatlics ' there the 
 man who is so foolis/i as to think? 
 
 THUC. 3 1. ' : <* P'J f* (r ' (if>(T')y 8oKov<TTfs ts XX/Xoi'f yiyvoivTO. 4- I IO. 
 2: ovarjs rf)s TroXfwf jrpbs \t>(f>oi>. The city lying uphill. 4, 118. 10: ul 8( 
 <TTroi>8iu tviavTov tarovrai (ttrt' to last}. 
 
 AR. Ecj. 1027 ' ffj.<>i yop far' f]f>d(i)s TTfp'i TOVTOV roO KVVUS. 
 
 EUU. Ale. 1076: oiiK (trn TOVS dainivray tis <p.'ws pa\(~ii>. BaCCh. 773~4 : 
 oivov fit prjKtr' oj/ros OVK ftrriv Kvirpts | 0^8 <7XXo rtpnvov oi/8tv av 6 parrots tri. 
 fr. 236 N 3 : crvv pvpioiffi Tit Kci\a yiyvtrai irt'ivois. 
 
 Soi'H. Ph. 1241 : (crnv rit, tcrnv ov <T Ku>\vcrfi rt> ftptiv. 
 
 Soi.ON, 13. if) Bgk*: <n> yup ^)i< dvtjrnis vjptos (py<i TTtXft. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 19, 312 : on- UtTfTal nfp, //<>:>.' things will turn out. 21, 212. 
 
 HOM. II. I, 211 : a)V t(T(Tal iTfp. 1, 5^4 : "' ^' "!'"'>) T'.HT' '<rn'i/. 4- 3'9 : wr 
 tpfv. (>, 130-1 : ov^f ... | <5'}' i]v. <), 5-8 : (!> rfi>. //<'."<' // :i> t ts. 9, 531 Ti'i<f>pa 
 fit KovptjT((TiTt K(iKd)s i]v, fared ill. 1 1, ~/^ } ~ ' **>s tv. 23. f>43 **** nur' (<>i>. 
 
 1 Cf. I'lM) N. (>, 2-3: tic piai. ct irviofttv (u>< hart i>ur brtathwe htii-e our 
 bdng) | fiiiTftin: a/iQi'iTtfiut.
 
 32 GREEK SYA T TAX 
 
 63. etvai at the head of a sentence or clause is regularly emphatic, and 
 com is equivalent to the later OVTUS OTI, ?s really, zs in fact. 
 
 DF.M. 2O, 1 8 : eon Se rovff ourcotri ^iei/ aKo{;(rat Xoyoi/ -iv' f'xov. 
 
 LvS. I, 1 6 : eori S', f</>9, 'E.p:iTO(rOvrjs Qirjdev 6 ravra TvpaTTOiv. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 449 B : fieri p.ev, d> 2., eviai Tcoi> diroKpicrfatv dvayKaiai 8id p.a- 
 Kpcav TOVS Xoyour TroifHrdai. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 1 , 4. 3 Kai ')" M*'' io"a)s TToXuXoycorepo?. 
 
 THUG. 7, I, 4 : a>i/ OUK ddvvaros. 
 
 HDT. 5, 124: TJV yap . . . '\pi<TTay6prjs 6 MtA(;crios -fyw)(i]v ov< uxpos. 8, 86: 
 TJaiiv ye Kal eyevovro . . . d/j.fii>ovfs avrol eaivTwv (see 60). 
 
 AR. Lys. 1037 : u>S eore GanriKcii (pvcrfi. 
 
 SOPH. O. C. IOOO : ei yap ov SiKaios. O. T. 255 ft yap TJV TO Trpaypa p.f) 
 
 YL. Ag. 958 : ear> ^dXacrcra, rls 8f viv KaTaa-/3((rei; 
 PlN'D. O. I, 36 : fcrri 8' dvftpi (pdp,fi> e'oi/co? dp.<pl bcu^ovum KaXd. 
 SAPPHO, fr. 85 : eort fioi xuXa TTUIS. 
 
 HOM. Od. 2, 292-3 : da-l 8e vfjes rroXXat eV . . . 'idaKjj. 
 II. IO, 3/8-9 e/crrt y'P fv8ov ^aXKtiy. 
 
 64. COPULATIVE VERBS. Other Copulative Verbs are: 
 
 atcoveiv, Kvpeiv, chance, ruYX* veiv > happen, 
 
 SiartXeiv, XaYX^veiv, inra.p\fiv, be (a basis), 
 
 SvvacrOai, jxe'veiv, remain, <f>aivo)xai, appear, 
 
 Ka0ierracr3ai = yiyt'f(T0at ireXttv, ireXecrflai, 4>vvai, comp. fuisse, 
 
 (often in orators), TtXe'Oeiv, etc. 
 
 In the better days of the language such verbs as Kadia-rao-dm, rvyxdvfiv, 
 , and (pvvai are not mere fluxes for the predicate. The frequent 
 use of (pvvai. and rvyxavtw arises from the Greek division of all manifesta- 
 tion into the two spheres of <i/o-ij and rv^'i- I n imdp^fiv, which ultimately 
 became colorless, the idea of a basis, of something to fall back upon, of 
 resource or residue, was not wholly effaced in the good period. 
 
 DEM. 18,46: dvT\ yup (piXaiv Kin ^(vuiv a TOT' tavofjid^ovTO, vvv KoXaicff Kal 
 0(ois t\dpol Kal rrdvd a Trpo(rnK(v dKovovcriv, hecit'^arc called. 57- 47- 6 ' 
 /tiff f'Xa^or' lepevs. 
 
 L^'S. [6], 4: (iv vvvl 's\v8oKi8ris dOtoos (iTraXXayr; . . . Kal X<i^>; ftacriXf vs. 
 
 ANT. I, 4 (60) : fp.nl 8' dvri&utoi Ka6rra(ri. 
 
 PLATO, Charm. 154 B '. cr^f^ov yap ri fj.oi TTavrts in fv rrj f)\iKia KdXoi (f>ai- 
 vovrai. Ibid. 154 C: Kal r<irf fitelvos tp.ol ' davp-aarfts t(pdi>r]. Hipp. Mai. 300 
 A: fivftf y' av t) 81' aKOTJs rjftovt], . . . bid ravra rvy\dvfi KdX/;. Prot. 313 I'- 
 Tvy yiff i S' imrrrliudJi'. 'I heac't. 146 A: o fie ap,apr<av . . . Kadfftdrai . . 
 wus, T/ic fcl/nn' t/i<it tn/xst's will sit i/oicn an tixx. 
 
 XEN. Ages. 10, 4: (pi\orip.oTaros 8f Tre^u/ctos, dfirrrjros ftifrfXf (re v, iTTfl
 
 COPULATIVE f7:A'/;.S- 33 
 
 /SaeriXrvr fy<i>( ro, />'<// ambitious, tie continued iinconquered after lie became 
 king. 
 
 THUG. 4> 69, 2: Kai HI otxtai . . . dtrdl virijp^ov tpvfiii, J'/ie houses them- 
 selves sewed as a fortress. 
 
 HDT, 4- Iio: fivi/arai 5e ro ouvofjui roOro guru 'KXXiidd yXaxrerav ui>&^- 
 
 AR. Pax, 1045 : ris npa iror' ttrriv, o>$- dXd^uw (paivtrai. 
 
 EUR. Hoc. 1229: vnt)px((). Ion,4l2: p. (T atr fir oi ( sc. ni <rvp.,1<>Xain) 
 fjf\Tiova, Mod. 229: Kuicurrof dpSpaii' (K/Sc'/SiJx' "^M" 4 ' TT"""'*'- //'/</. 285: TT*'- 
 (pvitas. Ibid. 728: ^*/tij acri^Xos. fr. 360, 8 N-': ((pvptv. fr. 382 N': TT<- 
 
 SOPM. El. 45~^ "X^P I ptyi&Tof avrois rvy^i'ivfi Sopv^fvtav. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 59^ : KOK&V fun Sorts fftirtipos icvptl. 
 
 FIND. (). i, 47 : a>j 8' ("(pavTos fTTfXfs. 
 
 HOM. Od. 7, 51-2 : dapa-aXfos yap uvljp tv Trturtv dp.dv<ai> \ tpyinaiv TiXtdtt. 
 
 65. PASSIVE VERBS AS COPULATIVE VERBS. Passive verbs 
 of making, taking, choosing, calling, and the like are used as 
 copulative verbs, and like the others take the same case in the 
 subject and predicate. Such verbs are : 
 
 aipLcrucLi, cvpicTKCcrvCLi, Xcyc<r6ai y 
 
 cupecrSai, Icrracrdai, vo}uc<rtiai, 
 
 a\i<TKCcr0ai, Ka0icrTacr0ai (cf. 64), 6vop.at(T0ai, 
 
 airoSeiKvuadai, KaXcicrBai, iroicl<r6ai, 
 
 av|dvc<r6ai, KaraXeiTrcadai, Tfrvx^ ai > Tvx^vat, 
 
 8r)Xov(r9ai, Xa{i^dvccr6ai, x fl P OTOV< '"^ <u :ln 'l others. 
 
 DEM. 2, 5 : ptyas ^v^i]0tj. 2, 8 : 'Ijt&rj p,(yas. 4, 18: r^d) . . . <Jf/)i'X(i(cror 
 \i]<p0j). 9, 21 : p.fyas (K fMLKpov . . . ^iXiTTTToy rjv^rjTiii. [l2l. 14: fitv piv f'p.f) 
 yvua-tffi (sc. 17 vt)m>s) .... (ttv ft' vptTtpa Kptflf/. 18, 282: ni< roivvv o'ror 
 ijvpiflrjs. 27,63: ft KdTf X f i(/j^r; v p.tt> (iHiivcrios. Ibid.(i\\ tiiKin raXdvrtaloi 
 *di (5tr<jX(ivroi KdTdXt i(p6tvT( s, 
 
 fJifVOS OIHV KT( . 
 
 LYS. 13,66: Kdi fXjjtpdrj p.i>i\i'n\ i(>, 8: rroXXoi/r <V dt'reJi/ orpuTTjyovs KH\ 
 
 . AN I. 6, i i : (nubi'i ^"/"?yin - drf (TTt\ftr>v. 
 
 Pi. A I'o, I-<'f^'. 689 I); t'j . . . fifyiiTTT) r<o' vp.<fr<i)vitov piyuTTt) fitKauirar' (Iv 
 Xf'yotr (rofpui. 1'hacdr. 2^6 B : <T(pvpi'iX(iTos iv 'OXv/iiriu (rrddijrt. Kpb. 
 566 I): rvpiivvos iivri irpixTTiirov dirortTtXf (rfj.ivns. 
 
 XKN. All. 7, I, 26: iroXtfuot p.ii> t<rup,t6a uTroftf&fiyntvoi .\aKfoiupMvtois- 
 3
 
 34 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 THUG. 3> 82, 4 : To\p.a p.fv yap dXoyiaros dvftpia <t>i\fTaipos fVOflicrdrj, 
 Daring wit/tout reflection was considered bravery of good comradeship. 
 5' 95- r " ^ e fJiitros 8vvdp.f(i>s irapu8eiyiJ.a TOIS dp%Ofj.fi>ots ftrjXov fjievov. 6, 33, 3: 
 
 HDT. 2, 141 : KOI vvv OVTOS 6 ftacriKevs tcrTijKf . . . \idivos. 3, 88 : Aapflor 
 . . . /Sao-tXfuy dTT(8i8(KTo, et siin. alibi. 
 
 AR. Nub. 1079: poL^os yap f/v TV^TIS u\ovs. Av. 79&~9 : Aurpe^Mys . . . 
 
 lipiBr) (f)v\ap^os, fid' 'iirirap^os. 
 
 EUR. H. F. 150: (TV 8' ob? dpicrTov (f)a>ros (K\i]dr)S 8dp.ap. 
 
 SOPH. El. 95 fJ-ovn \f\fipfj.fdov. O. T. 57^' ^ y a p ^"7 ^ovevs Xco- 
 <rofiai. Ph. 908: SfVTfpov \r)<j>()<a icaKos ; 
 
 AESCHYL. Eurn. 353 wnXXevKaw Se ireTT\Mi> afMoipos fiovva erv^drjv. Pens. 
 135-9: llfpcriftes S' . . . fKiicrTa . . . XetTrerai /AOJ>OU. Sept. 698-9: KCIKOS ov 
 KK\r)- I a-?;, Ai^e' j/^a// 1 thou not be called. 
 
 PlND. O. 9' 46 : Aaot 8' ovvp,a(rdfv. I. 3> 25-6 : n^taei/rey . . . Xe'-yovrai 
 | TTpo^tvoi ~(f). 
 
 HOM. Od. 9, 335- avrap (yu> TTf/ATTTOs p,fTa TQL<TLV (\ey[j.r)v. 2O, 67-8: a" 
 8e \iirovro | opfpaval eV p.fyiipoicri. 
 
 II. 1,293: V y ( 'P Kei/ SeiXds rf (cat ovrtSai'oy *caXf otfj.r]v. 4> 84 Zf us, os r* 
 dvdpa>7ru>i> Tapirs Tro\tp.oio rirvKTai. 
 
 66. elvai COMBINED WITH A COPULATIVE VKRB. Even after these 
 fij/at is sometimes found as to be is in English ; e. g. " Paul called to be an 
 apostle." 
 
 ISAE. Cf. 2, 41 : ov fivai u>vop.dcr8rjv. 
 
 Pl.ATO. Cf. Apol. 23 A : oVo/^ta 5 TOVTO Xf'yea^ai arxpos tivai. Rpb. 
 428 E : ofToi T7L<r~r']fjLas t%ovres ovofj.dovTai rivts dvai. 
 
 HDT. 5. 25 (/ft'). 7> '54 : o.7re8f^6t] Tracr^s- r^f "LTTTTOV tivai "Tnrap^os. 
 
 PlND. O. 10, 634: ficerptoos 8' eKa\(cr<rt viv | Icriuvvfiov ffj.p.i>. 
 
 HOM. Cf. II. 17, 150-1 : 2a/)7rr;Soi/(a) . . . | Ku\\iires ' Apyetoiartv eXcop Kal 
 Kvppa yevetrdai. 
 
 67. PREVIOUS CONDITION. Previous condition is represented by 
 ai/rt or fg with the gen. 
 
 DlN. I, ill: (vpr'](T(T( y<ip TOVTOV . . . dvri p.ev \oyoypd<pov . . . TrXouma)- 
 raroi/ wra TU>V fv rf/ 7T<!Xft, ai/rl fi' (lyvutros . . . ev8oov yfyfvrjfj,evov. 
 
 DEM. (j, 21 : p.iyus eV fiiKpov (see 651. 18, 46 (see 64). Ihid. 131 : TrXoi;- 
 <rtoj tK Trrco^oG . . . yfyovais, A ricJi man (plutocrat) from a pauper. 
 
 LYS. 32, 17 : di>~\ ir\ov<riu>v irroa^ovs. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 566 I) (see 65). 
 
 XF.N. Cyr. 8, 3, 39: (K rrtvrjTos TrXovfrtor yfyfvrjcrm. 
 
 HDT. 1 , 87 : iro\tfj,iov dvrl (/jiXon f/j.o\ KiiTii(TTr]va(.. 
 
 Ak. Cf. Av. 627 (see 25). Ran. IOI I : fV ^pr;(rra)i/ KH\ yfvvaiwv //o
 
 OM/SSIOX OF THE SUBJECT 35 
 
 SOPH. Tr. 148-9- *wv TIS dvTt irapQivov yvvi) K\tjdfj. 
 
 I I NO. O. 13. 66-7 : ( UVflpOV 8' ItlTiKlt ' T)V I'rttlf). 
 
 On the Double Ace. after Active Verbs see Index. 
 
 OMISSION OF THE SUBJECT 
 
 68. PERSONAL PRONOTN EXPRESSED. The personal pro- 
 noun of the first and second person is not expressed unless it is 
 emphatic, as, for example, in contrasts. 
 
 TI pdXXov ijiov o-xi icariYopis fj 'yu (rov ; Dl.M. I 8, I (/> ; ]\'hy do VOH accuse 
 nit: rather than 1 you .' OVTOS fiev yap v8up, ^yu 8" otvov irivto, Di;.\I. 19, 46; 
 This fellow {drinks) water, I drink luinc. 
 
 DKM. uS, 196 (see above). 19, 46 (/</.). 21, 28 : t'yi . . . i^; s (see 88) 
 
 L^'s. 1 , 26 : OUAC yoj r* uTToKT(i>d) tiXX' 6 r?;j TniXfcos vtipas, (it is) <;/ / that 
 am about to kill tlice, but the law of the state. (Cf. Ak. Eccl. 1055-6, 
 cited below.) 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 172 B: a-v ovi> p.oi Kn'jyrjtrm. Protasj;. 335 D (see 62). 
 
 XKN. An. I, 3> ^ ' "^" (nd vp.fit fpol OVK (6(\(T( TTf iOtvdni, oiifit (ir((T0ai, 
 
 tyU> (TVV VfJ.IV f^fOfUll, 
 
 THUG. 6, 14: Km (TV, 0> TTfil/TUVl, TClVTll . . . tmtyi]<$>lf. 
 
 HDT. 6, I : TOVTD TU vjro&rifia tppn^my p.(v <ri, VTTffti'icraTo fit 'ApurTayopTjs. 
 7, 1 1 (I rjfJ-fis f)(Tv^ii)i' ti^itfjifv, aXX OVK (Kflvoi. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 1426: a-v Xf'yf. Eccl. 1055-6: uXX' OVK e'yw, | aXX' 6 vt'ipos 
 (\Kd cr(f). 
 
 EUR. Hec. 609-10: (TV 8' av Xa/3ov<ra reC^or, ap^aia \urpi, | . . . tvfyKt 
 Sfvpo. 
 
 SOPH. Antii(. 5^ &v TOVTO povvrf T(I>V$( K.a$pd(av ('tpus. 
 
 PlND. eyd> 2j times, (TV and TV together 10 times. 
 
 SoLON, fr. 2 : dr/it 81} TUT' e'yo> <t>o\(y(iv?ipti>s f) StKivijnjr. 
 
 HoM. Od. I, 33"5 "vrap tyiav nil l>r)ti 0ot)i> K(i~<\(V(Tnp.(ii tjSrj . . . trail 
 i' avTu /ifXt'rw. 
 
 II. I, 76 : Totytip f'yajf epf'co, <rv t)( (Tvv6(t>. 2, 485-6 : vpt'is . . , irdpttrrt 
 T(, icTTf Tt 7rui/ra, t)p.f~is ft( K\ios oiov uKovi>p.fp, ov8c TI ifip.fv. 
 
 69. UNKMPHATK lyw AND rv. The (Miiphasis of the first and second 
 persons is not to be insisted on too much in poetry or in familiar prose. 
 Notice the frequency of f'yaJSu, ty<Zp.m. Noteworthy also is the return of 
 t'yu> in AF.SCHIN. 3. 
 
 70. OMISSION OF THK SCHJECT OF THE TlIlRD PERSON. 
 The personal pronoun of the third person has no nominative. 
 Hence, the unemphatic subject of the third person is omitted 
 when it can be readily supplied from the context.
 
 36 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 71. SUBJECT OMITTED EVEN WHEN THERE is A SUDDEN 
 CHANGE OF SUBJECTS. So free is the Greek in its omission of 
 the subject that there is often a sudden change of subject with- 
 out further warnin. 
 
 r\ yuvr) airtjet, ... us TO iraiSiov, iva TOV TiT0ov axmu 6iSu> (sc. f) yvvr'j) Kai (XTJ 
 
 (SC. TO TTtltStOl/), LYS. I, 10. 
 
 LYS. i, 10 (see above). 
 
 ANTIPHON, I, 26: THUS ovv Tavrr]v f\(flv ( SC. Ttva) at-iov fcrriv fj alftovs 
 Tvy^uvfiv (SC. ravTijv) Trap' v^<av i) a\\ov TOV; 
 
 XEN. An. I, 2,26 : i; yvvfj avrbv (TTfKTf Kai TTicrreif eXa/3e (SC. SveVcetrtr). 
 
 THUG. 2, 3. 4 e'xwpoui/ ( sc - * nXaraiijr) . . . eV avTnvs (sc. rovy OijftaLovs), 
 OTTCO? ^.17 Kara (^co? 6apo-(i\fu>Te'pois ova~i irpoo-(p( pwvTai (SC. ot OXarat^s) Kai a<pi- 
 criv f< TOV 'icrov yiyvwrai (sc. ol Qrjflaloi). 3, 62, 5 : fVetSi) yoi'i/ o re M^Sor 
 aTT^X^e Kai TOVS vofiovs e'Xa/3e (SC. 17 TrdXty). 8, IO2, I : u>s avrois 01 re (f)pvKT<i)pot 
 f(TT)fj.aivov Kai rj(rddvovTO (SC. oi A$r;i/aioi) ra rrvpa (ai(f)vT)s TroXXa . . . (pavivTa. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 549. Tr. 362-3 (where see Jebb). 
 
 Pi XI). O. 3. 2O 2 : 0(f>da\flOV dvTt(f)\f^f Mijya, | Kai peyiiXuiv dedXcov ayvi.iv 
 Kpia-iv ... | ^^Ke (sc. 'HpaKX^y). 9,45-6. P. 4, 23-5. So elsewhere. 
 
 HES. fr. 5 R Z - ' ov8f ol VTTVOS \ TrlnTtv eVl ft\f(j)dpois, (fivXciKrjv 8' e^ev (sc. 
 *Apyos) ffjarfbov met. 
 
 HOM. II. 23, 704-6 : aj/Spl fie viKrjdfVTi yvvalx' es pecro-ov (drjKfv (SC. n^Xet- 
 brjs), | TroXXa 8" firiaraTO (sc. rj yvvi]) Zpya, TLOV (sc. 'A^atoi') 8e' e Ttcrcrapd^oLov. \ 
 a-TT) 8' opGos Kin p.vOov fv 'Apyeiourw eetTrei/ (SC. n^ 
 
 72. SUBJECT CONTAINED IN THE VERB. The subject is 
 sometimes omitted in the third person, when it may be involved 
 in the verb as the definite function of a definite character. 
 tioipv^ev, Jic proclaimed (6 tcijpuj;), etc. In a suit at law, the clerk 
 is often addressed without any further note. In dramatic pas- 
 sages, a servant is often supposed to be at hand. 
 
 dvayvoiTO) (sc. o ypa/^iarein-), Dl-'.M. [44], 45 ', I. ft (the clerk) read, ^im 
 ^ardX.Tri-y|< (SC. o <ra\iriyKTf]s), irpopa\\6)jivoi ra oirXa TTT]o-av, XlCN. An. I, 2, 
 
 17 ; H 7 licit t/ic trumpet sounded, etc. 
 
 DKM. [44], 45 (see above). 
 
 LYS. 19, 27 (i fit KaT(\nrev (sc. o A.piffTO<pavT)s), avayvaHTfTai (sc. 6 yfxifj.- 
 p.aT(vs) iifjuv. Ibid. 57- 
 
 XEX. An. 1,2, 17 (see above). 2, 2. 4 : V8/ . . . o-^/zr}^. 3,4,4: eVr;- 
 
 Ibid. 36 : (Ki')pv^. 5- - '- owoTaf (Truiijvri (Ins}. 6, 5. 25 f'wj (T^/iuii/m. 
 
 1 Note also N. T. Marc. 1, 31 : <cai u<f>iJKt>> avTi]v o Trv 
 (sc. tKtivr]) aiiTOtQ.
 
 HK1A I' MM ATA 37 
 
 Conv. 5- - ' puvov, t<f>1, TOV Xa/iTTrr^M t'yyvs irpofft vt y KHTU>. Cyr. 2.2,2'. 
 
 i)paTO (SC. O "tpTdpOs). 4, 5, 42 : KT)pvuTH). 
 
 THUC. 3- -' 3 wore irtipoSov p.ij tivat, ciXXii <5i' avrtiw piaaiv titt/truf (sc. ot 
 6ttotT*s) =//i(>st' ti'/u> /iiit/ to go through =oi <pv\uiefs. 
 
 HOT. 2, 47 : (Trtav dvtrij. 2, 70 : t-ntw . . . f>(\(ticri). 
 
 COM. 3. 502 : rfjv Tf}<'nr(ai> 77 K' (xu>v (SC. 6 doOXor). 
 
 PlNI). P. I, 48: <i*'''x' fvpivKovro 6fu>v iraXafiats ripi'iv, Iffero cum fra- 
 trtbus. 
 
 THEOGN. 473 olvoj^odrta. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4. 214: %f VUI>TU>I> ( SC. Ofpinrnvrt s ). 21, 142: otvo^otvti (SC. 6 
 olvo^oos). 
 
 II. 1 8, 49-~3 vvft^MS | qyivtvv (sc. myi^wyeoyor). 
 
 73. 6tia ^rj(jiaTa. Not essentially different from this use is the 
 use of the so-called Oeia p^ara., in which the name of the divine 
 agent is omitted, such as Si (sc. o vu> = Zfvs), lie mitts (the miner 
 = Zcus). So ppovri}, he thunders ; vi<j>t, he snoics ; a-dti, lie sliakes 
 (Poseidon). 
 
 LVS. fr. 75- 4 (Sch.)l rjftrj (rv(TKnrti^oi>Tos. 
 
 THUC. I, 5'. - ' wt <r/coraf yap >}5;. 4- S-< l ' Kn ' T0 ^ nvrov prjitos 
 Jcrra/xeVou (trficrt. 
 
 HDT. 2, 22 : V<T(II . . . e)(i6tnt (bis). 4- -^ T ')'' M' 1 " wp 01 ' 1 ?" l> * ^ f ' Xdyou 
 ti^iov ov8(V, TO 8< 0ipi>s va>v OVK dvitt (note the ITKISC. ptC. (jwr). 
 
 AR. Adi. 1141: vifyd. fr. 2, 963, 13: K<H {-VllllVO<j)t Kill XflpfpUl 
 
 ftpovTa p.u\ fv. 
 
 COM. 2, 851, 2: vi(f)eT<i) fj.tv aX(pirois, | >^(i KuVra> 5' nprourtv, I'trto fi' 
 
 tTJ/ft. 
 
 HOM. N'o example. See 74. 
 
 74. DIVINI-: ACF.NT I-IXI-RKSSKD. In Homer the divine 
 agent is always expressed, as it often is in poetry, and even in 
 prose that aims at reproducing the language of the people. 
 That the notion of god is never abandoned is shown by the 
 use of the genitive absolute, and not the accusative absolute. 
 
 s, ic lien it is raining. See Participial Acensatire. 
 
 XKN. Dec. 8, 1 6: </r<ii/ xcifj.('i;) <'> flfos tv TI/ fl<i\uTr>j. //'/./. 20, 1 1 : i"fio>/j 
 /**!/ o uvu) 0fos TTdpf'xft. Veil. 8, I : Sruv vnp;/ o Otos. 
 
 Hlt'l'. 3, 117: riif pm yiip \ttpii>vii v ( i <r<pi < OKI*. So elsewhere. 
 
 AK. Arh. 510-1 I : KdiVoiv H llorrtibtav . , . \ trt icras . . . *p..1u\t TUS olieiat. 
 Nub. 368 : ris v 1 1 ; Av. 57 : (ipovTaru vvv 6 fityas Zdv. L\'s. 114-- \<1> flti>s 
 (Ttitiiv ii[j.ti. So elsewhere.
 
 38 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 1606: KTinrrjcre fj.fi> Zfiis X&QVIOS. 
 
 PlND. O. 7, 49-50: 6 pen (SC. Ztvs) . . . | no\vv vo-t xP v <rov. I. 6 (7), 5. 
 
 ALCAE. fr. 34: Cd ^tv o Zevs. 
 
 HOM. Od. 14, 305 : Zevs 8' afj.v8is [3 poi>TT)(T (. 
 
 II. 9, 236-7- Zfvs 8e arfpi Kpovt8r)S fv8eia (Ti]fj.aTa (^aiVwi* | a (TTpinrr ft, 
 12,25* ^ 8' apa Zeds. 12, 279~$o - ore T' &peTO fUfTteTa Ztits \ vKpffj-fv. } 
 
 75. Gen. Abs. : 
 
 LYS. fr. 75. 4 (Sell.) : rj8rj truer KOT(ioi>TOS. 
 
 XI-:N*. Hell, i, i, 16: vovros TroXXw. 
 
 AK. V r esp. 773~4 e(ll/ ^^ I/t( / ) ,'7 TT/JOJ TO 7ri)p Ka6>'//j.fvos (sc. ^Xuifrei), | u 
 
 76. IMPERSONAL VERBS. The same principle lies at the 
 basis of all so-called impersonal verbs. Sometimes the subject 
 is contained in the predicate, as when the passive is used imper- 
 sonally, or when the infinitive is used without a subject. 
 
 (ioi . . . 8e8niYir]Tai, ANTIPHON, i, 31 ; My tale has been told. 
 
 AXTIPHON, 1,31 f/ioi p.fv ovv $f fi t Jjy^rai /cat /3e/3o?} diyrat rw <re>re- 
 6vf curt Km TCO vop.a>. 5- 75 ofiots 8' ovv KfKiv8vvf{i(rfTai. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 457 E. tv fj.d\' uv d[j.(j)t(rf3r)Tr;deir] (cf. ibid. D: a/i(/)r/3^- 
 
 PZN. Hell. I, 3, 2O: eVei <^f (IVTO'LS TrnpfcrKfi/acrro. Mem. I, 7, 2 : up ov 
 Ta fu> Tf]f Tfxyis fJLLnrjTfOv TOVS dyadovs avXrjTtis ; . . . KHI TOVTW ravra Trotr/Ttov 
 . . . KIU rovTd) TToXXovs (jraiveras TT a pa erne vacrrtov, 
 
 THUG. I, 46, I ot 8e KopivGioi, eVetSiy aiiTois TrapfcrKfv tier TO, tnXfov firl 
 
 TT)V ]\('pKVpaV. I, 9 1 ' I Tf ' X ' f Tl1 ' Tf K(l ^ 'J^l UY S X(lfJ.l3ui>fl (SC. TO Tf(^Os). 
 
 7, 25, 9 : ws . . . 8unrfT7oXffjiri(rofj.fvov. Cf. 7- 77> 3 : '*" yV ''"f'S' Tf iro\tpiois 
 
 t)VTV %1]T dl. 
 
 Au. Thesm. 1227 I aXXa ni-n aiurni /LifT/jiwy ij/^ii". Rail. 376: TJ p i CTTIJTOI 
 
 6' (llpKOVVT(i)S. 
 
 HOM. O(l. 9, 143' ovSe TT po vffxiive T' Iftiadui. 19, 3 1 - oXXa /lot a>S' aj/a 
 6vp.uv oierat, a>? ffftrai Trtp. 
 
 II. 22, 3'9- ^^ '",YM'? f a7J " f ^" M 71 " tvrjKfos. 
 
 For additional examples of the impersonal passive, see 176. 
 For the impersonal neuter plural in -T(', see exx. under 37. 
 
 77. Often the subject is practically an infinitive or a sentence. 
 So in the case of such verbs as Bet, So/cet, eiaepxe-rai (eia-f/ei, 
 
 1 Note also POI.YB. 31, 21, 9' (TVITKOTI'I <> ITO^- d^rt TOD 9eov. 
 Coni|).ire also Poi.YB. 31, 21, <j (see above).
 
 INDEFINITE SUBJECT OMITTED 39 
 
 \6yov, OVK 
 , TTpeTret, irpo<T>]icei, crvp^tpei, fyaiverai, %p>), etc. 
 
 airavra Y*P 8i TaXTjWj Xryciv, Lvs. 3. 10; // is necessary /<> /<// <2// ///<r 
 /////, 7'//< - whole truth must be tolii. 
 
 DEM. IQ. 204: ovT( yap tas (rvp.<piptl 4>a)Kf'a( diro\u/\tvat . . . (VKTTIV 
 \tyttv aiTW. 
 
 LVS. 3. lo: (8of pot KptiTKTTov tivni diro8r)fjiri<Tat tc rt)s TTiiXfcoy. 
 
 THUG. I, 1 2O, I : xpi] yap rovs f)ytp.6vcis ... TO xoica irpovicoirdv. I, 1 2O, 
 3: v 8( irupa(T \ov, fK iro\('p.ov iruXiv ^vp.fifjvai (sc. dv8pu>v dyad&v tarty). 
 
 HDT. 3- 7' ' *VmYe S j Aapdov dirtKtro yi>u>^rji' diro(paivterdat, 3. 142: 
 xai /lot irapf %f i vvi> vfiinv <ip\(iv. 6, 2J '. (ptXeti 8i K<I>S TT pocrr) p.u i vt iv, fur' av 
 /if'XXi; p.(yd\a KUKU *; TfdXi ; e^j/ei' ?cr*cr^ai, but just below : Tnura /ztV tr(^>t 
 a~rjfjif)i.a 6 Otos npoiftf^e. 9-^8: SrjXoi T p.m OTI irdvra ra irpr/y^urra TO' ftapjjd- 
 
 pO>V fjpTTjTO (K YlfpO'fav. 
 
 EUR. H. F. 302-3: rjSr; S' (tr^\df p (I irapaiTt](T(ti/j.(dii | (pvyas T(KVU>V 
 ra>v8((}. 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 296-7 : oi>5' en ore ^pi) I vqiriids o\ifiv. Cf. 3, 14 : T^Xf'pa^', 
 ov /*!/ <T( XP'l * 7 "' a*Soof. 8, 146: 01 Kf 8( tr' I8p.(v didXovs. 
 
 II. 2, 24: oil \prj TTavvv^iov fv8(tv f3ov\r)<p6pr>v ttv8pa. 9, 337~8 : ri 8e 
 fifi 1 irn\(fjit^fft.ev(ii Tp(j}((ra~iv \ \pyttovs; 
 
 For other examples, see 37, and on the infinitive, see Index. 
 
 78. Sometimes an indefinite subject is to be supplied from the context. 
 This is very easy in the dependencies of the infinitive, as that form always 
 involves an indefinite accusative subject. 
 
 I.SAE. 2, 13'. [o vop.os] KfXtvfi TII favrov f(lvat dtadtO'dai OTTO)? av i6i\r). 
 So elsewhere. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 5- 9'- tv F* v y a P <lKfa " TC *> irpdypart KIII opytj xpija'ap.fvovs KOI 
 dta/3oX^ irtdofitvovs fXafftrov tcrnv f'itfjui[>T( ~iv fttrayvovf ytip tri av (i^dii)? fittv- 
 \tv<ratTo (sc. 6 . . . xpTjmifjifvits KT(). 
 
 PLATO, Men. 97 A : <>VK (trrtv opdtas ffyfltrdai, ft H> pfj <ppt>itip.os /}. So else- 
 where. Cf. Rpb. 347 C I TT]t 8( rjp.iiis fKyiarr] r<> I'JTTO TrovrjpoTtpov tip^ftrdui, 
 (av p.?i avros fd(Xr) tip^fiv. 
 
 Hl)T. I, 195 t (crOtjTt 8t Totf)8( xptuivTai, Kidwvi no8r}VfKfi Xiviai, KII\ ttr\ TOITOI/ 
 oXXov flpivtnv Kidiava tirtv&vvfi (sc. a ^ptu/Mfvoy). I. 216: ov,tns ^< f]\iKtijt p-t^j 
 
 ITpOKftTOi XXof p,(V Ov8flS ' tTTfllV 8( yiplM y(Vt)TUl Kl'lflTll KT(. 2. 38: fioKI^IJ- 
 
 fovrt . . . i]v . . . l ft rjTii t (SC. o 8(>Kip.ii(<i>v). 2, 6$ : (I'^i'ifjLd'iii . . . i(TTiun . . . biftol 
 (SC. o ti/xdfuvos). 
 
 EUR. Or. 428: f4t.irovp.fd' OVT<l)f ttXTTf pi] 7T pOO't VVtlTf tt> (SC. Tiva). 
 
 1 Tlic only instance of Sti in Homer.
 
 40 CREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HOM. Od. 5, 400 : ocro-ov (o<rov) re ytywf ftor](Tas (?). 6, 294 : id. 9, 473 : 
 id. 12, 181 : id. 
 
 II. 13, 287 : ouSe KV evdci Tfov yf p.fvos Ka\ \ipas OVOITO, a fault-finder. 
 22, 199. ws (as) 8' (v oVeipo) ov 8vvarai <p(vyovra 8i(j>K(ii>, a dreamer. 
 
 79. Other ellipses of Time, Circumstances, and the like co- 
 incide with the English. 
 
 TTJS 8' upas iyiyvt-r' tyt, DEM. 21, 84; // was getting late. TJV irpo; T)fU- 
 pav, Lvs. I, 14; // was drawing on towards day. 
 
 DEM. 21, 84 (see above). 
 LYS. i, 14 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 217 D: a-Krjirrdpfvos on o\^e fir]. 
 
 XEN. An. I, 8, i: fj8rj re rjv a/j.(p\ ayopav Tr\r)Qov(Tnv. Ap. 23: tvOu ov 
 TT poff fiarov Oavdrto. Hell. 1,6, 2O : eVet (TKOTOS f'irj, e'^e/it/ja^ei' . . . eVetSr) //ftr) 
 p.(crov J7/ie'pay TJV. 
 
 THUG. I, 109, 3: a>? 8e avT<p ov Trpov^copei, matters. 2, 56, i: eVeiS?) 
 Tolp.a TJV, things. 2, 56, 4 : e's e'XTr/Sa /iei/ fj\dov roC eXeir, ou fiivroi Trpot^ui- 
 prjcre yf. 4- 93- ' : V^ 1 ? 7 f V Ka ' T ^ f ^/*'pflS o\^e 17 i'. 7> 84. 4 : f>J r " e>7r ' dartpd 
 Tf roO iroTap.ov Trapaerrai/res 01 2upaK(!(rtot (^i/ Se Kprj^Lva>8fs [sc. ro ^topt'oi']). 
 
 HDT. 3. 82 : e' Se roG (povov a7re'/y^ eV fiowap^ir/v. 
 
 HOM. II. 22, 410: ra> 6e /idXtcrr' a/j' e^i/ (the situation) tvaXiyKiov, o>9 ei 
 Kre'. 
 
 See also exx. under 37. 
 
 80. OXE. One may be expressed by rt?, or, chiefly in 
 phrases, by the Ideal second person, an imaginary you. 
 
 r i c : 
 
 DEM. i, 21 : (prja-ed ns tiv. 3, io : eiTrot rty a/, and so elsewhere. 4, 25 : 
 
 ei yup epoird rts vp.(is. l8, 252: Travra^o^ei/ p.ei' roivvv uv ns 1801, 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 905 C. Soph. 220 D : fj T'L TIS i/, Seat'rr/re, etjrot KaXXiov ; 
 and so elsewhere. 
 
 XEN. An. i, 9, 3 : Kamp-ddoi <iv nr, and elsewhere. 
 
 THUC. 1,6, 6: TroXXa 8' *iv KIU u\\a TK 7ToSet|ete *cre'., and elsewhere. 
 
 HDT. I, 3- ( ' v y*P ra> /*<"fpo %p6voi 7roXX /i(V e'rrri tSelv ru ^17 rtr 
 e'^'Xei. 
 
 AR. Pax, 833 : dtTTtpcs yiyvoptd , urav rtr diroddvj). 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 1536-7 Qf'ti yap ti> p-tv, ov/'e fi' fl<ropS><r', orav \ TO. 6('C afais 
 TIS fls ro paii>crOai rpmrr). Ph. 55 : X Tllv rlr f " C'/> :ltl( ^ so often. 
 
 HoM. Od. 4, 535 =11,411: u>t ri'r re KiirtxTnvt 0<>vv eVi (fxirvjj. 
 
 ^- 3- 33 ^ s ^' ^"f r ' J Tf 8puKoi>ru I8<i)v TraXtfopcroi' uirfiTTrj, and so else- 
 where.
 
 IXDEh'IXITE SUBJECT OMITTED 41 
 
 81. Ideal Second Person : 
 
 PLATO, Protag. 347 D : orrou Rf icaXol Kayaffdi (TVfiirurat KOI ncrrai8(v^(vot 
 fl<riv, OVK av t8ois OUT' avXrjrpi&as ovTt icrt. (?). 
 
 X.EN. C\T. 8, I, 33 (irtyvuts & av txti ov8(va ovrt upyifripfvov Kpnvyi/ <ii-Tt 
 %aipovTa v,3pi(mK<i)S yfXwrt, dXXu iftum av avrovs rjyi]<r<a rco OVTI (is c<iXXor >]v. 
 
 Ibid. 8, 3, 42 : fyd (?). Ibid. 8, 3, 43 : ,w8tva fw ISois (?). Hell. 6, 4. 16 : Lv 
 
 8f 0>vTts rj-yytXpi'voi rjffav (SC. ot ir[M>(Tt')K<>vT(s) oAryoi/f (iv tifttf. 
 
 HOT. 2, 29: fT^Otl/Ot S 8ua)^fK<I (l(Tt UVTOt TOVS 8(1 TOVTO> TO) T/X)7ra) 5(C7rXa)- 
 
 trai (which one must . . . ) *< (irttTu uiri^fai ts (and tlicn^fw will reach) 
 iTfBiov \dov . . . ij(is . . . iroi>j(T((ii . . . n\(V(Tu . . . r}(if. 2, 30: tv "cru> 
 ovtp <TXXo) rjfts . . . ( v otrw . . . rjXdfs. 4> -8 '. v8<i>p (K^t'as TT^Xo^ ou iruifj- 
 
 p 5 ovaKatcov Troit)<T(is Tn/Xoi/. 
 EUR. H. F. 1 196 : OK tiv (iftdrjf (?). 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 431 : ("mots (Iv (?). 
 
 PlND. P. IO, 29 : vavcrl 8' oi/rt TT(OS lo>v ftv tvpotff. 
 HOM. Od. 3, 124: ov8e K (pnirjs. 
 
 II. 4- --3- * 1 '^' ^" c * lv ftpi&VTQ tSots ' 'Aya/i fj.vnvn ffiov. 4,429: o^5f cr 
 (frairjs. 5- ^5 OVK liv yvoirjs. 15.697: (pairjs *((). 
 
 82. INDEFINITE SUBJECT OF THE THIRD PERSON PLURAL 
 OMITTED. In the third person plural, the indefinite subject 
 may be omitted, chiefly in verbs of saying and thinking. 
 
 ws <J>ao-i, DEM. 4, 9; As they say, and so elsewhere. 
 
 DEM. 4, 9 (see above). 19, 193 : (Indv 8i'j (fiao-i TOV 2tirvpoi/, on ACT/. 19, 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 803 D : o'iovrai . . . ^yoCwcu(?) Rpb. 428 B : oy yap TTUV 
 iq yr dXX' tTUfTTrniT] tv [3ov\{ vuvTat. 
 XEX. An. 1,9, 5 (Kpivov 5" UVTOV. 
 
 1HUC. 7. ^9> - ' ontp irao" %ov(rtv tv TOIS ptyaXoit iiyaxn. 
 
 Hl)T. 2, 106: TJJ re * rrjs 'Efptcrirjs ts <&a>Kaiav (p^ovTiit KIU r;} <'AC Zapdicjy 
 pvpvrjv. 
 
 AR. Pax, 832 : Xf-youo-i. 
 S<JPH. Ph. 335 : <W Xt'yovo-ii/. 
 
 PIND. O. 2, 31 : Xf'yoiri. P. i, 52 and P. 2, 21 : (puvrl. 
 HoM. Od. I, 220: TOU ^t' (K (pa<n ytviaBai. 
 
 II. 4, 375- f'Y' 4 ^' (TXXa)/ tptitri ytvttrQat, 18,487. teaXtovcrw. 
 
 83. OMISSION OF COPULA. Tlie forms tWt' and f/V/ of the 
 copula are omitted in saws and proverbs, in short statrnn-nts 
 and questions, rapid transitions, abstract expressions. So iv^- 
 ularly with -reov, aixiyKr), wpa, and the like. Other forms than 
 eon' or eia-i more rarely. Cf. also 9.
 
 4 2 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 vs 6 \YX (sc. f'o-nV), LYCURG. 33 ; Brief is the proof . 
 
 84. e (T T i and e I cr t : 
 
 LVCURG. 33 uirXovv TO 8iKaiov, pqSiov TO u\r)d(S, /3pa^uy 6 f\ey^os. 
 
 DEM. l8, 242: Trovrjpov . . . Trnvrjpov 6 (rvKO(piivTT]s. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 5, 7- V t l * v n ^ v a1rr)<ris u> uvSpes Kal i/op/pco? KU\ oa-[(as f^oucra 
 (SC. f'o-TiV). 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 34 Bl TO yap o~7ruVioi>, a> Eu$., rifuov TO fie uScop fvawi- 
 rarop. Euthyphr. I 5 E : /cat pot a>pa airUvai. Gorg. 507 A : ai/ay/cr; TOUT' eu/ai 
 OVTOK. Phaedr. 245 C i /'X') ^^ diro8fifu>s ijftf. V^ U X') 7raa ' a uduvaros. TO yap 
 dfiKivrjTov (iOavciTov. Theaet. 144 D (^/.f). 145 A : o-KfTTTfov. 
 
 XEX. Ven. I, I : TO p.ev vprjp.a 6fu>v . . . aypai Kai Kvvfs. 
 
 THUG. I, 32, 5 : avi'iyK.ri (SC. fo-riv) . . . vyyva>fj.rj (sc. eWiV). 3, 82, 2. 7, 77, 
 7 : (ivftpfS yap TroXis, Km ov rei';^ ov8( vrjes avbpa>v Ktvai. 
 
 H DT. 6, 129; ov (ppovT\s 'lTnroK\ft.8r). 
 
 AR. Ach. 8 : u^iov yap 'EXXaSt. /c/. 40 : aXX' ot TTpvravf ty yap ovrott 
 p.fO"r]fJL^pii'OL (sc. eio"('j/). A/. 41 TOUT' fKflv' oi>yoo 'Xeyoi/. Nub. 2-3. /</. 207 : 
 atSf pei/ ' \6r]vai (SC. fl<rlv). Ran. 658 : ftafticTTiov. 
 
 EUR. Hel. 276: TCI flapfldpaiv yap 8ov\a Trdvra 77X7)1; (vos. Hipp. 436: at 
 SfiiTtpcii TTCOS <j>povri8es (To(pa)T(pai, Sober second thought somcliow is best, I. A. 
 334. fr. 234 N 2 , etc. 
 
 SOPH. O. T. 84. iio-ii (36), etc., etc. 
 
 AESCHYL. Suppl. 998 : rtpav' onuipa S' ev(pv\aKTos ovSaputs. 
 
 PlN'D. O. I, 34-5 apf'pai 8' eVtXowroi j p-dprvpes o-o<pa>TaToi (sc. eicriV). Ibid. 
 6, 9-11. N. 6, 1-2: tv dv8p)i>, | (v 0((ai> ye'j/oy. Pindar seldom uses the 
 copula. 
 
 H ES. O. et D. 3'' fpyov ' ov&fv ovetSor, depylr) fit T oj/etSos. Ibid. 346; 
 Trrjp.n KaKos yftVcof. (Common). 
 
 HOM. Od. II, 379 : wpi; peV TroXe'cui' p.vdu>v, u>prj Se Kai UTTJ/OU. /(JiV/. [456], 
 
 and elsewhere. 
 
 II. i, So. 177, etc., etc. 
 
 85. Other forms of the copula : 
 
 DEM. 4, l8: ei'SoK evrpfTm? vpdy (SC. oi/Tnj). 4, 29: f'ycb TrXeb)!/ fflfXoi/Tr;y 
 TTiifr^fiv OTiovv eroipos (sc. ftp/), eai> pc) Tav8 ovrcay (X.1- '"> -77 Kat'rot tyvy 
 <>pa> TIJS Tcof XfydvTcoi' Svfapfcor Touy axovoi/ras TO 7rXfto"Toi/ Kvpiovs (sc. oi>rar). 
 19, 250: etT* 011 tri (To(pi(TTr)s (sc. et)i K "' TTovi^pdr ye (SC. i). 01; o"w Xoyoypa0or 
 (SC. 6 T) ; KI ^f oTj f%dpos yf (sc. e t). 
 
 ANTIPHON, I, 4: i'pflf yap poi f5i/ay*caioi (SC. (crrf). 
 
 PLATO, Rph. 499 D : TTfpi TOVTOV froipoi (SC. f(TfJLtv) TCO Xoyo) Stapa^ffr^at, 
 a>f Tf. Theaet. 143 D: o-oi 817 OUK oXiyioroi TrX^o-id^ovKrt, KO! SiKatois" it^ios 
 yap (sc. e?) T<i Tf aXXa Kal yeufifTplas tv(K<i. Ibid. 146 I?: f'yw ptv ya/> dijdijs 
 TTjr TotauTT)? ouiXfKTov (sc. ftp')- ^ >w unfamiliar with t/iis style of talk.
 
 OMISSIOX OF VERB 43 
 
 THUG. I, 23, 2 : ovTt (frvym To<rai8t (ii>0p<an<i>v Km (frovos (SC. iyivovroi). 
 SOPH. O. T. 91-2 : d ru>v8( XP!lC fl - s irXrja-ia(ui/r<t>v K\vtiv, \ tToip.os (sc. f 1/11') 
 v, (iT( Km <rrfi\*iv tcrut. 
 HOM. Od. 4, 206 = 1 8, 126: TOI'OU yap Km irarpos (SC. itrtri). 
 
 II. 9. 225 X"'^'' 'Ax'XfG ' 8uiTUS p* v fifflS OVK (TTl8fV(lS (SC. (lp.fV~). 2O, 
 
 434* '3a 8" art crv p.tv ((T0\us (SC. t'crcrt), 'ya> fit criQtv TroXu ^dputv (SC. tipi). 
 21, 482 : xaXfTn; TOI eya) (sc. dpi) fM(vos avrifyipfffQai, and so elsewhere. 
 
 86. /// Dependent Clauses : 
 
 OKOVCT* u a. 'A. -njs fTrio-roX-fj?, us KaXr) Kal cfjiXdvGpunros (SC. tarriv). DKM. 
 
 19- 39- 
 
 DEM. 4. -9- i' ( '^f / oui/ 6 nopos riav \prjjj.uTCt)v (SC. t<TTai\ . . ., TOVT' fjftrf 
 Xf^a). 8, 6 (rel. sent.). 9> '6 : ft /iei/ yap p.iKpa ravra . . . uXXor an drj Xoyor. 
 20, 55: (0-fi.fv in rel. cl. 
 
 Lvs. 1 8, 1 1 : XX' OLS [iaXia~ra Trpn<ri]Kov (sc. TJV). 
 
 AN i . 5, 32 : f(J)' ols tiv . . . (sc. /). 
 
 PLATO, Kpb. 371 A : a>/ K airotp xP fl/a ( sc - .'/) 
 
 XKN. Apol. 23 : tvOa ov TTpocrfiaTov (sc. fir;) davdrta. 
 
 THUG, I, 32, 5 fntiSf] 8e . . . p.tyas 6 Kii>8vvos (sc. f err !v). 2, 53, 3 : o ri fit 
 t)8r) re t')bv (SC. T)i>). 2, 62, 5 ' T/f (V T(3 aTTopat (SC. t crrii/) r; ifr\vf. 
 
 AR. Ach. 19-20: is fCf, oTrdr' ... I ... (pr/nos (sc. ttT~iv) i) 7rvi' <tvrr]i. 
 
 EUR. Hipp. 659-60 : far' civ eAc^^/^of x$oj/or | H^<rfi;s- (sc. r/). 
 
 PlN I). O. I, 84; Qavflv 8' oicriv dvayKii (SC. fffTiv). Ibid. 3, 42: ft S' dpt- 
 oTfiifi y.tv vftutp, KTfavdiv Sf xpvcros aiBoifOTarov (sc. ttrrlv). 
 
 H ES. O. et O. 4 ovfi KTIKTIV, <Jau> trXtov ly/xicru 7r(jvr<!f (sc. frrriv). 
 
 HoM. Od. I 5, 393~4 <^ f T ' O"* XP'/' I 7r P'* / ^/"7 ( sc - *//)> xaraXf^dai, 
 
 II. i, 116: et T(! y' <"p.fivov (sc. (crTttf). Ibid. 156-7: fVfl r/ /^dXa TroXXa 
 
 /JLfTCl^V I OVpfd Tt CTKUifVTn (SC. f(TTlv). Ibid. 547 ' XX* OI/ ^tl/ <c' (TTKlKiS (SC. ?!/) 
 
 aKovifjifv. 5, 480 : oy c' (TriSfvtjs (sc. //), and so elsewhere. 20, 434 (85). 
 
 87. OMISSION OK TIIK VF.RHAI. I'KKDICATI-:. As in other 
 languages, so in Greek the verbal predicate may be omitted 
 when it is more or less distinctly suggested by other words in 
 the sentence. This happens most frequently in the case of 
 verbs of Goin<^, Coming, Uoin;^, Happening, Saying. There 
 seems to be no ellipsis of a definite word in examples of this 
 kind. 
 
 LVCURG. 119: ri SoKovtrtv iip.iV) <L tivdpfs (SC. rr<>i('ii>?) ', < T i/xi y( o/ioiaxr ip.iv 
 Trtp't ruv (lftiKt>vi>Tti)i> yiyvuxTKf iv ; 
 
 DKM. 24. 187 : *cit irfpi p.iv TUVTUV Kara a^aXi'iv (SC. f\itl) .'). [S^Ji 5 ( ^ (1 > J<) 
 (SC. Wi?>, ^r)fi,',(T0(V(f. 
 
 IbOC. 8, 37- ov&iv (sc. TTominriv?) uXX' r) avpf^ov\(vui'(7iv >,p.tt> rruXiv mpt
 
 44 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 dvSpcnroo'io-p.ov KlvBvvfVdv (cf. DEM. 8, IO: crKOTTfW art ov8ev oXXo TTOIOVCTIV 
 r) Ka0i<TTdcri rrjv TTO\LV ds TOV UIITOV rpoirov). 
 
 ANDOC. I, 150: 8(vpo (SC. ?re?) "AvvTf, Ke'<paXe, en e Kai ol (f)v\frat ol 
 ypr]fj.evoi fioi (rvvSixdv, GpatruXXoy Kai ol aXXoi. 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 142 A : lipri, 2> Tep^t'coi/, f) Trd\ai e' dypov (SC. ^K(is) ; 
 
 XEN. An. 7, 7, 57 : (pai/ep6? %i> oinafte (SC. (VVai?) Trapaa-Ke^a^o/ifi/os-. Hell. 
 2, 3, 2OI KeXeiicrai'rfs eVi ra OTrXa (SC. teVat?) 
 
 AR. Nub. 690: Stvpo Se{)p', 'A.p.vvia. Vesp. 142 : <rv Se r^ 6vpa Trpoa-Ketcro. 
 ravr', 2) fieVTrora (cf. PLATO, Cratyl. 440 E : ravr farai, a> 2<i)KpaTes). Vesp. 
 982: es Kopaxas. cos OVK dyadov fern TO po(peiv (cf. Ach. 864: TTCIV' es Kopa- 
 
 Kas. Nub. 133 : /3uXX' fs KupaKas. Plut. 604: tpp' ('s Kopaxas). Thesm. 241 : 
 
 v8u>p v8u>p (sc. (pepfTf?), 5) ye troves. Ran. I2/9 : f 'S T O ftaXavfloit (SC. ievcu ?) 
 /SouXojuxu. Plut. 526: es Kf<pa\j}i> croi (cf. Ach. 833: no\vTrpayp.o(rvvr) vvv ts 
 K((pa\rjv TpuTToir' e'/iot. DEM. 18, 290: a croi Kai rols crols ol deol Tpt^fiav ds 
 Kf(pa\Tjv). 
 
 CONCORD 
 
 TllK THREE CONCORDS. There are three great concords 
 in Greek : 
 
 1. The agreement of the predicate with the subject (88-136). 
 
 2. The agreement of the attributive or the appositive with the sub- 
 stantive (see Index). 
 
 3. The agreement of the relative with the antecedent (see Index). 
 
 Agreement of the Predicate with the Subject 
 
 88. THE VERBAL PREDICATE. The verbal predicate agrees 
 with its subject in number and person. 
 
 rovro "ya.p av/Tov f-yta Trpoxipa\dp.T)v Kai irepl TOVTOV TT)V vj/fj^ov oitrtTe vvv 
 vfxeis, DEM. 21, 28; This is ivliy I presented him (this is the gist of my 
 charge against him), and tJiis is the point about which you arc non> to cast 
 your -votes. TI iroiotieriv ol vo^ioi; DEM. 21, 30; IV/iat do the laws do? 
 raj (itv otiv a 8 1 X 4> o> ax/Tui, & irep iytvtcrd-r\v, ap.<|>(i> airaiSe TXVTT]o-aTT)v, 
 ISAE. 6, 6; He had both Jiis brothers to die childless. IT', <L ^(yia-rr\<i ITaX- 
 XcLSos KaXovfxevai | iracruv 'AOTJvat TifiiioTa-nr) iroXis, S()PH. (). C. 107-8. 
 
 For the use of a verb of the First Person Plural with a subject of the 
 First Person Dual, see 105. 
 
 89. THE ADJECTIVE PREDICATE. The adjective predicate 
 agrees with its subject in number, gender, and case. 
 
 * v XP 1 lH- aTa KTt|Ta, 86a Si XP T )F L * TWV ^ K wvr]T i q, Isoo. 2, 32. 
 rjv PXri(rTTj (SC. T| ifirj Y"*^)' L.YS. I, J. iyia 8e . . . (xeo-TOS rjv vnro\j/ioS,
 
 COXCORD 45 
 
 Ibid. 17. al ScvrcpaC irws ^povriScs <ro<t>wTcpai, EUR. Hipp. 436 ^ 84 ). 
 i, SOPH. Ph. 906 (Neoptolcmos speaks). 
 
 go. CONCORD WHEN THE SUBJECT is AN INFINITIVE OR 
 A SENTENCE, OR THE VERB is IMPERSONAL. When the sub- 
 ject is an infinitive or a sentence (77), or the verb is impersonal 
 (76), the predicate adjective (including verbals in -re'ov) is regu- 
 larly in the neuter singular. 
 
 OXOVO-QI / o|iov, AR. Eq. 624; 'Tis worth the while to lend an car. 
 4>avep6v rjv Sri oviScv Seivbv lyiyovti irepi TT)V iroXiv, LYCL'Rr.. 21 ; // 't'lis ti'i- 
 dent that no calamity had befallen the city. Sciv&v . . . cl paxovp.e6a, AR. 
 Vesp. 426 ; It's dreadful if we've got to fight, epdjxevos ct irov tlStuV TI x">piov 
 . . . evOa ov irpoo-pariv 0ava.ro>, XEN. Apol. 23 (86). |3a6 icrre'o v rap" ^<rriv 
 cU ayopav (J.oi, AR. Eccl. Jl I. 
 
 LVCURG. 3. Ibid. 21 (see above). 
 
 LvS. 12, 36: Sfii'Of ft rot'f . . . (rrpanjyovs . . . tfafJUOHraTt. 1 8, 15. 34 
 II : dfivov yap av fT^, 2> 'A., el . . . OVK ovv alcr^^nv ( I . . . ; 
 
 AND. 1,8: apa Se TTffH trt'ivTuiv flrf(\v d8vva.Tov. 
 
 ANT. I, 26: TTCO? ovv ravrrjv (\fe~tv *i%iav t unv ; 
 
 PLATO, Crito, 53 C : &pa "ti6v croi f)v forai; Theaet. 187 E: K.[>(~ITTOV 
 yap ITOV cr/j-iKpov tv t] rro\v pi] tKavuts TTfpavm. 
 
 XF.N. Apol. 23 (see above). Mem. i, 7, 2 (76). 
 
 AK. Lys. 292. 293. Ran. 652. 656. 658. Eccl. 71 1 (see above). 875-6: 
 @a8i(rT(ov | 6p.6<r' f'crri 8fmvtj(rovTa KOV pe\\rjT(ov. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 1078: jjqov napaivfiv ij Truduvra KupTtpiiv. Tr. 47-- 637 TOV 
 f]v df \vtrpo)S Kpei(T(ruv (<TTI KarQavtiv. 1225. 
 
 PlND. P. 4. 2 7 2 : paftiov ptv yiip iru\iv (Tt'icrai. 
 
 SOLON, 7 (pyfJ^acriv V /leydXots 1 TTIKTIV dSetj/ x<i\( TTOV. 
 
 MlMNERM. 2, IO: avriKa Ttdvupfvui ftt\riov *] floras. 
 
 HOM. Od. 5, 359: odi fioi (pdro (f>vtfj.oi> twin (37). 
 
 II. 2, 298. 5, 253: ov yap pui ytvvalov ii\v(TKi'invTi fjLt'i^fcrdai. 
 
 For the use of the neuter plural instead of the singular, see 37. 
 
 91. AGREEMENT OF THE PREDICATE WITH THE SUMECT 
 OF THE LEADING VERB. When the subject of the infinitive 
 is the same as the subject of the leading verb, the subject of 
 the infinitive is commonly suppressed. In that case the sub- 
 stantive or adjective predicate of a copulative verb, or the pred- 
 icate attributes of any verb, agree with the subject of the lead- 
 ing verb. 
 
 iroXu av OVTTJS (laXXov c-yw iroXtTTjs 8t{ai(iT)v lvai f\ irt'puv iroXtwv, A.NDOC.
 
 46 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 I, 5; Far rather would I be a citizen of her (my country) than of other 
 states. 18 wv 8e ravr" t$t\ e-rrl Aavpiov Ic'vai, Ibid. 39 ; He said that when he 
 had seen (all) this he went on to Laurion. aiov|xcv ^XcvOcpoi elvai, XEN. 
 Cyr. S, 1,4; IV e claim to be free. 
 For further e.xx., see Infinitive. 
 
 92. On the use of the Predicate Vocative for the Nominative, see 25. 
 
 93. AGREEMENT OF THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATE. The 
 substantive predicate agrees with its subject in case. 
 
 TWV -yap opfJpwv Kal TOJV avxH-wv ... 6 Zeus Tafias eoriv, ISOC. II, 13 ; ZcilS 
 is Hie dispenser of showers and droughts. eirel OVTOI -ye <{>avtpd itrn . . . 
 8ia<(>0opa TWV ervYyi-yvofAe'vuv, PLATO, Meno, 91 C; Since these fellows are a 
 manifest ruin of those who go witJi them. 
 
 Isoc. ii, 13 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Hipp. Mai. 284 C : vapov 8e Xeytis, o> '\irnia, /SXa/S^i/ TniXfcos- flvai 
 ?; <!>(j>t\(iav ; Meno, 91 C (see above). 
 
 Hl)T. 2. 38 : acri^avrov 8e Stxravrt Ouvarns f) r]fJ.ir) fTTlKffrat. 
 PlND. P. I, 88: TroXXcoi/ rapids errat. 
 
 94. On the use of the Predicate Nominative, etc., where the Latin uses 
 the Dative of the Object For Which, see under the Dative. 
 
 95. For the Substantive Predicate agreeing with the Subject of the 
 Leading Verb, see 91. 
 
 96. SUBSTANTIVA MoDiUA. Siibstantiva mobilia are treat- 
 ed as adjectives and follow the number and gender of the 
 subject. 
 
 rf,s 'A4>po8i-rr]s . . . Sepdircov ytyovtv 6 "Epo>s, PLATO, Conv. 203 C ; Rros 
 IS the UtCin-serVcint (valcf) of Jlpltrodite. ou ya.p eerriv ev yivti troi T) avdpuiros, 
 ov8e CepaTraiva, DE.M. [47], 7 i 'I' he wench is cf no kin to you, not ei'cn a 
 maid (-servant). 
 
 DKM. [47], 70 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 203 C (see above). Politic. 301 B: fia<ri\fa (sc. avrnv) 
 Ka\oifj.(i>. I itn. 22 D I iin'iv fi o NflXoy . . . <TU>TI'II>. } 
 
 Xl-.X. Cyr. 1 , 4, 9 : cri* yup viv yt tjp.o>v tuiKas ft(i(ri\evs (ivai. 
 
 Hn I. I, 7: "\yi>u>v . . . ft a <r t\ ( V s (yfvfTo 2(i/>fit'a)i/, Agron became King 
 of Saratx. I, 205 : TJV fti . . . yw!) TWV Mtto'O'ayfTftav /3acri'Xeia. 
 
 Ak. Ran. 1127 : frwr//^ 1 -ytj/ou fji<n (To Hermes). 
 
 1 It must be noted, however, that the inflection is capricious anil awriip is found 
 for otiirti(>a.
 
 NEUTER PLUKALS 47 
 
 General Exceptions 
 
 97. NEUTER PLURAL WITH SINV.ULAR VERB. The neuter 
 plural is treated as a collective, and takes a singular verb. 
 
 8iapira<r0rj<rTai. ra xpTH iaTa > HEM. 8, 54 ; Our money (treasury} will be pil- 
 laged. TJ<HH) TO. ficipaKia, PLATO, Kiv. 134 H; The lads were delighted. TO 
 KvviSia . . . Kvpiardv K<LI aXXa iroXXd fia.v6d.vci, XEN. Oec. 13. 8; J^oodlfS learn 
 to turn a somersault, etc. 
 
 DEM. 8, 54 (see above). [59], 58 : mCr' * o-ro) IfHv rfn^ta. 
 ANT. 5- - ' <rvi>(TT\fi fit ra Tf av8pdno8a. 
 
 PLATO, Crat. 402 A: iruvra x <a ^ (i Kai ov&iv p.(vn. Riv. 134 B (see 
 above). 
 
 XEN. Oec. 13, 8 (see above). 
 
 THUC. 6, 32, I : tlT(lfjf) . . . ((TfKflTO iravrn. 
 
 HDT. 7. 9- y) ^ K es To\.rro dpacrtos dvrjKfi TII 'EXXrii/oiv irprjypaTa. Ibid. : 
 aifo TTftprjs iravra ai/QpunroKTi (fotXfti yivfirdat. 
 
 AR. N. 39-40 : TO 8( XP* a I f ' s T 'l" K((f)ii\f)v uiravra rfjv atjv Tpitytrai, 
 \ esp. 8l8: ra 8 (7XX' aptfTKfi fj.oi. 
 
 EUK. Heracl. 838: yv 5 f>vo KfXf vor/iara. Ibid. 1004: rotavra fipwvTi 
 rap (yiyvfT iicr(f)a\T]. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 113' atpd T<i roa rnvra TI^V Tpoiav fuova, 
 
 AESCHVL. Pers. 418-9: innov-o fit' | (TK<i(f)Tj vtiav. 
 
 PlN I). O. I, 7J-8'. (pt\ta fjtapa HvTrpias liy' ft TI, Iloo-f ifiaoi/, t'f X"P lv I 
 rt XX t r a i. 
 
 THEOGN. 171-2: o? rot nrtp 6((i)v I yiverat dvQpuinois ovr' ayud ofrt 
 
 KCIKU. 
 
 HOMER. In Homer, neuter plurals are found sometimes with the 
 singular, sometimes with the plural. There is a long list of neuter plurals' 
 that are construed only with a singular verb; other words, such as mivru, 
 rairra, apfiara, fiou/xmi, etc., occur with both singular and plural verbs, and a 
 few are used exclusively with the plural. 
 
 Examples of the neuter plural with a singular verb are: Od. 4, 703: 
 TTJS fi" uvTiiv \vn> yovvaTa. 5- -97 : *"' rdr" 'OSvcrarr/os \vr<i y<>vvnr<i. 
 
 11. 10,252: ttarpa fit fif) TT po/lf ,!>]*( . 24.420: criv 8' (\Ktu nuvra /it- 
 
 fJLVKf V. 
 
 98. This construction is ascribed to the form, for some of the neuter 
 plurals seem to have been originally collective singulars. 
 
 1 Sec Yo^rin/., (ir:nn clcs hum. iJialcktcs, pp. ^nS-<j. and compare Monro, 
 Ilomtiic (.jramiuar-, ^ 172.
 
 48 GREEK SYXTAX 
 
 gg. ADJECTIVE PREDICATE OF NEUTER PLURAL SUBJECT. 
 The adjective predicate of the neuter plural subject is, of 
 course, plural. 
 
 ravr' eo-rlv aXtjOrj, DEM. 2, 19 ; That is true. 
 
 100. NEUTER DUAL SUBJECT. The neuter dual is found with the 
 dual, the plural, and the singular. 
 
 oo-o-e \V. dual: HOM. Od. 4, [662]. II. I, 104: oo-o-e &<F oi Trvpl \ap.7ff- 
 rdovri (iKrrjv. 17, 679-80. 
 
 oo-cre \v. plural : HOM. II. I, 2OO: 6Vii/o> 6V oi ocro-e (pdavdtv. 19, 16-7. 
 
 oo-o-e \v. sing. : HOM. Od. 6, 131-2 : tv 6V oi 6Vo-e | Sat'erai. II. 12, 466. 
 23-477- 
 
 101. ACCUSATIVE ABSOLUTE IN PLURAL ACCOMPANIED BY A PARTI- 
 CIPIAL PREDICATE IN THE SINGULAR. In the accusative absolute, the 
 participial predicate sometimes follows the analogy of the verbal predi- 
 cate. See Participial Accusative. 
 
 102. NEUTER PLURAL WITH A PLURAL VERB. When the 
 neuter is merely a formal neuter, the plural verb may be used. 
 So also when variety is emphasized (distributive plural). In 
 older poetry, this occurs frequently when the plural form of the 
 verb would be more convenient than the singular, yet not with- 
 out a tinge of personification or a suspicion of dualism. In the 
 mechanical syntax of later Greek the neuter plural with the 
 verb plural becomes common. 
 
 OV (1T)V TO. fiClpOLKla . . . TT)V OLXJTTJV efiOl yVa>p.T)V <TXV, dXX" <(1 flV llTTJVC- 
 
 aav . . . etceivov 8e KO.TC <}>p6 VTJO-OV, Isoc. 12, 229; True, the lads did not take 
 the same view with me, but (for all that) they applauded me and despised 
 him. 
 
 ISOC. 12,229: ov p.tjv ra fifipaKia ra rrdo-i Trapay (y e vrj^f va roilroi? rr\v 
 avTrjV ffiol yvu>^j.rfv eV^ec, <]XX' e/xe fj.tv fTTyv(o~av (os di(i\eyfj.fiiov re v(apa>Tfpa>s 
 
 dXXa 8irj p.apTr] K(>T s dfj.<por( i>o)i> i')[j.(/i>v. 
 
 ANT. 5, 34: ovofTtpa w<f)(\rj(T(iv, Neither d(d any good (SC. rdXr^r} . . . ra 
 
 tyfvor)); but Blass follows Reiske and the Zurich editors in reading wfaXr)- 
 
 PLATO, Lach. 180 E : ra yap fifipaKia raftf npbs (IXXj/Xour OIKOI SiaXeyd- 
 fjifvot da/j-u ( TT ip.( HIT) vrui 2a>Kprour Ktil a(j)o?>pa tiraivoiiffiv, These lads, 
 while conversing with each other at home, often make mention of Socrates, 
 and praise him highly. Legg. 856 D-E : ru>v oe Xa^d^rwv ra oj/o/xara eir
 
 DUAL A\D PLURAL 49 
 
 wfi<t>QvT<av, Let the names of those who dre^u the lot be sent to 
 Delphi. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 2, 3-9' &<nftp yt xai JvTXXa fwa (nlfTTavrai Tiva p-d^rjv tK.ii- 
 ora . . . Kai $vXarre<r$ai y', (<f>tj, linavra raCra iirivravrai. 5, I, 14: r<i 
 
 (i.O)((h)pd aVOpUimn TfllCTUtV (Hfllll TU>1> tTTldvplQiV dlCpaTT) f (T T (, KtltTtlTll (pu>TH 
 
 aiTiiavTat, The wretched mass of humanity is powerless o~<>er all its desires, 
 and then they (the individuals) blame love. Hell. I, I, 23: irapu 8i 'ITTTTOK^CI- 
 rovs . . . fls \aK(8aip.Qva ypdp.ij.aTn Tr(p.<pdii>ra (d\tt>(rav (is '\6!]vay. 
 
 THUG. 3, 82, 8 : ra 8t p. to- a rutv TroXirwi/ . . . 8ij>dtipovro, The neutral 
 party of the citizens (in the state) were exposed to ruin. 5, 75. 2 : Ktipveui 
 . . . trvy\uvov wra, The Karneia happened to be holding, but HOT. 7, 206: 
 Kdpvtia ydp (r(pi rjv ('p,Tro8u>i>. 6, 13. I ' fTTtdvp-ia p.fi> tAji^toru Karopduvv- 
 rai, TTpovoia fie TrXt'uTTa. 
 
 Hl)T. 4. 149 ro 'O" 1 ^< <V '".V ^uX/; TavTTj dvftpdm ov yap vTTf p,f ivav TO. TfKva, 
 i$pv<ravro . . . Ipw K.HI p.fra TOVTO vnf p.e ivav. 
 
 AR. Ach. 805-809: fWyAcurco TIS fvSodfv TU>V lir^d^tav | rots xoiplft'iouriv. 
 3pa Tpa>ovrai; ftafiai, \ owv po6idovcr , a> TroXvn'/i^' '\\pdx\f (9. | 7Tt>f>>nrii 
 TO. xoipi' ; a)f Tpayo"auj (paivtrai. (note sing.)- | <XX" OVTI irdtray (care'rpuyoi/ 
 riis i<T)(dbas. | 
 
 Pi XL). O. 2, 92. 8, 12. 10 (II), 85. P. I, 13. 4, 121 : fc fi' />' tjL-roO 
 7ro/i0(!X vav ftaKpva yr)pa\f<i)v y\((piip(i)i>. f), 88 : ra (sc. u(5<jr) i/> dp(\ffavTO 
 Kal 'l<f)iK\ia, Which waters reared Ju'in an<f Iphikles. 
 
 HUM. See remark on HOMKR, 97. ()<1. 4, .132: \i>vo-a> 8 % tm. ^ft'Xca 
 KfKpdavro. Ibid. ^.lJ-8'. o(T(T fnt ymav | fpTrfTa yiyvoirnt. 437- Tfdvrn 
 8' f<rav (sc. TCI 8(pp.aTa) vfdSapTii. 
 
 II. 7. IO2: VIKTJS TTfipaT' fftnvTai v ddnvuTttim fl(olcrii>. Tilt' cords (lit. 
 
 = rope-ends) of victory are in the holding of the immortal gods. (Else- 
 where in Homer irftpara takes a singular verb.) Ibid. 16,403-4* oc 5' "ipa 
 \(ipu>v | fjvia Ti'i\6ria-a.v, The reins leaped Xlike a pair of living things). 
 
 103. NKUTKR PLURAL SUBJKCT WITH A DUAL VKRU. The neuter 
 plural subject may take a dual verb when the subject comprises but two. 
 
 PLATO, Tim. 56 I*. ' 8vo nvpof (rw/xara ds (v ^vvivTatrdov twos dipos, 
 Two corpuscles of fire combine into one figure of air. Compare ibid. 56 
 D-E (124), where ytvoia-drjv is due to the neuter plural predicate 8vo o-oyuiru. 
 
 104. The singular, however, is the rule : 
 
 AF.SCHIN. I, Il6: fit'o 8t p.m TJjt Karrjyopids eifir; \t\tilTTat, Tu'O heads 
 of the accusation are left me / ha~>e two heads of the accusation left. 
 
 On the use of the Neuter Plural Adjective Predicate for the Singular, 
 see 37. 
 
 105. Dl'AL Sl'HJKCT WITH Pi. URAL VKKH. - -Wlim the sub- 
 ject is of the dual number, but of the first person, the verb is 
 
 4
 
 50 GREEK' SYNTAX 
 
 regularly of the plural number, for in the first person the dual 
 and the plural forms of the verb coincide, the dual in -p,edov oc- 
 curring but thrice in classic Greek, and being even then ques- 
 tioned by some scholars. 
 
 eireSuKcuraaeSa <ip.(J>co, AND. I, I2o; IJ'e laid our claims (to the heiresses), 
 botJl of Its. vu KarafJavTe els TO Nvpi^wv vafia . . . T|KOijcra(Xv Xdyajv, 01 KT|., 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 278 B ; \Ve both went down to the fount of the Nymphs and 
 heard utterances, which etc. 
 
 AN DOC. i, 1 20 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 278 B (see above). 
 
 106. When the dual subject is of the second or of the third person, the 
 verb is occasionally in the plural. 
 
 Si(r<ru yap a<TTep' lirirncois tin. vyois | o-raOevr' cKpuvj/av app.a Xvvaiiu ve'4>ei, 
 EUR Heracl. 854-5; Twain stars atop the horses yokes did perch | and 
 hid the chariot with a murky cloud. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 256 C: </Xw /j.fv ovv KM rovrw . . . XX//Aoty Sui re TOU 
 fpa>Tos Kai eo> yeiiofifvo) Stay overt. 
 
 AR. Ach. 1 216-7 : fp-ov 8e ye cr<pa> , . . <1p.(f)<a . . . \ 7rpoo-Xd;3f <r$', u> (/)i'Xai. 
 
 EUR. Heracl. 854-5 (sec above). Or. 1415: ,3Aoj/ e,iaXoi/ . . . <7/u</>o>. 
 Cf. Plioen. !4-3~4 : yciiav 8' oSu^ eXovrcs aXXi/Xcoi/ TTf'Xn? | irinTovfriv <"^i0a) 
 KOV Stcbptorij/ Kpdros. Ibid. I454 : /i0co 8' a^i f^fTrvevcrav ud\iov ftiov, 
 Both at once breathed fort /i a luretched life. 
 
 SoPH. Allt. 55~7 : TplTOV 8' ddfX(^>a> 8110 p.tav Kaff f]fj.('pav \ avTOKTovovvrf 
 rto Tn\anru> t >fj) popov \ KCIIVOV Kareip y acravr firaXXi/Xoiv \poiv, slnd third (l)o(Ji) 
 our twain brethren in one dav self-murdering the ill-fated pair wrought 
 out a common doom with mutual /lands. 
 
 HKS. Sc. 2j3~4 e77 ' & & V 'J (TL 8pi'iKovrf | 8oiw dirri(ii)pfvvT(p). 
 
 HOM. Od. 4- 2O-2 : TOJ 5' aur' fv Trpodi/poKTi Si!/xa>i/ . . . <TTI]<T<IV. 
 
 II. I, j2I : 7 U> 01 f(TUV Kl'jpVKf Kill orprjpiO BfjtilTVOVTf. I 6, 2l8l $u' (IVf^f 
 
 0a>pr)<r<rovTo, Tlic tioo i/it'/i 'ifan to <Ion their corselets. 
 
 107. THK DUAL Sunji-:cT wrru A PLURAL PARTICIPIAL ATTRIBUTK 
 (SEMI- PR HO i CATION). 
 
 Pl.ATO, Euthyd. 273 O: (yf\(icn'iTriv ovv <"p.<j)u> /3Xe'\^ai/T6f fls XX'/Xovy, 
 Then they laughed, both of them, looking at one another. Compare Phaedr. 
 259 A : fi ouv i8ottv Kill via KadaTTff) TOVS TToXXoirf tv fjifCTijfj.i'ipia fj.i] StaXfyo^tf- 
 i/ovs, aXXa v vrrr ti(<> vra y. 
 
 108. DUAL GKNMTIVK ABSOLUTK wirn PLURAL PARTICIIM.K. 
 
 Dl-'.M. 24, ()'. 8iKa(TTTj piolv buti'iv . . . ( \l/i](f)icr p.e V iav. [ 5). - fTrire- 
 Tpirj pd p%r) [j.( vo) v r/tii) p.(il ftvoiv p.rjvoiv.
 
 Di'AL A.\D Pl.l'KAL 51 
 
 109. DUAL SUBJECT AND PLUUAI. PREDICATE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 ISOC. I 2, 1 56 : (t ytip Tit (JMiirj ro> mtXfi Toi'rci) TT\( icrruv ay<ifltav airiat 
 y(y(v>l<rdat, If any one should say that both these cities h,i-,-e been thf authors 
 of many blessings. (The dual in -<i does not occur in the orators, and is 
 rare elsewhere '). 
 
 no. Dr.\i. YKKI; WITH PLI/UAI. STUJKCT. The dual verb 
 is used with the plural subject only when the dual notion is ex- 
 pressed or in some way suggested. Of the Attic orators only 
 ANTIPIION, AXDOCTDKS, LVSIAS, ISOCKATKS, and ISAKUS use 
 dual forms of the finite verb." 
 
 ^| fjs aviTui Iyiyvt(r9i\v -ultis 8vo, ISA].. 8. 7 ; Of wit o in there were born 
 Jo him by whom lie had issue two sons. 
 ISAF.. 8, 7 (see above). 
 
 LVS. I 3- 37 ^ l ' ^* TpdlT(ai (v TO) TTf)o(rflfi> rwv TpiiixoiTti fKficrdrjv, Tu<O 
 tables had been placed (stood) in front of t lie Tkirtv. 
 
 PLATO, Kpb. 478 A-B: intp . . . Swards . . . /^0(ir</)(ji fcrrov. 
 
 HOM. 11.4, 27: KafjLfTijv 8f poi I-mrui. 9. 198: 01 (Aias and Odysseus) 
 fioi <TKvontv(p 7t(f) 'A\aiu>v (pi\raToi fcrrov. 23, 392-3. 417-8 ^446-7. 
 
 in. Even here tlic plural is the rule. 
 
 Kai ras tl<r4>opos tl<rtvnv6\a.(ri.v dp-^ortpoi iratras, ISAF.. 6, 60. 8va 
 Tpoiroi T -uy^oivovcri v ovrts, Isoc. 7.46; (// so happens that) there are t'i'o 
 metliods. Xoiirol 8uo prives r\ <rav, ANT. 6, 42 ; Two months were left . 
 
 DEM. 23, 75" 7r "'" / *'O"t npiiyfj.(i(Ti . . ftvo irpoffdrJKat. 142 ' tv ft!) An/x- 
 \^UKU> rivif "iv&punroi yiyvovTiu 8vo. I So: fjSiicrjvTO . . . ol $\io riav ftaa'i\iii>v, 
 ISAE. 2, 19: fivo yap (icriv nvrr/. 6, 60 (See above). 
 Isoc. 7, 46 (see above). 
 ANT. 6, 42 (see above). 
 
 112. The Plural Verb is found with a Participle in the Dual 
 
 Kai 8 lair paap.c'v u> TO Xoiirov TJ8t) xp*' >v " ral I 1 ** 1 ai ' IT Tl> OTravia 8, I'l.A I'O. 
 Phaedr. 256 C ; .///</ ha''in^' effected their i/e^/re, t/ie\ continue /<> enjov it. 
 but only rarely. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 256 C (see above). Riv. 132 15: KH\ ('y^Xurtiv nvas 
 
 (p.lfJ.(IVl>T(> TOll/ XfptHlf f TT IK\ iVOVTf Kill /1<J\' ( (T TT II V <*> (J K n T ( . 
 
 EUK. Mod. 969 ff. : XX' <L rimi" , dcrt\BavTt. . . 'net TI i'tr' t ^atrtltT fft. 
 Phoen. 1404 It.: ipvaaavrt . T/KOJ/, eru/i/yaXocr* ft . . <ip<}>t,Juvr' 
 
 1 See Keck, lUn-r ili-n Ounl l>ei den C'.rieclnsclicn Rednern. Wur/lmr^. inS2, |> 14. 
 'For entire subject, --cc Ihissc, I )er Dualis iin Atti-i-la-n, I.cip/i^. iS(^
 
 52 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HOM. II. 5, 487-8: /it) Trcoy, OK atyicn Xi'j/ou oXoi/rf Travaypov, | dvSpdcri 8v(r- 
 fj,fi>ff(r(rii> fXo>p Kai Kvpp.a ytvijcr^f. 1 6, 37 " 1 foXXoi 8 eV ra0po> e'pixrap^iures 
 wKffs ITTTTOI I tii-avr' tv 7rpa)T&> pvp.a> \iirov app-ar' avaKTcav. 
 
 113. The Dual verb occurs with a complementary plural predicate par- 
 ticiple. 
 
 KvicXovs -yovv -yp<i<j>ovTs ! 4>aiv'<r0T] v, PLATO, Riv. 132 A-B ; They were 
 seen to be drawing circles. 
 
 114. Of course the use of a Dual Predicate with a verb in 
 the First Person Plural is not a violation of the rules of con- 
 cord. See above 105. 
 
 icr|icv 8e (Aovw ev pT||Jua, PLATO, Phaedr. 236 C; We are alone (just 
 you and I ) all alone. 
 
 115. Transition from a dual verb to a plural verb, or vice 
 versa, takes place even within the limits of the same sentence. 
 
 f.-^i\ [xav ... Svo ovre MeSovnaSa . . . Kal |VV(J)KITTJV, LYS. fr. 4 (Scheibe). 
 Kai ore iraiSia TJO-TTJV Kal evOtis -y ev H LVOt TJTT ierTaerOe ; PLATO, Euthyd. 294 E. 
 iirirovs 8" 'ArpeiSao Kix<iveT, fJ-TjSe Xi-irrjcrOov, IIOM. II. 23, 407. 
 
 n6. DUAL NUMBER. The dual number carries with it the notion of 
 a pair, natural or artificial, and emphasizes the notion " both " rather than 
 the notion "two." It goes back to the beginnings of Greek speech, but is 
 not found to any great extent except in the language of the epos and in 
 Attic. It is a stranger to Asiatic Aeolic, is absent from Herodotus, and 
 even in Attic dies out towards the end of the fourth century, by which 
 time it had become more or less literary and studied, as is shown by 
 Plato's usage. The dual declines from Aristotle to Diodorus, and rises 
 again after Christ, but it is limited to a few familiar nouns, and of dual 
 verbs there is but a trace. See A. J. P. xiv (1893), 521. 
 
 117. PLURAL SUUJIXT AND SINGULAR VKRB. As the sin- 
 gular is the generic, and the plural the specific, a plural subject 
 following a singular verb may be regarded as an afterthought. 
 In Greek the oblique cases of rrtv ot are common, but ea-nv ol 
 itself is very rare, clalv 01 being regularly used instead. 
 
 CIKCOV 8' tariv o&s -yu> ^iraivu KCU 4>iXu>, PLATO. Prot. 346 E ; There be those 
 whom there are some whom I praise and love against my will. 
 
 PLATO, Prot. 346 E : ?<TTIV ovs (see above). 
 
 XKN. An. i, 5, 7 : TJV . . . ous. Cyr. 2, 3, 18 : torn/ <>t. Hell. 3, i, 7 : yv 8f
 
 SXHMA IllNAAPIKON 53 
 
 as. Mem. I, 4> - ' toriv ov&Tivas ; Ibid. 2, 3, 6 : f) f<mv <ils KOI iriivv dptami ; 
 Vect. 3, II : e<m d as ... TruXm. 
 
 THUG. 3. 9-- 5 "'Xqi' '^u>v<av na\ '\xaitov KH\ fcrnv uiv u\\<i>i> fdviav. Except 
 lonians and Achaeans and other tribes that be. 5, 25, 2 : f<mv tv olt. 
 
 118. Sx^F 1 * ITivSapiKov. Outside of these phrases, the construc- 
 tion is commonly called theo-^/y/ia lliv&apocuv, or Pindaric Figure, 
 though the name is hardly justified by Pindar's usage. When 
 the verb precedes, the genuine examples are to be explained on 
 the principle given above, but many of the examples cited are 
 to be accounted for on other grounds, and in many the reading 
 is doubtful. 1 
 
 TJ v 8t roO SaveicrpiaTos TCTTapaxovra (lev icai TTC'VTC [p. vat] Jjiai, TaXavrov 5' 
 EVK'PYOV, DKM. 37, 4; In the loan there was forty-five minae of mine and a 
 talent of Energies' s. 
 
 DEM. 37, 4 (see above). 
 
 AND. i, 145: ytyfvrjTai (?) (vid. Blass 7 ud loc.). 
 
 PLATO, CoilV. 188 B: ird^vai Kal x<.i\aai K.OI e'pvcrijSai . . . ytyvtrai 
 (all MSS.). Gorg. 500 D : d tan TOVTU dtrrta TO> ftiw. If the existence of 
 these two different lives is accepted ; but see B. L. G. on FIND. (). II (10), 
 6. Legg. 732 E, fa-TL agrees with pred. (124). Rpb. 463 A : rt ovv ; (<m 
 fjitv irov KOI (i> rais XX(its iro\f(riv ap^ovTes T( KU\ ^fy/zos 1 , eort 6t (ccii iv (lirrj ; 
 There is such a thing as, etc.? Theaet. 173 D, anacoluthon. 
 
 THUC. 2, 3, 3, apagai is not the subject of tV <iiri Tfi'^ouj i] 4. 26. 5 : 
 atrtov 8t Tjv ol \aKt8aifi6vioi npofinuvrts. Here the sing, is due to attrac- 
 tion of predicate (see 124 and 126). 8, 9, 3 (see 124 and 126). 
 
 H D T. I, 26 : (cm 8f . . . (Trra (TTtibioi. 7- 34 f"" 1 " 1 St f'rrra (TTiifttoi f 
 uSou V rrji> inravriov. It is SfiVft stadia from Abvdos to the opposite shore. 
 AR. Vesp. 58 ff. : i')iJUi> ytif) OVK tar* ovrt Kiipv' IK (feopftiSos | 8oi>\<a ftuippt- 
 rols 6f<op.cvws, KT(. I-'or we have no such tiling as a brace of servant 's. 
 etc. 
 
 EUR. Bacch. 1350: alai, fifftoKrai, irf)('(T$v, rXr/^oi/fj (ftvyni. It is decreed 
 decreed is bitter exile. Hel. 1358-61 : M 'y (I Tot ftvv<'T<u I'f^pwv | irannoi- 
 KL\<>L <TTo\i8ts | Kiffvov Tf (TT(<f>6f urn ^Xod [ viipdijKiis tit lff>i>vf, 1 here ts great 
 virtue in, etc. 
 
 FIND. See Gildcrslee\ r e, Pindar Ixxxviii, and note on (). 1 1 (10), 6. 
 
 HOM. II. 17. 3^5 Sf]C|. ; Kllp.llTO) fif C(U lftf>tlt V(i)\ffMff (ltd I yot''(IT(J Tf KvfjfJ.ai 
 Tf 7T(ISf9 6 VITtVfpdfV (KUCTTOV | ^ f I f) (' S T' O<f)da\fl,oi Tf TTU X <l (T (T ( TO ^ttlpVll- 
 
 fjifvoKTiv. (The emphatic position of yuvvura keeps it before the mind, and 
 rt is treated as cum would be in Latin.) 
 
 1 Compare 13. L. (i., I'imlar Ixxxviii, and K. S. Ilayilun, A. J. 1'. xi (idyo), 
 182-192.
 
 54 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Special Exceptions 
 
 ng. The natural relation may be preferred to the artificial, 
 the nearer to the more remote. Hence: 
 
 120. NOUNS OF MULTITUDE. Nouns of multitude often 
 take the verb in the plural. 
 
 fiepos ... TI ... dvOptiiruv . < . oi>\ t^yovvra.i Ocovs, PLATO, Legg. 948 C; 
 A portion of mankind do not belie?>e in gods. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 948 C (see above). 
 
 XK\. Cyr. 2, 4- 20: TO ^tv Tr\rjdos TU>V 7recoi/ ACtti ru>v iTnrttav u>yp.(vov 
 avTw. Hell. 3, 3. 4 : Toiavra fie dKovcracra. r; TTO\LS . . . 'Ayi/cri'AcKW eiXoi/ro 
 |3ao-tXe'a. 
 
 THUG. I, 89, 3. 125, I. 4- II2 ' 3 : o fie a\\os o/ziXos Kara irdvra 6/iouos 
 f<rKc8avvvvTo, The rest of the multitude scattered in every direction alike. 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 189: eur(e) . . . ftapvvovr 'A^aitKor Xecir. Ibid. S77~9'- 
 Tpoiav fXovTts . . . 'Apyeuoi/ crroXoy . . . \dtpvpa . . . eVacro-aXeucrai/. 
 
 PlND. P. 2, 46 7 f< fi' tyevovTO (rrparos \ davfiamos. 
 
 HOM. II. 2, 278: a>s (f)dcrav 17 TT\rjdvs. 15. 34~5 avrap onicrcra* | 17 n\r)- 
 dvs eVi vrjas A^auav cnrovtovTo. Cf. IJ, 75S~7- <>$ Tf ^cip&v vt<pos ep\Tai 
 T] KoXoiwi/, | ovXov KfK\rjyoi>T( s, ore irpoibuxTiv IOVTU \ KipKov. 23, 156-7 : 
 ArpfL^rj, crol yap re ^iaXi(rr<i ye Xaos 'A^atajv | Tretcroj/rai fjivdoicri. 
 
 121. ORGANIZED NUMBER. Organized number is singular. 
 So S/}/*o<? of the (official) people. The conception often shifts. 
 
 6 8 rip. 05 8o~7roTT]s TJV Kai Kvpios irdvTwv, Dp.M. 3, 30 ; TJie people ivas lord 
 and master of all. TJ 8e POV\TJ . . . 6\ryapxio.s cireOvjxei, LYS. 13, 20; T/ie 
 senate craved an oligarchy. 
 
 DEM. 3, 30 (see above). 
 
 Lvs. 13, 20 (see above). 35 : o fie 8rjp.ns . . . e'^c/xVnro, et saepc. 
 
 XKN. Hell. I, 4, 12: rfp-tpa // nXu^r^pia f/ytv i] TriiXif, T/ie day on which 
 the city was celebrating the Plynteries. Ibid. 1,7, 3: i] ftnvXi) e fiacre. //vV/. 
 I, 7. '- : r " fi^ TT\i]0oy fi~it'>a oetvov fivcu tl p.f] TIS e'afrei roi/ fir)^ioi/ npaTTftv 
 o fiv ftovXTjriu, The multitude cried out that it wits an outrage if the com- 
 mons lucre not to be permitted to do what they would. (Here the Tr\r]dos 
 claims to be the fi^os.) 
 
 TUL'C. 3, 22, 5: TO fie o"rparo7refiov <Vt TO Tfl^os a> p p. rj cr ( v. The army 
 rushed to tlie wall. 3> 7- 3 ' '' \^ v S^/xos e'y TTJV OKpoTToXiv KcircKpfvyft . . . 
 KOI TOV 'YXXfiiV (W Xi/ie'i/a e t ^ o c, 7V/t' f>eo file flee to the citadel and they held the 
 Hyllaean harbor. 5- 82, 2: o fi^/^ios 1 iivadap(TT](ras iiriBtvTo (= ni rroXXot) 
 roly oXi'yoiy, TV/t' commonalty took heart again and they attacked the oligar- 
 chy. 6, 30, 2: ^uyKari i^rf fie Kut 6 a'XXor o/xtXof anas a>v ftTrfiv o tV r/y TriiXei
 
 AGREEMENT IV SE.VSE 55 
 
 Ka\ d(rrti>i> icai (va>i>. 6, 3'. ' o $i fVot Kiii o iTXXoy o^Xor KCITM Oiav f/Kiv o>s 
 eVl <iioxpfo>' Kai niricrrov diovotav. 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 733. O. C. 741-2: nas at Kubpfiuv X * w 4- | K,i\ f l KtKaitat. 
 
 Tr. 194-5- 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 127-8: \tias (rptjvos &s tK\i\aiirrv. 
 
 PlND. N. 7, 23-4 : Tv(f)\<>i> 5" t'^f i I i/Tiip o^itXok (ivfyiLy .i rrXfiurrok-. 9. 2 i : 
 (f>aivofj.fvav f>' up ts arav trirevfttv opiXos iKftrdai. 
 
 HOM. ii. 2, 99: (Tirov^i) (V "tf r " X(i ( ; 4 -. 17, 723-4: <vi (V r,JY< x<i,v 
 
 oTTiirde | tyoHKiis, toy ctdoi/ro (erf. 17, "55 (I20V iS, 603-4: TroAXi'.v .V i^if^.i- 
 
 *IT(I XOpi)l> TTf pit tTTU 6 OfJLlXoS \ Tt pirdftfVOl. 23,133! pfTdftt l> f (f)l> S ("l7T t TO 
 
 122. A(;REKMF.\T i\ SKXSE <>] PAR'I'ICIIM.I-: K ADJECTIVE 
 
 WITH SUBJECT. The ,-uljcctive predicate may follo\v the nat- 
 ural number or gender (or both) of the subject. So especially 
 often the participle. 
 
 6 ... ox.Xos -^9poicr3T) irpos TO.? vav; . . . I8iv ^ovXoflcvoi TOV 'AXKipiaSrjv, 
 XKX. Hell. 1,4, 13; /'//< rabble titliercd is meet the s/iips. they r^v'.v/////^ t<> 
 set.' Alcibiades. 
 
 DKM. 21, 117: Kin TOUT f\ty' >] ^.nif>(i Km livdi^ijs avrrj Kf<p<i\i], (f\t]\v- 
 
 0U>S KTf. 
 
 AESCUIN. 3. '33- Qv/^ at TT''^ 4 ? dtrrvytinov, . . . Ttffit riav <j\u>i> oi-K I't^tlmy 
 
 /3ouXf V(T II fJLf V O I, (IXXa . . . KTT) (T II [1. ( VOL. 
 
 PLATO, Lach. iSo L: TU yii t > p.(ipa.Kia roSf TT/xW oXXr/Xouf OIACOI 8ia\f- 
 ydfifi/ot ^j^ifj eTrififfivr/vTai %ancp:'iTovs (see 102). Cf. I'luioclr. 239 A : <>VT( ft!) 
 Kp('iTTu> ovrt Itrovfievov (KU>V tpacrTrfS 7rai8tKa dv(fTai, "JTTU) 8e KU\ uTroSt- 
 ((TTfpov (id nTTfpy.i^fTdi. //'/./. 240 A: (lyanov, arratSu, aoiKov o TI 
 
 1T\(l(TTOV \pl\VOV TTdlftlKU fpdOTTIjS tvalT Ul> ytViffdlll. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 1,4, 13 (see above). 
 
 THUG. 3, 2, I : A e (7 ,3 or rr\!]i> Mr)0v[i.vr)s aTTfOTT] (ITT' \dr)vat<av, ftnvXrjfl ii>Tft 
 piv . . . dvayKa(T0(i>T(s fit KT(. "J . 75- 4 : wore fiuKfiucn TTIII> ro (TTpuTtvpa 
 Tf\t](r6(.v Ktil diropiq Toiavrr) p!) p^i'a>9 d(papp.acrdai, Ktiintp ('K Tro\p.uit re Ktn pttfa 
 
 f) KllTU SaKpVU Til fjLfV TT( TTOV 0UTO.S rjftt), Tit ftf WfjH T&V tV iK^UVfl S<8tOTaf fll) 
 
 Trudwiri. 
 
 Al<. Vcsp. 594-5 : xiiv raj bt'ifJitp yvu>fj.>]i> iwft(\s Trcorror' f'viKT)ir(i>, fiii> pi) \ *tjr// 
 
 TO 8 I K(l ITT If f> I ' llljlfiviu TTjIUITllTTll ^.illV rt I K II IT II V T II i'. 
 
 HOM. II. 17, 755-6(120). 18,603 4 (i2i). 
 
 123. PKKIIMIK ASTIC Sui'.jKrr. In tin- case of a periphrastic subject 
 like TO or with the genitive plural. Ik- T//Xf/z<i^oto and the like, the verbal 
 predicate regularly agrees in number, and the participial or adjective pred- 
 icate in number and gender with the real subject which is contained in 
 the genitive.
 
 56 GREEK SYXTAX 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 657 D: TO Se ru>v irpfO-ftvTfpw (=01 8e TrpfO-ftvTfpni) 
 f]fj.u>v, fKeivovs (SC. roiis vtovs) av 6ea>povvT(S didyeiv i)yovfj.f()a TrperrovTus, 
 \aipovrf s KTf. Cf. Phileb. 45 E: TO fie TU>V d<ppoi>u>i> re KIU v($pi<TTu>v (op- 
 posed to TOVS p.ev (ru>(j)povas) p-fXP 1 pavias ^ (r(po8pa fjfiovrj KaTf^ovo-a Trt piftoTj- 
 TOVS iiTTfpyd^fTai. Rpb. 563 C: TO fj.(i> yap TU>V drjpioiv . . . ocro) fXevdepa)- 
 Ttpd fo~Tiv evravQa i] tv uXX?;, OVK av TIS 7re/$oiro uTrtipos. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 497~9 oXX ^ TtdvrjKfV, fj TCI ratv 8ia.Koi>a>i>, | a>s fiKos, m/jLai, 
 Tovp.ov (v <rp.iKp(3 fiepos \ TTOIOV /ie voi TOV otca8' ijireiyov oroXoi/, " But either 
 he is dead, or else, me thinks, my messengers as was likely made small ac- 
 count of my concerns, and hastened on their homeward voyage." Jebb. 
 
 HOM. Od. II, 901 : 77X^6 &' tTTi ^U^T) Qrifialov Teipfaiao, \ xpixreov fr/c^- 
 Trrpov f x a/. 16,476-7 : p.fior]o-(i> 8' IfpTj t s Trj\fj.d^oio | ('s Trarip otpdaXfjiolcriv 
 
 II. 11,690: f\6o)v yap p fKUKuxTf fiiT) 'HpciK\T)fir). Cf. 17, 755~^ (120). 
 
 124. AGREEMENT OF COPULA WITH PREDICATE. The cop- 
 ula (copulative verb) often agrees with the predicate. Cf. " The 
 wages of sin is dcatJi" This is true also when the copula is in 
 the form of a participle. 
 
 MuKT)vai. (AiKpov rjv, THUG, i, 10, i ; Klycenae ivas a small affair, q T 
 irpol^ oySoriKovTa (Aval yevijtrovrai, Dr.M. 31, 7: TJie dowry will amount 
 to eighty minae. vnre^e'SevTo rag 6vYa.Tpas (SC. 'ATroXXo^avouy) traiSi" OVT' 
 els "OXvvOov, DEM. 19, 194; (For safety's sake) they removed his daughters, 
 who were little children, to OlyntJius. 
 
 DK.M. 19, 194 (see above). 31, 7 (see above). 
 
 ANT. 2 y 8 : at S' flcr(popal . . . ev8aifj.ovias pei' . . . 0-rjp.flov eVrt. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 73 2 E: ecrrt 8t] (pvo~ei dv&punrdov fj.d\io-Ta 7)onval /cat 
 Xi^Trai KOI firidv plat. Ibid. 735 *-' Tws yap fj.f'yio~Ta (f-rjfj.a.pT'rjKOTas, avid- 
 TOVS Se (JVTHS, p.fyi(TTT)v 8e ovo~av /SXd/S^v TrilXfcoy. Meno, 91 C (93)- Prot. 
 
 359 ^' fTTdftl] Tt> TJTTG) lisal ((IVTOV filpfdl] (I fJL a d I a <>VO~<1. Tim. 56 D-E : Til 
 
 8e dfpos Tfj.rjp.aTa t% (vos fj.epovs 8ia\v0fi>ros 8v' iiv yevoicrdrfv (rw/xara TTU/JOS, 
 Tlie divisions of air from one particle when broken up may become two cor- 
 puscles of fire. 
 
 THUG, i, 10, i (see above). 4, 26, 5: alnnv fie r)v nl \aKt8atfjiavioi 
 Trpofiirovrts, 5-4>4 : KaTaXap.ftdvova'i Km TdpiKivvias, ov epvfia fVTJ) AeoiTtVi/. 
 8, 9. 3 olnov S fyevfTo TIJS diroorroXrjs TU>V veu>v ol fj.tv TroXXoi TU>V \io)i> OVK 
 
 (LOOTfS Til TrplllT(Tl>fJ.(Vll KTf. 
 
 HDT. I, 93- V f L ^ v ^'1 Teptofiof TOV (TrjfiaTOS fieri irTiiftioi t KIIL ftvo 
 7T\('fffia. I, 163: Kin yap KIU i] irtpio8os TOV Tfi)(fos OVK oXiyot tTTaStot eio~t 
 
 KTf. 2, I 5 '. TO S OIC 7T(iXai (U Bri^at \iyV7TTOS fKaXffTO, TljS Til ITfpifltTpOV 
 
 CTTaStoi d(Ti (IKOO~I KIU tKiiTov Kiii caKt0*^t'X(ot. 2, 142: yeveal yiip Tptts dv- 
 8p>v fKaTuv (Ttd f'o-Ti, Three human generations are one hundred years. 3,
 
 NEUTEK ADJECTIVE PREDICATE 57 
 
 108 : 17 &( Sfj \('aiva tbv l(r\ vpornrnv *n\ dpaavrarov aira tv TOJ 3<'<u riieTfi 
 tv. 6, 112: ff<rnv 8( crruftioi OI'K Acirro-ocfs TO /xerat^/iioi* aCrrwi/ *; OKTCO. 
 
 EUR. Hec. 123-4 : r O^fff i'8a 8', '"C a) 'Adrjvwv, \ bia-a-uiv pvdwv ptjropes 
 
 125. AGREEMENT OF VERB WITH API-OSITIVE. The verb 
 sometimes agrees with the appositivc instead of with the subject. 
 
 0TJ |3a i, -rroXis aorvyciTwv, . . . dvijpirao-Tai., AESCHIN. 3, 133 I Thebes, a 
 city that is our neiglibor, has been Kvept away. 
 
 AESCHIN. 3, 133 (see above). 
 
 XEN T . An. I, 8, 9- ndvrts 8" OVTOI Kara f&vrf (i> TrXatrn'o) 7rXr)pft nvftpujntav 
 
 fKCKTTOV TO (0VOS fTTOpfVfTO. CoilV. 4, 44 : Kill p.1]V Kill TO (i,d/X)rrtT()' yf KTl]p.(l 
 
 Ti)v <r^oXr)/ dfl opart poi rrapovcrav. Hell. I, 7. 5 /*fTi Tairra 8e ot (TTpart]- 
 yoi fipaxftos fKacrrof 7reXo-y r/trnro. 
 
 H DT. 7> IO4 '^ Tovrtui/ TCOV di'S^a)f ot 'EXXr}^a)i/ fKaarros 
 atos tivai. 
 
 Ho.M. II. l6, 264-5 ' ^' 
 
 126. NEUTER ADJECTIVE AS THE SUBSTANTIVE PREDI- 
 CATE. The neuter singular adjective is often used as the sub- 
 stantive predicate of a masculine or feminine subject, whether 
 singular or plural. 
 
 SiafBoXt] yap i<ni Seivorarov, II DT. 7, io, r; ; For calumny is a dread- 
 ful evil. MvK-Jjvai (iiKpbvTJv, TlIUC. I, IO. I (124). 
 
 DEM. I, 5 Kn ' (J\a)s "iirKTTov oip.ni, Tcny TToXiTfiais fj Tvpavvis. 19, 33^^ 
 ^iij Xe'y' a)f KoXo v 1 1 pf) vi), fjujft' &)f (Tvp.(pf pov. 
 
 PLATO, Oor^. 5^ K: ru^d a pa TTay/jLevoi> Kiii Kf KOIT p.rjp.( vov t<rr\v TJ 
 tipfrfj (KIMTTHV ; LeC(!^. 663 K: K<iX<W /^eV ; (l\i')6(i>i, a> ii>f, Ktn fjn> i> i p. <> v . 
 Ibid. 732 K : e'o'Tt fi; <f>vrru ilvdputiTfiov fj.(i\i<TT(i rjoova\ Kai \iiiriii KIII fmftv- 
 p.iai. K|)b. 368 I{ : ovKoi'i> fif'i^ttv TriiXi? fvlis dvftpuf ; 
 
 XKX. Mem. 2, 3, I : XIJ<T ip.a>Tt /)oi/ vop.iuv(ri xprjuara 7 <iftfX</><n''v. < )i'C. 
 
 12, Ij- Kfp8(l\tOV TT\V t](7Tlp.(\(l(l. 
 
 Tnt;c. I, io, I (see above). I, 138, 5: f'<Wft yap (sc. r; Au/i^uxor) TTO- 
 Xuo(i/(irc(roi> TWI- riiTf f(V(U. 3, 37, 3- 4- -^> 5 l 5 '^^ I2 4)- 4. ^-. - ^> 9. 3 
 
 (see 124). 
 
 HUT. 3. 108 (sec 1241. 7, io, r; (see above). 
 
 AK. PI. 203: fit X (ITI/TOC f'<r^' o TrXo r/Tov. 
 
 El/'K. Kl. 1035: p.H>p<n> p.ii> uvv yvvttiKtv. H. F, I J9- : "' (itTa($o\a\ 
 \vnrj pi'iv. Or. 232: Kv<T<ip( trruv ni v<i<rni>i>T( v tiirnpttiv rrro. //'/</ 77- : 
 Sdvuv oi TroXXoj, iravuvpyovs OTHV f^unri irpu<rruTas. Suppl. 508: (T^>u\fpdv 
 iav 6p(i<TVf.
 
 58 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 59- *> P-Mpe, 6vfj.6s 8' eV Kaxols ov i>n(popov. 
 PlND. fr. 1 10 Bgk. 4 : yhvxv d' dirfipouri TrdXf/xos, A sweet thing is war 
 to those that have not tried it. 
 
 HOM. II. 2, 204: oi'K dyadov TroX v K.O ipavirj. 
 
 So a Neuter Relative or other pronoun may have for its antecedent 
 a Masculine or Feminine substantive. See Relative Sentences, 
 
 127. ATTRACTION OF THE DEMONSTRATIVE BY THE PRED- 
 ICATE. The demonstrative pronoun is commonly attracted into 
 the gender of the predicate. 
 
 tKivos 8' eo-riv \YX5 f"YicrTos, Lvs. 1 6, 6; That is t/ie most cogent 
 proof. 
 
 LVS. 16, 6 (see above). 25, 23: vopi^ovrts KU\ T?]S noXews Tavrrjv iKavco- 
 TiiTrjv tivai crcoTTjpiav <a\ rwv e%dpa>v fjifyicrrrjif Tipaipiav. 
 
 PLATO, Men. Jl E: avrrj etrriv dv8pos tiperi], iKavov tii/ciL TU TTJS TTiiAecor 
 n-piiTTfiv KTf., T/tis is a >nnn's virtue, to be able to manage affairs of state. 
 
 XEX. Cyr. 8, 7. 24 : tl Se /x^, Kin rrapa TUIV irpoyeyevi]p.(V(ii>v p.avdaveTf avrrj 
 yap apian) 8i8a(TKa\La. 
 
 THUC. I, I, 2: Kivrjcris yap avrr] fjLfylcrrr) . . . fyevero. 
 
 HDT. I, I : 'HpoSdrou 'AXiKapi/^crcre'off Icrropitjs anode ^ is r;Se, This is the 
 setting forth of t/ie research of Herodotus. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 1-2 : aKTi) p.fi> rj8e . . . j Aypvov. 
 
 H()M. II. 17- 33^~7 o.l8u>S p-ev vvv ij8e ... | "lXioi< els a 
 
 128. In the oblique cases: 
 
 L\'S. I, 16: Tavrrjv yap re^vr/v e'%ei (sc. TO yvvmKas 8ia<f)dfipflv), This is 
 his trade. 
 
 Pl.ATO. Cf. Euthyphr. 2 A : OVTOL ft!] '\0rjvaloi ye, a) Ev&v(ppov, ftiKTjv 
 avTT)i> KtiXoiHriv, dXXa y/jf/)?/i/, The Athenians do not call it dike but graphe. 
 Phaeclr. 245 E: OK TUVTTJS iwcrrjs (frvcrttos ^lsvx>jsi " ^ain haec est propria 
 natura aniini atque vis," Cic. Tusc. i, 23, 54. 
 
 129. DEMONSTRATIVE NOT ATTRACTED. The attraction is 
 sometimes pretermitted, especially in definitions in which the 
 pronoun is the predicate. 
 
 TOVTO eo-riv T)irp6voia, Lvs. 3, 28; This is whiit is meant l>v malice 
 preficnsc (Answer to the question ri f] irpovoiu ;). v-ireppoX-f) yap dSiictas 
 TOVTO v, DKM. 18, 1 6. 
 
 DKM. 18, 16 (see above). 
 
 LYS. 3, 28 (see above). 
 
 ANT. I, 5 6avp.(i<i> 8' . . . el vo^i^fi TOVTO ( v<rift( iui> aval, TO . . . p,f] 
 irpooovvui.
 
 Tl A. VI) TI 
 
 59 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 478 C : ov yap TO Or* ^i/ cvdat/iovta, we foiKt, icaicnv drru\- 
 \ayrj. Cf. Phaedr. 245 C : aXX u TOIC <7XXoir Jo- Ktvrirut TOUTO (sc. TO HITO 
 icirofi') rriyi} KOI apx*l Kivi)<rtt. But Cicero, Tusc. I, 23, 53, translates: 
 Quin etiam ceteris, quae morendir, hie /<>//*, hoc principium fst nnn>endi. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. I, 3, IO: roCr' tip' q r; i<rrjyi>pia. Cf. Mem. 3, II. 6: J TI 
 tiv ivravda ipirtcri), rovrta rpo(pt/ xpuvrai. 
 
 130. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ri AND T IN THE PREDICATE. 
 In questions distinguish between ri, the essence of ;i thing, 
 and TK, the classification of a thing. 
 
 TI 8 % to-riv 6 XP VO $ Kai T ^5 aviTOu T| 4>ucris . . . aSr]\ov t<rri, AKISTOT. 
 Phys. 4, 218 a 31-2 ; What time is and what ils nature does not appear. 
 
 ri : 
 
 DF.M.Q, l6: *ci prj^ds fiTr), rl fie rnvr' (<TT!V, *; ri rovrw p.i\(i Tt/ 7rt>\( i ; 
 
 PLATO, Crat. 398 C : 6 8<r fi) r/pcot- ri av flij; \Vhat might "hero" be? 
 Men. 71 D : ri <p;is dp(Tt]v tivai; Prot. 312 C : o TI 5 nnrt 6 crotpta-ri'is tort, 
 davfjiti^oifj.' iiv ft olcrda. 
 
 XEN. Mem. I, 2, 43 : Tavra ri ecrrt ; . . . KOI ravra i/o/zoj tori ; . . . <cui 
 TaOra vopos AcaXftrat. 
 
 131. r C.- 
 
 PLATO, Gortj. ^8 E : XX' ovbf\s >jpu>ra TTOUI r(y fir; 7; Vopyiov Tf'xvrj, rJXAcj 
 Tif cal ovnva 8ioi KoXelv rov Yopyiav. Ibid. 449 -'^ f *W* r 'i" '/ T *\ vr ] *"' 
 Ti'i/a Topyiav KaKt'iv %pi) tjp.as. Phaedr. 2/8 1'^ : IfroKpurr) TUV K<I\UV, oj TI 
 dirayyeXetr, a> 2co(cpref ; rt'j/' avruv t^r/tro/irv f ii/ai ; 
 
 132. TI INSTEAD OK riva. When the subject is a neuter plural that 
 may be considered as a unit, ri is regularly used instead of riva, unless the 
 idea of selection is to be emphasixed. 
 
 T (' .' 
 
 TI ov O~ri Tavra, a VjJitis icrr Kai ox; Trap' T)p.iliv vp.as atcovaai 5<i; Dl-'.M. 
 19, 217; \Vhat t/ten arc these t /lings, tilings that you yourselves kiit>:<.' and 
 need not hear from us ? 
 
 DEM. 19, 217 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 57 A : Tt nvv fi/ t<mv iirra tinfv (i iivl/p TTj>!> roi" Ainiroi' ; 
 Ibid. 58 C : Tt i]v TII \( \fl('i>Tii KIH irpa')(64vrn KUI nva <>l ndf><iyfi>i>p(i><n rwt> 
 fTTtrrjfifiwv TW di/ftpi ; ( liest MSS. ri. Schanx and Wohlrab both read TI', 
 Herm. riva.) 
 
 XKV. An. 2, I, 22! f)fJLiv ravra 8oKfl antf) X(ti ,i<i<TiXn. TI i i- TIII ru urnv ; 
 
 133. ri'ru : 
 
 DEM. l8, 246; (iXXci p.i]V o)l/ y' av o pr'irojp viTflidwos ft'/, irutrai' t^i 
 Tf <>v mipairuvpui. riv' ouv tirri ravra : Hut i<;. ^17 (1321: TI.
 
 60 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, IO2 A : d\\a rlva ST) rjv ra yuera Tavra \f^6(vra; But 
 ibid. 57 A and 58 C cited in 132 : ri 
 
 For the Attraction of the Relative with the Predicate, see Relative. 
 
 134. ATTRACTION OF THE SUPERLATIVE PREDICATE. The 
 superlative predicate may agree in gender with the subject 
 rather than with the genitive. 
 
 6 8e TJXios TOV iravTa xp vov iravrtov Xa[nr-p6TaTO9 2>v 8iap.eVi, XEN. 
 Mem. 4, 7, 7 ; The sun abideth forever Hie )>iost brilliant of all tilings (thing 
 in the world). 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 487 E: TTCIVTOV fie /caXXta-T?; (crr\v i] cr KC tyis . . . nepl 
 TOVTCOV usv KTf. Tim. 2C) A.'. 6 fj.ev yap (SC. 6 Kdrr/noy) K<iXXi(rro? Ttav ytyo- 
 voraiv, o 8 (SC. 6 dr/fjuovpy (is) iipio"ros r<av atricoi/. 
 
 XEN. Me'm. 4, 7, 7 (see above). 
 
 HDT. 4. 85 '. TreXayecoi/ yap cnravTutv irc<f)VKf 6a>vfj.acria>TaTos (SC. 6 Tlov- 
 
 TOS). Cf. 6, 37: TTITVS fiOVVrj TTUVTUIV 8fl>$p(U>V fKKOTTflcra ^XatTTOl/ OvftfVa 
 
 fj.frii, Of all trees the pine is tJie only one that after being cut lets out no 
 aftershoot. 
 
 COM. 4, 231 : j/oo-coj/ xaXeTrarrarof | (pdovos, Of (all) diseases hardest to bear 
 is emiy. 
 
 HOM. Cf. Od. 13, 86-7 : oi>8f Ktv 'ipr] | KipKos 6papTi]<rei(i>, (XaffipoTaros 
 
 TTfTfT]V(l}l>. 
 
 135. Superlative Predicate agreeing with the Genitive : 
 
 6 8e irais irdvTuv 6i)pia>v eo~ri 8 vo-(XTax ip itrroraTO v, PLATO, Legg. 
 808 D ; The boy (animal) is t/ie hardest to manage of all (animals). 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 808 D (see above). 
 
 Hl)T. 5,24: KTT)p.UTO>V iraVTtoV (TT\ T I fj. I COT OT OV (ivf)p (f)l\OS, Of all pOS- 
 
 sessions most valuable is a friend. 
 
 On the Attraction of the Predicate Adjective into the Vocative, see 
 
 25- 
 
 The dramatic ^im- for e'yco of a woman is masculine. See 55. 
 
 136. IXDKFINITK SUBJECT, KKKKRKIXC; TO A WOMAN", TRKATKD AS 
 
 MASCULIXK. The masculine, as the more generic, is sometimes used of 
 an indefinite subject, even when the indefinite subject is known to be a 
 woman. 
 
 EUR. Anrlr. 7II-2: /} art'ipos <>V<TH /J.I>(TX^ <>VK uvi^fTiu | ri KTOVTH s <iX- 
 
 Xoiiy, OVK (Driver aVTT) TtKVtl. 
 
 SOPH. El. 77O-I . ftflVIW TO TIKTflV f ITTIV ' lit/fit y<lf> K<IKU><> | 7T (1 IT )( <> V T I /ilfTOS 
 
 Z>v TfKji TTj><>(Tyiyi>eTai, S/fizftift' is this tiling <>/ IteiHg a mother. \ot even 
 when one suffers wrong can one be brought to hate the child that one has
 
 VOICES OF THE VERB 61 
 
 borne. Tr. 151-2 : TOT' (sc. [orax] TIS avrt irapOivov yvvrj \ itki)6ij *'., w. 148-9) 
 av rts tla-iSoiTo, TTJV avrov <r K <> TT d> / | irpaw, Kaico'urw ols y<u pa 
 
 FORMS OF THE VERBAL PREDICATE 
 Voices of the Verb 
 
 137. There are three voices in Greek Active, Middle, and 
 Passive. 
 
 The distinction of passive from middle is a distinction of function. 
 not of form. The terminations of the passive are either middle or active, 
 and only one comparatively late form is uniformly differentiated, the 
 future in -dqcropm, which is constructed on the basis of -ffqv, itself only prev- 
 alently passive. 
 
 Active Voice 
 
 138. The Active Voice denotes that the action proceeds from 
 the subject. 
 
 OWTOS eriP*' DEM. [46], 21 ; This man got married (26). TO iraiSiov ^oa, 
 LYS. i , ii ; The baby was bawling (26). 
 
 139. TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Verbs that regularly 
 take an object are called transitive verbs, verbs that do not regularly take 
 an object are called intransitive verbs. So KrfiVo>, / ////, is a transitive 
 verb; o-io>7r&>, / am silent, is an intransitive verb. But any verb may be 
 transitive or intransitive, according to its use, and the traditional dis- 
 tinction given is a mere matter of convenience, and does not rest on a 
 difference of nature. 
 
 140. As all verbs involve an inner object and may take an inner ob- 
 ject, it is better to confine the term transitive to verbs that take an outer 
 object, and when such verbs are used without an outer object, they serve 
 to characterize the subject. So (povtvu, I commit murder, and >*<&>, I gain 
 a victory, become / am a murderer ((poixvs), and / am a -victor (VIKIJTTIS). 
 ayet (PlND. P. 2, 17), she is a leader, she is in the van. 
 
 141. PERIPHRASES WITH yi < y v P L( u- The analysis given above is some- 
 times expressed. So ai/arp7ro>, I overturn, may be analyzed into avarpwtvs 
 yi'ypo/zat, / show myself a subverter, or avaTpmrf)v iroiovp.ni, / produce subver- 
 sion. The former dwells on the character of the agent, the latter on the 
 character of the action. Hence the solemnity of both the periphrases, in- 
 volving as they do moral responsibility. Compare 61 and A. J. P. xx, 1 1 1. 
 
 1 Eur. Mecl. 1018, Soph. El. 145 and 1026, are sometimes unjustly cited as 
 instances of this usage. In eacli of these examples a woman makes but a personal 
 application of a rule that applies to men as well as women.
 
 62 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 ISOC. 2, IJ '. p-iiXicrra fj.fi> fvptTTjs yiyvov rwv /SfXrioro)!', el 8e fir], fj.ifj.ov TCI 
 irapa r;>is "tXXois opdSis f^ovra. IO, 42 ' ~wf 8e Scopfcoi' dyayKacr^fis 1 ytvicrdai 
 Kpirijs. Ibid. 43- firt0vfJ.T)<rf Ato? ytvicrOai Kr/8f(TTi]s. 
 
 ANT. I, 2 (see 6l). I, 4 (60). 2/32: e'/ioi S fwv re civdpwos dvarpo- 
 TTfits TOV ot/cou eytvtTO *cre. 5' 47 : Ka ' r ^ )>/ M " Xoywv . . . rovroiKTt Kpiras 
 il^iuxrciTf yfvecrdai, TU>V 8e tpymv avrol diKacrral fyfvecrdf, et siin. alib. 
 
 PLA'l'O, Conv. 2l8 C : <rv ffiol So/cei?, TJV 8' fyd>, f/j.ov fpaa-rrjs "iios yeyo- 
 v4vai IJLUVOS. Legg. 872 C: fav 8e rts 8ov\ov Kreivj) fj.r]8iv uStKoOi/ra, (footfw fit, 
 P.TJ fj.i]vvTr]s (n.<T%p)v f'pycL>v Km KOKCOV IIVTOV yiyvrjTai Kre. 
 
 XEX. Ag. 10, 4 (64). 
 
 THL'C. I, 4 : fol TU>V KuKXaScoi* vi]cr<av i}p^ r? <al OIKKTTTJS Trpwroj rcoi' 
 TrXfttrrcoy eyf'i/fro. I, I3-- 5- p-'jvvrrjs yiyferat. I, 136, 3- 'ff^s 1 yfvii/xf roj. 
 3, 2, 3 (60). 5' JI > ! " frtoTijpa . . . yfyevrftrQai, Cf. 8, 48, 6: Tropioraj oi/rar 
 *at fo-rjyrjras T>V KUKCAV rw 8i)fj.ca. 8, 86, 4 : /ca>Xur/)y yfve<rdat, et siin. alib. 
 
 Ak. Ran. 11)2: crcorTyp yfi/oO ^01. 119!- Iva \ii] KTpxtpfls y iv o i TO TOV 
 Trarpos <p o v f v s. 
 
 EUR. Cf. [Rhes.] 167 : crv S' dXXu y^/nas npta/xtScoi' yafjifipos ytvov. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 1092 (6l). O. C. 582 : <Jrav . . . (TV p.ov Tu(p(vs yevij. 
 
 AESCHVL. Ag. 224-5: erXa fi' ovv \ dvrfjp yevea-dai dvyarpos. Cho. 
 2 (6l). Ibid. 246: dfiapos . . . yei/ou. Sept. 130 (61). 
 
 PlND. P. 4> 274' e ' M') ^ f o ? nyffJ.ovf(T(ri Kvfifpvarfjp ytv^rai. 
 
 HOM. Od. 17, 223: ft /-cot Soirjs (TTadjj.u>v pvrfjpa yevfcrdai. 
 II. 1 8, IOO : e'/iifi; Se SeTjaev dpijs ii\KTr/pa yev<r6ai. 
 
 142. TRANSITIVE VERBS USED INTRANSITIVELY. Among 
 the active transitive verbs that are freely used intransitively and 
 are sometimes called immediatives may be mentioned Xaw, / 
 drive, and its compounds; the compounds of irj}u, I send forth; 
 PO.X.XU), f hit, cast, and compounds of (JdLXXw. 
 
 The following is a more complete list of the verbs belonging to this 
 class: aytiv and cpd. 1 , m^iv and cpd., cpd. of XX<m-f>, cpd. of uvvav, ftu\- 
 Xfiv and cpd., cpd. of ftiftuvat, 8ivflv, fXavvttv and cpd., eirfiyeiv, f'xfiv and cpd., 
 iivtiL and cpd., dvaKaXvirrfiv, Ktvdfiv, cpd. of /cXiWtj/, cpd. of Xafirftiixiv, cpd. of 
 Xe.Vfif, cpd. of fjiiyvvvai, mvvBeiv, i>iKai>, vu>^.av and cpd., oitttlv, 6pp.av and cpd., 
 iruvfLv, Trpi'tTTdv, <TT(\\fiv, (TTpe<pfiv and cpd., Ttivfiv and Cpd., TeXfirrdj>, <paiv(it> 
 and cpd., (fx'pdv and cpd., (pvtiv, ^Xv. 
 
 t-yw 8t, t^* 1 !' *'"'' TovcrSc, TJV em ere KivoivTai, eXw, X.EN. Cyr. 1 , 4. 2O ; / 7i'/// 
 ;-/(/<' u^tiiti.'if (charge) ///<*> /><<>/>/<', if t/icv undertake /<> move agednst von. 
 4iT|cri 8i . . . 'Axpoucria Xip.vrj s OaXacnrav 8ia 8e TTJS Qe<nrpa>Ti8os > Axp a)v 
 pc'wv ca^aXXci s aoTtjv, Tllt'c. I, 46, 4; The Achcrnsian lake has 
 
 1 cjxl. stands for one or more compounds.
 
 CAUSATIVE ACTIVE fij 
 
 an outlet into the sea, while the river Acker on, flowing through Thesfirotia, 
 empties (itself) into the lake itself. 
 
 DEM. 19. 163: dirijpav biii TOV TroXf/zi'ov (TTpnrtv fj.aros fly Ilayafrus. 
 
 PLATO, Fhacdr. 228 K: mivf. Ibid. 229 A: irpuayf 8t]. Ibid. 229 R: 
 irpotiyois iiv. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 1,4,20 (sec above). Ibid.: <> ]\vatiprjf \aftvv TV i> tppafitvuv 
 
 tTTTTO)!' T( Knl dl>ftpU>l> IT p O (T ( \ (I V V f t. 
 
 THUC. 1,46,4 (see above). 6, 60, 2 : <c0' ij^pav tVf S/fioo-ni/ p.n\\w f \ 
 
 HUT. 2, 8 : ovpos <7XXo irirpivov Tfivc . . T(Tap.ivnv TOV avriiv rpuirnv KT(. 
 
 AR. Eq. 243: oixc \uTf irpus TO 8( | -',v <f'^ny ; /('/// von not ride to the 
 right ti'ing? N. 133: /3<XX' ts KopaKas, Get t life gone to the buzzards (a 
 common imprecation). Ran. 580: Trade -rrtivf TOV \uyov. 
 
 EUR. El. !233~5- ^^' oi8( ^<J^u>v Lnep aKpoTUTwv | (fraivovcri Tivrs Saipo- 
 vts *) 6ta>i> | TU>V ovpaviwv. 
 
 SOPH. El. 1435 : ,'/ t>Ols (TTfiyf vvv. O. R. 967-8: o fie davuv | Kfvflfi 
 Kara) 8!) y^f. 
 
 HES. O. Ct D. 244: p-tvvdoixri tie O!KOI. 80.449: tiXX' "tyt TrnCf p-X1 f - 
 
 HOM. Od. 7> '3 o: "7 S" (SC. Kpr]vrj) (Ttpudfv UTT' aiiXijs oiiSof lija-iv. I I, 239: 
 6s TroXii KiiXXicrroj Trorn/icof eVi yatav Irfcriv. 
 
 II. 12, 268: VftKtOVy itv Tivn Trayxv fj.u^rjy p.fdiii>Ta iSoitv. 23, 75^~9- 
 
 2)KO fi* (TTflTCl I ({)(p' 'OlXlU&rjS. 
 
 143. INFIMTIVK AtTIYK APPAKFATI.Y AS A PASSIVK. 
 The infinitive being a verbal noun is not so strictly bound by 
 the voices as the finite form. The infinitive as a complement 
 to adjectives and the so-called epexegetic infinitive often coin- 
 cide with the English idiom in which "good to eat" is "good 
 for food," "fair to see" is " fair to the sight," and in (Ireek the 
 active form is more common and, if anything, more natural than 
 the passive. KaXbs iSetv, fiiir to set' ; x a ^ 1T * upttv, I'I.A T<>, Rpb. 412 
 B, hard to find ; but x ^" 1 v vw ^ val A.\ lll'liox, 2 a I, hard 
 to recognize. See Infinitive. 
 
 144. CAUSATIVE ArTIVF.. As in other languages, the sub- 
 ject is said to do what it causes to be done, (jni j 'acit per ahum, 
 f acit per sc. 
 
 T) povXt) <8T)a( (sc. fiw-owv), XK\. Hell, i , 7, 3 ; /'//< s< ;/<?/,- f>nt ///,/// in jail. 
 LVS. 12, 2V rnv iihf\<\>v y<i/ \itiv, a>inrff> K<U iffHiTtpni' uTrm-, V.paToardf vtjf 
 
 (iirtKTfivfv (Polernarchos ilrank the cup at the command of the Thirty, 
 t.c.% 1 7)-
 
 64 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 PLATO, Meno, 94 C: OovKvdiSrjs av vo vids tdpffyf . . . KOL TOVTOVS 
 fnai&vo'( rd T <7XXa tv /cm ira\(U(rav KuXXiorn A.6r)val.(av, e/ situ. alib. 
 
 XE\. An. I,4> '- Kvpos 5' airbv (SC. TOV TrapdfteKrov) t^fKo^f KCU ra 
 /3a<r/Xfta KareKavcrf v. Hell. I, 7, 3 (see above). 
 
 HDT. 8, Il8: uts fie (Kfiijvai ra^tora ts yi]v TOV Sfp^rjv . . . dnoTiifjielv 
 TTJV K((f)ti\r)v avrov (SC. roO Kvfifpvrjrov). 
 
 For Intransitive Verbs of Passive Signification, see 171, 
 
 Middle Voice 
 
 145. The Middle Voice denotes that the subject is in some 
 especial manner involved or interested in the action of the verb. 
 In some of its uses the middle corresponds to the English re- 
 flexive, but the signification is much wider and shades off from 
 what is practically a direct reflexive until it ceases to present 
 any translatable difference from the active. 
 
 146. DIRECT REFLEXIVE MIDDLE. The interest may be 
 that of the direct object. This is limited chiefly to natural or 
 habitual actions. The only middle for self-murder is a-n-aYScurflai, 
 to Jiang oneself, which seems to have been the most natural 
 form of suicide. 
 
 rj Sc tXovo-aro, PLATO, Phaedo, 116 B; After he had bathed 
 self (taken his bath). 
 
 DEM. [50], 35 " Xouo-^ai eV /3aXavet^). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 116 13 (see above). 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 3. I. -5 ' p-fv pnrrovvres tavrovs, ol 8' airay\ufi(voi t ol 5' 
 
 aTTorr<f>(iTT(> p.f VOL. 
 
 lH UC. 3> o ' > 3 f K T(av O('vopu>v TiVfS tiTT i) y % nvTO. 
 
 1 1 DP. 2, 40 : rvTTTovrai TrtivTfs, All heat t/ieir breasts (natural expression 
 of grief). 2,131: f] TTOIS dirT)yciTO, The maid hanged herself . 
 
 AR. Ach. 17: it; (Jrov 'yco pv-rrTo^ui, I scour jnvxelf. Av. I 163: dnovi^ro- 
 /xru, /'// it.' a sh mvself, i. e. my hands. Tlicsni. 230: rrol o-rpicfrfi; fr. 2, 
 I loo, 9 : <iXX' dprt'ois K<rre\iirov HVTIJV (rfj.u>p.fvrjv \ tv T>/ Trv(\a>. 
 
 PlN'D. ( ). 7, 15- uv8pa Triip' "AXdxtco (TT(ff)iiva>irdp.fv(>v. Ibid. So I : TU>V 
 tivdeai Aiayi'ipds \ f <rrf (jxivuxraro Sis. 12, \~] '. crrf</>uj/a)cra/iffO$. 
 
 SAPPHO, fr. 62: KdTTVTTTf (T0f Kupal. 
 
 SlMON. AM. 16: K>)\firl><>p.r)v fj,vpoi(n KOI dvuficuriv, 
 
 II<JM. Od. 5.49' &> f O8v(Ttiis d)vXXonri KaXu\^aro. 
 
 11.10,576: Xof'aavro, They bathed themselves.
 
 ECr MIDDLI-: 6^ 
 
 147. INDIRECT MIDDLK. Much more frequent is the indi- 
 rect middle, in which the subject is more or less remotely in- 
 volved, sometimes with sharp distinction from the active, some- 
 times without any perceptible, or at any rate translatable, differ- 
 ence. See the examples of this and the following section. 
 
 (itfrrjv 8i Kai virvov o^oiws ^vt'Bptf, 4> v XO.TTO p.a i, XK.V. Iliero, 6. 3; l^nink- 
 enness and sleep I guard against like an ambush. (<J>vXxTTw = keep guard, 
 mount guard over.) 
 
 LYCURG. 85 : oi&(f) . . . ri]i> Q pcfyiipf vi]i> . . . rti'ts TToXf/i/oir ir<if)(K<>crin', Nor 
 did they surrender to the enemy the country that reared them for herself. 
 
 DK.M. 2O, 17: r)S uv TWOS rroXii-fujj ro Kitfjii^f crdai roiv ffvuvs rolv K<idt- 
 CTtao'iv \dpiv t^f'X'/f, i>v [impair ff>vXaKf)i> avrwv ravnjv ti(f>i/f)rjKii>y tern. 
 
 XEX. Hiero, 6, 3 (see above). [R. A.] i, i : tv ^KicrufoprfK T>]V TTO\I- 
 Tfiav, Excellently well do they preserve their form of government. 
 
 HUT. 2, 121 : p.vrjfju'xTvva iXilTfTO rti TT/JOTrvXmu. 3, 79: <r ft a tr ti p f voi Se 
 Ta ('y\f tpiSia. 7- ''9 : U7Tf\avvTKov, \dirovTfs oin^e'y XXa <f>( p6fj.f vnt. 
 
 Ak. Ach. 5 1 "- : f V' ^' *if*Tptilrav oi dtoi \ (nrovSas iroit'tcrdai TT/JOS \aKf~ 
 ftaipoviovs p.6va>, The gods permitted me and me alone to make a treaty for 
 myself ivith the Lacedaemonians. But vv. 57-8 : TUV "ivftp atrdynvrfs, IJtms 
 ijpiv ijdtXf | o-rrovSas Trot^o-at (the generous creature), Taking au<ay the man 
 -who wished to make a treaty for us. Ibid. 130-1 : t'pn . . . | o-nuv&us noirja-ai 
 Ttpbs AaKfftaiftoviovs p.6t>a:>. 
 
 COM. 4, 355, 539 : x^^ v "f^vra KOfjiifci xal ndXiv Ko/x/ff rat, Earth bringeth 
 everything and takes it back again ; Nam terra donat ac resorbet oinnia. 
 
 AESCHYL. Sept. 718: dXX' avruftfXfaiv m^n bpf^dtrdat fa'Xeis ; II 'hat! 
 ivilt thou make tlice a harvest of thy brother ' s blood? fr. 44 : r} 8< (sc. yttla) 
 TiKTfrai /3pOTOtV | fJi>]X(ijv T /3o(T<us Kai fiiuv Ar/^ir/r^ioj/. 
 
 PlND. C). 7.4-- <T(p.vav Qvcruiv Oipfvitt. 8,68-9: 7Tf & 'I Kara . . . VMTTOV 
 
 (^OilTTOV. N. 2, 6-IO (148). I. ;, 60- I '. lifXlVTO ytlf> VlKdS (17TO ITtiyKflllTHIV \ TpflS. 
 
 Ho.M. II. 4, 529-30: fx 5' liilptfjutv (y\<>s i (crirucraro frrf'/'(o, l'~rom out 
 the breast In- plucked the ponderous sf>ear. and similarly 5, 621 : tinrutrano), 
 7, 255: f'xo'Trao'cru/i.fVo), and 13, 510: (iTirii(T(n\<>) ; but the active is used 5, 
 859; 6, 65, 12, 395; and 13, 178 (see 148). 11, 802-3: pt'm <V K' uK^iTff 
 KfK/jitjiiTiis ai/Spns uvTi/ | uxnturOf TT/JOTI uirrv v(H>v ami KU\ Xi<rt(io)i', and simi- 
 larly 5, 691 ; 8, 295; 15. 418; 1 6, 592; 655; hut if). 44-5: /ji.i (V K' tiK^'jTft 
 KfKprjnTn? (iv^fitts clvrfi i*>ir<n/if v TTpori litrrv vtuiv UTTII KU\ AcXun<iu)i', and Sc ) the 
 activt; 8, 336; 13, 193; 16. 569; 17. 274 (sec also 148). 
 
 Homer has a certain fondness for the middle. So. for example, Htitrffat 
 occurs 38 times over against the 19 instances of \V* n> or i, ; ; f tv . The middle 
 forms of iifitia) are not uncommon, whereas in prose \ve have onlv Tr/)i>u,in- 
 (rffdi. The verse has something to do with all this. So lbu>i> is the only 
 possible form for the aoi ist participle. 
 5
 
 66 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 148. ACTIVE FOR THE INDIRECT MIDDLE. The middle 
 is not compulsory. The use of the active where the middle 
 might have been expected inay sometimes be ascribed to the 
 aristocratic disdain of effect (see Pindaric examples below), just 
 as in late Greek the middle is sometimes used in order to pro- 
 duce a grander sound. 
 
 TO xP 1 1H- aTa <o;xier, LVCURG. 38 ; He got Jiis money out safe. 
 
 Lvcruo. 38 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Protag. 324 D: ot avSpes oi dyadaii . . . TOVS avTu>i> vlfls 8i8d- 
 <T<OV<TI a S[Sa<r/cuAcoj> f\fTni, with which compare ibid. 325 D: oi dyadol 
 av8pfs . . . TU fMfv uAXa 8i8do~KovTai TOVS vlfls . . . ra JJLIV uAAa tipa TOVS vlels 
 
 8l8d(T KOVTCll. 
 
 HOT. 2, 51 TOV 8e 'E,pfj.(d) TCI dyA/iara opda (\fiv Ta atSoia TroifvvTfs OVK 
 an \lyvnTLU>i> fj.ffiadf)Kacri, AA' dno IlfAttcryoJi', with which compare just be- 
 low : opda u>v fx fiv T < 1 ni8oia rayaA/xara TOV 'Ep^f'co Adrfvaioi. Trputroi 'EAA/^i/toi/ 
 fj.adoi>T(s Trapa Tlf\aarya>i> eVot rj(rai>TO. 2, 143 : dpX.i-(p(Vi yap fKaaros avrodi. 
 terra (i>. !. torarat) eVt rrjs etovroO C l >1 s elieova etovrov. 
 
 PlN'D. P. 1,49: otav (sc.Tiadv) OVTLS 'V.\\dv<ov Spend, and similarly P. 4, 
 130 and 6,48; with which compare N. 2, 6-10: o(pfi\fi 8" eri . . . 6ap.d p.tv 
 'l(r6fjitd8a>v 8perrf(rdai /caAAirrroj/ iiu>Tov . . . Tifiovoov TratS(a). 
 
 HOM. II. 5, 859 : (K 8e 8t>pv anrda-fv avris, And out again lie plucked the 
 shaft ; and similarly 6, 65; 12, 395; 13, 178. (For the use of the middle 
 in similar examples, see 147). Ibid. 8, 336 : oi 8' I6vs Tacppoio (ja0flr)s wa-av 
 'Ax'novs, ttut they thrust the Achaeans straight toward the deep trench ; and 
 similarly 13, 193 ; 16,45; 5^9; 17.274. (For the use of the middle in simi- 
 lar examples, see 147.) 
 
 149. RECIPROCAL MIDDLE. As the reflexive may be used 
 for the reciprocal, so the middle, which represents the reflexive 
 relation, may be used to intimate the reciprocal relation. Such 
 verbs are |idxco-9ai, sc bat t re, sich schlagcn, aYwvi(r6ai, 8iaA - Yo-6ai, and 
 many other deponent verbs. 
 
 ev \tpo\ ytvo'fitvoi i^a.\ovro, TllL'c.'. 7, 5, 2 ; Coining to close quarters 
 iliev foug/il, but dAAi]Aois . . . i^a\ovro, 3, 77, 2; They fought one an- 
 other. 
 
 THUC. 7, 5, 2 (see above). 
 
 Hi) I '. 2, 63 : Kff/).iAiu' Tf trvvapd<r(rovTai, T/iev butt one another's heads. 
 AK. PI. 3-9-30: Tpuaft6\ov p.ev ftvfKa a) cr T i t> a e <rd' ( KI'KTTOT' e'i> TT)KK\r)criq, 
 We hustl*' one another ; but Ach. 24-5 : dxrTiovvTai . . . dAA^Aonrt. 
 Soi'H. (). C. 424 : ijs (sc. pd)(')s) vvv ('XWTU.I KurruvaipovTai 8opv.
 
 CATSATIVE MIDDLE 67 
 
 PlNI). C). I. 98 : Taxvras iroftcav e'pifcrat =Ta)((~it rrooVr tplfovrat. 
 
 HES. O. et D. 37 : K\rjpov t8ti<r<rapt0(a). 
 
 HOM. II. 23, 735 : wnir fpf i8( crQuv. .\'o longer press each the other. 
 
 150. CAUSATIVE MIDDI.K. As the active is often used of 
 what one does by an aj^ent, so the middle is used of that which 
 the subject has done for. itself. This is an occasional use of the 
 middle, but it is not a characteristic use, and must not be pressed 
 as differentiating it from the active. 
 
 0p.icrroKXTJs KXeocjxxvrov TOV vibv lirire'a (icv lSi8d|aro dyaBov, Pl.ATO, 
 Men. 93 1) ; Themistoclcs /tad iu's son 1\. taught />> />< <i good horseman, but 
 ibid. 94 B : TOVTOVS . . . lirire'as p*v ^SiSacv ovStvos X *P OV S "AOrjvaiwv. 
 
 PLATO, Meno, 93 D (see above). Protag. 325 H: <>i uyutim nvfifxs . . , 
 
 ra fj.fv a\\ai$ii(TKOVTai TOVS vif'is . . . ra fj.fi> <*X\u a^a TO IT vlfls $18 timcovTai, 
 but 324 D: oj avftpfs ol dyadol TU p.tv <iXXa TOVS UVTWV vlfls 8i$ii(T KOVIT iv, <1 
 &i?iticn<u\u>v f^trat. 
 
 THUG. I, 132. ~ ' tifl TOV Tpitrobii . . . j)t(i)<Tfi> (sc. TIav<ravi(is) fmypii'^a- 
 trOtii avTot I8ia TO (Xtydov To.^f, but ? 3 : T(>J M W ( '^ v f'Xeyeiov m \aKf8atp.6vioi 
 tfKu\aifrav tvdvs Tort . . . KUI tnlypafyav ovo/jLaarl TUS ni'tXfis KTI. 
 
 HD'l'. I, 50: tnoiffTo [sc. K.poi(ros] <^e KH\ \fotnos eticoi/a xpwov (iTtffpdov, 
 Croesus had an image of a lion made for himself out of refined gold. 
 
 AK. Eq. 5 TrX^yas ut'i irpoaTpijUfTai TOIS oiKtrais (see \ - . 64). 
 
 151. ACTIVE AM) REFLEXIVE. Direct reflexive actions are 
 commonly expressed by the active and the reflexive; so, regu- 
 larly, unnatural actions, and actions which circumstances have 
 made unnatural or difficult. 
 
 ^fiavriv tfuXu, DEM. [47]. 73 ; / /<>''<' invself. iiTTi avrov cU TT)V 6dXoT- 
 rav, I)K.M. 32, 6 ; He throws himself into the sea. 
 
 DEM. 32, 6 (see above). [47], 73 (see above). 
 AESCHIN. I, 53 : VK fvovdiTr/a-tv idvruv. 
 
 ISOC. [l], 15: (dlf (TtUVTUV. 2, 29: (dt( (TllVTW. 5, IIS: f6lflV 
 
 a- avTv XP'I- 
 
 I^l.A'ro, Le^. 861 A : fpurup.fi> j]p.as nvriws. Let us <i.d- ourselves. Phaedo, 
 96 A : TroXXfiKii' ffjL.avT()v (ivu> Kara) p.t Tf fi<i\\(>v. rheaet. 14^ ''- 
 
 XKN. An. I, 2, 7: o7T()Tf yvp.vutrai ftnvXoira tavruv it x.u\ Tuvt inntws. 
 Hell. 1,6, 10 : OVK tSvvdftrjv tftavrov irtitrat, I could not persuade myself. 
 
 THUG. 2, 4. 4: (ppf^uv . . . irfpits UVTUV*. 4. 38, 3: ra urrXu Triipi <5o IT a v 
 K(ii cr f/j (1 y avTovt. 
 
 I ll)T. 2, 116: <>i?i(ip.ti (TXXr/ uvcnubivt iotvTuv (SC. "O^/ios). 3, 36: 
 
 KU\ KUTtl\a.fiuvf IT f <t>VT<JV.
 
 68 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 AR. Vesp. 286-7 ' \"\8 auras (Tfavrbv eaSif, Stop gnawing at yourself 
 SO. Ibid. 996: (mupf o-avTov. Ibid. 1213: ^vrXaaov afavrov, Dump yourself . 
 Thesm. 230: e^ drpffMa (TO.VTOV. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 188: Ktippi\^(v avTr]v. Ibid. 250: firaipe aavTTjv. Ibid. 788: 
 fv(ppaive (ravrov. 
 
 SOPH. El. 988: TraiKTov 8f <ravTJ]v. 
 
 AESCHVL. P. V. 748 : epprf epavrvv. 
 
 152. avrbs lavrov. Extreme unnaturalness is expressed by avros avr6v 
 and the like. 
 
 avrbs avrbv 8u<t>0cipev, XEN. Hell. 7, 4, 19; He made away with him- 
 self. 
 
 AESCHIX. 3. -33- KaTaXcXvKCi/ avros TTJV avrou Svvao'Tfiav. 
 
 PLATO, Menex. 243 D: r)/xets 8e avrol f]p.as avrovs /cat fviK^cra^fv Kal 
 
 XEN. Hell. 7, 4, 19 (see above). 
 
 HDT. I, 93- **8t8oCo p t Se aural eajvTas. 
 
 153. MIDDLE WITH REFLEXIVE FORMS. The reflexive relation may 
 be brought out more clearly by adding the reflexive forms to the middle. 
 
 vrrb VVKTO. TT)V <T(i)TT)piav avTois efi\\ov irop i^ecrBat, LVCURG. 7; Under 
 cover of the night they were about to provide safety for themselves. 
 LYCURG. 70 (see above). 
 
 AESCHIN. I, 132: Karaa-KOTrov/jifvos eavruv. 
 
 AXTIPHON, 5, 13: avrbs a-avru> vup.ov 0(/j.evos, Having laid down a law 
 for yourself. 
 
 XEN*. [R. A.] 2, 10: 6 8e 8>]/j.os avros (ivra> i)l Ko8o p. LT(IL i8('a Tra\ai(TTpas 
 
 TToXXuS. 
 
 PlND. O. 13, 53: Mrjbfiav 6f/j.(vav y<ip.ov avrq (~avTa). 
 
 154. Of course when the middle has acquired a special significance 
 this is necessary. 
 
 eavrov . . . Xvo-ao-Oai, ANTIPHON, 5, 63 ; To ransom himself. 
 ANTTPHON, 5, 63 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Protag. 346 B: dvrovs euvrovs irapa^i.v6fl<rBai. 
 COM. 'EavTuv Tifitopovnevos, Self -Tormentor (Title of a play by MKNAN- 
 DER). 
 
 IIo.M. II. 10, 378: fp.f Xva-ofjMi, I will ransom myself. 
 
 155. MIDDLE AND ACCUSATIVE OF THE PART AFFECTED. Of 
 course an accusative of the part affected may be used with the middle. 
 
 TO. fxtTuira KoiTTOvrai fxaxaipTjcri, HDT. 2, 6l ; They gash their fore- 
 hcads with knives.
 
 ACT/I'/-: A\D MIDDLE 69 
 
 HPT. 2, 61 (pee above). 3. 14: fVX/; TI}I> Kpti\>'iv, lit- smote his head. 
 4. 7' : Tpc^fir 'T^fplKf^povT^l^, fipa^iovas iff pirdfivovTai, (tfTuirov KIU 
 piva Kora/ivtrcrovrat. 4- 75 '"' 7'V ^') Aouoi'Tui v&ari TO ntiptinav TO 
 trtSfia. 
 
 Al\. Eccl. 63 t u\ ( i \js <i ft i v rj TO (TaJ^i' JXov. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 245 */' cXi'/i^(io-t Kf>\'^fiifji(i/i>v. 
 
 PlNl>. N. 10, 44 t irif (r<Tiip.f i>tu I>U>TI>I> fiaXaKai&i KpuKiitt. 
 
 H KS. Sc. 243 : Knrti 5* eSpwTTToj/To 7T(i/>fHif. 
 
 HO.M. Od. 6, 224-5 : f '* ir<>T<ip.iw XP'" 1 vitT . . . ti\fj.rji/. 
 II. 18,30-1 : \(pcr\ 8( nCurai \ iTrijdta Trtn\i'iyovTr>. 
 
 156. DKTAILS OF DiFFF.RKNfr. HKTWKKN TIIK ACTIVE ANO THK 
 Mi HOLE. The details of difference between the active and the middle 
 belong to the dictionary. Many of them are conventionally of j^reat im- 
 portance. airo5iSuj(XL is / render, restore, diroSiSop.ai, / sell ; Savci^u is / lend 
 (on interest], Savei^ojxai, / borrow (on interest] ; KixpT]p.i is / lend to use, Kixpa- 
 |iai, / borrow to use, the aorist in use beini; T)-niord(ATjv ; tx 1 " means / lio-'e, 
 ?xo}iai, / cling to; ry^iia signifies 7 married, dit.\'i (of tlie inan\, l-<fr\^.o.^.t\v t 
 I got married, mtpsi (of the woman) ; (ii<r9w is / let, (iKrOovjiai, / hire. There 
 is a long string of differences between iroiciv and iroicl(rdai with verbal 
 nouns in which the active gives the literal side "to fashion," "to bring 
 about," whereas the middle serves to form a periphrasis with the depend- 
 ent substantive for the corresponding verb. So Xoyov TTOULV is to < -omfiose 
 (i speech, XOYOV iroteicrfloi, /<> ninke a spcci/i (\iy(ii>) ; 686v iroiciv is to construct 
 a road, 666v iroieurdai, to make one's way (oSevftv) ; flpijvTjv iroiTia-ai, /(' bring 
 about a peace (between two contending parties), clpiivT)v iroiewrflai, to make 
 peace (with an enemy); vd^ovs nfltvai, to l>c a j/o^o^'r;4-, to be a lawgi~'er 
 (for those who desire legislators), vdjiovs Ti0<r6ai, to make laws for one's 
 own state. Regularly t^X^o-iav TTOUIV, to coni'oke an assembly. 
 
 A few examples by way of illustration are given here. 
 
 ISOC. 6, I : TocravTrjv rre Trot 17/1 at ~>)v fjLiTaf$a\i)v. 
 
 A.ND. 3, I : oYi p.iv dpi'iVTjv iroifltrdai Siicaiav tifitivov ttrriv <) TToAf^ifTv. 
 3, 2: o $ijp.t>s It \6rjvaiu>v dprfVTfv eTrotJ/craTO irpiis \aKtSaiftoviovs. 
 
 1'l.Alo, Lach. 1 80 C : Vr<a~$<i (!i rcu- ftiaTpifttis iruiuvfitvov. 
 XK\. An. /, 6, 41 : rdirn iiiriifttifJiU'ns VT( 2ft' ^.v liiribittKfv <H"T( tjn'iv Til 
 ^tyi'i'ifjifi'ti . . . *iv uvv (r<a(f)pov}p.(V, (i>p(0a avTtiv. 
 
 THt'C. I, 4O, 2 '. MTTlf fJil) T01V &tttp.(VIHS . . . TTiiX (pill' (ij'T* tpl')VI)f TT ill ']- 
 IT f I, bllt Jt '7- - : t;VV( \d)l>(lT<> UXTTf (I tKtlTffKii TTdXt'^O) tlT^HV U1TOOHVTUS rijlf 
 f I pi] vr) V 7T<H(l(T0(ll. 
 
 Hl>T. 7,42: (irniffTii fti T>H> I'ibuv. 8,40: ^ni'X/i' . . . triHt'ftrntrffni ( .i<n<- 
 \(Vir(itrfttn). 8, 74: TJ/rrt cr/nri n'< t\iri(nvTfS i\\<ip'^ftrftin (act. to 
 itf>on\, .\ot expecting to nnike a brilliant ;<< ord with t/tcir sliips.
 
 70 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 AR. Ach. 830: r xoipi'Si' aTj-e'Sov, JVw sold the pigs, but Vesp. 1128: 
 a7rf'Soo(c(a) . . . ra> Kva(f)(l rptwJoXw, I paid t lie fuller three obols. Lys. 
 1056-7: OOTIJ ac . . . $av f icrrjr a i . . . p.1] aTroS&j, hut Pax, 374' 8ai>(i(rov 
 rpis 8pa\nus. 
 
 AESCHYL. fr. 13 : o-ol /ier yafifla-dai fj.opcrip.ov, yapf'tv 5' c'/zoi'. 
 
 AXACR. fr. 86 : Km 0d\ap.o$, (v TU> Kfivos oiiK tyrjp.fi> oXX' fyijp.aro. 
 
 '1 HKOGN. 3- <'XX' otfl TO>V ayudwv e'^fo. 
 
 Ilo.M. Od. 14, 393: dXX' <"ye i/tf p! t rp^v TTOIJ] cru pf 6(a). Ibid. 21,70-1 : 
 ovdf nv ii\\j)v | ^jivdov Troiij a~d <rda i ( ' TT i (?x ( " ' ^ ** e Svvacr0e. 
 II. 7> 2 : Zeuj Se 6tu>v dyopfjv Troiijtraro repTTiKepavvos. 
 
 Passive Voice 
 
 157. The Passive Voice denotes that the subject receives 
 the action of the verb. 
 
 TpaTos <rvv\T]4)Ori, AXDOC. I, 13; Polystratos was arrested. 
 o TTJS iroXetos . . . KOO-JJ.OS . . . avvTopaTTtTai, l)KM. 25, 19; The constitution 
 of the state is disturbed. ereBuTo TO. Upd, AxTIPHOX, I, 17. aTre^epero K 
 TOV 8cr,ia)TT)piov TtCveois, LYS. 12, 1 8. Xe-yeTai, DKM. 24.. 212; // is said. 
 
 8i8ao-KTai. avOpiuiros, PLATO, Meno, 87 C, which is actively expressed by 
 avOp-jTros |iav0dvei, PLATO, Soph. 262 C. 
 
 158. INSTRUMENT, MEANS, OR CAUSE. With the passive, 
 the instrument, means, or cause is expressed by the dative or by 
 a prepositional phrase, for which see Prepositions. 
 
 Datirc : 
 
 Xi9o) TreirX-nYfxe'vos, AR. Ach. 1218; Struck with a stone. 
 <r6-f)v<u, THLX. 2, 21, I. Xi[Ato 8ia4>9apT)vai, TllUC. 3, 57, 3 ; To perish of (by, 
 'with) hunger. 
 
 DEM. 23, 156: \r}<\>6ii<jrrai ... rw ... Xi^w. 55, 30: p.tyu\ms \i0ois 
 
 a.TT()LKO?><>fJLT)dtl>TOS. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 469 E : ols w (sc. \i0ms) ^rjdwai. Tim. 38 K : fifa-^ols T 
 
 XEN. An. 2. 3, I : (3ao-i\fvs f^cTr\ayrj rfj e(j^o8(a. 
 
 FHUC. I, 126, 8: rpv\6fjtfvoi TIJ trpoatbpfia. 2, 21, i (see above). 3, 57, 
 3 (see above). 7,47, 2 : i/oo-w . . . tViefoKTo, They were pinched with sickness. 
 
 Hl)T. I, 34: atxp-'l (TibypfT) ff\T)6evTa. 1,41 : (rv/j.(f)t>p>/ TTfTrX^y^n/oi/. 
 
 AK. Ach. 1218 (see above). Nub. 24: t'iff (giKonrjv npoTfpw rw o(f)t)d\nbv 
 \idu>. Vesp. 1296: eyo) 5 fiTrdXcoXa arijjo/ifi'of (3aKTT)pia. 
 
 AF.SCHVL. P. V. 237 : KI^OV/IUTI Kap.Trrop.ai, I am bowed with t/irills of 
 anguish. Sept. 607 : TrX^yeir ^foG ^drrrtyt, Smitten with god's scourge. 
 
 PlN'D, Pi j> 4^ i TToXlft) ^(iX/CO) /^ f Xr/ T(Tp(iip.(VOl,
 
 AGE.\'r OF THE PASSIVE 71 
 
 HOM. Od. 10, 53- : t(T<t>ayfiiva v^Xt'i xXca>. 
 11.8,455- TrX^yt'iTf Ktpavvt*. 
 
 159. Ar.KNT. The agent of the passive is put in the geni- 
 tive with VTTO. 
 
 oi . . . Tvpawot . . . VTTO AaKcSaifioviuv KQT\vCTj<rav, Tni'C. I, I 8. I ; I vrants 
 were abolished l>v the Lacedaemonians. 
 
 DEM. 21, 36: t'TTo IIoXvijJ"T/Xou TT\tjy^>ni. 2 1 , 74 : iyu (V iV' (\flfiov . . . i'.tyi- 
 ('>fjLrjv. [47l- '5- tir\riYt s I ' l7r tpov- 54- 33 : l ' l( />' "^ 7 f irp<artw T (~\i,yr]v <aii 
 ia-tf u^pi'o-^^f. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 217 E : Yt 8e TO roC ^^Bivrns im> TOV fxi>s Trudus KUJJ. (x^ 1 - 
 XKN. An. 1.3- Io: vofiifct VTT' f/uof' fi^iKrj<rd(ii. 
 THl'C. I, 1 8, I (see above). 4, 12, I : uixKt'inrfvTro TOJJ/ '\0ijvaiw. 
 
 HUT. I. 35 tf\T)\a[l.fVOS . . . V7TO TOV UtlTfJl'lS. 
 
 AK. Av. 285 : t'Tro Ttaf crvKtifyavTtov riXXtTdt. 
 SoPH. Ai. 164 vno TotnvTutv tii>8f)u>i> flopvfifj. 
 PlND. N. 2, 2O-2 : XX Kopivdiwv VTTU (puiTtov . . . uterta <TT)uvai 
 
 HOM. Od. 9, 66 : KIKUI/COI/ vno 8r)u>6cvTts. 
 II. 13. 6j5~6 : 8r)iuoi>Tu Xcioi ITT' Apytuov. 
 
 For the so-called Dative of tlic Agent with the Passive and with 
 Verbals, see Dative. 
 
 160. Other prepositions than I'TTO are sometimes used with special 
 verbs and in special authors. 
 
 IK, out of, often in poetry and in Herodotus; in Attic prose with the 
 notion of emanation from a source. 
 
 i: TG>J/ * f^io n^a-^vr^v. 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 171 B: f' anavTuv . . . d^Ltr^TinrfTai. 
 
 XEN. An. I, I, 6 : TniXm- . . . V ftacn\i<i)s 8f8ofiivai, Cities a gift of the 
 king's. 
 
 THUC. I, 20, 2 : (< TUIV wft(>ro>i' (T<\>(<TI.V 'imria p.(p,r)vv<rd(n, " That infor- 
 mation had been conveyed to Hippias from the body of their fcllaw-conspira- 
 tors." Sliilleto. 
 
 HUT. 3,62: TII fWeraX/icVa '*c rov Ndyov, The orders ^iven of, by the 
 Magus. 
 
 Ho.M. II. 2, 668-9: i(\>(\T]Qtv | ('K Aidf, They were lin>ed of Zeus. 
 
 161. itpfaybefore (comp. Hn^l. " from before "). 
 
 DEM. 29. 2O: ft ... ^ir) TTi>iiwfi.o\i>yT)Ti> npos Tovft' t\(v0(fios (it>at.* 
 
 I Vi(J. I. ut/, l'ra|>. I), d. att. Kciln., \>. 155.
 
 72 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 XEN. An. 1,9, 2O : <f)t\ovs yt p.r)v . . . o/jLoXoydrai Tvpbs TrdvTan> KpaTtcrros &T) 
 y(V(a-0ai Oepantiitu', He is acknowledged on all hands, etc. 
 
 HDT. 8, 1 1 1 : "Avdpioi . . . aiTrjdfVTfs Ttpbs Qffi.icrTOK\eos xp^H JLaTa VK f8o<rav. 
 
 AR. Nub. 1 1 22 : Trpbs IHLUIV oia TrdcrfTiu KCIKU. 
 
 EUR. Med. 255-6: t>/3piop.ai | npbs di>8pos, et sim.alib. 
 
 SOPH. El. 790 : Trpbs Ttjo-8' vtfpiCj) p.rjrp6s, et sim. alib. 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 767 : >? irpbs 8d/j.apTos ff-avioTarat Qpovwv; 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 25-6 : Trevdos 8e Trtri/ei j3apv \ Kpfarcrovuiv Trpbs dyadiav. 
 
 HoM. II. 6, 56-7 ' % vol tipio-ra TTfiroirjTai Kara OIKOIS \ npbs Tpuxov. I I, 831 : 
 Ta ere nporl (fxiaiv 'A^tAXrJo? 8e8i8ii^6ai. 
 
 162. irapd, " on the part of," chiefly with verbs of giving, taking, send- 
 ing. 
 
 E)EM. 21, 170 : TOVTOIS yap 81} /xryifrrcu 8(SovTai 8a>p(ai Trap' vp.u>v- 
 
 XEN. An. i, 9, i : Trapa ndvruiv op-oXoyelrat, // is acknowledged on all sides. 
 
 H()M. II. Ij. 121 2 : fv6a K' ert p.e i<i)V re /cat dpya\fd)T(pos a'AXos' j Trap Albs 
 ddavdroicri ^6Xor KU\ p.i]vis (rv^drj. 
 
 163. Sid, t/iroitgh (of the mediator), a post-Homeric construction. Nev- 
 er to be confounded with 8ui w. ace. 81' (xe <ri9Tis, CTK.SIAS ap. DEM. 
 [PHAL.] 213 ; Thanks to me, it is owing to tne that, you were saved. 81' cjioO 
 ((ruQrfi, Through me you were saved. A. J. P. xi (1890), 372. 
 
 ISOC. Ep. 4, 2 : f^ov\op-rjv uv avrbv (rvcrradr^vaL croi fit r/p.(av, I should have 
 preferred that he had been commended to you through us (me). 
 
 AR. Eq. 76: Stu o-ou raura iravra Trfpi/arat, Through you all these things 
 are sold. 
 
 164. diro, Lat. ab, found chiefly in Thuc. 
 
 THUG. 1,17: (rrpd^dr) Tf an' avrutv ovfttv fpyov dw\nyov, A'fl considerable 
 deed was performed by them. (Some uniformitarians would write VTTO). 
 
 165. \nr6 with the dative revives the plastic " under"-sense, and is poeti- 
 cal. 
 
 HOM. II. 13, 668 : VTTO Tpwfo-o-i Sa/iiyj/ai, To be quelled beneath the miglit 
 of the Trojans. 
 
 166. INTERCHANGE OF INSTRUMENT AND AGENT. When 
 the instrument is considered as an agent or the agent as an in- 
 strument the construction is reversed. The former construction, 
 which rests on personification, is very common ; the latter in prose 
 is confined chiefly to military phrases, for which see Dative. 
 
 aXio-Kfrai vnro TptTJpous, DEM. 53], () ', He is captured bv a trireme. Vjva-yica- 
 O-^CLL viirb TUV ytyivr\\Ltvtav TOVTOV Ka-nrj-yopciv, L^ S. I 2, 3 ; / have been compelled 
 by what has happened to undertake to prosecute this man.
 
 PERMISSIVE PASSIVE 73 
 
 DFM. 6, 8. 8, 71 : oi>8t npot))(ffr]v odd' imo Ktp&ovs ovff vno (f)i\r>rtp.ias. 2O, 
 1 66 : VTTO rfjs . . . Kpavyijs Kut (jius icai uvaicrxvvrias. 23. 143 : 'fStVWr' uv vno rnv 
 i'^(T(pov TJfr)(pia-fjLaTOS. [43J.72: ri TTOT' wfffff I'jftus iriiff^fiv iv rta nap(\T)\vdtiTi 
 \puv<a VTTO rovrtav Km vno rr;y vrfpfus rtjs TOVTW. (53], 6 (sec above). 55, 30 : 
 8i((pdapiJ.fvoi> (masc.) VTTO JXHTOII. 
 
 AESCHIN. I, 42.90. 3, 2l8 : OVK (ti><iyK(i(>p.vos vnu Tqs (v rfi (pv(Td ftantivrjf. 
 
 L\'S. i,49 : i" 7 ''-' r ^> v vupuiv . . . (vtSpfi/ftrdai. 12, 3 (sec above). 
 
 PLATO, Hpb. 609 E : ino rtjs ru>v (Tirlutv Trovrjpiiis . . . OVK ou>p.ft)a 8dv (TwfjLa 
 aTToXX vcrflai. 
 
 XEN. Conv. 2, 26 : ou f3ia6p.(vo<. 11770 T<W nlvnv ^fOvfiv. Occ. 16, 14 : ovftap.<!>? 
 &i> ftaXXov i] p.iv v\r) . . . avaivoi.ro vnu rov Kavparos, t'j fit yij OT&>TO Lira TOV fjXiov. 
 
 THUG. I, 76, 2: V7TO TU>V [JLfyi&TWV VlKrjdtVTtS, TlfJitJS Kill 8i<WS Kill J>0fA(VlS". 
 
 I, 126, lo: vTrii ToO Xt/zoC, but 3, 57> 3 : Xi^oi. 7' ^y, 2 : 6 fi Niiaar IITTO rtov na- 
 
 pOVTU>l> (KTTfTT\r)y[J.(Vl>S. 
 
 HDT. 8, 129: bi((p6iipr]<Tav VTTO rfjs 6(i\ii(Tcrr]s. 
 
 AR. Ach. 18: (8i]xdr)v viru KOVIUS TUS u<ppi>s, My eyebrows were bitten by 
 lye. 
 
 SOPH. Tr. I 104: Tv(p\r]s IITT" arrfs (KTTfTropdrjfjini. 
 
 PlND. C). 2, 21 : (trXiav ylip vno ^apfiariav iri]^n QviurKfi (I7 1 )- 
 
 HOM. Od. 5. 393 fJ-fyuXov inro KvfjLUTos apdtis.* 
 
 167. PERMISSIVE PASSIVE. The passive is sometimes used in a per- 
 missive sense. 
 
 fi ITOIOV<TIV ; . . . ov KaTaXiirovrt s TT)V ^upav . . . tpxovro, . . . a\X' I TT o X i o p- 
 KOVVTO, LYCURG. 85 ; IV hat did they do? . . . T/uy suffered themselves /i> be 
 besieged. 
 
 LYCURG. 40: yvvdiKas . . . dvai<i)s ciiirwi/ KU\ rfjs TrdXtcof o p a) p. t v n y. Ibid. 
 85 (see above). 
 
 XEN. R. L. I,5' fQn** y f 'P al8(l<Tdat p.tv (laiuvrn o(pdrjvai, mStla-dai fi' 
 
 A R. Ach. 408-9 : r/XX' tKK VK\ /; drjr'. EYP. oXX* afivi/aroi/. AIK. aXX' o/iaiv. 
 | EYP. aXX t KKVK\?I (ro fiat Karafiaivtiv 8' ov tr^oXj}. Nub. 494 ( l )f p '<^<>, rt 
 fipar, iyj/ Ti's cr 
 
 168. FUTURE MIDDLE IN A PASSIVE SENSE. The future 
 
 middle and the future passive are coincident as to form in the 
 earlier language, 3 and even in prose the future middle is often 
 used as a future passive. 
 
 As the subsequent future passive forms were developed on the basis 
 
 1 See also A. J. I'. \i (1885), 487-8. 
 
 3 In fact, there is only one distinctly future passive form in Homer, mytiatalttit, 
 11. 10, 365.
 
 74 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 of the passive aorists in -r?i> and -6rjv, they naturally incline to the aoristic 
 sense, and this aoristic sense becomes more distinct when the future middle 
 is used as a passive. Hence the contrasted groups. 
 
 DURATIVE. AORISTIC 
 
 /3/\a7rrai, / hurt. /3\a\l/o[iai /3Xa/3i/<ro/xai 
 
 rip.au>, I honor. r(/u'/cro/ii Ti/(//0;)(To//ai 
 
 <i}<pt\iw, I help. tiH/>tA//<To^(ai fei^fXj/^/'/o-o/uu 
 
 c>i\oaj, I matiijcst. (J^XwtrtTai ?>i\w9iiatTai 
 
 It is to be noted, however, that consistency in this distinction requires 
 considerable alteration of texts, and that even in the most careful authors 
 such distinctions may lie dormant, just as synonyms lie dormant. Of 
 course, in poetry metre must be allowed to have a certain sway. 1 
 
 6 UIKCUOS jiao-Ti-y licrerai, <TT p e P X <o ere TO. i, 8e8t]crTai, KKa\)6i^creTai TiL- 
 4>8a\;j.u>, TtXevToiv iravTa KO.KO. iraOuv dva<rx''v8v\v0T](reTai, PLATO, Rpb. 361 K 
 
 362 A. 
 
 DEM. 18,144* fttyo^.' ii)^>fX7/<reo'$e Trpos laropinv ru>v KOIVOJV. -l,jO'.Tols 
 adiKrjcrop.evoi.s (masc.). 23,110: no\fp.r]crfTM. 115- dftiKr/trfTai, [52], I I : >;- 
 /^(wcro/zfu. 57- 37 : KtlL Tavra p. aprvp i](T( rat. 
 
 ANDOC. I, 7- : TOLavTrjv UTToXoyidv TTfpl CIVTOV Troirjcro/j.a.1, oirov /xr) TTtidcov p.fv 
 vfj.as (tiros rj p.ia>cro/j.a t, Trci'cras 8e KTS. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 521 E: Kpivovpai yup wy eV TrntSioiS' larpos ai> KpivniTo KCI- 
 
 njyopovvTos tymroiov. Rpb. 361 E-3&2 A (see above). Tim. 57 E : TO . . . KL- 
 
 Vt](r6fi.f vov . . . TOV KivrfCT onivov. 
 
 XEN. Conv. 7, 5 : fi><f>pavfl(r6f. Cyr. I, 5, 9- wr . . . f v([>pavovp.f vm. Ibid. 
 8,7,15: Tis 8' aXXor Tip.rj(TfTat 81' uvftpa fieya ^vva^fvov OVTUIS u>s d8e\(f)6s ; 
 Hiero, 9, 9: n/ir;creTai. 
 
 THUC. 1,68,3: 7Tt>\ffiijiTovTni. 1,81,4: /SXa^o/tiftfa. 2,87,9: TipfitrovTai. 
 3, 40, 3: ^rjfjuuxreTat. 8 : {rjfj.iuxTofJ.fvov (masc.). 7, 4^- 5 ^^epf'urBai. 67, 3 : 
 o>0eX^(7orr(zi. 
 
 HOT. 3, 132: TOVS j\lyvTTTi.ovs ITJTpOVS flt\\ovTas livaa Ko\uTTif icrdai 
 
 . tppV(T(lTO. 
 
 AK. Ach.409: <iXX' ' KKu/cXf/rro/idi (see 167). 
 
 EUR. Andr. 708: d p.r/ (pBtprj r/Jo-S' wf T(.'I\I(TT two oreyrjs. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. I I 54-5 : aij/fywTTf, p.!] ft/Hi TOVS- T(0i>t]Ki'>-<is KIIKOIS | ft yup nou'j(Tfit, 
 i(r6i n-rjp.avovp.fvos. O. R. 272: (f)dfpf'i(r()<u. 
 
 PlN'D. P. 4, IO-I : (f)upi yap . . . 'Ejni<j!>oto Kopav \ ii<TT(u>v plfriv <pvTfvcr(- 
 trdai. 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 123: Trap' (1/j.p.i (j)L\ rjCTf at. 
 
 1 Cf. SOPH. O. C. 581-2 : TTOI<I> (sc. xpi'n>t(>) yap '/ at] Tfpocripopd dijKwatTai ; | oray 
 0di'u> 'yiij, where Si)\wairai is clearly aoristic, with Time. I, 144, 2 : tKHi'u . . . Kit) iv 
 u\\i)> Xi'iyifi tifj.a ro?t tpyoir CijXtiiOijatrat, where Ci)\watrui might be justified by the 
 jjlural
 
 PASSIVE 01- MIDDLE VERBS 75 
 
 II. 12,66: u6i Tpto&f crda i ouu. 14. 481 : >8f unraurt vir6( icai fyi- 
 s. 24,728-9: np\v yap miXu fj8( KUT "tKptjs | rrt 
 
 169. AORIST PASSIVE FOR AORIST MIDDLE. And on tin- 
 other hand the passive aorist is often used to the exclusion of 
 the aorist middle ; ^pdo^v, I fell in lore (was enamored}, iSw^v, 
 / could (IMS enabled], l$o\>\rfii\v, / mould (was decided], hropvfr]v, / 
 proceeded (was forwarded).' 
 
 The following is a list of the most important of these verbs : 
 alStiffdui, itfjuXXuo-dai, dpvdcrdai, <i^dr6(ii, f$ov\t<r0ai, Sflcrdm, 8ia\iyfcr6ai, 
 Siavoricrdai, Bvvatrffat, (viii'Tioiicrdai, (vdvfj.fta'dai, iwotlo'&ai, (mp.fXfla'dai, tpav, (v- 
 \aftficrdai, ijftfO'dai, oif&Oai, Tropfixcrdaij TTpodvufitrdai, (pi\OTi/j.tl(Tdat. 
 
 170. PASSIVE OF MIDDLE VERBS. The passive serves on 
 occasion as the passive of the middle as well as the passive of 
 the active, pia^oftai, / sitjfcr I'ioh-.ncc (I ant forced] : a4>aipoCfu, / am 
 robbed; ^pt'OTjv, I was chosen. Not so, however, in Homer. 
 
 DEM. 28, 14. OITOS 8( Km fjLfTairf nCpdr/vai (piirrKiov viro TOV Trarpos (cf. ibid. : 
 
 fl(Tf\6fll> (JifV OV (prj(Tll> MS T0l> fl f T (I 7T f JJ. \^ U fj. ( V O I/). 
 
 LVS. 13, 23 : tirfibr) . . . TOVTO TO \^///ji(T/ia ' \JSTJ f}>i crdt], Kartp^ovrat . . . oi a l- 
 pt BivTf s TUV fiov\(VTu>v. Ibid. 29: t'^fT)(f)ia'&i). 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 755 ^ ' Tp'" f3ov\iji> j')[]<r0ai. 77 -^ .7p'?*' Tal ^* hf-' iv 
 
 XEN. Conv. 2, 26 : ov /3tafo/if voi (l66). Mem. 3, 2, 3 : /SdtrtXfi? alpdra t 
 ov\ "iva tavrov (caXco? firifJ,f\rjTai, XX" iva KT(. (cf. iln<i. : (rrparffyovt aipov irat). 
 
 THUC. 7,77' 3- diro^uvrtas rj8r) TfTip.a>pi] p.f du. 
 
 HlJ'I'. I,7 O: Tti^a 8e av Kcii ol d7ro8t'ip.(voi. Xf'yoif v . . . a>r dirti ip f ftt ir/ an v 
 vno ^.iip.Ui)i> [cf. il>itf. : Xf'yovcrt ws . . . afj-ioi OTTeXoinTo airov (sc. TOV Kprfrqpa)], 
 
 AR. Nub. 758: ft crot ypii(poiTi> . . . Sitr] (cf. 1481-2 : <ir' aiVoiv ypiKprjv | 
 $i(t)Kud<i) ypa^ftifitvos). 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 1073 : (K (TOV ftia^nvrai rdfif. 
 
 171. ACTIVE SERVING AS A PASSIVE. Intransitive verbs of 
 passive signification are construed as passives. So airoflvrjo-Ku is 
 regularly used as the passive of uTTOKreti'M, t\i -n-derxw of v Trotw, 
 
 OLKOVUI of Xeyo), iriTTTu of {3<i\\(i}, ^tvyw of oi(i)Kd). 
 
 inrb 8i TOV iarpov 4>d<rKuv aurov airoPavtiv, A.NIll'HON, 4y 51 Allfgfng 
 
 1 See further Ulass, Rh. Mus. 47 (1892), 269 <)o. 
 
 9 The form, though not distinctively passive at first, became distinctively passive, 
 and hence a passive conception is often possible.
 
 76 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 him to have been killed by his physician. tKiriirTov<riv ol AaKuvurrai, XEN. 
 Hell, i, i, 32; The Laconizers are cast out. ol "Afrrjvaioi . . . -n-pd-y p-arci 
 clx ov ^ Iro T "> v XTIOTWV, XEN. Hell. 5, i, 5 ; The Athenians were harassed 
 by the pirates, ev irdo-xovo-a (sc. yn) v iroiet, XEN. Oec. 2O, 14; -Land, 
 when well treated, treats you well. 
 
 DEM. [49]' * : 4>fvytl vvv VTT' e'/ioC TavTr/v Ti]v 8tKrjv. 
 
 ANTlPHON,4y 5: unodavdv (see above). 5,48: ov8' OVTOI air o6vjj a K ov- 
 er IV V7T CIVTUV TU>V TTpOCT^KOVfUIV. 
 
 PLA'J'O, Apol. 35 D: da-ffifias (ptvyovra VTTO MeX^rov TOVTOVI. Hipp. Mai. 
 304 E : (TvuftifirjKf 8rj p.oi ... KCIKOJS p.tv v(p' vp.u>v aKoveiv Kal 6vfi8itcr6ai, KO- 
 KUIS & {ITT' (Ktivov. 
 
 XEN. Hell. I, I, 32 : eWiVroucrt> (see above). Ibid. 5, I, 5 : irpay^ara d^ov 
 
 (see above). Oec. 20, 14 : ev vrao-^ovo-a (see above). 
 
 THUG. I, 2O, 2 : "iTrnap^ov OIOVTCII v(f)' 'App.o8iov Kal 'ApicrroyeiYoi/oj rvpavvov 
 ovra aTrodavflv (cf. ibid.: 'imrupxto Trfptru^oire? . . . drr fKreivav). 3, 58,4: 
 a.TTo6av<jvTa s inrb Mt)8b)v. 
 
 HDT. 4- I2 5 opiov-es /cat TOVS ofiovpovs (pevyovras IITTO 'SlKvdeaJv Kal rtra- 
 payp.ti>nvs. 8, 1 6 : 6 yap Afp(a> crrpaTos . . . avros VTT ecouToC e'TTtTrrc. 
 
 AR. Ach. 167-8: rairrl Trepifided' . . . Truer ^ovra p.t ... Kal raiiff 1 vrr* av- 
 8pu>i> j3ap,3up(i)i> ; 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 21 : eVXd>i> yap IITTO ^fipparcoz/ 7rijp.a OvqcrKti. 
 
 HOM. II. I, 242-3 ' fVT tlV TToXXol i(p' "EKTOpOS . . . \ 6l>1](TK OVTf S 7T L7TTUXT I. 
 
 3, 6 1 : or T da iv Sta 8ovpos in (Ivfpos. 3, 128 : (Tracr^ov. 6, "4 dve^Tjcrav. 13, 
 796 : ('0-1. 16, 519: ftapvdd. 17, 428: TTr6vTos. 616: u>\(af 6vp.i>v. 21,22-3: 
 cos 8' VTTO SeX(p(j/os . . . l^dvfs a'AAot | (pfvyovTfs TnpTrAatrt fjiv^nvs KTf. 
 
 172. Note that the element of the disagreeable enters into most of 
 these verbs, so that the intransitive construction is an evasion of respon- 
 sibility. (Z Trao-^w and (v (\KOVO) merely serve to match /ca/cws Trao-^co and 
 KIKWS aKovca. Cf. A. J. P. vii (1886), 42, Note 2. 
 
 173. PASSIVES OF INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Passives of intransitive 
 verbs are rare, ovos verai, PROVERB ; A donkey in the rain. 
 
 Isoc. 11,22: 8iaKfKiv8vvfvp.fvois (papp.uKOLs (ris/i\' medicines) xpu>p.('vr)v. 
 
 ANT. 5- 75 'V &)f ^ ovv K( Ktvftwf vcre rai. pcriclitiitmn crit. 
 
 THUG. 3- -3' 5 '/ vv^ . . . virov i<f)o/j. vrj TTO\V TO v8u>p tv '""'",'/ eVfJroi^Kft, 
 The snmuincss of the night had caused a rise in tJic water. 
 
 Ill)T. 2, 22 : fl t](i6vie, vtro av -Him ra ^copi'a, //" t/iere were any snow- 
 fall, these parts would have ruin on them. 3. 10: vcr^ritrav yap H/],iai at At- 
 yinrrtai . . . i>v yap ^/} vf rat ra tiva> TTJS AtyvTrrou TO mtpi'mav. 
 
 PIND. C). 10, 76 : ufiftfTu 8f irav Ttptvos, The whole grove was full of song. 
 . Od. 6, I 31 : oj r (sc. Xe'w^) da-' iiup-fvos.
 
 IMPERSONAL PASSIVE 77 
 
 174- PASSIVE OF VERBS THAT TAKK A GENITIVE OR DA- 
 TIVE. An active verb may be turned into the passive, even if 
 it takes a genitive or a dative. But there are limits. 
 
 OV'TI Si airciXov|iai, aXX' TJ&TJ dirciXw aXXois, XKN. Conv. 4. 31 : / tini no 
 longer threatened, but tint tunt' threatening others. Ipvv rfjs Yv* 1 * 111 ^ avre- 
 parai, Ibid. 8, 3 ; LOT.' ing his wife, he is loi'ed fate A again. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 4/3 7 : ^ 8"S K<irT}yopoip.ai (but 2# 10: a Kartjyopr)' 
 rai p.ov). 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 273 C : dirutv ovvravra KaTppovt)0Tiv vir mvdiv. Lnch. 
 181 B : (iraivfl vir' uv8p<0>v diu>v iriffTfiittrtiai. Rpb. 556 C-D : Cmv . . . prj- 
 
 Kara<f)pov>VTai oi TTf'vtjTfs vno TWI> Tr\ovai<t>v. 
 
 XEN. Conv. 4, 31 (see above). Ibid. 8, 3 (see above). Hicro, i F, 1 1 : ou 
 (pi\oio (ivi (iXX (cat (pu>o VTT af^coTrooi/. ll'id. II, 15: fv8atftovS>v yiip ov 
 
 i')(r f i. 
 
 EUR. I. A. 1093-4: 5' (iptra KaTCrtTKrBfv Qvarois li^fXt'iTai. 
 SOPH. O. R. Ill : (K(f)(vy(i $f T(ifj.( Xo ii/j.f t>ot>. 
 
 175. The verb must take the dative without an intervening outer ob- 
 ject. So in 8i86vai TT\OVTOV rol? EXXijtrii/i Ak. Pax, 1321, TiHy"l'.\\t)<riv cannot 
 be turned into the subject of the passive. Rare is such a construction as 
 ava(TTr l <ravT(S 8e avrovs oi . . . (TriTfTpupp.t'i'OL TIJV 0uXaK]7i/, THUC. I, 126, II, 
 where we should expect ois fireTtrpaTrro '/ (pvhuKt'i. rt]v (pv\(iKt]v is a inunncr 
 of inner object. 
 
 176. IMPERSONAL PASSIVE OF VKRBS C.OVKRMXO AN Oni.Kjri-: 
 CASE. The impersonal construction which is the rule in Latin is rare in 
 Greek. 
 
 ANTIPHON, I.3i: fpm p.tv ovv 8f5i//y;r(jt Kin ftffiofidrjTat TM < rt > TtBviuni 
 Kd\ Tto vtipui. Ibid. 2/1 13 : *</>' "tf KdTTjyopflTai poi 1 (V. 1. KarijyofiftTf). 
 
 XEN. Vect. I, I : voftifav, ft TOVTO yivoiro, ... T// ... TTfvia airwv tniKf- 
 
 KOVpf)tT dill (if. 
 
 THUG. 5, 49, 2 ; dvTf\(yov pi] ftiKiitais rrfywv KaraSfSiKUffBai, T/it'y main- 
 tained that thev had not been justly condemned, but (CHTinVS. is probably mid- 
 dle : they had not justly condemned them. See Classen. 
 
 177. DEPONENT VERHS. The deponent is a middle form 
 which has no active. y'Y vo f xat > /" become^ get, efdofiai, / behold. 
 
 On the passive aorists of these verbs, see 169. 
 
 178. PASSIVE <] I) ETON]-: NTS KXI-RKSSI-.D i;v I'KKIIMIRASIS. 
 The passive of deponents is often expressed by periphrasis. 
 
 So especially outside of tin- passive form (1 aor. pass.). Familiar 
 
 is alriav ?x uv ^ s pUSSlVC of alrid<r6ai.
 
 78 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 vavs alriav e\ovTs -rrpoSowai, Hyp. pro Eux. I ; Being accused of hav- 
 ing betrayed ships, 
 
 Hyp. pro Eux. i (see above). Ibid. 31 : TCOJ/ yap KaT^yoprj6tvT(jiv TO fif) 
 
 \a(3ov dnoXoyiav VTTO T;/ opyjj TU>I> diKaarutv KaraXfiTTfTai. 
 
 DF.M. 18, 200: TT/joSe&coKe'j/at irdvras av f(r\ev (SC. r; TroXts) alriav, 
 
 Lvs. 11, 10: tl . . . air lav f'x oi - 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 565 B: alriav 8i) fV^oi/ vno T(OI> fTtpatv . . . a>s eVi/Sov- 
 
 \fVOV(Tl TO) Sf^W. 
 
 THUC. 2,4I> 3- M" 1 ' 7 / yup r <>>v vvv aKorjs KpfLaawv f's nelpav f'p^erat. J, 
 
 N. 1265-6: eya> 8e . . aidovs ov8(p.Lijs eru^oi/. 
 H()M. Od. 2, 136-7 vf^fCTLS 8i p.oi ( dvdpuTTcav ecrcrerai. 
 
 II. 7, 409-10: 0ftSw . . . yiyv(T(aL~). 22, 243-4: /i^Sf rt 8ovpu>v terra 
 
 179. RECIPROCAL EXPRESSIONS. Reciprocal relations are 
 expressed by forms of a\\Tj\<av, for which the reflexive is not 
 infrequently substituted. 
 
 irpos fiv -y^p CKCIVOVS (ACT' aXXt^Xtov ep.ax'o-avTO, ircpl 8e rav-rqs irpbs tr<|)as 
 avTous eiroXe'fiTjcrav, Isoc. I o, 53 ; Tliey fought against them in alliance ivith 
 one anotlier, but made war for her against (tJiemselves) one another. 
 
 Isoc. 10, 53 (see above). 
 
 L\"S. 3, 40 : fl "ipa 7T6/j( 7rai8<av f(pL\oviKt'](rafj.(v r/^fTj Trpor riXA^Aoiiy. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 237 C' ovrf yap tavrois ovre aXXyXots opuXoyoiHTiv. 
 a^f. 322 13: rjftiKow aXXi^Xous. 
 
 XEN. An. I, 2, 27 (Tvvfyevovro riXXi/Xoi?. Ibid. I, 10,4- Oifff^ov (iXX/^Xwi' 
 . . . OK TpiuKovra errciSta. Ibid. 3, 2, 5 : fStbKa/nei' mil e'Xd/3o/iei/ Trtcrru ^7} TrpoSco- 
 o"etf (i A X y X o f y. 
 
 For additional examples, see the lexica. 
 
 1 80. Reciprocal Reflexive: 
 
 Isoc. io, 53 (sec 179). 
 
 ANDOC. 3, I I : i\pi]vr] yap Kal <nrov?>a\ TTO\V $ia(f)(pnvm (T(f)u>v avrwv. 
 
 1 8 1. Reciprocal and Reflexive in Contrast; 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 237 C: oi'rt ytip (avrots ovrt aXX/;Xois ofj.oXoyovo'iv. 
 Ibid. 263 A: dpfatrftriTovfifv dXX^Xots re Ka\ 'j^'iv awrotr. 
 
 182. REPETITION OK COCINATES. The Greek, like the Latin, 
 delights in the repetition of cognates. Not so the English. 
 
 Xeip x ? P a v i* l PKOV. ; (One) hand washes (the other) hand. ^jXos TOV
 
 79 
 
 JjXov, PROV. ; cltivus clat'iim pellit. Comp. "One star differeth from an- 
 other star in glory." 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 195 B: u^omv o/zojw ilt\ 7rrX(it. Gor^. 510 B: 6 
 
 O/iOtOf TO) 6p.OlU>. Lj'S. 214 B: TO OfJLOlOV TU> 0^1 01 CO tllXiyKIJ lift <f>i\(llt fll'lll. 
 
 . . ooKa ytip 'jp-iv yt irovrjpbs r<p noi>r)po), 6<Tto an . . . ^uXXov 6/itXiy, rocroi/roi 
 f^Bitttv yiyvttrdai. 1 
 
 AR. Thesm. 955 X ( l / J ' f^vairrt ^elpa. 
 EPICHAR.M. fr. 118 (Ahr.): fe ^ f \ f , rav \ fl P a "'f"- 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 5-- X''P' f X"/ Jll< V'P f(nt.v t) TIKTOVCT' aft. 
 H ES. O. et D.25: tat Kfpdfj.fiis Ktpnfjif't Ktrrici Ktn T(KTOVI T(KTU>V. 
 HOM. Od. 17. 2178 I viv fjifv fti) fjuiXa TTfiy^v KdKos KaKov r}yf/Au^t(, | a>r 
 aid TOP ofjiolov uyfi 6f6s a>y TOV opolov. 
 
 183. MOOD. The Greek language has four moods proper. 
 A mood is a tone given to the predication by the speaker or 
 writer. These moods arc the indicative, the imperative, the 
 subjunctive, and the optative. The verb has also a nominal 
 form, the infinitive, which is often called a mood, and an adjec- 
 tive form, which is called a participle. 
 
 Of these moods the indicative alone expresses with uniform 
 directness the relations of time, or tense, and as some of the 
 modal uses cannot be understood without the use of the tenses, 
 it is necessary to consider first the tenses. 
 
 TENSES 
 
 184. The tenses express the relations of time, embracing: 
 
 1. The stage of the action, duration in time, kind of time. 
 
 2. The period of the action, position in time, sphere of time. 
 
 The first tells, for example, whether the action is going on 
 or finished. 
 
 The second tells whether the action is past, present, or future. 
 
 185. Peculiar to the Greek language, as compared with Latin 
 and English, is the specific form for the relation of attainment 
 called the aorist, the tense of concentrated action, the absolute 
 tense. The kind of time and the sphere of lime art- both ex- 
 pressed by the tenses of the indicative mood or declarative form 
 
 1 AKISTOT. Ktli. N. H, i , 6 : oQiv ruv opoiuv (ftuaiv MI; TUI> ofunov coi KuXoiup 
 
 WOTt ICoXo JO '. Kilt Ttl TUiaVTU.
 
 8o 
 
 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 of the verb. But present and future have no special aoristic 
 form in the active and middle, though in the passive it is possi- 
 ble to make a distinction. 
 
 186. The absence of special forms for designating the kind of time in 
 the future helps to account for many modal combinations. The subjunc- 
 tive and optative often serve to express exact temporal relations in the 
 future. 
 
 187. The tenses are further divided into principal and his- 
 torical, or primary and secondary, according as they refer to the 
 present and the future on the one hand (time not past) and to 
 the past on the other. 
 
 188. TABLE OF TEMPORAL RELATIONS 
 
 Indicative Alood 
 
 ACTIVE 
 
 I* 
 
 Continuance. 
 PRESENT: ypd(pu>, 
 I am writing. 
 
 Co m pie t ion . Atta in ment. 
 yilypafpv, yp<i(f)<a, 
 / have written, 1 write. 
 
 P-.- 
 
 FUTURE: ypdi]sa>, 
 / shall be 
 
 yfypa(j)ia$ (crop.ni, ypd\}sa>, 
 [ypdfyas Ecro/iai (293)] 
 
 / shall have I shall write. 
 
 "ra 
 
 writing. 
 
 written. 
 
 II 
 
 ' PAST: f'ypaCpov, 
 
 tyypdtp 
 
 i?, Zypa+a, 
 
 ^ 
 
 I was writing. 
 
 I had written. I wrote. 
 
 
 
 PASSIVE 
 
 
 
 PRESENT: ypd(j)(Tai, 
 
 ye'ypaTrrai, ypd(f)(Tai, 
 
 (U 
 
 C 
 
 H 
 
 The letter is 
 writ/en, 
 
 has been is written, 
 written, 
 
 . 
 
 being written, 
 
 is written. 
 
 c 
 "C 
 0, 
 
 writing. 
 FUTURE: (ypa^fTui), 
 
 The letter will be 
 
 ycyj)d\l/fTai, (ypa(f)i'](T(Tai), 
 [ypa(f)(l(Tii f'<rr<u(293' ), 
 will have will be written. 
 
 
 written, 
 
 been, 7( 
 
 ill be 
 
 I/ 
 
 C 
 
 (writing). 
 f PAST: typdff)(ro, 
 
 written. 
 
 tyiypmrro, typd(f)rj, 
 
 H 
 
 was (being) written 
 
 had b 
 
 een was written. 
 
 f 
 written. 
 
 was written.
 
 PRESENT TENSE Si 
 
 Present Tense 
 
 189. SPECIFIC PRESENT.- UNIVERSAL PRESENT. The 
 present is used, as in English, of that which is going on now 
 (specific present), and of statements that apply to all time (uni- 
 versal present). 
 
 Specific Present : 
 
 TOV dvSpa 6 ptL, XEN. An. I, 8, 26 ; / see my man. 
 
 I go. Universal Present : 
 
 irdvra ...!, PLATO, Cratyl. 440 C ; Everything is in motion. 
 
 PLATO, Crat. 402 A (97). 440 C (see above). 
 
 HDT. 7. 9- y) "TO TTfip'js mivra dvdpvrroicri <pi\(fi ylvttrdat (97)- 
 
 COM. Philem. 4, 40: fftdpovs TTOIOVVI TOVS (friXovs <ii (rvyKpicrtis, Compari- 
 sons make enemies of friends. 
 
 EPICHARM. fr. 117 Ahr. : vuvs iipfj mil vuos uKovft, (It is) mind (that) sees 
 and mind (that) hears. 
 
 191. PRESENT PARTICIPLE COMBINED WITH COPULA. The Greek 
 has no special form for the progressive present of English, nor for the 
 progressive tenses generally. In the periphrasis with the present parti- 
 ciple, the participle is generally equivalent to a characteristic adjective or 
 substantive, with which it is often coupled. Notice must also be taken of 
 the position of the copula, which readily resumes its emphasis. 1 
 
 Sc6}icvd ^CTTI old eon SticrOai, COmp. Xl-'.N. Dec. 7- -' irpocrfjifov ^em, // 
 
 is becoming; irpooiiKci, // becomes. al<r0av6(Avos, I'LATO, Tiieaet. 160 A = 
 oUrOrj-nis, Ibid. 160 D. 
 
 LvCURG. 36 : 6no\oyavfi,fvov tcmv. 
 
 DEM. 19, 312 : TI'S yt'ip tfTTiv . . . OVTO) (TKaibs icai . . . (r(f)oft[)a picruiv rfjv 
 
 TToXtl/ TTJV Jj/JifTfpllV; 2O, 152: ttTTl ft( Kill fJHI\' t )( CO V VOflOS lf.Hl' KllXaiS. //'/(/. 
 
 153: TraXtnus fcrd' o vi'iftos KIU K<iAd>y t^uiv. I 57 : olar^pos KH\ KUKWS t^w 
 6 vopos. 
 
 ISAE. 7, 14: npofff/Kov r)i>. Ibid. KJ '. K<H TIIVTO otic ayvoovptvov tarty 
 ovftf nuf>' airrois Tiivrtny. 
 
 Lvs. I "5,91 : >yi' i/mipxuvTa. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyph. I0 B: OIK <if>u Sn'm 6p<i>p.(V('> f'rrn, ^(('i rofro <'y<irm, 
 dXXu rovvdvriov ftu'iri opurai, &ia ruirii o/)d)/if v.> v. (Here the dilTerencc be- 
 tween predication and action is insisted on.) I-egg. Sii I?: K\V&VVUV f/";M* 
 dvai (f)ff)<tv(T(ii> rms TTIU<T\ Tt}i> 7ri>Xi<p<ifli<n>, I maintain that multifarious 
 
 1 Si-c \V. J. Alexander in A. J. \\ iv (1883), 291-308, and I!. L. C. in J. II. U. 
 Circ. 1882-3, !' 67- 
 6
 
 82 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 learning is a dangerous thing for children is endangering to children. 
 Phileb. I I A : opa Sr) . . . Trpor riva (sc. \dyov) TUV nap' i]fj.lv dfjL(()i(T^r]Tflv (SC. p.i\- 
 Aeir), f'av p.i] (TGI Kara vovv ?/ X? yop.( vo s. Theaet. 160 A-D (see above). 
 
 XE\. Oec. 7> 21 : <* r ^ v (rrcyvav f'pyn fttofievd fern. rrrcyvuiv ,8f 8elrai . . . 
 7) TU>V vfoyvmv TtKva>v irai8orpo(pia. dfuptva = <juae cgenttii sunt = quae egeant. 
 8( irai = t'get. [R. A.] 2, 3- orrdflrcu 5' ev rr/ rjirfipay elcrl 7T(iXeis I/TTO rwv '.\dtj- 
 vn'id)v dp)6p.fvai (^= UTTijKOOt), at /Ltei/ /LieydXat 6ia Seoy ap^ovrai, at 8e fjuicpiii irdvv 
 
 THUC. 4, 109, 2 : Vrt Se aTro roO /SacrtXt'cof 8iopvyp.aros fcru> Trpov govern. 
 
 HDT. I, 57 : ?0"av ot IIfXao~yoi ftdpfiapov yKuxr&av te'i/re? (fiapjUapofpfavoi). 
 2, 6l : ocrot 8e Kapwi" eicrt eV Atyv7rr<j) oiKeovres (oiKiovcrt, live; oineovTes fieri, 
 are resident). 3, 133: oo-a e'j alfr^vvrjv ecrrt (pfpovra. 4., M '. eort Se Kal 
 aXXof Xoyoj f\O)V oo8e (^TOtoerSe). 
 
 AR. Thesm. 77: eiV eur' ert fcoi/ eiV aTroXcoX' EuptTri'S^s. Ran. 35-37: 
 Kara/3a, iravovpyt . /cat yp eyyvs rr/s dvpas i]8r) /SaSt^coi/ ft/it Tr)<r8', ot TTpcord 
 /ie | 8ft TpaTTtcrBui. Well explained by Kock : Auf meinem Marsche bin ich 
 in die Nalie gekomtnen. Eccl. 1093-4: ot'/not KaKo8aip.u>v, tyyi/s ijSrj rtjs dvpus | 
 eXK(i/ie^(i? flp.(i). 
 
 SOPH. O. R. 1045 : fwz/ as adj. Phil. 412 : id. 
 
 ARCHIL. I : flp.1 S' e-yoi) ^fpuTrtoi/ /^i/ 'EwoXtoto avciKTos, I Kat Moutre'cov f'pa- 
 TOJ/ 8tapov eiria'Tafjifvos, 
 
 192. COXATIVE PRF.SEXT. PRESENT OF ENDEAVOR. As 
 continuance involves the notion of incompleteness, the present 
 is used of attempted and intended action (present of endeavor, 
 conative present). But on account of the double use of the 
 present as a tense of continuance and as a tense of attainment, 
 this signification is less prominent and less important than in 
 the imperfect. Notice that this conative sense runs through the 
 moods. 
 
 uivoiifiai., / ain trying tf buy, T ui/i bidding. SiStofii, 7 am luilling to give, 
 1 ojfft'r. ira oaKpo verai . . . v^ias, I )F.M. 29, i ; Ifr tries to sii<indlc vou. ot 
 'E-yta-ToUoi . . . T|fi.as K<*>o(3otio-i., Til re. 6, ii,2; TJie Segestans arc trying to 
 frig /i ten its. TOV vlbv K T c i v c i, HDT. i , 1 09 ; He ivisJics to kill her son. 
 
 I) KM. 29, I (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 273 I) : ft ... //XXo n nep'i Tf^r/f Xd-ycov Xf'yfis- (have to 
 say, li'ant to say),.dKmioipfv nv. Soph. 242 C : Xf'yt traffitarTfpov o \ey< is. 
 
 AKX. An. 7. 7- 7 *fhavv(Tf i)p.u$ f'< Tij<r8f r^y ^o)p(is\ 
 
 Turc. 6. 11,2 (see above). 
 
 HDT. i, 1 09 (see above). 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 98 : -riva ftd\\ofj.( v ; Whom are luc trying to hit?
 
 PRAESE.YS PROPHETICUM 83 
 
 193. Other Moods and Verbals : 
 
 ISAE. 2, 28; ujrrjyiifxi'f THIS wvavfiivois /IF) d)i>f1(T flat. 
 
 ISOC. 4. 17 : TOI> fir) fHtvnv lTTl&tllV ITOlOVptvov (= 7rmr]tTa<T0al #ovX<!/ifi<o/) 
 
 ciXXti K<II 8tairpua{rflai TI @(iv\t>ptvot>. 
 
 PLATO, Proiaij. 340 I: : lut^ttvat n(i<>v T<> i'i>crrjp,a noiw. In frying /,; /teal 
 the disease / make it T.V/'AV. 
 
 XKN. Hicro. II. 13: rrXiu'riff . . . roi? c/x'Xoi's-. 
 
 THUC. 3. '8, I : (7ri M)0v/xvai OH- n po8t8ofj.ivt)v e'0Tpdrfv<rni/. 5, 22. 4: 
 KaTftfaXt yap Tit . . . avTiXapftavupfvos . . . Ktpafiida, 3, 56. 2: TruXiv 
 
 TTJV fjfltTfpaV K(IT (I X <l/JL$ <1 I'O VTd $. 
 
 EUK. Phoen. 81 : fyip Xvoixr(a). 
 
 PlNl). (). 13- 5^~^ )O : r "' M* 1 ' 'EXfVai/ KopifovTfs, ol <V 77<j irupTrtiv 
 f'ipyovTf s. 1'.4. 106: ayKo/u'^W, with note. 
 
 HoM. II. IO, 457 ' <(>0fyyop(vov 8' a pa TOV yt Ktipij Kovij)(Tiv (pi^flr]. 
 
 194. PRKSKNT ANTICIPATINT, THI-: Fr-rrKK. PUAKSKNS 
 PROPHKTICU.M. The present tense is used more rarely than in 
 English in anticipation of the future, chiefly in verbs in which 
 the will is equivalent to the deed : dpi, / <;v>. OVK ii>, [ suffer not, 
 yiyvofiai, f am becoming. The present as a vision of the future is 
 called pracscns proplicticnm. 
 
 lv 8e (ua fiaxil Tr]v8 rt -IT poo-KracrOc (?<;'///=: shall '('in) cai icivir)v paXXov 
 i\tvQtpovrt (J "rce = shall free), TlHX'. 4, 95, 2. TOVTUV TWV \)rr]<|>io-pdTwv . . . 
 
 fj fiCVOVTWV . . . tj aXovTWV . . . Tl -q TToXlS fj KCpSaiVil TJ PXd.TTTTOl; I) K.M. 
 
 [58]. 37- 
 
 LYCURG. 126: ft yap n-poTja-fa-df TOVTIIV TOV Katpbv . . ., OIK (<TTII> vp'tv p.tTa 
 ravra SIKTJV Trap' airrtav dBiKOVvrw \aftf ii> ' KpftTTtws yap ijdrj ytyvovrui TIJS rriipa 
 
 TWV d8lKOVfl(VO>V Tl[JUi)pt<IS. 
 
 DEM. [58], 37 isec above). 
 XEN. Cyr. 4. 6, 7 : ft <>vv crv p.f ^f'^/; xri. 
 
 Tui'C.'. I, 121.4: /iia rf VIKIJ vavp.a\ias Kara TO ftVor AXicricavTai. 4. 95, 2 
 (see above). (>, 9'. 3 ' "' avTif 17 TroXis- XrjfpdrjcrfTai, f\(Tiit KU\ i] Tfiirru 2iK(\ia. 
 I Il)T. I, 207: {(rartadfls p.tv n JXKT air tt\ X vt 1 1 nunnv ri)v afi^i/f . . . IIKWV 
 
 &( OV VIKOS TIXTOVTOV <J(TOV ft KTf . 3- '55 '1^1 OtpfOfifV H(l,il'Xu)KI. 6, 82 '. 
 
 OVK alpifi To'Apyos. 6, 109: t]i> yap <rv yvu>p.r; TJJ tfjif/ 7r/)U(r^;;, IITTI TOI irarptt 
 rt (\(v6fprj Ka\ ni'iXir TTpwrr) TWV (v Tt/ 'KXXiifit. 8, IO2 : Map&wiov 8t, >]v TI rraflu, 
 Xo-yoy ovfifiv yivtrai- ulbt TI viKvirrtf ot "EXX^i/f f VIKOXTI, dovXov crbv dno\(- 
 cravTff. 
 
 AR. V.f\. 127 : (iravff tvumv, nuruv iat ci7r(>X X vrat. 
 
 Et'R. Phoon. 884 5 : <ru r' J> ruXatvci a i>y KUTU(T KUTTT u 770X1, | <' /ir) Xo-yotv 
 TIS rotr (iuttri nuiffTui.
 
 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 113: alpe'i TO. rda -ravra rfjv Tpoiav fj.6va (97)- 
 
 AESCHVL. Cho. 55 KTfiva viv, a>s Tovvfipov (vvfTTft ToSf. P. V. 171 : 
 
 ot. Ibid. 767 '. 17 Trpos Sdpapro? ( ^ai/i'trrarat dpovatv; 
 PlND. O. 8,42: LTe'pya/ior . . . dXt'cr/cerat. P. 4, 48-9: Tore . . . f'ai/i- 
 
 195. elfii. In standard prose elfju, in the indicative is future 
 everywhere. In the optative, infinitive, and participle it is now 
 future, now present. The subjunctive is future by virtue of its 
 meaning. 
 
 Indicative as a future : 
 
 et(xi iri, TOV TtovSe eiraivov, THUC. 2, 36, 4 ; / ivill proceed to the praise 
 of these men. aXX' cipi, AR. Pax, 232 ; Well, I am going. 
 
 DEM. 16, 8: ravrrfv av cXaxrti/, t'acr' eVt MftrcrijVJ/J'. 2O, 99: fijut. 23, 106 : 
 OVK eV (Kflvovs "i^fv KOI 8t' fKfivcov acrdfvfj noiflv avrov ^rjTrfcrop.f v ; 
 
 PLATO, Protag. 335 C : vvv 8e . . . \d(lv yap irol fj.f 5fl . . . ftp. i. 
 
 THUC. 2, 36, 4 (see above). 4, 85, 6 : dXXa KOI ols av eV/w, fjatrov TIS e'/xoi 
 Trp6cr icri. 
 
 Ak. Pax, 232 (see above). Eccl. 933 : rd^a yap fla-iv cos e'/xe. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 461 : i/vj/ 8' ft/it Trpos vavv. 
 
 HUM. Od. 17, 277 : f ' S' c6f\fis, eiripfivov, iyu 8' tifii TrpoTrdpoidev. 
 II. 3, 410: Ketcre 8' e'-ywi' OVK fifii. 
 
 Optative as a future : 
 
 ANTIPHON, i, 11 : eVeiSi) ra.\urra avrols mnjyyi\6r) on. eirf^ioip.1 TOV ira- 
 Tpos TOV (f)ovea. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 5. I. 34 : dXX' 6 'Ay^trtXaos cal TOVTOIS Trpof'nrf, TO'IS piv, d p.T) 
 fKntp-^foifv TOVS Apydovs, TOIS 8e, ft /ir) 0.7710 KV (K TTJS Kopivdov, on rroXf^zoi/ 
 (oicrei tif avrovs. 
 
 Infinitive as a future : 
 
 LVS. 25, 22 : TOT" rjSr; KOI KdTifvai TrpocreSoKare *cat Trapa rcoi' i^apSiV Xrj^e- 
 <rdai diKrjv. 
 
 Pl,ATO, Phaed. 103 D : ai TO TrCp yt v irpocriovTos TOV \l/vxpov airco ;/ 
 Virt^tevai (SC. Soicei croi) ^ dTroXfirr^at. 
 
 XEN. An. I, 3, I : 01 yap crrpaTiwrat OVK ((pacrav Ifvai TOV Trpotrw. 
 
 THUC. 4, 98, 4 : (iTruVai. 5, 7, 3 : inef-tivai, 5 : oT'e'vat. 6, 49, 4 : Trpocrui/at. 
 
 Participle as a future : 
 
 Pl.ATO, Protag. 335 C : faiurra.]vi\v o)f UTTKJDV. 
 THUC. 3, 27, 2 : d>y twefciuv Tols Adrjvaiois. 
 AR. Pax, 1182 : oil yap jy
 
 HISTORICAL PRESENT 85 
 
 196. Optative, Infinitive, and Participle of tl/u not future : 
 
 ANDOC. I, 39 : *So>i 5t TQVT' f^q tni .\avpiov Itvtn (<)l). 
 
 PLATO, Cratyl. 4' D: <r;(f6'd> Tt au oiVot a$' 'H/jtixXrcroi' civ ^yoliro ra 
 ovra iivai rt iruvra Kiii pivftv ovdtv. 
 
 XEN. An. I, 3, I : inrwirrfvov yup rj8r) firi ftti(ri\(a (ci/at. 
 THL'C. 5. 65, 2 : opcLi/ trpos xuipiov Kiiprtpov c ovra I <r<pas. 
 
 197. Indicative as a present : 
 
 The use of !/ itself as present is poetical and late. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 174 B : uya6u>v Vi ficurnf tao-u/ <iiT(i/z(iroi ayaBoi (PROV.). 
 HOM. Od. 4. 4' T')^OS tip* ( (iXor fieri yf'pwv aXiot vrjfjLfprrjs. 
 II. 2, 87 : i^uTf tdvta. flvi p.f\i(T<Tu<i)v Adivdtav. 
 
 198. PRESENT IN PASSIONATE QUESTIONS. In passionate questions, 
 the present is used as a form of exhortation. 
 
 rl oiv ov SiuKOjicv us rdxicrra; XEN. Cyr. 4, I, i I ; ll'/ty, then, do we not 
 pursue -with all speed? 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 4, I, I I (see above). 12 : ri ovv . . . OVK X^o>i/ Kva^dprj Aryeir 
 ravra ; 
 
 EUR. Hipp. 1060 : a> 6(oi, rl &f}ra Toi/p.ov ov Xva> ord/an ; 
 
 199. HISTORICAL PRESENT. The present tense is used far 
 more frequently than in English as a lively representation of the 
 past (historical present). Especially strange to us is the free 
 use of the historical present in relative and dependent clauses 
 generally, as these demand more reflection. 1 
 
 TI iroiovtriv; . . . SieicapTe'povv, L.YCURG. 85 ; II '/tat did tJicy do? They 
 held out to the end. irws ovv ravr' i-iroLi\(rtv ; [iia-Bovrai TOVTOVI, DEM. 1 8, 
 149; How, then, did he do this? lie hires this fellow. 
 
 LYCURG. 85 (see above). 
 
 DEM. l8, 149 (see above). [53], 17: Tr]pj](ras p.( . . . train rt TTV^ Ka\ 
 
 Apirilfl p.((Tl>V K(ll U>6(1 fl( (IS TU9 \l00TOp.i(lS, (I p.>] TtVff TTpt>(TU>VT(f, ftoailTof 
 
 IJLOV dKoiKTavTfs, iraptytvovro Km (^OT)dr](Tav. (didd is an hist. pres. equivalent 
 to an impf. de conatu.) 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 84 D : xal os aKnvcras ty(\it<T( T( t]p('n<i Kdi (pr/(Ti. 
 
 XEN. An. I, lo, I : tvravda tit) Kvpov dirorf fivtrai fj K(f>n\rj Ka\ 17 \ f ^ ) 'I 
 
 &tlli. ft(HTl\fVS bf Kill (It <T\JV flVTO) 8tO>KCl)l/ (ItTirilTTtl fit TO Hl'pflUV (TTpllTUTTf- 
 
 Bov Kai rii p.fi> niTu Apiaiov ovKtn KrTavrai, XXa <f) iiyiiviri. 
 
 THL'C. I, 59. ' ^ TplUKOVTU l>f)(S TU)V ' A0t]l>ai<l>V tl(f>lKl>l>l'VTai (S Til <Vl 
 
 1 On the conception of the ancients, see I's. -I.oni;. wtf>i i'i|/<n";. Kh. Cjr. I, p. 275 
 (Sp.). Some statistics are given A. J. I', xiv, 106, and xvi. '-'51).
 
 86 GREEK SYXTAX 
 
 QpaKr/s KCU. KaTa\ap.l3dvt>vcr t TIJV HoTfidcuav KCU. rdXXa dcpea-TTjKoTa. 1,91,2: 
 
 Kf\fVfL. I, 91, 3: d HfTT(\\<>V(riV . . . TTe/JLTTfl.. 6, 57, 3: (TVTTTOV Kill llTTOKTfi- 
 
 vovcriv CIVTUV. " 51, - (/<''"). 8, IO, 3: KaTaSiuiKovinv . . . dno\\vacri . . . oppi- 
 foixri. 8, 25, 3 (bis). 8, 25. 4. 8, 55, 3 (Av). 
 
 HDT. I,43 : u-Kovrifav TOV iv,rov piv dp.cipTavfi, Tvy^dvfi 8e TOV KpoiVov 
 TrmSdr. 45: KClTOlKTipfl . . . Xe'-yei. 107: SiSoi (/;/.f). 3, 4: or iilpeei pu, f V 
 i\VKiT), eXaw 8e OIK avqyaye fs Aiyvirrov. 3- 53 " lva P-'l cr( t )i Htpiavftpos ts rfjv 
 \u>prjv a7rtKr)Tai, KTfivov(ri TOV verjviaKOV, $, II '. alriei . . . alpifTai . . . aired. 
 
 AR. PI. 6/6: tnfiT dvafi\ti\ras 6pu> TOV iepea. 
 
 EUR, H. F' . 252: a) yt/s \o%vp.a&' ovs Apijs crntipfi 77o~e. I. T. 16: ds 
 f^TTvp' t}\df (sc. 'Ayafiffjivfav}, KU\ At -yet KciX^as niSf. 
 
 S(JPH. LI. 424-5 : rouivrd TOV Tnipuvros, ^''x' 'HX/co | 8fiKVVtTl Tovvap, 
 tK\vov frjyovp.ivov. Ibid. 679: TuXrjdts (tTif, TU> Tponu> 8u'>\\VTai; O. T. 
 779^ : dvijp yap tv dfiTTvois /x' VTTfpTT\r]<T0f\s /J.i8r] | (caXft Trap' oiVw, TrXdcrros- coy 
 drjv irarpi. Ibid. 787 : iropciiopai. Ibid. 79^: iKvoZpai, Ibid. 807: 7raia> . . . 
 ft>f opq. Ibid. 8l2 : fKKv\Lv8(Tai. Ibid. 813 : Krea'ia. 
 
 AESCH\'L. P. V. 228-31 '. virais Ti'i^taTu TOV TT(i~pu>oi> fs dpuvov | Ka6i(T\ 
 (udvs 8aip.o(Tii> vtp.fi yepa . . . KCU. 5if crToi^(^fro dp^v. 
 
 200. This use of the present belongs to the original stock of our fam- 
 ily of languages. It antedates the differentiation into imperf. and aorist. 
 Being a familiar form, it is set down as a mark of simplicity (<Ic/>'Xet) of 
 style. By reason, therefore, both of its liveliness and its familiar tone it is 
 foreign to the leisurely and dignified unfolding of the epos, and is not 
 found in Homer, whereas it is very common in the rhetorical Vergil, as it 
 is very common in the Attic orators. Nor is it used to any extent, if at 
 all, in the statuesque Pindaric ode, whereas it is frequent in the Attic 
 drama, which seems to have introduced it to higher literature. 
 
 201. AXXALISTIC OR NoTK-BOOK PRESENT. Akin to the Historical 
 Present, and not always to be distinguished from it, is the Annalistic Pres- 
 ent, Note- book Present, or Present of Registration, which transfers a 
 record or register to the historical page. So especially in dates of births, 
 deaths, and accessions. 
 
 Aapciou Kai napvaa.Ti.8os y ly vo vrai iratBts Suo, XE\. An. I, I, I ; To (<]f) 
 
 Darius and Pcirysatzs are born two sons. Kva|apTjs p.ev . . . TeXevTjL, t'tcScxe- 
 rai 8c 'Ao-rvayns TTJV pacn\T]i-r]v, II I) T. I, 106; Cva.iarcs dit'S and sls- 
 tyages succeeds to the throne. TOVTOV Be KcXcos -y '"Y VTai - AK. Acl). 48. 
 
 202. PKKSKNT OF UNITY OF TIME. The present is used 
 
 in Greek of actions that are continued from the past into the 
 present, especially with designations of time. The English 
 translation is often the progressive perfect.
 
 PRESENT FOR PERFECT 87 
 
 oUu *vra09' CK (wipaiuov, OHM. [47]. 53 ; / have been living there from a 
 boy. tcclvov yap, ovScV aXXov, l x vtuw iraXai, So I'M. Ai. 2O ; /'<;/ //< // A. /;,/< 
 other, I've been tracking long. 
 
 DEM. 21, 59: TTlilTH T(W /lfT<J T<IVT<I \pUVOV S I 5 fT K ( I TOl/f ^f^Ol'l'. [33!. 4 : 
 
 oforw 8' OT; e'<rrii> <;Vr</, </>' of, TO ^V 77X01* K<miX<XvK<j, fj.tr pia V t'^wj/ roi-rots 
 TTf tpiapai vavrtKols tpyii&frdai. [47], 53 (see above). 
 
 LYS. 17, 9: ovTf IXU><TT\ Tiiira ra xpi'jiuira <itoi/^f v r;/ifVf/xi fiV<n. 
 
 PLATO. CoilV. 172 C: V// oil ( V <y<l, v^K^irfi o-i/K^uir/M'^a) . . . ooV?ra> 
 rpi'a err; toriV. Pliaedo. <S4 I) : rniXm . . . Tr t ><>ud<i K <tl K(\ f vtt. 
 
 HOT. 3,49: vvv 8i mYi i-ndrf tKTicrav TIJV vi)<rnv, flcr\ aAX^Aoitrj Kuirfxifxit. 7, 
 IO2 : Tj) EXXuSt TTtvir/ . . . did K<iT( trvirrpafyos (cm. 8, 62 : Kt>niti'pf0a t\- iimti/ 
 
 TTJV (V 'lTa\tT], i) ITff) Jj^fTlprj T( f (TTl (K JTtlXtltHV tTl Ktl\ KTt . 
 
 AR. Ach. 17: ( UTOV 'yd) pi>iiTufj.tu (146). Vcsp. 317: Tt'iKnpai piv TTU- 
 Xai. Ibid. 320 : flov\op.ai yt miXm. 
 
 EUR. H. P. "02-3: ^^iii/os -y/i/j f/8rj 8p ( n f'^ OTOD 7T(7rXots | KIXT pt'iffOt 
 vStpa, 
 
 Sorn. Ai. 20 (see above). 
 
 HOM. Od. 13. 377 : "' ^'/ TI>L TpifTfs fj.(yapoi> KUTU Koip <i vi <> vtrtv. 
 II. I, 553 : Kat ^"7" <Te iriipos y oi'r' fipnfj.ni ovrf ^erciXXd). 
 
 So in tJie oilier moods of continuance : 
 
 Lvs. 17. 8: "irruaiv i/piiy i/^rj rpia (~rj dfj,(pi(rl3r)TovvTas. 
 
 HDT. 8, 4' ttvrrj ^' t) fj.(\iTu((ra'(i tv TOJ TTpuadf uiti \puvd) dim i (ripo vfj. e'vr) 
 
 TOT TjV U^aWTOS. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 1074 ' /jaSi'wy f'yw fitS(i^a), K*JI/ tifjiovcros f/ TO npiv, Readily it'ill I 
 teach him e'en if he have been untrained before. 
 
 203. PERFECT OF UNITY OF TIME. This does not exclude the use 
 of the perfect. 
 
 TOI . . . 2<|>TjTToi TJSirj rpia err) p. (jiiaOuKa, LYS. 17, 5 ; / have let t/ic Sphet- 
 tian property funs three years. 
 
 LYS. 9, 4' dtfuKofitvos irptnrtpvo'tv ds TJ]V nuXiv, ovnu> 8v<> ^.tjvay (niSt8ijfj,ri- 
 KVS KaTfXtyrjv (TTpnTi<aTT)s. 17. 5 ( see above). 
 
 204. PKKSKNT FOR PHRFKCT. -The present tense of .1 num- 
 ber of verbs that involve unity of character or persistence of re- 
 sult, is often translated by the Kn<j;lish perfect, vucw, / am vic- 
 torious^ I have conquered ' ; f^xu, I am here, I have arrircti ; 01x0^01, 
 / am off, I am gone ; dicovw, / hear or liave heard ; irvvQavopai, / learn 
 or have learned. <rr'pofiai, / am deprived, and so all verbs of pri- 
 vation. 
 
 VVV 8' CTCpOV TToXlpOV KOlpOS tj K C t TIS, I'KM. j. > I K u> fi K . . . PoUTlXfO,
 
 88 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 XEN. An. 2, 1,4: We are victorious over (have conquered} the king, CKCIVO 
 OKI] Koas ; . . . Ktti ro\n6 -y', ffyt], O.KOIJW, Mem. 3. 5, 26. aTepo (itfta lTTi<m](JiTjs, 
 PLATO, Theaet. 196 E ; We are deprived of , have to go without, science. 
 
 DEM. 3. 6 (see above). 4- 2 4 ' irporfpov TTOT' d*cov<o ^(VLKOV Tpi^xiv tv Ko- 
 pivda> TTJV TruXiv, but 19. 221 : Kttt -yap raOr' aKijKo' CIVTOV \fyav. 
 
 ANTIPHON. Cf. 3^9- f ' $ f o.vOtvrrjs e< rtav \(yofj.fi><av firiftdKWTai, ov% 
 T)fj.(ls avTG) ol \fyovTts aiTtot e(Tfj,fi>, dXX f] irpais TU>I> fpyiov. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 53 ^ 6<f/**OTOIcXci OVK d/coveis tivftpa ayafibv ytyovora ; 
 Theaet. 142 B : ^aXfTrco? /zeV -yap e^et KOI VTTO rpavfidTcov Ttj>a>i/, /xaXXoj/ ^i^i/ auroi/ 
 atpel TO yf-yoi/of j/do-r/^a fV rcJ crrpar(Vfj.aTi. Ibid. 196 E (see above). 
 
 XEN. An. 2, i, 4 (see above). Mem. 3, 5, 26 (see above). 
 
 THUG. I, 7. 7 : M* 17 "^ cirwoTjGavres /iiy fi\6a><Tii>, ol<tla trTtpta-Qai 
 rjyovvTai, "In failing to attain an object, they consider that they have lost" 
 (are suffering the loss of) " what was really their own." Morris. 
 
 HDT. 7' S3'- *s yap '-yo> nvvOdvofjiai, eV iivftpas o-Tparevu/jieda dyaOovs. 
 
 EUR. Hel. I34 : ot^erat 6avovo~a 8r). 
 
 SOPH. El. 1326: a> 7rXet(rra ^iwpoi Kal (ppfvfav rr)To>fj.(voi. Ph. 414 : dXX' 
 r) XOVTOS o'i^fTai 6ava>i> ; 
 
 PlND. P. 6, 22-3: 6p<paviofj.i>a> | n^XeiSa. 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 298: r) OVK difis, oiov K\eos XXa/3e Sloy 'OptcrTTjs ; 2, Il8: 
 ol' ov 77o> riv' aKovop.(v. 3- 86-8 : aXXovr fjifv yap irdvTas, oaoi Tpaxrlv Tro\(fj.i- 
 {bj/, | TTfvdofjied', r)%i (Kacrros aTrcbXero Xuypai oXe'^pw | Kfivov S' av /cat o\(6pov 
 dirfvQia 6i]K( Kpoi/t'cov. 
 
 Imperfect Tense' 
 
 205. The imperfect tense denotes continuance in the past. 
 It is the tense of evolution, of vision 
 
 TO iraiSiov 06 a, Lvs. i, II ; The baby was squalling, began to squall, 
 squalled. 
 
 206. IMPERFECT WITH ADVERB OF RAPIDITY. The continuance is 
 in the mind of the narrator; it has nothing to do with the absolute dura- 
 tion of the action. The aorist is the rule with the expression of definite 
 numbers (see 208), and it is not at all inconsistent with the nature of the 
 imperfect tense that it should be accompanied by an adverb expressing 
 the notion of rapidity. 
 
 v0vs l\tLpt\. iirl TT)V 'AptcaSiav, Xl'.N. Hell. 6, 5, 12; Forthwith he pro- 
 ceeded on his way to Arcadia. 
 
 Lvs. 1,17' tvdctos fTaparr6p.r)v, 8, 15 : tvdvs . . . (@tiF>i(. 9, 4 : vTTfroTrou- 
 1 See 13. L. G., A. J. 1'. iv (1883), 158-65 ; C. W. E. Miller, A. J. P. xvi (1895),
 
 DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT. 89 
 
 fujv tiiOtut. 13, 35 : tv8('ii)t Kpiaiv THIS dvftpdcri TOVTOIS tnoiovv tv T/; $ouXfj. 
 21,3- ti/6vt tyvfjU'iKTidp^ovv. 
 
 XE\. An. 3, 4, 27: 01 8( 7To\(p.ioi TU%V dirfirr)8o>v. Hell. 6, 5, 12 (see 
 above). 
 
 THUC. 3,49, 2 : Tpiqpr) tvdvt a\\rji> a7Tf'(TTt\\ov, They despatched (were 
 for despatching) another trireme at once. 3, 106, i : tftur)6ovt> Kara rti^os. 3> 
 109, 3: 8ia TU%OVS fOairrov. 3, III, i: ddtrtrov dnt\u>povv. 5' - l > ' : f^dvs . . . 
 d(pi((Tav. 5- 21, 3' KO.TII rd^os (iroptvtTO, 6, 69, I ' firffyt TO (TTpaTonfftov 
 fvdvs . . . dva\af36tTff ra oTrAa (v()vs dvrt Trjj(ra v. J, 29, I : fi>6vs diftirtfJilfov. 
 7.69,1: dvTf irXrjpovv ras vaijs ( ii8vs. "J , 84, 3 : tvdiis diffpddpovro. 8,12,3: 
 Sia rti^ovf TOV TrXouv (troiovvTo. 
 
 HDT. I, 79 firoitt Kara ra^or. 
 
 AR. Nub. 1357 : 6 8' (vdfus . . . t <f>aa-K(. Vesp. 355 : idt aavrov Kara 
 
 TOV Tfl^dVS Tl)(( O) f. 
 
 PlND. P. 9, 38-9 : ^riv iav | (vdvt dfj.(ift(TO. 
 HOM. Od. 9. 179- ' S" dials' f icrfitt LVOV Kat (irl K\TJKTI Ka6tov. 
 II. 2, 52 : TOI 5' rjyfipovTO fjidX' COACH. 
 
 207. DESCRIPTIVE IMPERFECT. The imperfect is employed 
 to represent manners, customs, situations, to describe and to 
 particularize. 
 
 TJS (sc. TTJS f)ovX.TJs) ciriaraTovcrr); o\i SIKWV oxiS' eY K ^ T )f iaTaj> ' ov>8' cla<|>opuv ovSt 
 
 TT1 iaS OvSf TToXtfilOV T) TToXlS < Y * K * V &XXa Kal TTpOS dXXt]XoVS TjaKXlOLV i. \ v Kal 
 
 rrpos roits aXXovs airavras lpi]vriv TJY OV> iraptixov . . . SIT^Y"*' ^iroiovv 
 . . . cSoKtfiaov, Isoc. 7, 51-3, a description of the good old times. T| 8c 
 YUVT) TOV ^acriXcos av-rf) ra criria a<j>i tirta-crt, HDT. 8, I 37 ; The queen herself 
 would cook them their food. TWV 8e iroXcp.iuv, i-rrtl 4>ws c-ytvero, ol pev cOavfia- 
 ( o v TO. Spup.cva, ol 8' j Y C Y v dxr KO v TJStj, oi 8' -fj y Y ^ ^ v > ' 1 ^ (B 6 u> v, ol 8' eXvov 
 t-ir-irovs, and so on to the number of 16 imperfects, XKN. Cyr. 4, 2, 28. 
 irpoTjYopi 8c aviTwv GKipafAtvrjs, Hell. 2, 2, 22 ; Theramenes ivas their spokes- 
 man. 
 
 Isoc. 7, 51-3 (see above). 
 
 LVS. 12. 8-9: f'-yoj Se rTfifrcowi /xj/ fjpu>Tu>v (i /SouXotTti /if (TcT)fru xpr]p.ara 
 \afto)v i> ft (fyacTKfv, ft TroXXa ft?;. 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 143 A: *cni oo - (ts' 'Aftjvnfe d(f)iK(>ifjirjv, firavripu>ru>v T!>V 
 Xo)*cp(jTr; o /ir) ffji(fj.vr'ip.riv, K<U dtvpo (\da)i> ( irrjvd) p6oii fJ.T/v. 
 
 XKN. Cyr. 4, 2, 28 (see above). Hell. 2. 2, 22 (see above). Ibid. 2, 4, 33 : 
 TjKovTtfov, (fiaXXov, (Tu^fixiv, f(T(f)(vf><>vuv. Ibid. 4, 3. '9- tdidovmo, t^.a\nvro, 
 pirtKTtivov, ujTfQvfliTKov. Ibid. 6, 4, 36 tt)((To TOV pt'tirrpov, f*o)j dn0av(v <i avr/p. 
 Ibi<i. 7, 2,6-8. (In the spirited account of the li^ht the imperfect outnum- 
 bers the aorist 5 to I.) 
 
 THUC. 3, 8l, 3: cjv (u>p(i>v TO ytyvofuva, ftitCpOt ipov <uVi) tv TW u/jw
 
 90 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 d\\!j\ovs Kai fK TU>V 8iv8po)v rives dm'iyxovTo, ol 8' u>s (KacrroL fSvvavro dvr]- 
 \ovvro. 
 
 HOT. /, 173 forpaTrjyee 8f Aaxt 8atp.ovio>v . . . EiiaiVeros. 8, 137 (see above). 
 
 AK. Ach. 185 : (yu> 8' <pevyov 01 8' f Si u> KOV Kaj3ou>v. Eq. 46 8 : OVTOS 
 Karayvovs TOV yipovros TOVS rpoirovs, j . . . | // KXX', e$o>7re v', t Ko\uKf v', f-r)- 
 Tvara. Av. 1282: ('KO/J.UIV, (TTfivuiv, eppinrcnv, f o-oxpt'iTtav. 
 
 EUR. Hipp. I 194^8 : firrjye . . . f'nrop.fcrda . . . c(<rc/3uXAo/ici'. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 298-300 : rfii^fVl^f . . . ( cr(paf Kiipp lifting . . . IJKI f 0" . 
 
 AESCHVL. Pers. 416-26: fOpavov . . . tdfivov . . . v-n-riovro . . . eVXTj- 
 
 GvOV . . . J]pf(T(TfTO . . . fTTaiOV, fppt'l^l^OV. 
 
 Pi XI). P. 4, 240-1 : u> p( y oi/ ^f Ipas . . . t pfTTTOv . . . ay a TV a OVT (o). 
 Ho.M. Od. I, I IO-2 : ol /xeV up' trivov e p.icryov . . . ol 8(f) . . . Tpinrtas vi^ov 
 
 KCIL TTpOTldfV, T(H Kpe(l 7T()XA(l 8tlTfVVTO. 
 
 II. I, 249 : T v "i dyro yXuxroris /j.t\iros y\vKia>v pifv ai/bf], 
 
 208. IMPERFECT WITH DEEIMTE NTMBKUS. With definite 
 numbers, the aorist is employed (see 243), but \vhen there is a 
 notion of interruption or of continuance into another stage 
 (overlapping), the imperfect is used. 
 
 TatPTO. 8' e IT o i i Terrapas T|;ipas, XKX. Hell. 2, I. 24; He kept this Up four 
 dcl\S (hut on the fifth, iri f\v T)j.tpa Trt'jnrTT), J5 27). Kara^as 8 KCITU es TO KaTa- 
 yciiov oiKT|p.a SiatTaro TT' erea Tpia' . . . TerapTw 8 trt'i e^avr) TOI<TI 0pi]i|i, Hl)T. 
 4, 95 ; He ivcnt down into t/ie underground room and lived there for three 
 years, but in the fourth he appeared to t/ie Thracians. 
 
 DF.M. 19, 78: TtTTapas /j.rjvas oXouj f(T(povd' ol <ba)Kels rovs vcrrepov, r'j St 
 TOVTOV &fv8o\oyia fj.fra nwd varepov UVTOVS (iTrcoXf crtv. 
 
 XKX. Hell. 2, i, 24 (see above). Ibid. 2, 2, 16-7 : (Wr/)t/3f irapa .\va-uv- 
 $pci> rpfts fj.t]i>(is KOI irkiov . . . tTT(\ 8f ijKf TfT(ipTO) fJ.i]vi, uTnjyyf i\fv Kre. 
 
 THUG. 4- 69. 3 Kn ' Tavrr/v p.ev ri)v 1/fj.f'pav i\r)v flpydfcovro' T>/ (T icrrfpaia 
 
 TTfpl ieihlJV TO ~ft^O? OO~()l> OVK (ITTf Tf T(\f (TTO, K(l\ Ol (V TJj N((Tn/a S(io~(lVT(S . . . 
 
 vi>efir)cruv rms 'A.6r)vaiois. 
 
 HlJ'I'. I, 18-9: firo\ffJLf (T(ci fv8(K(l . . . TW ^f o~va>$fKtiT(i) fTf'i . . . avvrj- 
 vfl^drj TL roiuvftf yfvio~6ai Trpr/yfjia. 4., 95 ( st>c abo\"e). 4> '5^' TI >^ TOl> oiKfOv 
 TOV xiapov ( fTt<f (ftft<>ijL<t) tie cr(pis erf'i . . . ol At/3u$ . . . dviyvuxrav fK\t7reiv. 
 7, 191 : ii/jLtpcis yap ^17 txfip.af rpds- Tf'Xor fit fvrofiii re TroidJvTfs Kui Kura- 
 ttdoVTtS yi'ir)(Ti ol Miiyot TM iivip.u> . . . (Trnvcrav TtriipTT/ rjfitpij. 
 
 AR. Thesm. 502-3: irtpav S' (yaift i/ (paaKtv <l>otv(tv yvvf) Six '}/^</J"S'. 
 (<t>s firpiaTo iraiftiov, 
 
 HoM. Ofl. 2. 106 sqq. 3, 118 sq. 304 sqq. 4, 360 sqq. 5. 278 sq. 
 388 sqq. 7, 253 sq. 259 sqq. 267 sqq. 9, 74 sqq. 9, 82 sqq. 10, So sq. 
 142 sqq. 14. 240 sqq. 250 sqq. 285 sqq. 
 II. 9, 470 sqq. 21, 45 sqq.
 
 IMPERFECT AND A OR 1ST gi 
 
 209. The above succession of imperfect and aorist is the type, but there 
 are variations. 
 
 THUC. 3, 107, 3 ; Five days they kept quiet, but on t/te sixth both parties be- 
 gan to draw up as for battle. 
 
 THUC. 3. 107, 3 (see above). 
 
 HDT. 7. 2O: ori p.iv ricrcrfpa Yeo n\i']pta napapTftro (TTparirjv rt KOI . . ., 
 
 U) 8( (Tf'i ilvop.ivo) f err parrjXuTf t X f 'P' M^y'^.V fXij^for. 
 
 HOM. Od. IO, 28 sqq.: (vvfj/iap p.iv O/JLO)S ir\(op.(v VVKTCIS rf KH\ fjp-ap, | rfj 
 ' t]8r) di>( (paiixro jrarpls upovpa, | Kin 8rj TrvpTToXiovras ( \t vcrcrop.f v 
 iis fovraf | fvff tp-f p.(v y\vKvs vm>os (7n'i\vdf /ce/c/^r/aJTa. (Only an appar- 
 ent exception. The action is interrupted by the or>}Av#e.) 
 
 II. 6, I74~6 ; fvvt-fj.ap (ivicr(Tf KOI ivvia f3ovs If'pfVO'fv. | XX' ort Si) 
 fidci'iTi) ((fnivrj poF>oftiiKTv\<>s iju>s, \ KOI Tort p.iv fpfftvf Ktii f/Ttf tr^/xa Idiadat. 
 (Aorist followed by imperfect.) 
 
 210. When the imperfect alone is used, the definite statement is an 
 afterthought, or, at all events, the matter is not fully disposed of by the 
 narrator. 
 
 KO.I WKCI ^v Mcyapoi? irXtiw f\ -ntvre e-n\, Lvc. 21 ; He lived at Alegara more 
 than five years. 
 
 Lvc. 21 (see above). 
 
 ISAE. 5. 7 : (KfKTTfTO (plpf.= ipf.) fKCUTTOS 8u>8fKU (Trj afAfl^f. 
 
 LVS. 21, 2'. TOV fit fifTu^v xpuvov (Tpirj pcip^ovv (Trra (TTJ. 
 
 211. IMTERFKCT AND AORIST INTERWOVEN. The two 
 tenses are often so combined that the general statement is given 
 by the aorist and the details of the action by the imperfect, or 
 the situation is described by the imperfect and isolated points 
 presented by the aorist. 1 
 
 [ZuKpaTTjs] TO 4>dpfiaKov ciricv . . . irws ^reXevra; PLATO, Phaedo, 57 -^ 
 Socrates drank the poison. Ho**.' did lie die? (Describe the closing scenes.) 
 OVK ^TJpKcr 8' aviTois TttOr' t^afiapTelv, aXXa ircpl TOVS avrovs XP VOV S tiropOovv 
 (itv TT)V T^Trtipov, v^pi^ov 8i Tas vqaovs, avT]povv 8e . . . Kal . . . KaOiaraaav, 
 iXv^iaCvoVTO 8e TTJV ITtXoirdvvT)(rov tea! fitcrTTjv a~Taarav Kal TroXc'fXwv ^ir oir)crav. 
 ^irl iroiav ya.p TUJV -rroXtcuw OVIK i.anp<\rt\>(rav; f\ irtpl rivas avroiv OVK ^|ijp.ap- 
 TOV; OUK 'HXfi'uv p.cv |n'pos TI TTJS x^P a S a. <j) c i X o v T o, TT]V 8e yf]v Tr\v Kopivfliu)!' 
 T (iov, . . . SicuKiaa v, . . . 4ciroXl6pKT]O-av, . . . ciat'paXov, oviSev 8' ^iraxi- 
 ravTO TOVS [iv aXXovs Kaiccis Troiovvrts, avrois 8t TTJV TJTT<XV TTJV ^v AcvKTpocs irapa- 
 <rictudovTts ; IscjC. 8, </y-Ioo. 
 
 1 Sec al><> 1!. I.. (I., A. J. I', xiv (1893), 104-6.
 
 92 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 ISOC. 5' 53~4 : ^ 7'V f<pdatrav TU>V t)(dpS>v KpaTT]crai>Tfs KOI 
 ap.(\t)o~avTfs Tyi/co^Xoui' fjiev . . . erdX/ua>t' . . . ijTTfiXovv . . . aTreore'p 
 ciropdovv . . . e eTT( P.TTOV . . . TeXeurcoi/rey fie Trpos 3>a>K(as 7ro\(fj.ov f^ij 
 5, 87: ffx f y^P Strras eiridviiias . . . TTpoyptiTo yup fiacriXfl re rrohefif'iv KOI 
 TOVS fTciipovs . . . KaTayayt'iv. 8, 99100 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 57 A (see above). 
 
 XEX. Hell. 2, 3, 55-6 : cos fie ravra etVfi/, eiX/ce p.tv OTTO TOV /3w^oC 6 2rupor, 
 
 fl\KOV 5 01 VTTT]p(Tal. 6 8f Q^pafJ.^!]? . . . (TTfKaXf I TO . . . . 7; fie (3oi'\T) 
 
 fjorv^iav ti^ev...- ol 8' ajvi^yayov TOV uv&pa KTf. 
 
 THUC. 3. 22 (a number of examples of shifting tenses). 4, 119, 1-3: 
 raiiTa ^vviQfvro KU\ u>fj.ocrav AaKefim/^oi/iot KOI ol ^i'/n/x^ot '\6rjvaiois KOI rols 
 vp.p.u)(ois . . . f-vvfTivfVTO oe KCII e cnrtv^ovTo .\aKf8ai/j.ovto)t> p.tv otfie . . . r; 
 p.fv 8rj (Kf \fipia avTr] e'ye'veTO, KCI\ gwfj<fav fv avrt] Trtpl ra>v [itifcivcav mrovftiov 
 8ui TTCIVTOS ('s Xoyovs. 
 
 HDT. 2, 162: TU>I> TIS ArytiTTTuoi/ oVicr^e CTTIIS TTfpiedrjxe ol Kvverjv, KO\ 
 TTfpiridels (<prj eVl j3acn\T)ir] TTtpiridevai. 3, 123: ravra aKovcras NoXvKpdrrjs 
 rjcrdr) re KOI e'/3ouXfro. 
 
 HOM. Od. 10, 352-67 : A string of imperfects followed by a string of 
 aorists. 
 
 212. INTERCHANGE OF IMPERFECT AND AORIST. An actual inter- 
 change of tenses is not to be admitted except in the case of a few old pret- 
 erites, such as TJV and ffprjv. In the earliest period the typical difference 
 is held fast. The apparent exceptions, then, may be accounted for by un- 
 differentiated forms, by mistaken meanings, by the distributive or intensive 
 use of the imperfect. So e4 )T l v =4 )T ) ' a > but in ftrepirov the thoughts follow 
 the motion, 1 and lice'Xevov is " I gave orders," " urged." 
 
 6 Kpotcros eirfnr es 2irapTr)v oyYt'Xovs . . . ol 
 Kpolcros KT.", HDT. I, 69. 
 
 . 6, 27 : et /xei/ e'ya> TOVTUIV TrpoK(i\ov[j.ivu>v p.t} i]de\T)cra TOVS irapa- 
 yfvo/jifvovs (iTTofpfjvai, fj Qepairovras taiTovo-i p.ij rjdfXov tK^tdovat . . . <WTU uv 
 Tairrn p.(yio~Ta TKfj.tjpin KUT" (/JLOV eiroiOVVTO on uXrjdrjs fjv r) airta. 
 
 THUC. 2, 7'. 23. Tlav&avias y<ip . . . dir(8i8ov H\a-iit(vo~i y?]v KU\ Tro\iv 
 TTJV o-(f)fT(pai> f'xovras avTOvafiovs oiKflv KT. rafie /J.tv r^iiv TTiiripfs ol vfitrtpoi 
 f8oo~av KTf. 3> 5^' 5 ll(tv<ravi(is p.ev yup fdairrfv avrovt vopifav tv yt/ rt (piXia 
 Ttdfvin K<I\ TTiip av8pd(ri TOIOVTOIS KT(. J , 20, 1-2'. Tre/x' re IltXorro'i'i/J/croi' viii't 
 
 TplUKOVTH ((TT(L\(IV K(H \<lplK\f(l TOV ' \TTO\\O$(j)pOV (ipVOVTd, . . . Kill TilV Af//iO- 
 
 (fdivr) f\ TTJV 2i<fXini', (ainrffi f'^ieXXor, tiTTf O~T e X X ov. 
 
 HDT. I, 69 (see above). 3, 41 : fitf/^ei-os fi tvpurKt rdfa. 8, 136: Mop- 
 SOVLOS fie ... p.(Ta TUVTO. tnf fj- ^ ( uyyfXov '$ 'A.0T)vas 'AX(av8pov TOV ' 
 
 1 Sec H. L. ti. on FIND. 1'. 4, 114.
 
 IMPERFECT OF EXDEAVOR 93 
 
 . . ., apa pin ort . . . apa Tt o MapSoptor irvflupfvos ort irpt'(ivus Tt firj Kai fvtpytTTjs 
 
 6 ' 'AXi ail8pOS (TTfpTTf. . . . T01(Tt fit} irflflt'lpfVHS tTftprtf. 
 
 EUR. Or. 55- ' irafilp P*V ( <pvT(V(Tt V pf, <TI) 8' (TIKTf mil?. 
 
 Pixn. See B. L. (i. on P. 4, 114 and 247, and on P. 5, 76 : potpii Tit nytv 
 as compared with ibid. 87 : TOVS 'Api<rroTe'Xi;j aytiyt. O. 6, 41, on (TIKT(. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 4, 5 : T 'l 1 ' M'" 'A^iXX^oj pr/^r/yopof vlfi irtprffv. Ibid. 8: rr\v 
 up o y tv6' "imrouri KU\ dppucri. irt p.TT( vtr6ai, 
 
 II. 2, 42 sqq. : t^tro 8' op6<i>0tis, p.a\aKov 5' fi>8vi>f ^trcoi/a, I KU\(>V 
 irrjyaTtov^ntpl 8i piyn /3aX\ero (pupos rro(rcr\ 8' viro \nT(ipm<riv c'd^aaro (caXa 
 7T'8tXa | (i/i^)i S' ap' utfjLoicriv ftiiXtro i(f)os dpyvpot)\ov, KT(. 6, 192-3: avrov 
 pw KarfpvKf) BiOov 8 o ye dvyaTfpa TJV, \ 8a>K( 8 ol rip.t]t j3a<ri\rji8i>f fjfj.t(Tv Trticrrjs. 
 7i 33~5 ^* f "P a ^wv// eras' SO>KC i(pos upyvporj\oi> . . . Alar S faxrr^pa 8i8ov 
 
 213. IMPERFECT OF ENDEAVOR. The imperfect is used of 
 attempted and interrupted, of intended and expected actions. 1 
 
 & (sc. Ta irarpuJa) iravr' Ipio ^Y^Y V * TO DEM. 39, 6; All of luhicJi (i.e. my 
 father's estate} was going to be mine. TO x^piov tirwXci, ISAK. 2, 28; He 
 was for selling the piece of ground. oi> iraiStov ?vKa iyapn, ISAE. 6, 24 ; // 
 was not for the sake of children that he wanted to marry, airwXXvfiTjv (- 
 ^j8r) d-iroXov|ievos), ANTIPHON, 2^3; / knew (expected) that I was going to 
 be ruined. 
 
 DEM. 19,46: cal vp.(ls iye\arf, And you started to laugh. 39,6 (see 
 above). [49]- - 0"<})a\tvTOS p-ev TOVTOV tJTrcoXXvro Kai TO> Trarpt rw tp.u> TO crvp.- 
 ($6\aiov. 54- 33 : fovrtf 8e p.rj rrnpaa-^op.(i/(f TOVTOVS pdprvpas TJV (=fp.f\\(v 
 tcrf&Oai) Sr/Trou X<iyor ovdfts, oXX' i]\u>Ktvai Trapuxpjjp.' vnrjpxf tTiconrj. 
 
 ISAE. 2, 28 (see above). 5, 44 : (yiyvtrn. 6, 24 (see above). 
 
 ISOC. 5- 4^' P-^l KaropddxravTts p.ei> tvdvs oTrcoXX WTO. 10, 36: 6 piv TOV 
 
 8?lp.f>V Ka0i<TTT] KVplW T1]S TToXtTfUJf, Ol 8f pWOV (IVTUV (Ip^flV t]ioVV. 
 
 LYS. 7, 32 : raOra 8f irpdas . . . fKfp8aivov p.tv ovdiv, fpavruv S' ds icivftv- 
 
 VOV K(l8i(TTT]V. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 2^3 (see above). 2/39: Xoi/r piv yap . . . ri;i- piv ovtrias 
 f)8rj tK<rrTj(r6p(iios, TOV 8( (raptrros KU\ TTJS TroXfwy OVK airfcrTtpovprjv. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 230 A : dr<ip, o> (rtripf, . . . ap ov TI>?>( ijv TO 6(V8pov, <<p' 
 (mtp vv* f W" y ' ^ llt < niy friend, isn't this the tree to which you were going 
 to, wanted to, started out to, take us ? 
 
 1 Pliny, II. N., Praef. 26, explains the "artistic " iiroin as a manner of conativc 
 imperfect (" Apelles facifbnt aut Polyclitus, tamquain inclioata seinju-r arte et inipi-r- 
 fKCta"), hut Urlichs showed lon^ ayo (1857) that the aorist. outnunilieied the imper- 
 fect in the olden time, and l,6wy (Inschriften ^r. Hildhauer xiii) has (.nunled 2(x) 
 aorists against 87 imperfects. The imperfect does not appear in the ISS of the IV. 
 century, and becomes more common only in the imperial time (47 imperfects to iS 
 aorists). tnoniat " he made," irroiti "he was the maker."
 
 9^ GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 5. 5- -- OVKQVV TOVTOV Tv^obj' Trapu crou ov8(i> TJVVTOV, d fjifj TUV- 
 rous TTficraifj.1. Hell. I, 7. 7 ' Toiavra Xe'yoj/rey eireidov TOI> 8ij/j.oit . . . e'5oe 8e 
 avaftuXiadiu els fTfpav fKK^rjcriav. 
 
 THUG. 4- 68, 5 d(r<jjdXeta fie avrols /j.a\\ov eylyvero TIJS di>oi(u>s. 
 
 HDT. 1,68: e /jLicr dovro Trap' OVK fK.8i86vTos rfjv avXyv. 3, 139: (TTfdvfjiTjtTf 
 TTJS x\avi8os KUI avrfjv TrpocreXdtov coce'tro. 6 8f 2v\o<r>v . . . Xe'yft " eyu) TUVTTJV 
 TTwXt'a) fj.ev ovftfvos xpij/jiaTas, Sifico^it Se XXa)f." 8, 60 : TrapfovTcov yap TU>V <rvp.p.u- 
 X^> v UK efpepe ol Ki>(rfj.ov ouSeVa KaTrjyopffiv. 8, 63 : (i7roXi7roi/ra)j' yap 'A0r]i>aia>i> 
 oiiKtri fyivovro ci^iofj.a^oi ol XOITTOI. 
 
 AR. \ CSp. 1167: dvfTTflOcv airov p.rj (j>opflv rpi[3a>viov \ /if/S' ff^uvai dv- 
 
 pa 6 8' OVK fTtflBfTO. 
 
 EUR. II. F. 465 : apipefiaXXe (=e/ieAXfj' up.(pi3a\f Ii/). I. T. 26-9 : (Xdovcra 
 8' ACXifi' f] ruXaiv' inrep irvpas p.fTap<ria Xf;05fl(r' f KOIVO p-rjv i(f)ef | aXX' ft- 
 
 HOM. II. 3. 79~^ T< ^ $' flfffO^d^ovTO Kaprj KOfi(iovTfs Amatol | lolcriv re 
 TirvcrKofj.fi'oi XdeO"O"t r' e,3aXXoi'. 5- 3'^- '} M**' ^" 4 ) ^ ov viov vir( f<pc ptv 
 TToXe'/xoto. 5 377 V1ff^f(f)tpov. 9' 465 KarepijTvov. 
 
 See also the imperfects of 214. 
 
 214. IMPERFKCT OF ENDEAVOR COMBINED WITH AORISTOF 
 ATTAINMENT. Here the aorist often presents a sharp contrast. 
 
 eTreiOov airovs Kal ovs If ir tier a TOVTOVS t\iav TT-opvo(JiTiv, XEN. Cyr. 5, 5, 
 22 ;/ tried to persuade tJiein, and lliose whom I succeeded zn persuading I 
 marched on ii>it/i. <rvvTa|avTo Kal TOIS oirXirais . . eTr-rjcrav . . . TOIS fiev oiv 
 oirXirais OX/K eSvv^OTjcrav irpoor|i i|ai, TlIUC. 4, 33, 1-2; T/iev formed and 
 tried to c/iarge tlie hoplites . . . Howbcit tlicy could not get at them. 
 
 OHM. 32, 17 : ffjyfv avrov 6 n/jcorof . . . ovroarl 8' OVK e')jyero, ov8' av i'cpr) 
 8iapprj8r;i> VTT' ov8ei>os (^a^6rjvai. 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 143 -^ typ(i\}/ufj.T)v [itv nir' evdvs oiKad' f\da)i> UTTO^HJ- 
 fjiara, vffTfpov 8f Kara (r^i>\f)v dvap.ip.i'r/crKu/jLfi/of f'ypaCpov. 
 
 XKX. Cyr. 5, 5, 22 (see above). 
 
 TuL'C. 2,4. i~2 : ray irpoor^oXas f/ Trpoaririirroifv anf a>Qnvvro. KU\ Sir fj.(i> 
 ij Tfns d 7T( Kpo vrr avro. 4- 33- '~- (see above). 
 
 H I)T. 1,69' 7T('fj.\l/uv~fS yap in \aKf8aifjuivioi f's 2upfits %pv(rbv wvfovro . . . 
 Kpotrroy 8e vfyi b)V(op.<v<nm e'fico/ce 8a>Tii>r)v. 
 
 H()M. II. 6, 5 I ~4 : T W fi' '''/'" flvpuv fvl TTiidf(r(Tii> fntidfv, | *ct 81] U.LV Ta^' 
 (fj.f\\f $o j (7r\ vr]<ts 'A^dicof 8(j)(Tfiv a) (IfptnrovTi Kara^t^f v dXX' 'AyufjLffjLi/iav 
 dvTiof r'i\$f 6iwv Kdi 6u.OK\r)<Tas eTTOs r]v8a | Then V. 6l: cov finuiv (Tpf\l/ft> 
 u8e\(j)f(io (f)pevas fjpujs. 
 
 215. !>\Xov WITH INFINITIVE. Expected actions are more 
 commonly expressed by e^e\\ov and the infinitive.
 
 NEGATIVE IMPERFECT 95 
 
 i*. T(VO? rpoirov IpcXXc TIS ai rv <rw0i]crccr6ai ; LYS. 13, 37; HffUi was any 
 of tJtem to escape? 
 
 LYS. 3, 32 : TW vp.<av TTiOTOf if . . . ^yoi' avrov tirl rrjv olniav rf)i> Sipwos, 
 ov nXdirra fp.(XXov nptiypMTa t^ttv ; Ibid. 34: ov avros eptXXov . . . ofpffr/- 
 <rt<rdai. 13, 37 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Crat. 418 B : o tp.f\X6v o-oi <pfiy. Phaedr. 228 C : XVTI/ fo' 
 f/ieXXf . . . $ta fpdv. 
 
 X.EX. An. 1,8, I : TrX^triov ^i> 6 orator eV$u tp,t\X( KaraXvtiv. Cyr. 3, 
 I, i: o(pdti(T((r6ui ff*( X X f . 
 
 THUG. I, 130. I XX' Zpyois . . . irpov8>j\ov a ... ^/ifXXf npu^tiv. 3, 115. 
 5: ^o(f)OK\ta 8t . . . airavifttytiv tp.(\\ov. 
 
 I IDT. 2, 43- TOVTCJV . . . f^teXXoi/ p.vt'ifj.rjv (tiv. 
 
 AR. Eq. 267: Xt'yetf yva>fj.r)v tp.(X\ov. Eccl. 597 : roi/ro yap fjp.(\\<jv 
 'ya> Xe'^ftf. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 925-6. O. R. 967: KTtvfiv e/ifXXoi/ Trarf'pa TOI/ f'/ioi/. 
 
 PlND. O. 7. 6l : ftvatrdfVTi 5e Zfi/r (I/J.TTO\OV peXXei/ 6tp.(v. 
 
 HES. Theogon. 468-9: orf 3)) At" tpeXXe . . . j rigta-dat. 552: r Kai 
 
 HOM. Od. 7. 270: ^tfXXo/ en vvf<Tt(rdai uiv~i. 9, 475-6: OIK <jp' 
 tp.t XX ey . . . fftfjifvai. 
 
 II. 6, 52-3: (p.f\Xf . . . Swo-eiv (parallel with imperfect. See 214). 
 
 216. NEGATIVE IMPERFECT. The negative imperfect com- 
 monly denotes resistance to pressure or disappointment. Sim- 
 ple negation is aoristic. 
 
 ol \iiv OVK T)X0ov, ol 8' X06vTs ovSev tiroiow, DEM. 18, 151 ; Some did not 
 cotne, and those ii>ho did come would not do anything, oil* irav0' f| av9pa>- 
 iros, 25, 57 ; The wench would not stop. 
 
 DEM. 18, 151 (see above). 18, 250: ol fjL(T(8iSoTf (as was expected by 
 my enemies). 21, 163 : OVK dviftaiv inl ri/v vai>v, He would not go on board 
 the ship (as was expected). 25, 57 (see above). 32, 17: <>IK <//yfr<> (sre 
 214). 39- '8' OVK firoifld'. [44]- '7 : '' M 6t/ 'Ap)^id8rfs OVK tyap.fi, o Fie Mf(- 
 8v\i8rjy . . . (yrjp.(v. 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 142 C : ^Trfiyfro uiKaftt (nd eywy' t8((ip.T)ii KH\ cnjvtflov- 
 \f\jav (SO. (ivTnv Kiir<iXviv), aXX' DVK ijfl(X(i>. 
 
 XEX. Cyr. 1 , 4. 21 : OVK dvitcrav, dXX jjpovv TIVUS avroiv. 4- - -8 : t^Ki^fro 
 oWfi'r, XX' dp.ci)(rjT'i (lna)X\vvT<>. Hell. 2, 2. 1 I : ov 8if\tyovra TTf/ii ^uiXXdyi/f. 
 Ibid. 7, 5, 21 : TI]V p.(i> iTvmofj.utTiiTrji' npus rovs rroXf/i/ovr OVK ?jyf . 
 
 THUC. 2, 23, i : OVK iirf^TfO'av avrols i 'Adrjvaiot (\- p.(i\>]i'. 3' 3> ' : ov * 
 dirf if \OVTO . . . Tcii' KaTfjyopliif, 3> 64. 3: OVK tSi^ffrdf, 4> 33- - " l " e 
 dvrfirfi<rav, dXX' fitrv^afov, They would not go out to meet them Init kept 
 quiet. 4, Iio, I : an- o' OVK tar.Kuvuv. 7. 3. 3 OVK tni)y( . . . uXX' f)crvxa{>*-
 
 96 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HDT. I, 76: "lutvfs . . . OVK fTTfidovro. 3> 5^ SiaXfyo/ifVo) re ov n 
 TrpotrStf Xe'-y ero, 'urroplovrl re Xo-yoi> ov8eva (8i8ov. 5> 4 1 : "7 ^* KXeofi/wea 
 TfKoCo-a . . . yw>7 . . . ovKtri (TtKTf TO 8fVTtpov. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 116-7: dveireidtv UVTOV p.rj (fropflv rpiftioviov \ p.rj8' etet>ai dvpa'- 
 r> 8' OUK (irtidtTo (213). 
 
 COM. Pherecr. 2, 289: ov8f\s yap eSt^er' ou'S" dveayt p,oi dvpav. 
 
 EUR. Phoen. 405 : TO -yeVo? OUK eftocrKf /ne. 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 1212 : firfiQov ov8iv' ov8ev, u>s rd8' jJfj.Tr\aKov. } 
 
 PlXD. P. 4, 86 : TOV fjifv ov yivwcr KOV. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 123 : 'EAeV/; 8( 6fo\ yovov OVKCT' f(paivoi>, | eVfi 817 TO TTpuirov 
 tyfivaro TratS' (parWfji>. 
 
 II. 2, 779: ovS' ffid^ovro. 6, l6l-2'. Toy ou Tt Trel^' aya^a <f>povovra. 
 ("6 TraparaTiKos TTJV TroXXaKts TOVTO Xeyovo'ai' eSr/Xcoo'f." Schol. BL.) 16, IO2 : 
 
 217. The imperfect as the tense of past impressions is used : 
 i. IMPERFECT IN DESCRIPTION OF SCENERY. In descrip- 
 
 tions of scenery as well as of events. 
 
 TO 8' c EX\T]viKbv ets AtvKo4pvv (sc. dirTJXBtv), tv0a TJV 'ApTp.i8os . . . Upov 
 jiaXa SYIOV, XEN. Hell. 3, 2, 19. 
 
 218. 2. IMPERFECT OF POINTS ASSUMED. Of points pre- 
 viously assumed in argument. 
 
 ev (leo-o) yap avTwv 6 ST)|XOTIKOS TJV, PLATO, Rpb. 587 C; The democrat 
 was (as ti>e saw) in the middle. 
 
 PLATO, De lusto, 373 C-D : p.(Tpov (araOpos, dpidp.6s, Xdyoy) yap rfv u> 
 Taitr' t Kpiv (TO. Legg. 867 D : aTtpos ((pevyt TO. 8vo (sc. (rrj). The other was 
 to be in exile (as we have seen) the two years. Rpb. 522 A : dXX' 77 v (Ktivrj 
 (SC. Mouo-iKf}) . . . dvTi(TTpo(pos TJJS yvfJLva(TTiKijs, ft p.fp.vr](Tai. 587 C (see above). 
 
 219. 3. IMPERFECT OF FORMER VIEWS. Of views that were 
 once fondly entertained. 
 
 TOVTO ... ov SiSaKTov u>|iT]v elvai, XEN. Oec. 12, 10; / thought that this 
 was not to be taught. 
 
 ISAE. 7. I~2 ' (fp.rjv fJ-fv, &> <"i>8pfs, Trpo(ri)K(ti> ov ras TOIUVTUS up.fpi.o'firjTtlo'dai 
 
 7TOIT](T(IS KT(. (OLKf 8' Oll8(V TTpOVpyOV TOVTO (IVUl. 
 
 XEN. Oec. 12, 10 (see above). 
 
 220. 4. IMPERFECT OF SUDDEN APPRECIATION OF REAL 
 
 1 Cited by E. Abbott on p. 210 of his translation of Curtius' Erliiut., in oppo- 
 sition to the distinction made by Curtius between tirtitiov and
 
 IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT 97 
 
 STATE OF AFFAIRS. IMPERFECT FOR PRESENT. Of sudden 
 appreciation of a real state of things, regularly with apa (apa}. 
 
 ov yap TOVT' T)V cvSaifiovia, us COIKC, Kaicou aTraXXayri. PLATO, Gorg. 4/8 C. 
 AIK. TOVTI TI TJV TO irpd-y|ia ; MEF. xoipos val Ata, AK. Ach. 767 ; II' 'hat's all 
 this? A pig, by J we. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 213 B: u> 'HpdK\(is, rovrl ri TJV; ^.diKpuTrjs OVTOS ; Gorij. 
 478 C (see above). Phaedr. 227 H : dra/j Avo-uis r/v, obs- fuiKfv, tv ao-rfi. lbi\L 
 230 A : up' ov ro5f TJV TO ftivfipov, f(f>' uiTfp rjyfs >ip.ds ; Isn't this the tree, etc. ? 
 (213). 
 
 XEX. Cyr. I, 3- Io: TOVT' ap' fjv } tcri/yop/a. Ibiii. I, 4, 27 : rarr' pa . . . 
 xat (Vi>pas put. Oec. I, 20: XOrrat itpa rfCTdv i/Suvals TTfpnrtTTfp./j.ii'ui, .S'o 
 they turn out to be (tire after all ) pains sugar-coated U'ith pleasure. 
 
 HDT. 3. 65 : iv TIJ yap dvdpoinjij} fyixri OVK. cvfjv apa TO /x'XXof yivf<r6ai uno- 
 Tpairnv. 4- 64- 8fpp.a 8e av6pu>Tfov KIII TTH^V KU\ \ap.Trpov TJV apa. 
 
 AR. Ach. 767 (see above). Eq. 1170: wr /j. ( 'yai> up' f^fs-, o> Trori/ia, TOI/ 
 5(i(crvXoi'. Vesp. 183-4: rovri rt ^/; | riy fT TTOT', SivOpanr' , (Tfi'iv ; Ibid. 451 : 
 (TV 8' d^dptOTor ^(7^ pa. 
 
 EUR. H. F. 339~4' : & Z*C, pdTj]i> ap' o/uoya/idv a-' ficrrjcrdfjiTjv, \ p.uTr)i> S< 
 TrniSor yovf' (fjLov o~ t K\r/op.fv | tru ^ ?;cr^ (7p T)<T<TOV ij 'SuKfis fivai (pt\of. 
 I. A. 404: auit, (f)i\ovs ap' 011%). K(KTi')p.r)v Ta\tit. 
 
 THEOGN. 70- ''"'i*' S XXa>i/ ov8fv ap rji> ofptXos. 788 : OL/rwy ov8tv ap' TJV 
 
 <j)l\TfpOV ("XXo naTpTJS. 
 
 HOM. Od.4. 333~4 : w TTi'Trot, ?; /^dXa 6r; KpaTfpt>(ppovos avftpos eV fivfl | rj^f- 
 Xoi/ (ivr]6f)vai dvu\Ki$S avTni. tovTfS. 9, 230: owfi' ap t p.t\\' frdpourt (pav(\s 
 (pOTftVOS (crtcrdai. 475-6 (215). II. 553 : ^" "/ J> f'/ifXXes 1 . 13, 209-10: a> 
 TTOTTOI, OVK apa iiavTa votjpovfs ov&t ftiKawi I Tjtrav <baii]K(j)v iJyijTop*?. 
 
 11.4, 155 : Bdvarov vv TOI upKi trapvov. 5- -5 : ra ^ e /** t* 1 "'* <V' ^^<X- 
 Xo< oj/rjaeij/. 1 6, 33 : OI^K <7p(i o"oi yf narijp TJV irrTnira lh;Xei'f. 
 
 221. ORIGIN <JF MODAL 8i, ^xp^i v KTC - From this use of the imper- 
 fect comes, perhaps, the use of Vifi, f\pr]v. and the like, with the infinitive. 
 in opposition to the infinitive. $i <rc irouiv TOVTO idXX' ov iroitisi, }'<>u ought 
 to do this (but are not doing /'/). The unfulfilled duty is a surprise. See 
 364- 
 
 222. IMPKRKKCT OF I'xn v OF TIMF.. As the present is used of ac- 
 tions that are continued from the past into the present (see 202), so the 
 imperfect is used of actions that are continued into the past from a re-. 
 moter past. 
 
 9avfia^ov irdXai, AK. Av. 1670 ; / hiiti long been astonished at it (i. e. be- 
 fore you asked me the question). 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 2o<y C : <i nd\ai (icufi TiKTd. 
 
 7
 
 98 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HDT. 4, I : al yap rcoi/ 'S.K.vditov yvvalKts, &s a~(pi ol avftpts airrjcrav \povov 
 TroXXdj/, e<f)otT(ov Ttapa TOVS 3ov\ovs. 
 
 AR. Nub. 1311-2: oipai yap OVTOV avTi\ fvpr/o-(iv OTrep TraXni TTOT tirrjrei. 
 Av. 1670 (see above). Lys. 1033 : j/) At" ui^o-clr ye /x", <u? TrdXat ye fj.' tf 
 
 PlND. P. 4, 25-7 : fia)Sea Se Trpdrepoj/ apipas . . . (ptpofjifv . . . flvd\iov Sdpv. 
 HOM. Od. 23, 29: T^Xe'/ia^os S' pa /xt)/ TraXat ySf(i> (= Inipf.) ei/Soj/ eoi/ra 
 (dudum nffi'erat). 
 
 II. 23, 871 : arap 5i) oto-roi' e^ei/ TruXat, iam sagzttam tcncbat dudum. 
 
 223. This overlapping use of the imperfect (comp. 208) is especially 
 important in correlated temporal sentences. See Temporal Sentences. 
 
 TTi8T) Be. Ka\us avTi3 el^ev, ttceivos jxev airiwv' u>x TO > Y" ^* eicaBevSov, LVS. I, 
 
 23 ; After he had (thought -he had, had had) enough, lie took himself off and 
 I slept (proceeded to go to sleep). 
 
 224. IMPERFECT APPARENTLY USED AS A PLUPERFECT. Of course 
 in those verbs in which the present is used as a perfect (204), the imper- 
 fect is used as a pluperfect. 
 
 <j>evyv 6 Wevo<|>u)v, XEN. An. 5, 3, 7 ; XenopJion -was in exile, had been 
 banished. 
 
 PLATO, Menex. 242 E : \itff u>v nire TOVS ftap(3dpovs fviKatv, TOVTOVS VLKUIV- 
 TfS iSiq. 
 
 225. IMPERFECT OF TJKeiv AND oixco-Oai USED AORISTICALLY. TJKOV 
 and <fx"M v are often used aoristically. 
 
 eircl 8e TJK TerdpTU) |XT]vi, airi]Y'Y | -Xev KTt., XEN T . Hell. 2, 2, IJ (208). WXCTO 
 8 irpbs Oeov, PlND. N. 7, 40. 
 
 Perfect Tense 
 
 226. The perfect tense expresses completion in the present, 
 and hence is sometimes called the present perfect. 
 
 aKTiKoare, ecopaKare, TrtTro v0are, LYS. 12, IOO ; You have heard, you 
 have seen, you have felt. (ATreirXTJKao-iv vpiwv TO. wra, PLATO, Apol. 23 1C; 
 They have filled voitr ears. TeOaTrrat . . . Kip.<ov irpo TOV ao-rtos, HDT. 6, 
 103 ; Kiinon (has been, is) lies buried before the city. 
 
 DEM. 3. 22 : irpoirfirorai . . . TII rtjs TrdXecos 1 TTpayfj.aTa. 4- 4^- irptorftdS 
 TT t TT o p. </> ( v wf fta<Ti\tH. 6, 37: iKavuis (ipr)Tai. 
 
 AESCHIN, 2, 147. eV^ y>\p rjftr) (3(j3i<aK(v (irfvi'iKuvTo. Kai TtTTupu. 3- '86; 
 
 tvravda fj eV MapaOotvi p.(i^; ye'ypuTrrai. 
 LYS. 12, 100 (see above).
 
 PERFECT OF RESULT 99 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 23 E (see above). Gorg. 448 A: o6><r p.i rrw ^p^r^Kt 
 iiv ov&iv TroXXuf (ruiv. Meno, 93 A '. tpoiyt . . . Kiii t Iv ni. 8oKov<riv fvdiiSf 
 ayndoi. ra TroXmtca, not ytyovivai (TI ov% TJTTOV f) tivai. Prot. 3'4 ^ : OVK 
 f, ort oi> cr^oX^ (ivr<p ; 
 
 KN. Hell. 6, 5. 37 : SivSpa (KK(K(><patri Kill OlKiaS KHTllKf KIIVKIKTI Kdl 
 
 (iTii Km TTpUiluTa fii rfpTfiiK.il & i. 
 
 HOT. 6, 103 (see above). ~, 162 : fK roO tvtavrov TO ?n^ . . . f^apatprjrai. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 480 : TTiijr' (iKr;coHj Xdyoc. 
 
 Pi XI). O. 10, 1-3: TOV 'OXvpirioviKav avayviari poi ' . . . Trodi (ppfvos \ (fj.<is 
 ytypnirrat (stands written). 
 
 HoM. Od. 2,63-4- ^ 7 ( 'p *" r> ov<f\tra tpya TtTtv^aTai, ov$' (TI KH\ias | 
 outoy f'p.os 8tdXo)Xe. 
 
 11. I, 125 : XXa T p.fv TroXi'coi/ e firpddoptv, TII 8tSa<TTai. 
 
 227. The perfect looks at both ends of an action. The time between 
 these ends is considered as a present. When one end is considered, the 
 present is used ; when the other, the aorist. Hence present and perfect 
 are often used side by side, and the translation into English is often pres- 
 ent (228); the aorist is the shorthand of the perfect (248-51); and the per- 
 fect is sometimes used even of a past action that is dated (233). 
 
 228. PKKFKCT OF MAIXTKXANCE OF RESULT. The perfect 
 is largely used in Greek for the maintenance of the result, and 
 the translation into English is often present : KcVXtiixai, my mime 
 is ; (le'fivrifiai, / Jiave recalled, I remember ; KC'KTHMU, / Jiai'C got, I 
 (nun ; ci9i.o-fi.ai, / luu'e made it my rule, I am accustomed. 
 
 icaXov . . . Te'xKHfia apa KC'KTTJ o-ai, ei-rrep K C'K TTJ era i, Pl.ATO, Prot. 319 A ; 
 A fine contrivance is that you have got, to be sure, IF you have got it. 
 
 AKSCHIN. 3, 144 : wvfidicrdf ij8r/ TaSir}/iara ra TOVTOV uKovdv. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 5, 54: ridv^Kfv 6 dvi'ip. 
 
 PLATO, Prot. 319 A (see above). Tim. 23 R: tva yijs KiirnK\va-p.i>v p.t- 
 ftvrjirdf TToXXuv (fjiTrpoa'dfv ytyovoTutv. 
 
 Xl''.N. Oec. 9. 4' irpus ne(TTifi(3piav (IvaTrtnTaTai (sc. f/ OIKIU). 
 
 1 ML'C. 3. ^2, 7 paov 8' ol TroXXoi KiiKuvpyoi ovra Se^iol *c'/cX^vTt f) dfjiii- 
 dfis dyadoi. 
 
 HDT. 2, 47- vv fit .\iyvTrrioi fiiapuv fjyTfVTai drjptov (ivai. 4- 20 ; Tf'pas 
 VtvofJUffrai. 6, 103 (226). 
 
 Ak. Ach. 993 : tf mivv ytpovriov ICTUS ixvupiKtis p.f ffv ; 
 
 SOPH. El. I IOI : \iyi(rdot> (vff o> K rj K f v i<TTt>i>b> TTtiXdi. 
 
 PlNI). P. 4' 248: TroXXoun ft' ayrjfi.ai <ru<pias irtpois, 
 
 SAPPHO, 2, 9~I : XXa Kiip. fjifv yXa)(7O"u (ayf, XtTrrov 8' | avriKa \pu> jrCp
 
 ioo GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HES. Theog. 726 : A^Aarai. 727: /c^urai. 728: nf<pva(ri. 730: Kftpv- 
 (f)arai. 
 
 HOM. Od. 5,412: Xr(T>7 8' di>a8( 8pofj.e TTfrprj. 6,44-5: dXXa p.d\' a'idpij 
 | TreTrrarai dvvf(p(\os, XtvKrj 8' fTri8e 8 pop,fv ai'yX^. 
 
 229. INTENSIVE PERFECT. Not to be confounded with this use, which 
 has many English analogies, is the survival of the old intensive perfects, 
 chiefly in verbs of sound and verbs of emotion. 
 
 Verbs of Sound (Onomatopoetic Verbs) : 
 
 Most of these are poetic or popular, tcixpaya, I am bawling, bawling ; 
 T<ri-yTTa, / am mum, 
 
 XafBujv fitv o-eo-i-yTjKas, avaXtiaas 8e KCKpa-yas, AESCHIN. 3, 2l8; When 
 you get money you are mum, ivhen you have spent it you are in full cry. 
 
 AESCHIN. 3, 218 (see above). 
 
 HDT. 4, 183 : rerptyao-i Kara irep at vvKTfpiSes. 
 
 AK. Vesp. 944: Tt a-fa-iunrrjKas ; 
 
 SOPH. Tr. 1072 : /3e'/3pux K\dav. 
 
 HES. O. et D. 207 '. 8aip.oviri, TL \(\T)Kas ; 
 
 HOM. Od. 5. 41 12 : dp.<pl 8e Kvp.a \ fteftpv\fv podiov. 
 
 I1.4.4335- ^ lfs fOTTjKfuriv . . . dr)%fs p.f fj.ciKvlai, 10, 362 :. 
 Kcof. 17, 264: /3f'/3pv^f v p-eya Kvp.a. 
 
 230. Emotional Perfects : 
 
 Be'Sta, / atn in a perfect tremble, I quiver and quake. Se'Si" iL avSpt; 
 *A0T]vaioi [it] TOVTOIS JXCT' cKivov TToXcfxeiv dva-yKaCT0iLfxev, DEM. 14, 4. 
 
 DEM. 4, 8 : /itael TiS fKflvOV K(ll 8(8l(f) . . . Kill (pdoitf'l . . . K(lTfTTTT)Xf ptv- 
 
 TOL irdvra vvv. 14, 4 (see above). 25, I : tv 8t T(6av/j.tiK<i, 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 64 D: fyaivtrai crm (f)L\txri><pov dv8pos dvai f(nrov8aKe- 
 vai TT(p\ ray r]8ovcis KaXou/itVay ; Theaet. 161 13- C : oia-0' ovv . . . o davpafa 
 . . . ; ... TIJV 8' dpyfiv TOV Xdyou Tfoavfiana, 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 139: fifyciv OKVOV f'xa) KU\ ne<f)6^r}fj,ai. 
 
 SlMON. A.M. 7. 28 : r!]v p.ev ytha re Kai yiyrjQfv i]^(pr]v. 
 
 TVRT. 12, 28: dpyaXe'o) re TToda> TVIKTII KfKrj8f TTU\IS. 
 
 HoM. Od. 6, 106 : yfyrjdt 8f re (ppeva AT/TCO. 
 
 II. IO, 934^ Oll8( fJLUl TjTDp | f/iTTfSoi/, ((XX' (i X X V K T rj fj. a (. 
 
 231. Verbs of Sight : 
 
 Se'SopKa, / look. The classification cannot always be exact. TeOavfMuca, 
 I am astonished, is also T0avfioKa, / am agaze. 
 
 PINIJ. (). i, 96-7 : TO 8( K\ius rrfXudfv 8(8opKt (intr.) rav ' 
 HKS. (). et D. 508 : iJ.ip.vKt 8f yala KUI v\r).
 
 PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT IOI 
 
 HOM. Od. 19.446: nvp fi' o(pda\pol(Ti ft(ftopK<i>s. 
 
 So also the solitary Verb of Smell, for which see HOM. Od. 9, 210. 
 
 232. l r erbs of Gesture, Expression, and the like : 
 
 ^o-Kv6pwiraKaon, DEM. 54, 34 ; They are grim and grum. ScSpa-yfxc'vos, 
 grimly gripping. tcf\i\va, I am all agape. 
 
 DEM. 54. 34 (see above). 
 
 AR. Eq. 755 : K.i-)(Tr)vtv. 1 1 18-9 : TT/JO? rv rt \iyovr del \ Kt x^vas. 
 HES. 1 heotj. 826 : yXaxro'ijo'iv Svotpepjjo'i \f Xt)(p.uTe s. 
 HOM. Od. 1 1, 222 : ^vxn . . irfiroT^rai. 
 
 II. 2,90: 7TTroTT)(iTai, They are all a-flutter. 13, 393: KOVIOS fiefipa- 
 yp-evos alp,arofo-o-rjs, With his fists full of bloody dust. 
 For the use of the Aorist as a Perfect, see 248-51. 
 
 233. PERFECT OF AN ACTION THAT is DATED. The Greek perfect 
 may be used of a past action even when it is dated. 
 
 jiriScSciKTai T<Jre, IsAE. 3, 7 ; // has been shown (nay, ivas shown) then. 
 LYCURG. 103 : "EKTU>P yap TO'IS Tpaxri TrapaK(\fvo/j.fvos vnfp rf/s mirpiftos riidf 
 
 DEM. 21, 7' vftpi(r/j.ai p.(i> e'-yo) KOI irpoTTf Trrj\aKi <rrai TO rrai/ia 
 Tore, dyutvidrai 8f Kal Kpidrjcrfrat TO Trpayfjia. vvvi. ^8,8: TTUVTO. [raCr'J d(p(tTai 
 
 TOTf. 
 
 ISAE. 3, 7 (see above). 
 
 234. PERFECT FOR FUTURE PERFECT. As the present may be used 
 rhetorically for the future, so the perfect may be used for the future per- 
 fect. 
 
 el Y*P irpoXftytis n() > olxoH- 80 "^* 1 (or^o/ufo^n is a practical perfect), 
 EUR. Or. 304-5 ; If thou shalt abandon me, I am gone (lost). 
 
 AESCHIN. I, 90 : el yap TJ p.fv npa^is avTT) (<TTIU . . ., 6 de . . . elfins . . . fvo- 
 %as eariu . . ., 6 fit Kpivofifvos . . . il^iuxra . . ., dvflprjTai 6 j/ci/xoy KOI 17 d\i)Qeia, 
 ical 8(8fiKTai (pavtpa 68us, fti r;s KT(. 
 
 ANDOC. I, 146 edv p.( VVI>1 ftia(pdfif)TJT(, OVK (0~TIV Vp.IV (Tl \OITTOS TUV ytVOVS 
 
 TOV fifjLfTtpov twfids, d\\' oi^frat truv wpoppifav. 
 
 PLATO, Hipparch. 231 C-D: (f>tpe yap, tuv TIS xpvtrlov oraQfibv fjnurvv 
 
 s fiiirXacriov Xdftr) dpyvpiov, Kf'pftos rj fypiav fi\rj(pfi> (^= 6tXr/0ojy tVrrm); 
 EUR. Or. 304-5 : (I yap TrpoXtfyfis p.* tj Trpocredpiq vucrov \ KT^o-r/ TIV, ot^o- 
 
 a (see above). 
 
 Soi'H. O. R. I 166 ' oXcoXor, f" (re rairr' ipr](rop.ai nd\ii>. Ph. 
 e I ut T(.>^<jiv tyKfXiTijS al<rdt]<T(Tai, \ oXcoXa Kal o~i Trpo<r8ia(p(){pu) 
 On the Periphrastic Perfect, see 286-8. 
 On the Gnomic Perfect, see 257.
 
 102 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Pluperfect Tense 
 
 2 35- The Pluperfect denotes completion in the past. It 
 ma)- be denned as the perfect of the past, and hence is naturally 
 associated with the imperfect. It is more distinctly than in 
 Latin and in English the tense of fixed condition. 
 
 <riravt<jTpa TO. TTiTi]8ia TJV TO. (J-ev -yo-p dvrjXwTO, ra 8e Si^p-rracrTO, ra 8t 
 IjjeKe'xvTO, TO. 8e tcare Ke'icavTo, Xl-.N. Hell. 6, 5, 50; Proi'isions were rather 
 scarce ; for part had been used up, part plundered, part spilled, part burned. 
 
 LVS. 13. 2O: TI (5e fiov\r) . . . 8le<pdapTO <al u\iyap^ias enfdvfj.ei. 13. 5- 
 TrXoui 77<i pe <r KevaaTO KCU ol tyyvrjTiu eroi/xoi i^aav. 
 
 XF.X. Cyr. 3, 2, II : eVel 8e J]pt<TTr)K(crav, . . . tvdiis eYeijfife (ppovpwv. 
 
 Hell. I, I, j2 : f 7T' &( TO VaVTlKt'iV, O (KftVOS 1] & p O I K f I . . ., f f7Tf fj.(pdr] KpaTr/mTT- 
 
 TTidas. Ibid. 1,3,20: eVft 8e avrots Trapt cr K t v n err o, VVKTOS dvo^avTes ra? nv- 
 Xd? . . . (iarjyayov TO (TTpaTfv/j.a, \VJicn they /tad all their preparations made, 
 they opened t lie gates by niglit and introduced the army. Ibid. 6, 5, 21 : e 
 yap TIJS TTpocrOfv ddv/j.ias (buKfi ri a V ( i\ t] <f) e v d (. TI]V TroXii/, OTI ICHI eVe/3e,dX i) <f i 
 (is Ttjv 'ApKa&iav Kin 8r/ovvTi Trjv \u>pav OL/Sei? i]de\i]Kfi fjni^fadat. Ibid. 6, 5, 
 23: 01 . . . Qrj,3aloi Kii\a>s cr(pio~Lv toOVTO f^etii, eVet ( ftf fiorj di] Kt o~av fJ-iv, TroXe- 
 
 fj.iov 8t oiiftfva eTi f'copcoi/ eV rfj ^co/ja. Ibid. 6, 5, 50 (see above). Ibid. 7, 5, 21 : 
 
 (TTfi ye fJ,f)V fTeTOKTO (IVTO) TO CTTpUTfVfJiU . . ., TrjV . . . O-Vl>TnfjLCL)T(lTr]V TTpOS TOVS 
 
 TroXe/i/ous OVK j}y(. 
 
 THUG. 2, 59, I ' ?/X Xot'coyTO ray yva>p.as. 4- -9' - &ppi]VTO ftiaKivftvvfvcrai. 
 HDT. I, 85 : <i K/joicroy 70 7rdi> ts avrbv eTTfTTOtr/Kce . . . Kai fi/} KUI ts AfX- 
 
 (f)OVS TTfp\ ai/TOV e TT f TTU fJL (f) f . 8,72'. O\Vp.7Tl(l 8f K(l\ K.apVlCl TTapOl^O}Kf( >'j8rj. 
 
 PIND. O. 6, 53~4 XX' eV | KfKpvnTo yap tr^oiVo). 
 
 HES. Sc. 143- Tj\rj\avTO. 154- T(TVKTO. 208: erf'ruKTo. 218: ecrTrjpiKTO. 
 
 288 : (TT(iX(JT(o). 
 
 HYMN. HO.M. I, 9I~I2: A^ro) 5' tvi/r^u'ip T( Kill twin VVKTas dt\1TTOlS I a>Si'- 
 vforri TT(TT(ipT(> . . . al 8' 'Ipty TrpovTrtn^rav KTf. (cf. 208). 
 
 H()M ()d. 4, 132: xpvo-a) (V eVi ^f/Xfa KeK/j(ij/ro. 4, 135: reTavuOTO, 
 
 I'- 5- 3^7"~9 : X'^^f ^' f ' v Kf p ( '^(f Se'8f TO Tpeis Kdi fitAca /jLifvus. | ... 6 8' 
 f^(K\( \f/(v " \f)t](t (cf. 208). IO, I55~6 ; ftS", vTro S' f'o~Tpu>Ti> pivbv /ii.'oy tiypuv- 
 \oio, (tvTafi vivo Kpa.Tcr(pi Tinrrjs TtTuvvo'To (puftvus. IO, 54 : u ^^ TTUV 
 fif>rjTo tiros, or' i"p' ij\v6ov avToi. 
 
 For the Greek use of the Aorist, where English and Latin would use 
 the Pluperfect, see 253. 
 
 236. PI.UPKRFF.CT OF RAPID RELATIVE COMPLETION. -The pluper- 
 fect is sometimes used to denote rapid relative completion. The later 
 Greek writers often abuse it. 1 
 
 1 Rutherford, Balirius Ixiii, but compare A. J. 1". xvii (1896), 518 and 519.
 
 JOK/ST TEXSE 103 
 
 TOVTCUV YvtitaQtVTdiv ovSeui'cLv Siarpi^Tjv liroiT)<rdfiT|v, aXX' fvCvs ira p t K ic XTJ VTO 
 
 |1CV ots flTTOV, IT pOt I pT) K OJS 8' T) V ttllTO.'s, ^4*' * <TUV\TJ\v6oTS TJaQV, a V C "y V U a T O 
 
 8' 6 X<yyos, Ti-T] V-TI ^t v os 8' TJV ical Tf6opv^i]|X(vos Kai TTVX'HK< | S uivirtp 
 ol Karop6oiivTs iv rais liriSi4riv, Isoc. 12, 233. 
 
 Isoc. 12. 233 (see above). 
 
 XEN. CjT. 1,4- 5 T "\v ^.iv . . . d(piKtTo . . ., ra^v hi nnprjd . . ., TCI^V fif ra 
 
 fVTU> 7T(Ip(l8f ((TO> t)l)f)Hl ai>T)\(j)K( I . . . O)ITT( ft \(TTVltyi]S IIVKfT d\(l> (IL'TOJ (Tl'X- 
 
 X-yfii' drjpia. 
 
 THl'C. 4, 47, I : a>? &e . . . (KirXtovres (X'i<p6r)(Tiiif, Xc'Xvi/r<) TJ 01 iriroi/dai 
 ta roiy Kf/)icupo(ot9 irapt8f8ovTO ol nuvrfs. 
 
 HDT. I, 79- ^ s ^* ' T<II)T<I t&<i(, KIII fjrotff Kara ni^of eXcicror yd^ TOI/ 
 
 Tov <s Tr/i/ Av8('i}c nvros ayyfXor Kpo/cra) eXr;Xi/^f f. 
 
 . Od. I, 360: ^ |ii; dil/JL^ijadtTd TTciXll/ OlKOv8( /3(f3l']Ktt. 
 
 II. 4- ' 34~6 : eV ^' tTT(T( farrTtjpi. dprjpim TTixpiis I'HITTIIS | ^ta ^ij/ p 
 os X;XaTo SatSaXt'oto | Kdi fita BwprjKus iro\v8ai8u\ov Tjpi'ipt t <TTO. 13, 
 
 593~5 X f 'P a MeveXaos rr)!/ ^(iXti/, } p f^f TU^OV tvoov tv 8' ilpa ro^co | 
 
 dvriKpv &ta %(ipos (\i)\iiro )(d\Kfi>v ty%t>s. 
 
 237. PLUPERFECT USED AS AX IMPERFECT. When the 
 perfect is used as a present (228), the pluperfect is used as an 
 imperfect. 
 
 KO.KWV 'IXias irt pi LCTTTI Kt i 0T]paio\JS, UlM. 19, 148; .-III 7//tJi/ of 1i.'0S 
 was encompassing Thebes (the Thcbans). intupayttrav . . . TOVS -jrpvTdvcis 
 a<|>icvai, Ak. Eq. 674 ; They kept on baivling " The prytaiies must dismiss." 
 
 UK.M. 19, 148 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 233 D: OVT' uv TTKTTOVS 0i'Xovs (KfKrijpeGa. Theact. 
 
 198 I) : TTuXdl (K(KTT)TO. 
 
 'I HUC. 3- 7- 3- % v y"P (Q&oirp6tv6s rt TU>V 'Adyvaiuv K\ roO 5^/iou 
 7rpo KTTI] Kti. 
 
 Ak. Ach. lo: OTf 8ij 'Kf^r/t/^ (Sill with IllOUth Open) TrpoarftoKwv TUV \l<r\i>- 
 \<>v Kq. 674 (see above). 
 
 HKS. Sc. 148 : 8(ii>f) (pis ir(nt>Tr)To (was afly, "flying all abroad") Kopvtr- 
 
 ITllVO'a K\UV()V dl/5pO)l/. '55' 8f8f](l. 19' : ((TTlKTaV. 269: (ICTT^Kd. -74- 
 
 ufMapa. 
 
 HoM. Od. 9, 2IO : ocr/i/} . . . d^eofif t. 
 
 II. 8, 68 : fjfXius fj.f(rt>i> ovpavov apfpiftffifiKti, The sun stood astride the 
 midheaven. 
 
 Aorist Tense 
 
 238. The Aorist states a past action without reference to its 
 duration simply as a tiling attained. It is one of the tuo iM'eat 
 narrative tenses of the Greek language, and is best studied in
 
 104 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 connection with the other, the imperfect. Examples are found 
 everywhere. 1 (Upshot Aorist.) 
 
 Kovcov . . . v i K T) <r 6 TTJV v K viSu) vavp.Q)(iav . . . 'IcJjLK paTT]s a v i X TT)V ACLKC- 
 Saifioviwv jxopav, UiN. i, 75 ; Conon gained the (great} naval victory of (at) 
 Cnidus, Iphicrates annihilated tlie Lacedaemonian inora. 
 
 239. INGRESSIVE AORIST. The aorist often appears as the 
 point of origin. This is due to the character of the verbs, which 
 are chiefly denominative. Hence this aorist, which is called the 
 ingressive aorist, is usually the first aorist. (Outset Aorist.) 
 
 (3a.criXeuo- . . . FvyiSj HOT. 1,13; Gyges became king. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 276 D: fye'Xa<rai> re Kal (Oopvftrjo-av, They set up a 
 laugh and broke out into applause? 
 
 XE\. Hell. 2, 2, [24] : Aiovvcrios . . . frvpavvrja-f (=Tvpavvos fyevero), D. 
 became tyrant. 
 
 THUC. 1,4: T)p( re Kal oiKio-Trjs . . . e'yeVero, He acquired the rule and 
 bee a me founder. 
 
 HDT. i, 13 (see above). I, 19: ei/do-^o-e 6 'AXuumjs, Alyattes fell sick. 
 7, 45 : 6 Afp^ijs . . . fdaKpva-f, Xerxes burst into tears. 
 
 AR. Eccl. 43 1 : f' 7 "' f^opv/Brjcrav KavtKpayov u>s V Xe'yot. 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 235 : f'y<u 8' erdX/Li/7(T(a). 
 
 PlND. O. 7> 37 : avopovcraia-' dXaXa^ev vTT(pfj.uKi j3oa (gave a "wild hal- 
 loo). 
 
 HOM. II. 3, 259 : piyrjcrev (gave a shudder} 8' 6 yipuiv. 1 1, 546 : Tpfcra-f, 
 He took to flight. 
 
 240. So with the moods and verbals : 
 
 lav VOOTIOTJ, if lie falls sick ; H.T) voo-qo-aifxi, may I not fall sick ; vocrfjerai, to 
 fall sick ; voo-^o-as, liaving fallen sick = ds VOGOV fftTrerrcoi/. 
 
 $ I : wav . . . z/ocrr/o-wfrti/, uytfir y( vop.(voL (rwoj/rai. 
 
 PLATO, Critias, ill B: VO(TI')<TUVTOS <T<O/J.UTOS ocrra. Timae. 84 A : TO 8e 
 fir) cri'ipwis txrroif ^vvftovv OTTOT' av I/OITTJCTJ; (becomes diseased} . . . K<iT(i\f/i]XfTai. 
 
 THUC. 2, 58, 2 : u>(TT( Kal TOVS Trportpovs (TTpciTLuiTas votrfjO'ai. 
 
 Ak. PI. 569: rr\ovTJ)(rai>Tf s (257)- 834-6: <]yw p.ev <afj.tjv our re'cor | fvrjpyt- 
 TT)(ra 8fOfitvovs t^tiv (f)i\ovs | OVTWS j3e/3at'our, ft Sfrjdeiijv TTOT'. 
 
 Ar.SCHYL. P. V. 203: <nr(v8uvTfs, cos Ztvs ^T/TTOT' up^fitv (become lord) 
 
 6fU>V. 
 
 1 On the proportion of aorist and imperfect, see H. I,. G. in A. J. I', iv (1883), 
 163 ; xiv (iSo.3), 104 ; xvi (1895), 259 ; and ('. W I-'.. M. in A. J. P. xvi (1895), 142. 
 
 5 It should he noted that the ingressive rendering is not a proof, but only an illus- 
 tration. See C. \V. E. M. in A. J. 1'. xvi (1895), 150-1.
 
 lA'GKESSIVE A OK 1ST 105 
 
 241. INGRF.SSIVE TRANSLATION OF SECOND AORIST. Ingrcssive 
 translations are, of course, possible with a number of second aorists, as 
 Jfo-rqv, / took a stand, tfav, / took a step ; but there is not the same contrast 
 between state and entrance upon a state as in the first aorist, not the same 
 iroptvfns tis TO ttviu, as it is called by a late writer, [ PLATO], Deff. 411 A. 
 Especially common is the inj*ressive translation of &TXOV. i\o>, / hold, 
 i<r\ov, / took hold ; x w > / possess, I am possessor, have, rxov, I took posses- 
 sion, I got. This is all the more natural as <^a> connotes a state and is 
 often used in periphrases with verbal nouns, alriav rxov = jjrid8r]v, got 
 blamed ($nt 178). 
 
 6 Se Kva|dpT|s . . . TT]V (JacriXciav t<r\e = ^aaiXevac = fJacriXevs ^Y*' VT XEN. 
 Cyr. i, 5, 2 ; Cy ax arcs sit cc ceded to the throne. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. i, 5, 2 (see above). 
 
 THUG. I, 12, 3: Aa>pir)s . . . oyborjKocrTto (Tfi vv 'HpaK\d8ais HtXoTrovvrjtrov 
 t(T\ov (cf. toKTjmiv ibid?). I, 103,4: *i t(T\ov 'A&rjvaloi Mfyapa /cm Hrjyds. 
 4, 49 aural AKapvavtS oixijTopfs ano ntivTcav f<T\ov TO ^copt'oc. 4- 95- 3- ri 7" 
 Botomav TTOT t<r\ov, 8, 23, 3 : TOVS diTKTTumas p-'ix?) vntfitravrfs TTJV rroXiv 
 f<r\ov. 8, 106, i : Tijv . . . vlxrjv TiivTrfv . . . tcr^ov, They gained this victory. 
 
 AR. Ran. IO35 TlfJLtJV Kdl K\(OS f(T\(V. 
 
 PlND. O. 2, IO: itpbv f<r\ov o?r/^a TTora/xov. P. I, 65: f<r^ov 8' 'Apv- 
 K\as oA/3iot, 3> -4 : ^ (T X f ToiavTav p.(ya\av afiiTiiv (cf. Ho.M. II. 16, 685 : p.ty' 
 ad(rdr)). 
 
 242. So with the moods and verbals : 
 
 T)Y<>v[xcvoi, cl Taui-r|v (sc. TTJV T|p.cTcpav iroXiv) cr xoiev, pa&iux; KOI raXXa t^fiv, 
 THUC. 6, 33. 2. TT)V TT(iivvp.iav . . . a-\tlv t Ibid. I, 9, 2. Tti . . . <r\<5vTi yvvaiKa 
 = yq(iavri, Ibid. 2, 29, 3 ; ]Vho took to li'ife. 
 
 243. AOKIST OF ACTIONS OF LONG DURATION. The aorist 
 is often used for rapid, individual action. But it is rather the tense 
 of momentum than the tense of momentary action. No matter 
 how long the action, it may be represented by the aorist, and 
 it must be represented by the aorist when it is summed up. 
 With definite numbers the aorist is the rule except as set forth 
 in sections 208-10. (Complexive Aorist.) 
 
 Eiicnin&jv ...ifiiu CTTJ l| Kai tvcvTJKovTo, 1SAK. 6, l8; I'MClt'tnon lived 
 ninety-six years. 
 
 LVCURG. 72 I ivtvi\KOVTa . . . <Vr; TO>V ''EXXfjvtav r)yfp<>i>fs KIITI iTrrfcrtiv. 
 DEM. 38, 12 : rot/raii/ . . . tirtTpoiros . . . tytvtQ' fnxuidm' err;, Of these he 
 was (not became} guardian sixteen years. 
 ISAK. 6, 1 8 (see above). 
 Lvs. I 2, 4 : fT'l ^< TpiuKovra MKijtrt.
 
 io6 GREEK SYXTAX 
 
 3> 4 : *ll JL ' iv ftpi)vri eytvero . . . (TTJ TrevTrjuovra, Kal evefielvaftev 
 du<f)(>T(poi ravTins mis CT7roi>8(us (TTJ TpiaKaiSfKo., 
 
 THUG. 2, 2: Tfcrcrapa ptv yap Kal 8tKa TTJ evtfidvav ai rpiaKovroiiTfis 
 (TTrov8ai. 4, 6, 2 : i/fjifpas . . . mvTfKaiftfKa f^-tivav eV TT/ 'ATTIKJJ, T/iey re- 
 mained fifteen days in .Ittica. 
 
 HDT. 2, l 57 ' ^fa^u^-ixos e'/Sacri'Xcucre fdyinrrov Tecrcrfpa Kal Trei/rij- 
 KOVTU erf a. 
 
 Ak. PI. 846 ! OVK, d\\' fix p piyuicr' f'rrj rpuiKniSfKa. 
 
 HOM. II. 6, 174: evvfjfjiap fivt<r(Tf (209). 
 
 244. So of the Moods : 
 
 LYCURG. 58. 1^ trrj crwe^us dTTo8rj p.rjcras, Having been abroad for six 
 years continuously. 
 
 LvS. 24, 9 8fKaKts av eXotro ^oprjyrj(rai [ia\\ov i] dvriSovvai liira^. 
 PLATO, Legg. 95 5 A: 8t6^vai . . . eviavrov, To be put in jail a year. 
 H DT. I, 7 upuvT(s . . . (Tea irivTf re Kal TTfVTaKocria. I, 16. 25. 
 ANACR. 8: eVea TrfVTrjKovrd re Kal (Karov . . . ftacriXeva'ai. 
 HoM. II. 6, 217 : ffiKotriv TJ/JLOT' epvas. 
 
 245. AORIST OF TOTAL NEGATION. As the aorist is used 
 of one, so it is used of none. Total negation is expressed by 
 the aorist, as resistance to pressure is expressed by the imper- 
 fect (216). 
 
 o\i\ elXov, TJiey did not take ; ovx fjpouv, They could not take. OVK tSs^avro, 
 They did not receive ; OVK cSe'xovro, T/iey would not receive, ol jxev OI/K rjXOoy. 
 ol 8' eXOovres ovSev eiroiow, DEM. 18, 151 ; Some did not come ; some, when they 
 did come, would not do anything. 
 
 LVS. 3, 14: ovSeiy ovTf Karfdyrj rrjv Kf(f)a\T)v cure <7AAo KaKov ovftfv f\aftev. 
 PLATO, Gorg. 471 B: 01) /Liere^ie'A^trei/ avru>. 
 XKN. Conv. I, I4 : OVK (Kivrjae -yAcora. 
 
 AR. Ach. 34-6: oiSeTTWTTor' ftTTfv (sc. 6 ftrjpos), avdpaKas Trpicn, | . . . | tiAA 
 avros t(fitpf TTilvTa. 
 
 Ar.SCHYL. Pers. 179: oiri TTOJ roioi/fi' tvnpyts flf)ofj.r)v. 
 
 PlXD. O. I, 47 : ovftf fjiarpl rroAAa p.ai6p,fvoi <f>u>Ta ayayov. 
 
 HoM. II. 3, 239-40: fj ovx fa"Xf<r6lv Aaicefiaifioi/os <^ fpaTtivfjs, | ^ Sevpto 
 
 fJifV tirttVTO KTf. 
 
 246. Tht: same principle applies to the moods. The change of tense 
 from present to aorist is often to be accounted for by a change from posi- 
 tive to negative, and vice versa. 
 
 p.T]Sev a (J. a p T f i v ^o~ri 0uv KOA iravTa KaropOovv, Kpigr. ap. DEM, l8, -89;
 
 A OK 1ST FOR PERFECT 107 
 
 To make no blunder and do all things right, (that} is (the province) of the 
 gods (alone). 
 
 DF.M. (Epigr. ap.), iS, 289 (see above). 
 
 ISOC. 4. 1 I wffTTfp . . . rov . . . aKfHJjias (tnaTH^fvov \tytiv (irrXoor OVK av 
 
 Swd/JifVOV flTTf I If. 
 
 ANTIPHON, I, 6: t^ovtria Tfv o~a(pias fl8fvai . . . OVK r/v irvBtadai. 
 
 PLATO, Ale. II, 143 B : oirtp ovv ov8(\s fiv olrjdtirj, <JXX ToGrii -ye TTIIS ar 
 ototro iKavos aval. Ion, 53 1 B : (I 8f (TV T)(T0a puvris, OVK, tlntp irfp\ rutv 
 6fioi'o>? Xtyofievttv olus r' fjcrda f ^ijyT)cra(r6ai (=ov^ ottis T' ei (r)yt]cra<rdai), 
 KCU 7Tf/}i ru>v 8ta(f)dp<0s \(yo^.fva>v rfiriorm av f'j-ijydcrdat.; 
 
 XEN. An. 2, 4. 6 : abvvaTov SiafUjvai. 
 
 THUC. I, JO, 2 : TO inrap^oirrd T( o~wfii> KCU (TTiyvdvai fju]8(i>. 
 
 AR. Lys. 129: OVK &v 7rot^(Tai/x(0 (no metrical necessity). 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 63: nXrjv roOS' ai/ ouSfi? ei>8tK(t)s p.f fji^airo ftoi (no met- 
 rical necessity). 
 
 PIND. N. 8, 44~5 T &' OVTIS reap \lfvxav KOfj,iai \ ov fioi ftvvarov (no met- 
 rical necessity). 
 
 247. When the negative is the equivalent of the positive present, the 
 present is more frequently used in both members. 
 
 edpcree, rwyt], KCU JXT) (jj o p e v, HDT. 1,9; He of good courage, Gyges,and 
 be not afraid, diroo-repeiv Kal p.t] airoStSdvai, DEM. [35], 42. 
 
 DEM. [35], 42 (see above). 
 
 AESCHIN. 2, 59 : ^apelvat Kal jj.fj dnodTjfjiflv. 
 
 HDT. i, 9 (see above). 
 
 HoM. Od. 4> ^25 : dupa-fi, p.t]8f TI Ttuyxv p.(Ta (pptcri 8t 18161 \irjv. 
 
 248. THE AORIST FOR THE PERFECT. The aon'.st is very 
 often used where we should expect the perfect. 
 
 I. Many verbs form no perfect. So many of the liquid 
 verbs. The aorist is next of kin. In later Greek many me- 
 chanical perfects have been formed from the desire of analogy. 
 See Curtius, Verbum 11,211. 
 
 dXXa 0Tra\ta irois ex el ' ^\ l T *S iroXircias Kal ras iroXcis av-rwv irap'jipTjTai, 
 Kal Ttrpapxia? KaT<rTTj<rt v, 1 iva (IT) (lovov Kara iroXcis, aXXa Kal KCLT' t6vr\ Sov- 
 
 Xcvioaiv; DEM. 9, 26. 
 
 DEM. 9, 26 (see above). 
 
 l.SOC. 5. 19-21 : OVK AUTTO) rijv (3ao-i\fiav nfmnr/Ktv XX' fr^^f a^id 8ian(- 
 irpaKTai. rt y(ip e'XXt'XoiTTf v ; ov . . . TrfnoirjKfv . . . npotTtjKTai . . . nfTroitjKfv . . . 
 
 1 DIONYS. HAL., I)e admir. vi, 54 (R. vi, j>. 1120), in quoting this passage, gives 
 KaQiaraKtt', a characteristic variant.
 
 jo8 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 . . . yeyovev ; aTrda-rjt Se r^y QpaKrjs oiis Tjfiov\r)dr) 8fa-jr6- 
 ras KaTo-T7j(Tfv ; (A solitary aorist after a long string of perfects.) 
 
 AR. Av. 301 : TI (fays ; ris y\avK "Atf^i/af fjyayf, (No classic perfect.) 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 28 : rotaur' f-n-rjvpov (no perfect) roC (piXavdpwTrov rpoTrov. 
 
 FIND. O. 10, 7-8 : 6 /ae'XXtoi/ xP" vos I f^ 17 Aca '" a '"X vvf ft a 6v XP e ' os ( se c 
 note ad loc.). 
 
 HOM. II. 5> 1278: d%\vv 8' av rot air' 6(f)0a\fj.u>v e\ov, fj irpiv f'rrfifv, | o0p' 
 ev yiyvwo-Kys jjfiev Qfov i)8e KOI (ii>8pa (jjprjKa is not found in Homer). 
 
 249. 2. When the perfect is used as a present, the aorist may 
 take a perfect translation. 1 
 
 iroXXatcis eOavpaaa, XEN. Mem. I, I, I ; / have often ivondered. OCTTJO-O 
 . . . avros TCI irep avrbs KTT]aao, HDT. 7, 29; AV^/ thyself what thyself hast 
 made. 
 
 LVS. 12, 3 : TroXXaKiy f? 7roXXr)v aOv^iav Karecrr^i/, fj.f] . . . 7TOLr]cru>(J.ni. 
 
 XEN. Mem. i, i, i (see above). 
 
 HDT. 4, 97 : ov yap edctcrd KCO /LIJ) {<Tcra>deci>p.fv VTTO "S,K.v6iu>v p-ii^rj. 7, 29 (see 
 above). 
 
 EUR. Ale. 541 : Ttdvcia-iv oi Gavovrts- aXX' W fls 86fj.ovs, Once dead, the 
 dead stay dead. Get thee within, fr. 507: ri TOVS davovras OVK fas redvrj- 
 Kfvai ; 
 
 AESCHYL. Cho. 504: OVTO> yap ov TfdvrjKas ovSt Trep 0avuv, Thus (shall 
 thoii show} thou art not dead though tJiou hast died. 
 
 H()M. Od. I, 166-8: vvv S' 6 ptv wy aTrcJXcoXe . . . TOV 8' wXtro VUO-TI/JLOV 
 
 W a P- 
 
 II. 13, 623-4: ov8e TL . . . eSSetcrare. 77 2 ^3 : v ^ v wXtro Tracra KUT' 
 aKprjs iXtos nnrfiVT). 
 
 250. 3. The aorist is used from affinity to the negative. 
 
 Tuiv O!KTUV oviStva KOTeXnrev, aXX' airavras TreirpaKe, A ESC HIM. I, 99; A'ot 
 a servant has lie left (did he leave), but he has sold t lie in all (they are all sold). 
 
 HYPER. Eux. 28: oiS" avrbs tStcorTji' ovS(i>a TruTrore eV TW /3/6> (Kpiva . . . 
 
 TltHlS OVV KfKplKa ; 
 
 A ESC H IN. i, 99 (see above). 
 
 IsoC. 3' 35 ^nvtjcTofjLcu yap ovfteva /j.fv irunror' (IbiKijaas, TrXttouj Se . . . rutv 
 TTO\iT(ai> . . . (v 7T(TroiT]Ka>s . . . tj avfiTravres oi Tvpo tfjiov ftacriXfvO'avTfS. 
 
 251. 4. Other examples : 
 
 ISOC. 8, 19: o liiv TOLVVV 7rnX(fJ.ns ('mavTUiv i]p.as ru>v fiprjp.(ini)v (i7TTT(pr)K(v ' 
 Km yap TT(V((TTtpovs fTrotrja-f KIU TroXXovs Kiv8vvovs vironft/ftv ijvuyKUfff K.a\ 
 irp!>s TOVS "EXX^vas Sia/if'/iiXr/Kf KIU iri'ivrns Tpdirovs T(Ta\nnr<i>pr)K(i> i]fj.as. 
 
 1 A. J. 1'. iv (1883), 429, note.
 
 GXOMIC AORfST 109 
 
 HOM. 11.4. 243-6: Ti(f)6' ovrwt ((TTrjTt TfdtjiroTtt f)i/T( ixftpoi ; I ? r' . . . I 
 'erru<r', . . . | &s vpds (<TTT)T( T(drjni>T(s ot>S* pd^ta-Of (Zarrjrf is here used in- 
 stead of a perfect in a present sense). 
 
 252. This is especially important in the matter of sequence. See LYS. 
 12. 3 (249), HDT. 4, 97 (249), and HOM. II. 5, 127-8 (248), where the aorist 
 equals the perfect and naturally takes the sequence of the principal 
 tenses. 1 
 
 2 53- AORIST TRANSLATED BY THE PLUPERFECT. We often 
 translate the aorist by a pluperfect for the sake of clearness. 
 
 rots ISi'oiq \p-r}<rf<r9a.i <|>TJ, &. 6 TrarTjp avrw cSwKCV, XKN. Hell. I. 5, 3; He 
 said that he would use his inun means, which his father had given him. 
 
 XEN. Hell. I, 5, 3 (see above). 7, 2, 19: las <5< Tip VVKTO ijypvTrvija-av, 
 (Kadtv8ov ptxpi noppiii Ttjs i')p.(pas, *-ls they had been awake all night , they slept 
 until far into the day. 
 
 THUG. 7. I. 3- T US yap vavs <lv(i\KV(T(iv tv '\p.fpa, The ships they had 
 beached in Him era. 
 
 Hl)T. 4, 146 : al 8( eVfiVf ttrij\0av t TToitovcri rouiSf. 147 : fttwov itouvfjifvos 
 Spxrdai VTT' a\\u>i> (mire fyfvcraro iip\']s- 
 
 For other examples, see Temporal Sentences. 
 
 254. For the difference of the aorist and the pluperfect, compare HDT. 
 
 3, 25: TTp\V 8f TTJS oSoO TO TTf'/iTTTOl/ fjif pOS fi I 6 X r; \ U ( V O. I Tl)l> (TTp(lTll')V, aVTlKU 
 
 irtivTu nvrovs TII fi%ov <TiTia>v e%6[ifva err* XfXoiTTf f, (itTa 8t ra atria KU\ ra vrro- 
 vym ( TTf'XiTTf KaTfo-dio/jifva, Before they HAD completed the fifth part of the 
 journey, the provisions HAD entirely failed them, and after their provisions 
 their beasts of burden FAILED them. 
 
 255. GNOMIC AoRIST. The universal present may be repre- 
 sented by the aorist. The principle is that of the generic article. 
 A model individual is made to represent a class. This is called 
 the gnomic aorist, because it is used in maxims, sentences, prov- 
 erbs (yva>fj,ai}, which delight in concrete illustrations. The gno- 
 mic aorist interchanges freely with the present, but does not 
 thereby lose its peculiar effect. 3 
 
 puJfXT] . . . (XTO (1V 4>pOVt]0-0S 1 <J> X TJ (T V, OlVtV 8t TQVTr)S TrXtlW TOVS X OVTa * 
 
 ffiXat|rc, Isoc. [ I ]. 6 ; Strength with judgment docs good, without it tioes 
 greater harm to those lliat possess it. 
 
 DEM. 2, y ; OT/ ^iv yitp i>n' tvvoias ru irjitiyfjuirn <nTTi/, . . . ITVUTTOVHV . . . 
 
 ' A. J. 1'. iv (1683), 4'jy, note. ' ; Sec note on I'IM>. I'. 6, 15.
 
 no GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 tde\ov(riv uvB parrot urav 8' ' K ir\fOV(las Kal Trovijpias ris 5}(nrfp ovros l(yyvo~r], 
 f] Trpuirrj Trpti(i)acris Kal fJUKpov Trraur/ia TTUVT' uve^ain <rt v Kal 8ie\v(T(i>. Ibid. 
 10. 21. 5, 12. 
 
 I.SOC. I. 6 (see above). 5, 38: eirrjv 8e KOKCOS aXXijXous 8iad><Tiv, ov8fvos 
 bia\voi>Tos avrol 8i(O~T rj cr a v. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 720 D : 6 <f e^evdtpos (SC. laTpds) . . . 8i8da-Kfi TOV dadfvnvvra 
 fli/rdi/, Kal ov irpoTfpov fTrera^t rrplv tiv 7177 vp.n(io-r/, The physician who is free 
 (and not a slave) instructs the patient himself and does not give a prescrip- 
 tion until he in some way succeeds in convincing liiin. Phaedo, 73 D : ot 
 epaiTTat, IJTiiv i'Swcri \vpav . . . jj a'XAo rt ois ra iraiSiKa avrtoi/ t'iaide xprjcrdui, 
 Tra'cr^oucrt rouro e'yycocrdi/ re TIJV \vpav Kal tv TTJ Siavota f\aj3ov TO ei'Sor rov 
 TratSdj, ov TJV f] \vpa. 
 
 HDT. 7. IO, f ) t OVTCJ 5e (cat (TTpaTos TroXXo? {ITTO oXi'you $ia(pdtipfTai Kara 
 rotni'Se. eirtdv o~<pi 6 deus (ftdovrjcras (popov epflaXri *) ^povrfjv, fti' u>i> ((pdapr)o~(iv 
 dvagiats ewTcov (a good example of general principle and particular illus- 
 tration). 
 
 COM. Men. 4. 354' 495 Tl 'x 7 ? T*X VT ! V &>pdo)(rfv, ov T'X I/ '/ rv X l l v ' 
 
 PlXD. O. 4> 4 fiv<i)V 8' tv trp(io'o~6vT<i)i>, fcravav nvrtV dyyfXjai/ Trort yXv- 
 Kfliiv f(T\m. O.J,y>-l '. ai 8e (pptvutv rapa^al 7Tpe TrXay^ai/ /cai aofpnv. fr. 
 225 I 7T(!rai' ^eoy ay8pi ^iippa Tre'/x^/;, Trapoy p,e\aivav Kpaftiav f <rrv(piXit;f v . . . 
 
 SlMOX. C. 65 t o S' ai) ^tifaror Ki^f xnl TUV (pvyop.n^ov. 
 
 THEOGN. 66l 6 I /cat eV KdKoi) (o~6\bv f'yeiro, I at KaKov (% dyadov Kai re 
 irevi^pos dvr)p ai^fa /idX fTrXovrrjo-e Ktii os fj.d\a TroXXa TrfVarat, | fairii/T]S 
 Trdvr' ovv ajXecrt rv/crt /^t//. I Kdl (ra>(pp(i)v ijfAapTf, Kal tifppovL TTO\\UKI 8oa j 
 ecTTTfro, Kal rip.i)f Kal KCIKOS uiv e'Xa^ei'. 
 
 Soi.ox, 13. 8. 28. 29. 31. 38. 54. 68. 
 
 TVRT. 12, 202 : OITOS dvijp dyados yiyvtrai fv TToXf^tto ai^ra 8( 8v(Tp.tvea>v 
 dv8pu>v f'rpf\^f (j)ti\tiyy<is | Tf)r/^(ias, o~Trov8r/ r frr^fQf Ki i p.a fid^S- 
 
 HKS. The(Jg. 436 : napayiyvfTai i]8' oi/iV^crt, hut 442-3 : prji8i.(t)t nyprjv Kv8pfj 
 dfos &)7ra(rf TroXX/yi/, [ pfla 8' d(pfi\ero (p<uvt>fj.('i>r)v, edeXovrrd yi dvp.(S. 447 : 
 
 t% oX/yuj/ ftpuid, KUK TroXXo)!/ [tftova dr/Kfv. (The end of the verse is more 
 than a metrical shift; it is a swoop.) 
 
 HoM. II. 4' 44-~3 "l T oXt'yij p.ev rrputra Kopvo~<TTai, avrap iTrara | ovpavcf 
 f<TTr')pit;e Kapr) Kal tnl \6<>v\ ftaivd. 
 
 256. AORIST OF COMPAKISOX. Ultimately akin to the gnomic aorist 
 is the aorist of comparison which is often used in poetry, the concrete ex- 
 ample being more vivid and striking. 
 
 8ei 8r) iravras, oSo-irep ol la/rpoi, orav KapKivov . . . tSawriv, d-rr^Kavcrav TJ oXtos 
 dire KO\|/a v, OVTW TOVTO TO 0T)piov v^as c|opi<rai KTC., I )l'.M. 25. 95 '< -'/- f physicitKIS, 
 when they see a cancer, burn it <>Jf or cut it ojf bodily, so ought you all to 
 landdanui this monster. 
 
 SOLON, 13, 18-25 : WOT* aff/xos ixffiiXus atya 8ic (TKtSavt v | fjpivus, os . . .
 
 GNOMIC TENSES in 
 
 v Kara irvpofpopov' \ 8r)uxrnf KaXii (pya, 6(>v (8os nlirvv iKavtt, \ ovpavov, aldpirjv 
 avris (6rjK.(v I8(lv | .' . . | Toiavrt) Zrjvos TrAfrat Tttris. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 335~4 O: *>f &' omtr' (v vXo'x&> (\a(pos Kpartpolo X/ovror | vt- 
 tfjitjcrcura vfrjyfvias yn\aOr)vovs \ Kvrjpovs t^tpfrjcrt Kai tiyKfii 7roii}fi/ra | /3o- 
 6 8' firtira (j]v tl(rf)\vdtv (\>vf]v, | dfji(f)OTtpoicri 8t rotcriv dftnia irorp.ov 
 
 ' | 0)9 'Q8wrtVS KflVOKTlV dflKfll ITOT/JiOV (<pr](Tl. 
 
 II. 3. -3~-& ' &* T( ^' & " / ^'x'*/"/ pryuhto ( 
 
 257. GNOMIC PERFECT AND FUTURE. The so-called gnomic perfect 
 and gnomic future correspond to English uses. The gnomic future is 
 based on expectation, the gnomic perfect on experience. 
 
 Perfect: 
 
 iroXXoi . . . TJSr) SovXoi . . . <rc<ruica<ri Sccnr^Tas, PLATO, Legg. 776 D-E ; 
 Many slaves ere now have saved masters. 
 
 ANDOC. [4]. 19' wrrtr 8e viTfpopa ravra, TTJV fjLeyiorrjv (f)v\aKi)v dvrjprjKt TTJS 
 irdXecor, Whoso overlooks this, has taken away the greatest safeguard of the 
 state. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 776 D-E (see above). 
 
 HDT. 2,6: 00*01 fiei> yup ytwrtivai dcri avdpuTraiv, opyviij(ri p-f^-f rpr^Kacri 
 TTJV xu>prjv, ocrot S rjcraov yecoTTfti/at, oraSiota'i, KTf . 
 
 AR. Vesp. 493~5 }" M*" o>v!jrai TIS op<pu>s, /xf/x/3pa5a? Se (JLTJ 6e\j), \ (vdf'ms 
 ( "p r ix' TrwXcoi' TrXi/tr/oi' raj /zf/x/3/)iia? | OVTOS o'^ravfiv ( 01% avdptoTros <Vt rt;pni>- 
 vi8i. PI. 5^7~9 VKfifrat . . . Toi/s pi'jTopns, ws OTTOTUV fj.ev \ UXTI TrtV^rey, ntpi TOV 
 8rjfjiov . . . fieri St/cmoi, Tr\ovTt)(ravrfS 8' O.TTOTUIV KOIVU>V irapa^prjfj.' a&icoi yfyivr/vrai. 
 
 EUR. fr. 1028: ofrrts Vfos u>v p.ovcra)v dp.f\el, \ TUV re mip(\dwr' aTToXuXc 
 Xpovov | Kai TOV /ne'XXoj/ra TfdvrjKfv. 
 
 PlND. O. I, 54 : aK(p8eia \(\oy^(v 6i.ip.iva KiiKayopovs. P. 3- 54 : Kc'pSft 
 Kai <ro(pi<i 8f8fTai. 
 
 THEOGN. 109-10- uir\T}<rTov yap f^ov(ri icciKol vuov fjv 8' tv 
 
 SOLON, 13, 27-8: aiVi 8' ov \f\rjde 8tap.n(p(S, oo-rij aXiTpoj' | 6vp.ov f)(y, 
 rut 8' fs T(\OS ((<f)dvr). 
 TVRT. II, 14: Tpfcrvdvratv 8' di>8pa>v irdtr' aTroXwX* dpfrtj. 
 HOM. II. 5, 531-2: al8oftev<av 8' dv&pwv TrXiovts 0*001 f)( 7r<0ai/rat- | <^)u- 
 ydvrtav 8' OVT' ftp K\('OS opvvrat oure rif dXcrj. 15, 139-40: rjfti) ydp TIS TOV yt 
 K.a\ xdpdt dfj.fivti)v | i) TTt(f)aT' TJ Kdi (TTfira Trf<pf]<T(Tiu. 
 
 258. Future: 
 
 oviSi aXXov ovStvbs ifivjruxov Kt^aXrjs ytv&trai Alyvir-ritav ouStis, HOT. 2, 39 
 No Egyptian (none of the E.) tastes (will taste) of the head of this or any 
 other animal,
 
 112 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HDT. I, 173 : tlpOfttvm) 5e ere'pov rbv Tr\r)(rtov ris ttrj, KaraXe'et ctavrov 
 fjir/rpoOev. 2, 5 : Karris KaraTTfiprjrrjpirjv 7rrj\6v -r( dvoicrtis Kai eV (v8(Ka upyvifjiri 
 e treat (Traveller's Future). 2, 39 (see above). 41 : r>v e<W*a ovre dvfjp 
 AlyvTmos ovre yvvrj <iv8pa "EXXrjva (f)i\i')cr(i( av rai arop-ari, ov8e fia^aipjj dv8pos 
 pTjcrfTai . . . ov8( Kptais Kadapov /3oo? 8iar(rp.r]p.(vov 'E\\r)viKfj ^.a^aiprj 
 ai (fut. parallel with opt. and V). 
 SOLON, 13, 55~6: rd Se p.6pa-ifj.a Trdvrws \ ovrf ris olcwos pvcrerai ovd' Itpd. 
 
 259. EMPIRICAL AORIST. But when the aorist has a tempo- 
 ral adverb or a negative or a numeral with it, it is best referred 
 to the same class with the English perfect of experience (empiri- 
 cal aorist). 
 
 iro\\aKis . . . SEO-TTOTCLL 6pYio^Evoi p.ct(0 KO.KO. eiraOov f| 7roiT]crav, XEN. 
 Hell. 5, 3, 7 : Often have masters suffered from anger greater evils than they 
 have inflicted. 
 
 79 T i'? H ( v yap dv@pu>7rovs TroXXoi ifirj ^aTTari](ravrfs Ktu StoXa- 
 66vTts ov JJLOVOV r<av Trnj)('ivTU)v Ktv8vvav dirtXvO rjaav ii\\a KT(. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 234 13 : rovs p.ev fpuivras ol fyi\oi. vovderuvcriv . . . rols ftf 
 p.f] pu>(Tiv ov8e\s TrcoTrore TOIV oiKfiatv p.f fJL\lsaro. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 5, 3, 7 (see above). Oec. 5, 18 : Kt Trpufiara 8' eVi'ore KaXXio-ra 
 rfdpafj.p.(va vixros fXdovara KUKtara 7rcoXe(Tff. Cf. [R. A.] 2, 2O : oims fie /uij 
 a>j/ TOII 8i'jp.ov etXero eV S^/^oKparou/ifV// TrdXet otKflv /xaXXov i) eV oXtyap^ou/iej/)/, 
 ddiKflv Trapf a < fvdcr mo Kai f'yvco on /ere'. 
 
 HDT, 2,68: y^uxrauv 8e p.ovvov 0rjpiu>v OVK ffpvcre. 3- 53- """XXoi 8e ij8r) 
 TU fiTfrpana 8ir]fj.fl>oi ra Trar^cota a7T'/3Xo v. 
 
 COM. Men. 4, 346, 205 : ?) -yXaxrcra TroXXous (Is okfdpov fjy(iyfv. 
 
 EUR. fr. 360, 28-9: TU fj.T]Tep(av 8f 8uKpv* oruv TTf^TTr] reKva, | TroXXovs (dfj- 
 \W (If p.t'i)(T)v opp.(t>p.evovs. 
 
 PlXD. O. I, 31-3 : X"!'^ ^'' " 7re / ) airavra reu^et ra /neiXt^a dvarois, | . . . Kai 
 UITIOTOV ep.rj<Taro TTitrrov | ('np.(vai ru TroXXaKiy. N. II, 39~4' (v <T X f P ( l ) ^ ovr' 
 S)v ^t\aiv(iL Kiipnov eficoKac apovpai, 8(i>8ped r OVK (6(\d irdo~ais triuv Tr(f>o8ois 
 | uvQns ewaiSes <f>ipdv, 
 
 THEOGN. 137-8: 7roXX(ci yap 8oK((av 6ij(T(iv KdKuv, (o~6\oi> (@r)K(i>- Kai re 
 
 ^0(CO)l/ 6il<T(lV (0-6\l'lV, (0TJK( KtlKl'lV. 6O~, '. TToAXo) TOl TT\iovaS Xt/UOU Kl'lpOS U>\(T(V 
 
 tJ8>). 639-640 : 7roXX<i>a Trap 8<'>av re /cai (\iri8a yivtrai (v pdv | (py' di>8pwv, 
 
 (jOvXlllS 8' t>VK (TT(y(VT(> Tf\OS. 
 
 HES. O. et D. 240-247 : TroXXiixt . . . dtrrjvpa, . . . (irijyaye . . . dnofpdtvv- 
 6<>v(Ti . . . TiKTuvcriv, p.ivvdi>vo~i . . . air toX e o~ ( v . . . aiFoaivvTai, 
 
 HOM. II. 2, I17~8: oi' 617 TToXXdajf Tto\iwi> Kari\v<r( Ki'prjvn | ;}S' e'ri Kai 
 
 Xvrru. (This example is very instructive as to the conception of the em- 
 pirical aorist.)
 
 A OK 1ST /.V QL'ESTIOKS 113 
 
 260. AORIST IN GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS. From this gnomic use of 
 the aorist arises its use in general descriptions, in which the aorist is de- 
 signedly employed to express concentrated action. 
 
 oi fitv yap dOdvaToi KaXoupcvai (sc. fy-v\ai), ^viit' &v irpos aKp<|i yc'vwvrai, 
 fa-TTiaav, PLATO, Phaedr. 247 B-C ; The souls called immortal, when they 
 get in front of the top, stop (short). 
 
 DEM. [35]' l ~- ' OVTOI yap SftvoTaToi p.(i> tlffi bavficracrBai xpi]p.ar' tv TU> 
 (fj.7ropi(i>, (TTtiStiv &( Xti/^oxTt . . ., evdvs fTf(\d6ovTo . . . d\\' ami TOV dmftovvai 
 <ro(ptarfj.aTa tvplo'KOVO'i . . . Kal flat irovTjpuruToi di>6pu>ira>i'. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 245-56. Often in this celebrated description, e.g. 247 
 B-C (see above). 
 
 HUT. 2,47' V" Tls ^f(iv(rr/ avTo)i> (sc. AjyvTmcoi/) trapitav vd?, avToiiri TDKTI 
 i/zcmotcn drr' u>v (fia\l/( (utvrov (3as eVi rov nora^u'iv. 87 : iirtav TOVS K\v(TTrjpas 
 irXijcruiTai TOV ano K(8pov d\d(parof yivopfVQV, (v )v 7rA^(Ti' 1 ToC vfKpov rrjv 
 KoiXirjv. 3, 82 : (s (\6fa p.fyd\a d\\i')\oi<Ti diriKVfovrai, ( u>v (rrdcrKs tyyivovrat, 
 fK 5t TWI/ (TTaaiutv (f>wos (K 8t TOV (fiavov aw (fir/ ts novvapx^v. 
 
 COM. Apollodor. 4, 455 f ' y ^ov <Jrav TIS tVn/ c/)i'Xov, | (<TTiv 6((i>ptli>, 
 NiKo^cof, TTJV TOV (f)i\ov I tvvoiav (idi'S flcriovra TCI? dvpas. | 6 dvpupos IXapos 
 irp(i>Ti>v (cmi>, r) Kvtav \ (<rt)vf Ka\ n potr'jXf)', viravTT)<ras 8f Tit \ 8i(ppov fv6i<os 
 (6r)K(, KUV p.r]8f\s Xfyrj \ p.r/$ev. 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 63-4: davuvrw p.tv fvddS" OVTLK' dird\afj.i>oi (fipfvfs \ iroivus 
 tncrav. 
 
 SOLON, 13, 53 ' <"XXoi/ p.dvTii> tdrjKfv <7i/^ iitdtpyog 'A7T(!XXa)i/. 
 
 261. AORIST IN PASSIONATE QUESTIONS. In passionate and impa- 
 tient questions the aorist is used of things to be despatched at once. 
 
 TI OVIK ttvro -yc fioi TOVTO a ire Kp i via; PLATO, Gorg. 509 E ; ll'/iy don t you 
 answer me this I'ery point? 
 
 Pl.ATO, Charm. 155 A; XXci TC OVK < 7re'(5et^<i? /ioi TOV vtaviav Ka\(<ras 
 Sfvpo ; Gorg. 509 E (see above). So elsewhere. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 2, 1,4- <>vv . . . <>v Kal TIJV Svvafuv (\f^dy p.oi ; Hiero, I, 3* 
 
 Tt nw . . . <>V\i KCU (TV . . . VirffJ.VT)(TaS fJ.fi 
 
 MDT. 9. 4^ Tt ^') "v ff*a)(rd[JLeda} 
 
 Ak. VeSp. 213: T Ili'K aTTf KOlplj 6>J fJL( V IMJOV OtTOV <TTl\r)V ,' ll'/l\' dOtl t li'g 
 
 snatch a little nap, a wee wee nap ? 
 
 262. AOKIST WHERE ENGLISH USES I'KKSENT. In questions, the 
 English language may also u.se the past tense, not so readily in such ex- 
 pressions as ^iTTJvfo-a, Thank" von (literally I praised r, ^p.4/afirv, / l>lame ; 
 
 V, / am delighted (Dramatic Aorist). 
 
 1 Notice the tincMb which heighten* the effect and helps to prove the purpuse- 
 fulnes-i <>( the auribt.
 
 114 GREEK- SYNTAX 
 
 aimXais, e-ye'Xaa-a v|;oXoiconiriais, AR. Eq. 696; I like your threats* 
 I laugh at your fire-eating brags. 
 
 AR. Eq. 696 (see above). 
 
 EUR. Cycl. 266: ciTrco/iocr', a> KO\\I<TTOV 2) KtKcXwTrioi/. H. F. 1235: e TTI; - 
 I/to- 1 ' ft; 8pd(ras 8e cr' OVK avaivofJ.ni. Or. 1672: Kal \(Krp' {iryve<r' t TJVIK av 
 fiiSo) rrarfjp. fr. 282, 13 ( fJif p^dfj.rjv 8e Kal rov EXXj/i'cov VO/JLOV. 
 
 HOM. II. 2, 3-3- r ' L i*T ai>(a> (yevtadt; 14, 95 : vvv 8f crev atvotrdfirjv 
 Trciyxv <ppivas, olov fdTTfS. 
 
 263. AORIST OF THE FUTURE. The aorist may be used as a vision of 
 the future. 
 
 ap', ei (it BTJ Xcu|/tis, y" v<u > El."R. Ale. 386 ; I am undone, if thou 
 shalt leave me, wife. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 386 (see above). Med. 78 : nTrcuXo/ieo-tf' Sp\ tl KCIKOV npoaoi- 
 (rofjifv | vtov TraXatcJ. 
 
 HOM. II. 9- 4 I2 ~5 ft ' P-* v K ' fi ^^' [JL(vu>v Tpuicav iroXiv dp.(f)Lp.d^a>p.ai, | <uAf TO 
 fifv p.oi voaros, drcip K\(OS ({(pdirov fcrrat | et 8t Ktv oucad' iKu>fj.ai e/j.f)v (s irarpiBa 
 yaiav, I wXero /J.OL K\(OS etrdXov. 
 
 264. IMPERFECT, AORIST, AND PLUPERFECT SIDE BY SIDE. 
 How keenly the differences of the imperfect, aorist, and plu- 
 perfect might be felt, is best shown in those passages in which 
 all three are used side by side. 
 
 iyii) [lev dire 8-q [io vv . . .ere T X VTI^ Ke i 8' 6 iro.TT]p iraXai, ore OVTOS f yr\ |i, 
 DEM. [46], 21 ;/ was abroad and my father had long been dead when this 
 man got married. 
 
 DEM. [46], 21 (see above). [56], 9: eVfifti) 6 2tKfXt*o? KardirXovs fyivtro 
 Kal al Tip.al rov <TLTOV or' tXarrov (ftu8iov KU\ i] vavs f] TOVTU>V dvfjKro fis 
 
 AlyVTTTOV, fv6((l)S OVTOS aTTOOTf'XXfl KT(. 
 
 LVS. 12, 53 firfibf) 8( (is TOV Hfipaia ij\6ojj.fv Kal al rapa^al yfyfvrfp.(vai 
 T)<rav Kal TTtpl TU>V fitXX(iya>i/ ot Xtiyot eyiyvovro, 7roXXf (Kurfpot f\iri8as ('ix~ 
 fjLtv KT. 13, 5 ' 8ip8dpr](Tav . . . fyfyevrjTO . . . eyiyvovro. 
 
 Hl)T. 1 , 80 '. &)? &O"(f)pavTO rd^fTa TCOV K(i[j.i]\u>v <>i tTTTTOi Kal tI8ov auras, 
 OTTJO-CI) dvt (TTpt (pov, 8it<pdapTo (lav shuttered} re ra> Kpo/frco 17 f\nts. 4- '-5 
 Tapa^dtvrwv . . . rapa<T(rofieva>v . . . TfTapaypfvovs. 6, 108 : f8f8u>Ktcrav . . . tS<>- 
 aav . . . e8i8(t(T<iv, They had given, they gave, they were for giving, offered. 
 7, '93- ' ^* fidpjSapoi, u>s CTravtraTo re 6 avfp.os Kal TO Kvp.a (arpuro, . . . 
 tnXfnv frapa rf]i> r'/TTdpov, The barbarians, as (lie wind ceased and the waves 
 had become calm, went sailing along the mainland. 
 
 HOM. II. J, 4^>4^5 '" )f "' M el/ roiuvra TTpus uXX^Xouv dyuptvuv. 8vcrfTo 8 
 T)(\IUS, TfTfXffTTo 8e tpyitv A^aiSiv.
 
 MODAL FUTURE 115 
 
 Future Tense 
 
 265. The future denotes cither continuance or attainment in 
 the future, and is either slitill or id//. 
 
 ?!<i>, / will or shall have, I will or shall get. apo>, / will or shall be 
 ruler, I will or shall faro in? ruler. 
 
 LVCURG. 8l (Ilisiur. ap.): ov Troiijcro/xat ir(p\ irXfioints TO (t/v rt)s (\fndf- 
 piut, I will not value life more highly than freedom. 
 
 LYS. I, 36 : ov8f<? avrutv a^rcrat, -Y<> one will touch t/iein. 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 29 1C: OVK tvBvs ucp^a-co UVTIIV ovb' "nrfipi (u. '///). 
 
 THL'C. I, 22. 4: apKovvras t$-(t, It will (shall) suffice. 
 
 AR. Ach. 203 : fyw 5< <f)evop.ai (will) yt rous 'A^iifWrir. 
 
 EUR. BaCCh. 63 : <rvfi.p.(Tao-X'l<r<0 ('///) x<)p)v. fr. 176 : r/y yap iifTpmav 
 <rKurT(Xi>i> ovrdfav 8opl | o8vvai<ri Sco ere i (will succeed in, etc.) ; 
 
 PlND. O. I, 37 ' " S" dvria nporfpuiv (pdey^opai (7iv7/). 
 
 HoM. ()d. I, 88: avrap tyu>v 'idaKTjvS' f(rf\fi/crop.ai. 
 II. 1 , 29 '. Tyi 8' yw OLI X u(ro>. 
 
 266. Owing to this indefiniteness of the future in regard to continu- 
 ance and attainment, the Greek language has a tendency to use other 
 forms of greater temporal exactness, such as the optative with <7i- and <"v 
 with the subjunctive. The Greek is very rich in expressions for the 
 future. 
 
 267. MODAL NATURE OF THF. FrrrRF..- The future was originally 
 a mood, and this original modal force is regularly retained in dependent 
 clauses, with the exception of the identifying relative, where it serves to 
 describe a definite person or thing. In the principal clauses, this modal 
 force is more or less effaced, just as the force of the English auxiliaries 
 will and shall is more or less effaced according to the person employed. 
 At the same time, it must be remembered that whenever we translate 
 the Greek future by shall m will, we make an analysis for which the Greek 
 language is not responsible. The periphrasis that comes nearest to the 
 modal future is /xAA with the infinitive. 
 
 As the modal use of the future in dependent clauses is not treated in 
 the following sections, a few illustrative examples are here given. 
 
 iraiSfs Sc fioi ovirw flcriv 01 p.c Oc pa-irt v <ro v<ri, Lvs. 24, 6; Ami I /nii'e as 
 yet no ehiliiren who shall nurse me ( = to nurse ///<). ov8i (sc. irp<TT(i) roiovra 
 Xe'ytiv It, >v 6 PIOS \i.T)btv itriSucrfl, IM >(.:. 4, 189. Sc^o-ci 8t ica! TWV aXXuv POCTKT]- 
 |iaTu>v irafjnroXXwv, i TIS avra cScrai (/s /,> e<it th,in}, Pl.ATO, Kpb. 37 j C'. 
 Kal jiT)v avSpfiov -y (sc. 8ti (Kurepov ttvai), ctirep tv p.axiTai (/v to l>e a ^ooit 
 fighter], lliitl. 375 A. (Here ftirep . . . |iax*iTai is parallel with ^av 8^t) . .. 
 just preceding.)
 
 n6 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 On the Gnomic Future, see 257-8. 
 
 For examples of the Future in the Apodosis of an Ideal Condition, 
 see Ideal Conditional Sentences. 
 
 268. FUTURE ix DELIBERATIVE QUESTIONS. The future 
 indicative, like the subjunctive, may be used in questions which 
 expect an imperative answer. 
 
 tiirtofiev rj <riYb>|xv ; ^ TI 8 p do-o p. v ; EUR. Ion, 758 ; Shall we speak out or 
 hold our peace ? What shall we do / 
 
 DEM. 4> 44 7rot $*l ifpo(ropfi,iovftfd(a)i 8, 37- r ' fpovpcv f/ ri (prjcro- 
 fitv, 3> uvBpa 'Adrjvaloi ; (yea p.(v yap ov% 6p<a. 
 
 PLATO, Protag. 331 A: ri ovv, o> IlpaiTayopa, UTTO Kpivovpfda avrai ; 
 Ibid. B: ri avrca aTTOKpivovfjLf 6 a ; 
 
 AR. Ach. 312 fir' eyu> aov (pf icro^iai; 
 
 EUR. Ion, 758 (see above). 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 2 : riva 6tw, riv rjpaxi, rlva 8' avdpa K eXa Sr; tro/if v ; (See B. 
 L. G. ad loc.} 
 
 HOM. II. I, 123 ' Trajf yiip TOL 8a)crov(Ti yepas p.fy(i6vp.ot 'A^aiot ; 
 
 269. IMPERATIVE USE OF THE FUTURE. The future is sometimes 
 used where an imperative might be expected. It is not a milder or gentler 
 imperative. 1 A prediction may imply resistless power or cold indifference, 
 compulsion or concession. 
 
 O.VITOS Y v weri, PLATO, Gorg. 505 C ; TJiat is a matter for you to deter- 
 mine. 6 ... aYve\o9 . . . \6uv ciceiae iSc Xc'ci, XEN. Cyr. 3, 2, 29; The mes- 
 senger will go thither and iiold the following discourse. 
 
 ISAE. 2, 37 : di>ayvo>(T(T(u. (The speaker before court uses of the clerk 
 avuyvu>6i, nvaylyvuxTK.*, avayv<a(TtTai, rarely dvayva>Tu>. 3 ) 4- 3 : TOVTOV . . . aXXoy, 
 tdv TIJ (3ov\r)Tai, Tip.a>pr)<TTai, Hint another shall punish if he will. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 505 C: avros yvuxrei (Schol. : dvrl TOV ei' n d(\fis, Ttoif i 
 fpol yiip <>v /ji.(\fi). Philcb. 12 A ! crv ftc\ Ylf)(arap^, avrus yvaxrfi. Rpb. 43- 
 C: Kul ffun (ppda-fts (so the best MS), And you will report to inc. Theaet. 
 143 B: o Trais iivayvaxTf rat (of a servant), but Phaedr. 262 D: dvuyvodi, 
 (to a friend). 
 
 XEN. An. i , 3, 5 : Km ov-rrorf tptl ovbfis, And no one shall ever say. Cyr. 
 3,2,29 (see above). 3-3- 3 ' vptls f'p-f ov Trot^trere fjLia-dov ntpuovra tvtpyf- 
 
 1 So Aken : "Die rulii^e liehauptung kann weit starker sein." See Hopkins, 
 A. J. P. xiii (1892), 37. The N. T. ar <"j 6>//f, " Sir than to t/idt," seems to he an 
 idiomatic colloquial expression rather than a Hebraism. The Latin use of the future 
 as a familiar imperative, A. J. P. xviii (1897), 121, in the same class of words, lends 
 strength to the imperative conception, which is denied by some scholars. 
 
 2 C. \V. E. Miller. A. J. P. xiii (1892), 408.
 
 FUTURE AS IMPERATIVE 117 
 
 Tflv, dXXa err, 3> yvvai, f\ov<ra ravra rii ^prj^ara a (pipds tiirtdi, KT(., You are not 
 to make of me a paid travelling philanthropist, etc. 
 
 AR. Nub. 135- : navTW Se TUVTO 8pti<rets. 
 
 EUR. Med. 1320: XtV tin ftovXti, ^dpi 8' ov ^avo-fis noTf. 
 
 ION, Eleg. 2, 7~IO (Bgk.*) : mfco^xri', iraifoptv "iru> . . . op^fla'dot . . . *ip\f 
 . . . Kfwos . . . Tritrai (Meincke 7rifYa>). 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 843 : raSf p.ft> dtos o^rcrat. 
 
 HoM. Od. I, 123-4: avrap tTTfira \ Sfiirvov iravtrafuvas p-vdrjatai, vrrtu at 
 XP"7- 
 
 This "jussive" use of the future is denied for Homer by Paech. 1 In 
 many of the passages once cited, the so-called future has been shown to 
 be an aorist imperative and others have been explained away. 
 
 270. |f AND THE FUTURE INDICATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS. The use 
 of the future as an imperative with /iij is rare and hardly sure. In Attic 
 prose it rests on just two passages, both suspicious, both open to emenda- 
 tion, LYS. 29, 13 and DEM. 23, 1 17, on which see A. J. P. xv (1894), 1 17 f. In 
 XEN. Hell. 2, 1,22: irpot'nrtv u>s p.ri8(\s Kivi]croiTo, iy = OTTCOJ, and the oratio 
 recta was orrcor /jajBfls Kii/ijcrerm. In AR. PL 488, /xaXaxoi/ T' e'l'Scoerfre pr)8(i> 
 belongs to the relative complex w viKfjcrtre TTJI/SI'. In SOPH. Ai. 572-3, on-wr 
 precedes. In HOM. II. 10, 238, orrao-o-fat is subjunctive, and in 11.13,47, 
 o-awo-ere is imperative. The jussive future has ov. 
 
 On ov P.TI with the Future, see Negatives. 
 
 271. ov WITH FUTURE INDICATIVE IN QUESTIONS AS IM- 
 PERATIVE. In questions, the future indicative with ov is often 
 used as an imperative. 
 
 OVK diroKTCvc IT(C) . . . TOV (xiapov TOVTOV avflpwirov ; DlN. I, 18; \Vill you 
 not kill this foul creature ? 
 
 DIN. i, 18 (see above). 
 
 DCM. 4, 44 : OVK (fj.^rjcrunfd(a) ; 21, Il6: "OVK (iTTOKTfVfiTf; OVK t'nl TTJV 
 oiKiav ftufticirrdf ; ov\i cr vXX rj^f <r6f ;" 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 212 D: TralSts, . . . ov a-Kf-^fo-df ; Boys, ivill you not see 
 who it is ? 
 
 AR. Lys. 459-60: ov\ f\(T\ ov TraiT)O-(T\ OVK tifn)(Tf ; \ ov XoiSoprycrer', OVK 
 avaio~xvvTT)(TT( ; 
 
 EUR. Ion, 162-3: OVK ti\\q | (poiviKo<pafj irofta KivrjCTfiy; 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 52 : OVKHW tirtii) rwfi* bTp.u nfpij^tiXflv; 
 
 On ov p.t) wilh the Future Indicative in questions, see .\Vi, r //w.v. 
 
 1 Joh. I'aech, Ucber den Gebraucli deb Indiculivus Futuri aL Modiib ius^ivus bci 
 Homer, Urcslau, 1865.
 
 Il8 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 272. PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE WITH fu'XXw. In very common 
 use is the periphrastic future with //,eAA&>, / am thinking (com- 
 pare the use of pcnscr in Fr.), / expect, I am about, I am (destined") 
 to. As a verb of thinking, /ze'XXw takes the typical future, but 
 also the present, seldom the aorist and then to make a special 
 point. Whatever difference there may have originally been be- 
 tween the present and the future, has been abraded. Some- 
 times there seems to be a conscious interval with the future, but 
 the distinction vanishes and authors vary. 
 
 The imperfect of the /xeXXw-periphrastic may be called the 
 future of the past, and it plays an important part in a large class 
 of sentences. 
 
 273. /j.i\\w ic>ith the Future Infinitive: 
 
 (xcXXtre TTJV \Jnj<J>ov otae iv, Axooc. I, 2; You are about to cast your vote. 
 
 ISAE. 7. 3 Trai/Tfs yap ol n\f vTTjaftv /LieXXozre s Trpovoiav TroioivTat 
 crfptav avrcov. 
 
 LYS. 3, 32 (215). 34 (215). 13, 37 (215). 19, 38: & M r; yeWtro, (I fit) TI 
 fj. f X X ( i M e 7 n ayaflbv f cr e a 6 a i rrj TroX ei. 
 
 AN DOC. I, 2 (see above). Ibid. 21 : O'TTOV [av] f'p.e\\(v avros (r<>)6J]<Tf- 
 crdai ffie re OVK d-n-oXelv. 
 
 Ax'l'IPHON, 6, 36 : paSiuis e'/neXXoj/ aTro^xii^fcrOai KOI 8iKrjv ov tiaxTfiv. 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 21 B: /iAXw . . . v^as <hSuetj/. Crat. 418 B (215). 
 Phaedr. 228 C (215). 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 3, i, i (215). 
 
 THUC. i, 130, i (215). 3. I! 5- 5 ( 2I 5)- 
 
 HDT. 2, 43 (215). 7> 8, )3) : p.f\\u> fvas TOV 'EXArjaTrofroj' (\av crrparw 
 . . . eVi TI)V 'EXXtiSa. 
 
 AR. Thesm. 181 : fif\\ovcri ^ al yvvalxfs airoXftv rfifiepav. Eccl. 597 
 
 15)- 
 
 Soi'H. El. 379-80: /ueXXoveri yap <r', fl raJi/Sf p.1) X;yft$- yt'xav, | tvravQa 
 rrffJL^dv tv6a KTf. O. R. 967 (215). 
 
 I IKS. Theog. 468-9 : (> f XXf . . . T(r6ai (215). 
 
 HoM. Od. 6, 135-6: 'o8vtTfvs Kovpfltrtv . . . f/j.fXXfi/ | pi^tadoi yvftvos 
 iTfp (<av. ~, 2/0 (215). 
 
 11.6,52-3(215). 515-6: t pi \\(i> | (TTpityea-Q' (K xvp 7 !*- 
 
 274. fit\\w U'itli the Present Infinitive : 
 
 OUTOS, Tl 5pdcTl9 J TU> WTlXa) (J. X X I S fX IV } AR. Ach.587J Ifoffcllow) 
 
 What arc you gving to do? sire you going to give yourself a vomit with 
 the feather ? (Here tlie future and the periphrasis are parallel.)
 
 MEAAQ 119 
 
 LYS. 13, 88 : p.(\\tv \fytiv. 19, 23 : |u'XXovrn irXdv, Oft the point of sail- 
 ing. 24, 15: p. t \\uv a\r)0r) \<yfii>. 
 
 ANTIPHON, :, 15: dSiKfio-tfm ?/ifXX f v. Ibid. 16: ds NCIOI> 7rXIi/ 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 59 A: avn'xa . . . e/xXX* r(\tvrai>. Phaedr. 242 B: 
 
 (fjLt\\ov . . . TOV TTorafjibv biaftaivdi/. 
 
 XEN. An. i, 8, i (215). 
 
 AR. Ach. 493: UTTIHTI /if'XXety (Is Xf'yriv ravavria (the future is not 
 favored by the iambic metre). Eq. 267 (215). 
 
 EUR. fr. 459'- *ip8rj Totavrti xpi'j riva KraaOai PpoT&v, | (<p* OUTI pi\\(i pfj- 
 
 iroff 1 IKTTfpOV (TTfVtlV. 
 
 SOPH. Tr. 75^~7 : /WAAovri 8' UVTM . . . Ttv^tiv (rfpayas | K')pv . . . 
 tKfr(o). 
 
 PlXD. O. 8, 63-4: tivSpa . . . p.i\\ovTa noddvorurav 8uav (pfpfii' (in 
 prose TOV . . . oifrovra). 
 
 HOM. Od. 9, 475-6 (215). 
 
 II. IO, 454-5 o fJLtv fjiiv ep.f\\f . . . XicrtTfadat. 
 
 275. /it'XXw with the Present and the Future Infinitive: 
 
 DEM. 21, 55 fOT(<pava>[i,(6a t 6p.oi<as o T( p.i\\<i)it vmav Acai 6 iriiirratv vcrrn- 
 TOS y(vi]<Tr6ai. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 198 B : TTW? . . . oif p.(\\a> airoptlv . . . p.t\\b)i> \( dir ; 
 Politic. 295 C: iarpbv p.e\\ovTa . . . drr o S rj p. f ~i v (on the point of going 
 abroad} KCII airtcrftrOai ru>v dtpairevofjiivtiv <rvxvov . . . \puvov {and expecting 
 to be absent from his patients a long time\ 
 
 276. fi^Xw with the Aorist Infinitive: 
 
 TOVTO TOLVVV . . . T)p.LV 1TO11]TCOV, ci (J.T) p.tX\OfJlV fTTl TO) TtXd 
 
 TOV Xo-yov, PLATO, Politic. 268 I) ; This is what we must do, if ive are not to 
 bring dishonor on our discussion at the (very) last. 
 
 ANTIPHON, I, 14: eVl Tropvdov f^fXXt Karaa-rfjaat (once out of 2O 
 
 times). 
 
 PLATO, Politic. 268 D (see above). Ibid. 291 C: \ii\\o ^tv I8flv 
 
 (vapyS)s TO {rjTovpfvov. 
 
 EUR. Ion, 760: fipi'ia-tTai TOI Kfi Qavtlv ^t'XXco fitirXr; (282). Or. 292-3: 
 ft P.I/T fKfti/os avaXaftdv tp.(\\f (pws, | t'ycl) 6' 6 r\t)fji<i>i> Toiu8 ( (JLTrXrjcrnv 
 KOKU (aorist and future side by side). 
 
 AESCHYL. P. .625 : Cntp /iXXo. naQdv. 
 
 FIND. O. 7, 6 1 : ^\\ (V Biptv (215). 8, 32 : piXXuin-ts . . . Ttv&u. P. 9, 
 52-3 ' /u'XXetj- . . . fVfiKui. 
 
 HES. TllCOg. 478 : r^fXX* TtKta-dni, but ibid. 468-9 : f/ifXXf . . . r'fo-<Jm. 
 
 HOM. II. 23, 773: ffi(\\oi> tiraiguadai. (So La Kochu with the better 
 MSS. Cauer reads tirattcr6ai.)
 
 120 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 277. fic'XXw, I POSTPONE. /zeAAoo, I postpone, takes regularly 
 the present infinitive (resistance to pressure), rarely the aorist 
 infinitive. 
 
 Present Infinitive : 
 
 en p.'XXo|iev apvvco-Oai, THUC. 6, lo, 5; We are still delaying to 
 punish. 
 
 THUC. I, 86, 2 : rovs ^v/j./j.axovs . . . ov Trepw^o/jifda d8iKovp.ei>ovs ov8e fj.t\~ 
 
 Tifjiatpelv. i, 124, i (278). 6, io, 5 (see above). 
 EUR. Phoen. 299 (see 278). 
 SOPH. O. C. 1627-8 : TI fj.\Xo/jLfv | xcopeii/, Why delay -we to go? 
 
 278. Aorist Infinitive: 
 
 JAY) [ieXXere IIoTCiSaidTais TC iroictcrdai Tip.a>piav . . . icai TWV aXXcov fie- 
 TTJV eXevOcpiav (present and aorist), THUC. i, 124, i. 
 
 THUC. i, 124, i (see above). 
 
 EUR. Phoen. 299-300: ri fj.f\\(is vTrwpo^a /xAa^pa Trtpav, | Biytlv T 
 toXfVaiy TfKvw (present and aorist); [Rhes.] 673-4: ri |ie'XXfre | O-KIJITTOV 
 'iriovros TroXf fjiiatv troxrai j3iov ; (So the MSS, but Nauck follows Elmsley in 
 reading o-(u^u/.) 
 
 Future Perfect Tense 
 
 279. The future perfect is the perfect transferred to the 
 future. 
 
 280. FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE.- The future perfect active 
 is found chiefly in the periphrastic form, where it has the full 
 perfect force. The simple form is found only in a few verbs in 
 which the perfect is used as a present: T0vi]|a>, / sJiall be dead; 
 ecrni<> 7 sJiall stand. 
 
 av TO.VT' elSiLfiev, KOI ra St'ovr' Ia<5|ie6' eyvcoKores KOI Xoyov p.arai(i>v ainjX- 
 Xa-y|J-tvoL, DEM. 4, 50. TTUS oJv evopKa a. VTO p. a) (JLO K d>s <TTai 4>a.(TK(i>v v clSevai j 
 AXTIPHON, I, 8. Qp' ovv TOV del \povov fJ.cp.a6T)Kina eo-rai T) 4VXT) avrov ; PLATO, 
 
 Meno, 86 A (future ascertainment). TeGvi^fSj AR. Vesp. 654 ; You will be a 
 dead man. <rn]|a> irap' avrov, Ibid. Lys. 634 ; / ivill stand by his side. 
 
 281. FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE USED PASSIVELY. Of 
 more frequent use is the future perfect middle, which is chiefly 
 used passively. The dramatists incline to the tense on account 
 of its impatience of anything except entire fulfilment. Neither 
 suddenness nor certainty lies in the form.
 
 PUT I' RE PERFECT 121 
 
 jiao-riYi<rTai, <rrppX*ltrTai, SiSijo-crai, PLATO. Rpb. 361 E ; He shall be 
 scourged, tortured, kept in prison ($<$r)o-6rat, shall be put in prison). 
 
 DEM. 14, 2 : nas o irapvi- (frutfos X* \V<T( rat, .-/// the present fear u'ill be 
 finally dispelled. 19. 74 : TUVTU ircrrpd^<rdai (sc. ((prj) Suoif j) rpiu>v i]p.(plav. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 5. 75 t^wr ^' ^ v **K*'8ui'*u<7frai. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 361 E (see above). Theaet. 180 A : KW TOVTOV C^rf/s X.iyoi/ 
 
 Xii.ifu, TI (iprjKfv, (Tf'pat 7T67rXj;ei Kmi/cof [t(T<ovoft,aa'fi(iHO. 
 
 THUG. 3. 39- 8- ^M'' fit . . . OTTO K( Kli>8vi>(v<rt Ttti TI'I Tf 
 
 HDT. 6, 9: ov8t <r<pi ovrt TU tpa OVT( rn iSui ( p.irt npi')(T( rat. 
 
 AR. Eq. 137"' : o^S*'S' Kara trirovSas fj.(T(yyj.)u<pi'i(TfTai, XX' w 
 
 (yytypu^ffrai (ivi/l stay enrolled). Pax, 246: u>s (Trt 
 avriica. 
 
 EUR. Bacch. 1313 : vvv 8' ('K 8(J^o)f arifios (K^(^i\J]crop.ai. Hippol. 894: 
 Svotv 8( /io/paic flarfpa TTf 7T\i) frui. Or. 271-2 : fit /3X r/cre rai TIS 6fij>v j3f>o- 
 TTjffiq X f P' I f ' M') '^a/**t^eJ people oft/nHrcov f/xa>i/. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 577 : ra S' <"XXa Tfu^^ ACO/I/' e/zot T(6ii^/(Tai. Ibid. 1 140-1 : ME. 
 eV trot (f)pu<T(t) TUV& early ov^t darrTtov. \ TEY. dXX' avraKoiKTrj TOVTOV u>s Tt6a- 
 
 \jffTCll. 1 
 
 AXACR. 77 : f^re /ioi XfvKat /ifXa/i/ots dvafjit p.iovTai rpl^fs. 
 HOM. 11. I, 139: o Se *cf/ Kf ^oXwo-f rai, oi/ Kfv "iKu>p.ai, and similarly 5, 
 421 ; "62 ; and 23, 543. 21, 585 : fj T <rt TroXXu rert vt THI a\-yf' eV (itriy. 
 
 282. FUTURE PERFECT IN AN IMPERATIVE SENSE. The future per- 
 fect, like the future, may be used in a quasi-imperative sense. 
 
 TOI 8' aXXa revxT K< >iv fiol TcOdtj/erai, S()PH. Ai. 577 ; My other arms 
 shall in a common tomb with me lie buried (28 1 ). 
 
 DlN. I. 10: (ipi')(TfTai yap a yiyvaxrKU), I must say what I think. 
 
 DEM. [44], 4 : dpija-fTHi y/j, // shall be said (t lie truth must out). 
 
 Isoc. 7, 76: fipi]o-fTtii yap T<i\r)dt's, and similarly 12, 225; 15, 177 and 
 ibid. 243. 
 
 ANI>OC. I, 7-' 'JXXa y<tp TaXrjdt] t ipi) cr f Ta i. 
 
 PLAT* >, Rpb. 457 1^ <tdXXiOTa yiip ^r) TOVTU Kin Xf'-yfTai Ktn \f\i'fTai ort 
 TO fiiv <l}<pi\ifJLOV ciiX(>i/, TO fit J3\a$pbv nifT^pi'if. 
 
 EUR. I. T. 1464: ov KIU Ttd<i\l/t/ KarOavovva. Ion, ~6o: (Iprjcrfrai rot 
 Ktl Qavtlv ^if'XXa) fitTrX;/. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 577 (see above). 1140-1 (see 281). 
 
 283. FlITfKK I'KRFF.CT USKD AS A FUTUKK. Of course, 
 when the perfect is predominantly present, the- future perfect is 
 a simple future and the middle may have an active meaning. 
 
 1 Afi'tri ('iinsii cannot be invoked in any of the above examples from tragedy. 
 See A. J. 1'. xvii (ibo.u), 518.
 
 122 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 <re 8' aXXr) TIS yvvr] Ki KTI^ ererai, EUR. Ale. 181 ; But thce some other 
 woman will possess. eo-T>]to irap' avrov, AR. Lys. 634 ; / will stand by his 
 side (280). 
 
 EUR. Ale. 181 (see above). 
 AR. Lys. 634 (see above). 
 
 HOM. II. 5, 238: Toi>8f 8' tyu>v (iriovra Sefo/xai o<r'i SovpL 22, 390: 
 aii-up tyw Kai Kf'tOi (j)i\ov fj.f jj-vijtro^.' tralpnv. 
 
 284. PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE PERFECT MIDDLE. The periphrastic 
 future perfect may be middle. 
 
 tv u> (ju'XXei cKEivog "OXuvOov KaTao-rp'4>tcr8ai, <ru KaTTTpa(i.p.e vos eerei 
 0ilPas, XEN. Hell. 5, 2, 27 ; IVIiile /ie is thinking about overthrowing Olyn- 
 thus, you "Mill have overthrown Thebes. 
 
 AXDOC. I, 7 2 mitras Se (SC. vp.ds), vnep TWV e^dp&v oTroX f Aoy rjfifvos 
 e cro/zn i. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 5, 2, 27 (see above). 
 
 Periphrastic Tenses 
 
 285. The Greek language has ample facilities for a large 
 number of periphrastic tenses. With its many participles and 
 its various auxiliaries, the possible combinations are almost in- 
 exhaustible, while the existing combinations show at once the 
 resources and the moderation of the language. Few languages 
 
 Capable of ejieXXe ou TO Sevrepov 8i.a4>u-yuv eo-eaOai ( H DT. 7- '94)> 3-lld of 
 cpcXXc . . . CTo-8ai 8t8a>K(is (PS.-DEM. 52, 24), would have sllOWll Such 
 
 self-restraint. 
 
 286. PKRIPIIKASES WITH THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE. 
 Most common are the periphrases with the perfect participle, 
 which has more of an adjectival character than the others. 
 Theoretically these periphrases ought to emphasize the main- 
 tenance of the result. 1 But it must be remembered that many 
 middle and passive verbs regularly use the periphrasis in the 
 third person plural, and that the periphrastic form is almost the 
 only form employed in the subjunctive and optative," so that 
 a certain indifference is bred thereby. e(f)0appej>oi elal is the 
 regular form, and not l^daparai, which is old-fashioned (THUG. 
 
 1 W. J. Alexander, A. J. I', iv (1883), 307-8. 
 
 2 M. Beyer, de perfecti apud Ilcrudutum usu syiHactku, Viatiilaviae, 1868.
 
 PERIPHRASTIC PERFECT 123 
 
 3, 13, 3). cKTrefawyax; eirjv is the rule, not K7r(f>vyoLijv (SOPH. 
 O. R. 840). \e\onre becomes in oratio obliqua XeXotTroK en/- 
 (XEN. An. i, 2, 21). Still, much depends on the position of the 
 copula, much on the context and on the character of the verbs. 
 
 DEM. 19, 336: TI]V uXXo>? fvravd' Va,ut TIJV (ptavijv ical TT* (puvacrK r;*a> t 
 tcrrai. [48], l6: "fcprj eti/at Trup' <ii>rw uvov pi] ijv dvrj\a> p( vov. 
 
 ISOC. 12, 233 : (v6i>s . . . Trpof iprjKws . . . i]v avro'is t(p' a <rvvf\r)\vduTfs 
 rftrav, iiin'yvoHTTo fi o Xdyoy, (TTrjvrj pi vos $' rjv KT(. (236). 
 
 PLATO, CoilV. 191 l: p.u\\ov TTpus TUS yvva'iKus TfTpap.p.(vai ti<ri. 
 Euthyd. 280 C: TI'KTUV (I TrapfcrKtvaa-fjiifos tlr) . . . v\a iKai/ti, TfKTaivotTO 
 8f [Miji t<r6' o TI o)0fXoir' uv (i?7o ri]S KT>j(rf(i)S ; Lei^g. 814 B '. OVTO>S aifr^pws ras 
 yvva'iKus (ivai T( pa fj.fj.fvas. Rpb. 6oi D: TT/JOS ijv uf tKacrruv i/ TTf iroirjfj.e- 
 vov J) iT((pi>Kus. Soph. 218 A: nficri Kt^nptafitvos (^adj. gratits) tcrti. 
 (Compare Gorg. 5- B : uj/ Tt UVTOIS ')Su . . . ry /cal Kf^apiyfttvov.) 
 
 XEN. Hell. I, I, I I ; Tru^o/zfco? 5 ori at rail/ rieXoTJ'oj/i'r/o'ia)!' ff/ef e^ 'AfivBov 
 avrjyfjLfvai flfv fts K.viKOV . . . ?]\d(i> (Is SIJCTTO^. 
 
 AR. PI. 867-8: TroXi/ /xaXXoi/ evtovs f(TT\v e^oXwXf KCO?. | KAP. K<U riva 8(- 
 ftpaKf 5/Jra roDr(o) ; But Av. 655 : ((Tfadov ( irrf po)p.t va>, (TTTfpa>fi.tv<a is al- 
 most an adjective and Ran. 433: ivu> yiip ta-p.fi> dpriots iK^iy^ivu), tcr^fv 
 belongs to tW. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 74 : Tt ' S* fcrrl xpclas ri/o-S' viv((nravi<Tp.(vov (= fXXiTTf'y) ; 
 
 HOM. Od. 2, 187: T-O 8f Kin TTf\((rp.(i>ov larai, and so 17, 229; 18, 
 82; 19,487; 11.1,212; 2,257; 8.401; 23,672. But Od. 5, 89-90 : TfXfVai 
 8t p.( dvp.bs itixayfit, | ft $vv(ip.ai ToVovu ye Km d TfT(\f<rp.ivov eoriV, where 
 TfTf Xf (rp.(i>oi> = TfXeo-rdi/ = ftwarov y(vi<r6ui (Paraphrast), and so II. 14, 195-6; 
 1 8, 426-7. Od. 8, 454 : T ^ f/ Kfl/ TfTfhfarfif'vov f/fi>. 
 
 II. 3, 309: TTfirputp-ivitv ((rriv. 5> 873- af* ^o* ptyiOTa dtoi T(T\IJUT(S 
 
 flfifV. 
 
 287. The force of the copula dpi, however, revives under slight press- 
 ure. So under emphatic position or correlation. 
 
 rjo-av * T Aivou p p o TJ 6 TJ K 6 T s, Tnuc'. 4, 28, 4; 77/^1' //</</ actually 
 come to their help from Acnos. rjv . . . ovScv irTrov0ols, XKN. An. 6, i, 6. 
 
 288. PKKFKCT PARTICIPLK \vrrn ttrjv av Especially worthy 
 of note is the periphrasis of the perfect participle with tin- opta- 
 tive el'rjv and av. This periphrasis gives the opinion of the speak- 
 er as to the future ascertainment of a completed action, which 
 action may lie either in the past or in the future of the speaker. 
 
 OVK aTOTTOV ... fi.V irt IT O IT) KOTS V(AIS C tT)T, l ... TOUTOV a4>(lT)Tlf| ; Dl'M. 
 
 l ( J, 7' ; \Voithi you not //w<.' to have done an absurd tiling, >J you ict-rc to
 
 124 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 acquit t 'his fellow (future)/ rt'xvai ocranrep o-iSfjpou Scovrai . . . r|4>avi.o-|xcvak 
 av elev, PLATO, Legg. 678 E ; All the arts that require the use of iron must 
 have disappeared (past). 
 
 DEM. 19, 71 (see above). 30, 10: OVK av SIUTOVTO y (lev OVK fidvs 8fSo>- 
 KOTts. 39' 1 S ' 6 ' TIS &i K 1 v fov\r)s avT<a \a%u>v p.r]8(v cp.ol (pair] Trpos avrov dvai, 
 KVpiav 8f 7rotr)crdp.fvos tyyptfyai, TL p.d\\ov av e'trj TOVTOV f] e// ( yy eypa(pa> s ; 
 
 ISOC. 12, 130: OVK e^co TLVUS iraivovs finuiv aiuvs av f'irjv elpijKtas rf/s 
 fKfivtov Siavoias. 
 
 LYS. I, 2 : KOI Tavra OVK av fir) P.OJJOV Trap' ifuv OVTWS ( y v w (Tfj.e va, dXX' cv 
 anaa-jj TT) 'EXXuSi. 31,4: flprjKvs av f'iyv, (In that case) I should prove to have 
 spoken. 
 
 PLATO, Charm. 157 C : (pp.aiov . . . yeyovos av f'irj T) TTJS Kf)a\i]s dcrdivfia 
 TO) veavL<TK<a, d dvayKaadijO'fTai Ka\ TIJV $i.avoiav Sta TTJV Kec^aX^i/ flfXriatv ytvivQai. 
 
 Legg. 670 E. 678 E. 696 D. 753 E. 782 A. 800 A. 880 E. 892 A. 
 896 C. Ibid. D. 907 C: KaXcos rjfiiv elprjfiivov av f'iij TO irpooifuov, Our in- 
 troduction must have been a good thing. Meno, 85 D. Phaedr. 262 D. 
 263 C. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. I, 2, 13 : fVeiSai'. . .ra Trevre *cat ("LKCHTIV (rrj SiaTfXe'<rco(Tii/, tlrfcrav 
 . . . av oiroL TrXeicJi/ rt yeyovores r) ra Trevrrjuovra (TTJ Vo yevfas. 
 
 EUR. Hipp. 349'. r)pds av fip.(v darepat K(^pr]p.evoi (306). 
 
 289. PERFECT PARTICIPLE PARALLEL WITH AN ADJECTIVE. The 
 adjectival character of the perfect participle is not infrequently shown by 
 parallelism with the adjective. 
 
 ovrtos tarty OVOT|TOS icdi TTavTairaoriv vfxuv Karoir e<f>po VTJ Kiis, LVCURG. 
 
 68. 
 
 LVCURG. 68 (see above). 
 
 LYS. 14, 2 : ov yap fiiKpa ra ap.aprrj^.ara . . . aXX iw~<a TTfTT pay f* va KOI 
 (Is TCHTOVTO KaKias afpiy/jieva. 
 
 290. PERFECT PARTICIPLE AS PREDICATE OF THE PARTICIPLE OF 
 elfiu Even the perfect participle, however, is seldom so purely adjectival 
 as to suffer combination with the participle of dpi. 
 
 OVIK 1 1 to 06? 6v, EUR. Hec. 358. 
 
 AR. Ran. 721 : TOVTOKTW ovcriv (where Meineke reads TOVTOHTI rolcriv) <w 
 
 EUR. Hec. 358 (see above). 
 
 291. PERIPHRASIS .WITH THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. On the peri- 
 phrasis with the present participle see 191. To the examples with the 
 present auxiliary, add the following with other tenses. 
 
 ISAE. 3,65: d rfv yvTitria dvyiiryp ocfiVo) K ara\ e i nop.evJ). Ibid. J2: d 
 TfV yvrj(Tiu dvyUTtjp rw iifj.cre'pu> 6du> KUT a \ftTT <>p.t vi].
 
 PEKIP/IRASES WITH PARTICIPLE 125 
 
 ISOC. 5. no: p,tnv . . . npa^iv . . . >jrrip f)f npofffjKovo- a p.tv KOI irpf'irov- 
 ara . . ., TOV 8( Kaipbv f%ov(ra p.a\io~ra o-vp.p.fTpov, One action, which was suit- 
 able and becoming and admirably opportune, 
 
 L.YS. 13. 39- fUTaiftfjarovTai fls TO 8t(rpa>Tijpiov o ptv d8(\(pi)V, o 8f fitjTtpa, 6 
 8( ywaiKa, 6 8' r; rty rfv oc<irra> OVTOJV IT po(rt'i Kov<ra. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 2y3- upKovva qv, 5- '^ *l v TOVTO trvfJk<f>fpov, 
 
 THUC. 2,67, i : ov TJV (there lay) arpaTtvfJui T(0v ' \6i)vai<i>v iroXtopKovv (not 
 periphrastic). 3, 2, 2 : A pfTairfHTrdp.(voi rjo-av (Cobet: (UTairtiTffi.fuvoi). 
 
 PlND. P. 6, 28-9: fyej/Yo KOI irpoTfpov 'AjTiXo^of ftiaras \ t>6r)p.a TOVTO 
 (an upholder of this spirit}. 
 
 292. Present Participle parallel with an Adjective: 
 
 j^fOv POTATO i tarG Kal ^Kio~ra iiri rots Seivots 6p-yit<>|A*voi, LYCURG. 
 27 ; You will be most easy-going and least resentful of outrages. 
 
 LYCURG. 27 (see above). 
 
 DEM. 3. 25 <ro><ppoi>( rf(Tav KOI (T(pi>f>p > (v TO) rrjs noXtrfias rj0(t fit vovrt s. 
 [35]' 46 ^8f\vpus ris effTi Kal viT(p(id\\ (ov anavTas uvdpa^novs TCO novrjpos 
 dvai. 
 
 LVS. 14. 2: ov yap fjiiKpa ra ap.apTTjp.aTa ov8f <rvyyv<i>p.T)s <iia, ov8' f\iri8a 
 TrapfxfTa a>s KT(. 
 
 PLATO, Ale. II, 138 D I flo~i ni/ey . . . ti<J)povfS T Kai <pp6vip.oi, Ka\ p.ai- 
 vop.(voi fTtpoi. 
 
 293. PERIPHRASES WITH THE AORIST PARTICIPLE. Periphrases 
 with the aorist participle are rare. In most instances the aorist may be 
 regarded as the short-hand of the perfect, or as a manner of characterizing 
 adjective or quasi-substantive. Here and there, however, there seems to 
 be an effort to evolve a more exact aoristic future. 
 
 TJ<rav 8 rives Kal yfvoptvoi T<i NiKia Xd^oi irporepov, THl'C. 4, 54, 3; 
 Conferences had actually been lield witli Nikias er>en before. <j>pajov is a<J>i 
 0os titj 4>avis, Hl)T. 3, 27 ; They set forth lioiu a god /tad actually ap- 
 peared to them. 
 
 DEM. [ 52], 9 '' AWCW rvy\uvfi &>v Kai tiTrais Kal K\r)poi>(>fj.oi> ovdfva tiiKtti 
 icaTaXtTrcoi/. 1 
 
 LYS. [2], 13: OVK (18(>T(S aiToiai Tints uvftpts fcrovTai y t i'>p.t vi (=fTTftbt) 
 av&pfs yivouiTo). \-O\, i : oJ fj.iv (some) yap e7ri/3ouXturniT* j ijffav avrav 
 (T)<TV avTwv is probably belonged to their number}. 
 
 AKTIPHON, 2 y 8 : ouror ai> Kal ov8(lv (Tfpos aTToKTfivas ai>Ttn> (ti). This 
 man and no other must fiai'e been Jus murderer, (o uiroKTivas would be 
 more natural.) Similarly 3 8 4 and 5. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 961 H-C : TOIOVTUV T( TTOV X^dt/ 'ip.iv i/v tv TOIV 
 
 1 Sec A. J. 1'. xii (iScji), 79.
 
 126 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Xoyois ; (Phileb. 64 B : \ir\ fUJ*{OpfV aXiy$fini' OVK av TTOTf TOVTO aXr/dias yiyvot- 
 TO ovS' av yevofievov fir] is not to be counted. oiS' av yevop-tvov eirj^ovf? 
 av ('LIJ el yf'voiro. In like manner analyze Legg. 739 E.) Politic. 265 D: 
 
 ravr' f(TT<a TavTi] Xf^dfvra. Soph. 217 C: /LU) . . . djrapvrjdfls yevrj. 1 
 
 EX. An. 7. 6, 36: ^i> fit Troirja-rjTe . . . KaraKavi'ivre s (Dindorf KciTciKfKO- 
 f(Tf(T0f. The reading KaTdxavovTes is f-avored by the coincidence of 
 action.) 
 
 THUC. 4, 54, 3 (see above). 
 
 HOT. 2, 10 : (pya iiTrofte iifj.( voi p.fydXa eirri. 3, 27 (see above). 5- 
 
 69. f) v . . . TOV fn]^ov Trpn (T 6 i /j.e vos TroXXw KarvTTfpde TU>V (ii>TicrTa(ria)Tfu>i>, It 
 ii'as true tJiat he had gained oi>cr tlie commons far beyond his rival. J, 206 : 
 T/V yap Kara. TWVTO OAv//7rts TOVTOICTI TOKTL Trpi)yfj.aa~i <r vfj.TTf crovcra ( ^ crvy- 
 
 EUR. Suppl. 511 : fnpKt<ras rjf Zevs 6 Tip.i>>p<w/ji(vos. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 588: fjijj TTpoSavs fjp.as ye vj] (prove traitor}. Ant. 1067: 
 
 VtKVV VfKptoV (lp.OLftoi> dvTlftoVS 6<Tf 1. O. C. 8l6l f) p.f]V (TV Kl"lV(V TOv8( \VTTf]- 
 
 6f\s c <r f i. O. R. 89-9' v re y n p Opncrvs \ OVT ovi> Trpodfitras ei/xi TCO ye 
 vvv Xciyw. 970: OVTU> S' av 0at>a>v dr] ' f'p.ov (parallel \vith the periphrastic 
 perfect optative with av, Ouvav being practically the perfect of dvija-Ku). 
 Ph. 772-3: ^17 (Tdunij/ 6' (ip.a \ Ktip? . . . KTfivas yevy [parodied by COM. 
 Phryn. 2, 605 (=fr. 20, Trag. Gr. Fr. N. 2 ) : u> <pi~\TaT dvftpui', pi] p' drip-aa-as 
 ye vij}. 
 
 PlND. P. 2, 72 : yevoi ofos f<r<r\ p.ad<j>v (but see B. L. G. ad loc.). 
 
 IIo.M. 11.4. 2IO-I : <iXX ore 817 p iKavov, udi av8os Mfvt'Xaos ^Xi;/xfi/o? 
 rjv is not an example. ft\i'ip.(vos does not go with r^v. 
 
 294. Aouisr PARTICIPLE WITH FORMS OK <j>aivopai. -- The aorist par- 
 ticiple with forms of (paivop.ai is especially worthy of note as a valuable 
 periphrasis. 
 
 aviros pv OVT Xapdiv ovScv OVT' Trix'-p'*io"as Xa(3eiv 4>avrjcro(ji.ai, DF,M. 
 21, 40. 
 
 DF.M. Often of the future ascertainment of a past action. So 5, 10: 
 oii8tv TOVTW OVT' ( airaTi](ras ovre (nyi/cras eyw (pavr) (rop.a.1, oXXa Trpoti- 
 TTOJI/ i<p'ii> KT(. 20, 80. 2i. 39. 40 (see above). 22, 47, and elsewhere. 
 
 1SOC. I 2, 78 : TdVTOV S K(l\\lOV (TTf)llTtiyrifJ.(l . . . Ovfiftf 0(1 VI] <T f T <l t 77pu<lS. 
 
 83! (ftavi'ifrtTai Troirjerdpfvos. (Cf. 4 1 : (j>avr)cr6p.fda . . . diroXt XotTrdrey. 
 138. (fxiveir/v av . . . ipr)K<as. \"/2. 209.) 
 
 L^ S. 25. 16: fly T<>V KaniXoyov . . . KdTa\fas ovfttvci <pavr)crop.(ii, It ivill 
 appear t/iat I have pi>t >i<; one in t/te catalogue. 
 
 295. PKRii'iiRAS'i K; AOKIST PAR i ICIPI.F. WITH ex"- The periphras- 
 tic aorist participle with e'^co emphasixcs the maintenance of the result 
 
 1 A. J. I 1 , iv (iSS3), 306.
 
 EPISTOLARY TEXSES 12 7 
 
 and is therefore an equivalent of the perfect, the double nature of which 
 is thus analyzed, ^o) representing one end, the participle the other. The 
 periphrasis seems to have originated in the transitive use of <^co. / have, 
 hold, though others consider *^o> to be intransitive and nearly equal to 
 dpi. It is not always possible to feel the original force, and in Herodotus 
 and the tragic poets fyw and the participle are used frankly as parallels to 
 the perfect. 1 
 
 riv Xoyov Sc <rou irdXai Cav fidcras x w PLATO, Phaedr. 257 C; / have 
 long been in a state of wonderment it/>i>ut \oiir speech. 
 
 L)E.\I. 9. I - *"' \L*]V xm <&epus . . . ( \f i KaraXa/3b>i/. 
 
 AESCHIN. 1,15^ iv\ Kf0<iXri<w "KUVTU TII TituivTti o~v\\a/3<av f^fi. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 456 A : o-vXXdjJHvan . . . i^t. Legg. 793 B. Phaedr. 257 
 C (see above). Tim. 30 C. 
 
 jHUC. I, 3- ' KopwQiovs 8f dijiravTfs tT^oi/. 1, 3^. (> ' 'l''.Tri$ufJ.vov . . . 
 eXoi/Tf s ftiq (Covert. 
 
 HPT. 1,41 : (yu> (Tt . . . (Kadrjpa Km OIK/MCTI inroftt {-apt vos f\a> (in con- 
 trast to the aorist). 6. 12: m>fy)t 3>u>K<i('i . . . iiriTpityavrts r/p.i(ts (IVTHVS 
 
 ()(Op.fV. 7- 9- ") : (X"P- fV ^ nilTtaV 7T(ll8(lS KtlTlKTT f>( \l/dfJL( I'Ol (Cf. DEM. 4, 
 
 6: TTiivra KartirrpaTTTdi, Km ^fi). 
 
 EUR. Ion, 735~7 : <*> ffvytrrtp, aC a^iu>v ytvvTjTopwv | t/0i] ^>i/Xaor(Tfts KOV 
 KdTaicr XVVCKT' t^ets \ TOVS (rovs TTdXntovs 1 ticyuvovs avro^aoi/or. Phoen. 856-7- 
 
 S()PH. Ai. 21-2: VVKJOS yap iipiis Ti t cr^f jrpityus liaitoirov *x fl fffpuvaSi 
 tintp ("i t >y(ifTTai ri'iSf (parallel with the perfect). 676. Ant. 22. 31-2. 180. 
 192-3. C). R. 577. Ph. 942-3- 
 
 PlM). N. I, 31 : iiiic f papal iro\i>v ivp.fya.ptf TrXoCroi/ KarnK^vfy-ais t^dv. 
 
 HES. C). et I). 42 : tepv^avrts y<tp (\OVITI 6f<>\ fiu>v avopunruitri.. 
 
 HoM. II. I, 356: t\iav ylip ( '%t i yipns (= f l\f KUI f\d). 
 
 296. PERIPHRASTIC PI.RI-T.CT PARTHMPI.E WITH x w - The peri- 
 phrastic perfect participle with f\o> is also found. 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 200 A : eVto-Tr/^r/i/ ^i oii^crfrai rt 6*]p( VKUIS i^iiv. 
 XEN. An. I, 3, 14 : an/ ... 7roXX('i xpijpara (X"^ fv ''*"//' n IIK " T ( * 
 SoPH. Ph. 600: ivy' fix"f ']?>') x/"'*""" K/Se/3XjoTes. 
 
 Epistolary Tenses 
 
 297. In U.ltcrs the aorist is sometimes used from the point 
 of view of the- receiver. 
 
 KptlVTJS, (i ?8wKa TT)V ^TTlO-ToXtjV, tOTl . . . Kttl O"Ol 4>iXoS, Pl.ATO. [I'.p.j 1$ > 
 
 Cretit-s, /<> ichoin I ^tr.'f (^iv<') this /<//<> , /.v <i true friend /<> you <//>.>. 
 
 1 Set- also I'll Tliiclm:init in Ahliaiulliiii^cn \Vilhclin von Christ darycbracht von 
 bcinen ScliUlcni, Miinclu-n. iS<ji, \>\>. 294-306.
 
 128 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 ISOC. Ep. 3, I : })@ov\i]6r]v = fiovXo[j.ai. Ibid. 4, I : -rrpot i\o^.rjv 
 
 PLATO, [Ep.] 15 (see above). 
 
 298. As there are few genuine Greek letters of the classical period, we 
 have not the material to determine whether there was ever such an exten- 
 sive permutation of tenses as we find in Cicero's letters. The aorist in the 
 N. T. is clearly due to Roman influence, and is not to be cited. 
 
 Tenses of the Moods 
 
 299. In the language of classic prose the indicative alone ex- 
 presses the sphere of time directly (183), the other moods ex- 
 press the sphere of time indirectly. 
 
 300. It must be noticed, however, that in the earlier language the op- 
 tative appears to have been used as a potential of the past ; hence its 
 affinity with the past tenses in oratio obltqna, hence, perhaps, the occa- 
 sional use of the present optative as a real imperfect. Nor, on the other 
 hand, are we to overlook the fact that the indicative loses its sphere of 
 time in unreal conditional sentences. 
 
 301. Subjunctive and imperative are both future by their 
 nature. So also is the optative outside of oratio obliqua. Under 
 the head of future are included immediate and indefinite pres- 
 ent. When we use, then, "present," " perfect," and "aorist" 
 of the non-indicative moods, we mean by present " continuance," 
 by perfect " completion," and by aorist " attainment." 
 
 302. In not a few verbs, owing to their sense, some of the modal tenses 
 are not used, some are rare. We should not expect to find uTroXXuotro, and 
 X"pfin (HoM. II. 6, 481) is scarce. 
 
 Tenses of the Imperative 
 
 303. PRESENT (durative): 
 
 yiYvwo-Kc <ravTov, AESCHYL. P. V. 309 ; Learn, strh>e, to know thyself. 
 
 AORIST (attainment): 
 
 yvu>9i <ravr(5v, PLATO, Protag. 343 B ; " Come to a knowledge of t/iyself." 
 
 PKKFKrr (completion) : 
 
 avppuf>6o) KvfJos, COM. Men. 4. 88 ; Let the die l:e cast and stay cast. 
 
 For additional examples see under Imperative Mood. 
 
 Tenses of the Subjunctive 
 
 304. PRESENT: 
 
 <TKoirw|xc6a, PLATO, Protag. 314 B ; Let us consider (a course of study). 
 JAY) 8iuiKtjp.tv, I IDT. (S, 109; Let iis give up the pursuit.
 
 TENSES Of THE MOODS I2Q 
 
 AORIST: 
 
 <nee\|/<iue8a, PLATO. Protag. 330 B; Let us consider (each part by itself). 
 tir w . . . o-oi TO airiov; Theaet. 149 B ; Shall I tell you the reason ? 
 
 For additional examples see chapters on the Subjunctive and the Im- 
 perative Mood. 
 
 Tenses of the Pure Optative 
 
 305. PRESENT : 
 
 viKioT] 8* 5 TI irdo-iv fit'XXei o-uvoiaeiv, DIM. 4. 51 ; )fav that prevail which 
 shall advantage all .' tpSoi ns V cxacrros fiSeiTj TexvTjv, AK. V'esp. 1431. 
 AORIST : 
 
 vp.eis 8' e'Xoio-6' 8 TI Kai Tfl iroXti ical airaai cruvoiaeiv vfxiv ficXXci, DEM. 3, 
 36; May you choose that which shall advantage both the state and all of you ! 
 
 PERFECT : 
 
 Chiefly with such perfects as are equivalent to presents. 
 
 avTiKd rc6vaiT) v, Ho.M. II. 1 8, 98 ; May I be dead forthwith f at yap ijiol 
 Toioo-Se iroais KKXTi(ie'vos CITJ, Od. 6, 244 (periphrastic perfect). 1 
 
 For further examples see under the Optative Mood. 
 
 Tenses of the Optative with ov 
 
 306. PRESENT (Future ascertainment of a present, future, or past 
 imperfect action): 
 
 <|>avXoi ... av ... ctev, PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C ; They must be sorry fel- 
 lows. Tax* 8t av ical ol airoS6p.evoi Xtyoiev {might have told the tale) airiKO- 
 (icvoi ts S-rrdpTT] v ius airaipedciT)(rav VTTO Sajiiwv, H HI. 1 , 70. 
 
 AORIST (Future ascertainment of an aoristic action, rarely of the past) : 
 OVIK av apvT]9ciT)v, DKM. 21, 191 ; / can't deny it. Taxa 8' av TI Kal TOU 
 6v6fiaros iiravpoiTo, H DT. J, 180; Perhaps he may to some extent have had 
 his name also to thank for that (as if tiravpop.fi>os av yivoiro). 
 PERFECT (Future ascertainment of a completed action) : 
 Xf'Xt]6c a-t . . .; ... iris av . . . Xe \r\ 9o i (|te); XEN. Conv. 3. 6 ; Has it es- 
 caped your observation ? How can it have escaped my observation / T)JA*^ ov 
 cljicv OaTcpu KCXP T IH I< ' VOI > EUR. Hipp. 349; //'< must have felt tlte worser 
 half. 
 
 See further the chapter on the Optative with av. 
 
 1 The analysis which involves the future ascertainment of a past action, while 
 not infrequent in sentences of opinion (optative and i), is naturally rare in sentences 
 of wish, which are not analytical, so that for an example of this form of wish, we 
 must have recourse to the manufactured sentences of a grammarian, tittt I'tvtKi/eoi 
 ftov 6 Trail;, titit (.tcoaafii voc t \ ;;, Al'i M.i.nM I s I >YM . p '^51, 25-(> (llckk. ) ; Miiy 
 nty son have ciniijufrfd (action decided, ascertainment still in suspense) ; may he hiivt 
 tovertd himsflj with glory.
 
 130 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Tenses of the Optative as Representative of the Indicative 
 
 307. The optative as the representative of the indicative in 
 oratio obliqna after a past tense ordinarily represents the corre- 
 sponding tenses of the indicative from the point of view of the 
 speaker. 
 
 Present Optative (= Present Indicative): 
 
 eXe-yev on cl . . . pXajSepa 1-3 AaKtSaiaovi irirpaxi>9 IT] ( irirpaxS BiKaios 
 iTj ( SiKaios <7Ti) T| uoWvai, XKN. Hell. 5, 2. 32 ; He said that if /ie liad 
 (lias) done what was damaging to Lacedaemon, lie deserved (deserves) to be 
 punished. 
 
 Lvs. 12, 6: (\fyov . . . u>s fl(v rives rtj TroXirfia a.\0ofjifvoi. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 276 L: antKpivaTo on fiavddvoitv oi luivQdvovTts a ov/c 
 
 fTT KTTlllVTO. 
 
 XKN". Hell. 5. 2, 32 (see above). 
 
 HOT. I, 83 : r/\0 (i\\tj dyycXaj, a>s jyXcoKoi TO ro^oy . . . *ni i'^oiro Kpo'iuos 
 
 SoPH. Tr. 161-2 : ttVe p.fv Xt'^ous o n xpei'r? ^.' fXecrdai KTTI<TIV. 
 Ho.M. Only after interrogatives. Od. 15, 423 : flpara 8f) (irfiTa ris e'irj 
 Kal TTudev t\0oi. 17, 368.' 
 
 308. Aorist Optative (=Aorist Indicative): 
 
 aTrq-yY XA V <Ls TO ... aorv . . . eaXioKog KaraX. tiro i, LvCURG. l8; He re- 
 ported that he had left the city captured. 
 
 LYCTRG. 18 (see above). 
 
 Dr.M. [34]. I I i'\fy(v ort ovre ra ^pijfjiaTn evdotTO is rr]v vavv OVTOS . . . 
 oijTf T(> xpv<riov fl\rj(pu>s fit] Trap' UVTOV f'v BocrTropo). [5 2 ]> '5 (see 3 12 )- [59]' ^ r 
 (see 311). 
 
 XKN. An. 4, 3. 1 1 : t\tyov on rvy^dvotev tfapvyava trwXXf'yoi/rfs OK tVl TrOp, 
 
 KllTTfLTU KHTlCiolfV . . . yt'pOVTfi T( Kdl yVVtl'lKCl KTf . Hell. I, 7- 5 ( S GC 3 12 )' 
 
 AR. Aril. 648-9: i]pd)TT](r(i> . . . TOVTOV TOJ/ 7roir/ri)/ Troripovs finoi KOKO 
 TToXXd. Vesp. 283 : Karfiirot. 
 
 SOPH. Tr. 431-2 : TJKova-fv cb? Tavrrjs irodq> [ TrdXts Sa/xeir; Tratra. 
 
 PiN'D. C). 6, 49: f'ipfTD TTalfia TUV V.vd8va riKot (where see note). 
 
 IIo.M. Od. 1 5, 423 (307). 17, 368 (307). 24, 237 : OK f\0oi is to be con- 
 sidered interrogative (hoiu he had come}. 
 
 309. /',->/,'<-/ Optative (= Perfect Indicative): 
 
 i\tyov on e-yw iravra ttrjv ( tljxi) irtir vafxc vos, Lvs. i. 18; I said that I 
 had found out everything. 
 
 I) KM. I 8, 22 : (Tt'iXfjui \(ydi> ajy iif>' (ya) . . . K f K coX VK a) 9 tirjv ri/v TTtiXtv . . . 
 Tavrrjv ( = ri)i> (tpi')i"]v) jroit)(Tao'0at. [341- ' ' : flXrjfpias fi>i (308). 
 1 A. J I', iv (1883), 419.
 
 FUTURE OPTATIVE 131 
 
 LYS. i, 1 8 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, I haedo, 59 El (irvdofMtda on TO irXolov (K Ai}Xov d(f)iyfji(i>ov tlrj. 
 
 XEN. Hell, i, i. 11 : wBofuvos &< on m TO>I> ITfXoiroi'i'^criui' /^f? . . . uvr)- 
 yp.('vat d(v ds KV&KOV, . . . r)\6(v (Is S/joroV. Hell. 5, 2, 32: nfirpa\^s (ti) 
 (307). 
 
 HDT. i, 83: TjXvKoi (307). 
 
 310. Future Optative (= Future Indicative): 
 
 cXeyov on . . . ou SWIJO-OIVTO I = oi Swrjo-opcOa) (JLTJ irci6;o~0ai rots 0t]f3aiois, 
 XEN. I lell. 6, i, i ; They said that they would not be able to refuse to obey the 
 Thebans. 
 
 DEM. [50], 56: dtrfKplvaro pot on oi'S' dxapi] Savfiiroi. 
 
 ISAE. 6, 23 : flSoTfs 8' oe <n-y(caloi ort (' (K(ivnv fJLfv OVK uv (Ti yivoiino Trni- 
 8ts . . ., (f>ai>i](roivTo 8' <"AAa> TIVI rpun<a, KIU (K rotrrtov (<TOIVTO (TI fidfavs 8ia- 
 
 <f)Opai, tTTd&W K~(. 
 
 ANTIPHON. i. 11 : fVf^'ot/m (195). 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 283 A: cVecrKuirovv riva TTOT( Tpunov li^oivro TOV Xdyou 
 (cat uiruOfv <"i [>{;<> iv TO KT(. 
 
 XEX. Flell. 2, 3. 1 7 TroXXoJ fi^Aot tjcrav . . . 0avp,d(ovrts ri faoiTo f) 770X1- 
 T(ia. Ihtit. : (Xeytv o QrjpafjLtirjs ort . . . dSiivarov ((TOITO TIJV oXtyap^tav 8ui[t(- 
 
 VflV. 2, 3- 5^ f-TttV O SllTVfiOS Jrt OlfJ.O)<)lTO ( = Ot^lCO^f l). 6, I, I. 
 
 Au. Eq. 776 011 (f>povri<i)v TUIV i$iu>Twv ovfttiHis, (i cro\ ^apioifiijv. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 356-60: t\(e TratSt era) Afpt-y TiiSf, I u>s . . . "KAX^vf s ov 
 ftevoifv, dXXa . . . ftiorov f Ktruxrolaro. 
 
 PlND. O. 9, 115-6: (Kt\(vcr(v 8iaicpivai . . . wTwa o-^ryo-oi TIT t'jpvw (ear- 
 liest example). 
 
 311. RETENTION OF IMPERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE IN 
 ORATIO OBLIQUA. The imperfect and pluperfect having no optative, the 
 retention ol the indicative is to be expected. 
 
 ^8lTo 6 o-yVis . . . Xrytov STI OVK jjSci Neatpas avTTjv ovaav Ovyarcpa, aXX* 
 ^awaT^CfiT] VTTO Ert^avov, I) KM. | 59], 8 1 ; Theogenes begged saying that lie did 
 not /:n<nu that she ivas the daughter of Xeaera, but that he had been deceived 
 by Sti'p/tanus. 
 
 312. PRESENT OPTATIVE REPRESENTING IMPERFECT INDICATIVE. 
 In the absence of an imperfect optative the present optative is not infre- 
 quently found to represent an imperfect indicative. 
 
 SITJYOXJVTO OTL avroi (j.ev tiTi TOVS iroXcjiiovs irXcoitv ( cirXcov), TTJV 5t avai'pt- 
 <riv TWV vava^wv irpoo-ra^ciov . . . Or]pa)X(Vci KT^., XEN. Hell. 1,7, 5 ; Their story 
 was that l/iey kept sailing after the enemy and had assigned the picking up 
 of the shipwrecked to Theramenes etc.
 
 132 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 DEM. [52], 15' fTo\fj.T)(rav napTvpijcrai cos 6 p.ev KaXXtTTTros 1 opKov reo narpl 
 8oir) (=eScoKf), 6 fie irari]p OVK f^e'Xot (=oi>K f}d(\(v) op.ii<rm. 
 
 LVS. I, 14 : fpofjifvov 8' ipoi) Tt at dvpai vvKTutp tyofpolfv (cf. IJ '. dvap.i- 
 Hvrja-Kopfvos . . . 6Yt . . . x//o<et). I, 2O : Karrjyopfi ...$ ^era TTJV K(popav 
 avrfj TTpocrioi. 
 
 XEN. An. 4, 3, 1 1 : riryxni'otfi/ (see 308). Hell, i, 7, 5 (see above). 
 
 See further on this whole subject Oratto Obliqua and Object Sentences. 
 
 Tenses of the Infinitive 
 
 INFINITIVE AS A VERBAL NOUN 
 
 313. The infinitive as a verbal noun is used chiefly in the 
 present and aorist, more rarely in the perfect. The temporal 
 relation is that of the kind of time. 
 
 INFINITIVE AS A SUBJECT' 
 
 314. PRESENT: 
 
 a. Without the article : 
 
 pov irapaiveiv TJ iraSovra Kaprepetv, ElIR. Ale. 1078; ' T is easier to 
 
 preach than suffer and be strong. 
 
 LVS. 8, 2: avLapbv p,ev ovv avayKa^ftrOai. \fytiv TTfpl TOVTU>V, dSvvarov 8t 
 
 Ax DOC. 1,8: KpdricrTov ovv fioi dvai 8oKfl ( dp^fjf v/ias StSatTKfti/ irdvra 
 ra yfi>6fj.(va KOI irapaXiire'iv fj.rj?>(i>. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 555 C: TT\OVTOV TIJJ.O.V Kal <ra>(ppoa'vi'r)i> (ip.a IKOV&S KTa<r6ai 
 . . . ddvvaTov. 
 
 THUG. I, 5, 2 : Kocrfins Ko\a>s roCro 8pdv. 
 
 COM. Archipp. 2, 727 : <uf fj8v TIJV ddXarrav OTTO rfjs yfjs opav \ 2) piJTtp 
 
 f<TTl, 
 
 EUR. Ale. 1078 (see above). 
 AESCHVL. P. V. 751 : ndo-xtiv (see 316). 
 THEOGN. 21 I : otVdf rot irivftv TTQV\VV KCIKOV. 
 
 II OM. II. I, 274: irfidfo-dai tipfivov. 2, 453: TO'HTI 8' i"(pap TroXf/ior yXu- 
 Kto)i/ ytvtr' iff vff<ruai. IO, 1/4- 
 
 315. b. With the article : 
 
 Ktucov TO -rriveiv, Ai<. Vesp. 1 2 53; A bad thing this drinking. TO POV- 
 Xco-Oai jx' Kvi5> EUK. I. A. 330. 
 
 ISOC. 2, 2 '. TOVS p.tv yap l8iu>T(is (cn\ TroXXa r<i 7rai8( irnvrn, ^tdXtOTa fj.ti> TO pi] 
 Tpvfbuv tiXX* dvuy Ka^t <rda i TTfpl TOV ftiov Kad' (.Kdcrrrfv ftovXtvtcrdai TTJV i]fi(pai>. 
 
 1 Ur quasi-subject. See Infinitive.
 
 INFINITIVE AS SUBJECT 133 
 
 PLATO, Ale. II, 143 E : KCIKOV !ip', &>r touctv, /<rr!i> TI TOV (3f\Ti(rrov tiyvoia 
 i TO dyvotiv TO ft f \Turrov. 
 
 XKN. Cyr. 5- ' ' ' TO ... f pav fdiXaixriov ((TTiv. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 1253 (see above), fr. 2, 1133: TO yap <f)o^('io-6at TOV Bavarw 
 
 EUR. Ale. 693: T6 of (f/v fjuKpw, oAX' o/*o>s y\vKv. Bacch. 389-90: 6 & 
 
 . . . ftioros KOI TO (ppovclv. Heracl. 240: TO crvyytvcs Tt KH\ TO npov<p( i\etv. 
 
 476: (riyf) re KOI TO (Tuxfrpovt'iv. I. A. 330 (see above). 
 
 SOPH. El. 265 : TO T77TaO-#<H (3l6). 770: 8(IVW TO TIKTflV (tTTlV (136). ft. 
 
 239' oXXa TO) yf)pa <f)i\d | ^ci) i/ovj ofjiapTdv Kal TO f$ov\tvfiv a 8(i. 
 
 PlND. O. 9. 38 : TO Kav\d(rdai. P. 2, 56 : TO trXovrdv. N. 5. '8 : TO <riyav. 
 SlMON. C. ICO, I : TO xaXias flvj/o-Kfiv dptTfjs p.(pos (<TT\ fiiyicrrov. 
 
 316. AORIST: 
 
 a. \Vithoutthearticle: 
 
 Kpeicrcrov -yap el<rdira| 9avciv | T| ras a-irdcras ^ficpa; TracryfLV KaKiL?, 
 AESCHVL. P. V. 750-1 : 'T'/'j- better once for all to die than suffer on former 
 and forc^>ermore. 
 
 DEM. 3, 18: fv^aaffai p.ti> . . . padiov . . ., (\t(rdai 8' . . . ointd' opaius 
 (VTropov. 
 
 ANDOC. 1,8: TrapaXinflv (see 314). 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 187 E : KpelrTov yiip irov cr^iKpov ev f) TroXv pr] tK(n>ws irt- 
 puvat. 
 
 THUG. I, 22, I : ^aXfTroi' TTfv aKpiftfiav ai/Trjv TWV \t^6fVT<av mni"]fi.ov(v- 
 <rai. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 367 : viciTpaydv roivvv KpaTiarov eori fj.oi TO fttKTvov. 
 
 SOPH. El. 264-5 : (*) K Twj/Se p.ot | Xa/3cTv & ofjLoioiS Kal TO TtjTao-dai Trt'Xft. 
 
 AKSCHVL. P. V. 750-1 (see above). 
 
 PlND. P. 4, 272 : pqftiov /j.(v yap Tro\iv crfitrat. 
 
 BACCH VL. Ill, 47 : davdv yXvKiorov. 
 
 HOM. Od. 9, 241 : ttpya\iov, /SacriXfia, dirjvfKfots dyopevo-ai. 
 
 II. 2, 5-6: rj8f ol HUTU 6vp.bv dpicrTT] (paivtTO /3ouXr; | TTf'/i^ai fir* 
 ytip.(fivwi oiiXov uvdpov. 
 
 317. b. With the article : 
 
 rb . . . icaTa-yt Xao-Orj vat ICTUS oi8v irpaYfxa, PLATO, Euthyph. 3 C; To 
 
 get laughed at is per /taps a matter of no great consequence. 
 
 DEM. I, 23 : 7roXXuKU o<ctl TO (f)v\u{;(ii TayaOa TOV KTr)<ra<r6ai ^u\fn<l)Tfpov 
 total. 
 
 AxiJOC. 2. 5 : ptyiiXr) ot tfrjirov KU\ TO t a papTf'iv 8v<rirpaia ttTTt. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 5, 91 : TO t!6i'a)j <j7roXOcrai 6<Tl<i)Ttpoi> an tli) TOV pi) dtKaiwS 
 aTroXc'crtu.
 
 134 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 PLATO, Euthyph. 3 C (see above). 
 
 THUG. 3, 58, 2 : ftpaxv "Y"P TV T " Tjp-fTfpa crco/iora ciaff)6e Ipcn. 
 
 AH. LVS. 884: 010V TO TfKfllf. 
 
 COM. Antiphan. 3, 150: TO Trpmx' dirodavelv eo-n (pavfpu fo^ia. 
 
 EUR. fr. 854- TO p.fv a(pny rival 8(ivov. 
 PlND. O. 8, 60: uyvwfjLov de TO p.rj 7rpop.a 6t i v. 
 ALCAE. 30: TO yap "Apev'i KaT0uvr)v KU\OV. 
 
 318. PERFECT: 
 
 a. IVithoitt the article : 
 
 iro\i . . . ava-yicT) P e (3o v\e vo-9ai TI XPT Spav, PLATO, Lepf^. 949 E; A 
 city must needs have a settled policy as to -n.'/mt is to be done. 
 
 DEM. 19, 179- ^Xoxcevat Trpoo-tjKfi. Ibid, 282: arroXo>XfVa(. 21, 120: 
 uvrj pTTii<r6ai. 3^' '3- 8f8u>Kfi'aL. 
 
 Lv.S. 30, 2/ '. rowrw -ye Trpoo~ijKfi Sia /xeV aiiTov Tf&vavai, Sta 5 rovr Trpoyd- 
 vou? TffTrpacrdai. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 949 E (see above). Soph. 222 B : dai^Bai. 
 
 HOT. 5> l8: VO/JLOS . . . fjliiv yi eori . . . K.f^u>pi(r6ai (tySpas ywai/cooi'. 
 
 . XIV, I : fu ^ei 1 flpapdai jrapa 8tu[/j.o(rii> dv\0pu>Trois ilpicrTov. 
 EOGN. l8l2 : Tfdvap.fvai, (pi\e Kvpve, Trtvixpa) j3f\Tcpov dvopi, \ f/ <ativ 
 j^aXeTTfl Tfipop.fvov Tftvii]. 
 
 HOM. Od. 3, 209: viv ^>e xP'l TtT\u/j.fv (p.7rr]s (cf. Hymn. Merc. 494-5 : 
 
 ovSe Ti o~f XP'l Kt%O\<oO'0Ul\< 
 
 319. b. With the article : 
 
 TO 8iKT]9 . . . a<j>eicr6ai p.YaA.T] Stopeia . . . TJV, DEM. 23, 185 ; To have been 
 allowed to go free of punishment was a great boon. 
 DEM. 23, 185 (see above). 
 
 AESCHIN. 3, 236 : TOV yap ravr' f^fpyacrdfjl'ai Ka\u>s TO yeytvr)(r6ai TOVTMV 
 aiTiov ^e(^a) Karqyopiav f'x fl - 
 
 ISAE. ii, 18: oi'K l(Tx v(Tf T0 irpovtviKtjKfvai. 
 
 XKN. Hiero, 8, 6: OI^TO yap TO T(TtfjLrjo-dai . . . tTvvfmKotrp.f'i. 
 
 HUT. 5. 6: TO p.(v iffTiyQcn tvytves KtxpiTni, TO S fiffTiKTOV aytvvts- 
 
 AR. PI. 354-5 T '> ^' a ^ 8f8oiKevat npos dvopos ovuev vyu's ear flpya- 
 trfifvov. 
 
 EUR. Med. 122-3: TO yap fldio-0ai r)v fir' ICTOKTIV | KpflffCTOV. 
 
 SoPH. Ant. 437~^ T0 M l/ 7'V '"' T01 ' * K KUKWV TTffpfvyivai. | lyStoroj/. 
 
 INFINITIVE AS AN OBJECT 
 
 320. PRESENT : 
 
 a. Without the article : 
 
 vvv axirov aSeX<f>iCeiv i.-rr\.\(.ipri<ro\io'iv ) IsoC. 19, 30; Now they will under- 
 take to " brother " him.
 
 IXFIXITIl'E AS OBJECT 135 
 
 Isoc. 5. 87 : TroXr /iru> (see 211). 19, 30 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, dorg. 474 A : OI>K IJTIKTTH^'IV t Ttt\l/r](pi( tv. 
 
 XEN. Hiero, 3, 3: TOI*? noi^ovs i/o/ijfou<r* TroXXai TU>V iro\(a>v vr]Trnivf\ UTTO- 
 KTflvdv. Ibid. 4, 1 1 : Tpi(f)fii> (see 324). 
 
 HOT. 3. 83: oiVf . . . "ip\(iv oi>Tf <1p)((crQai c'&'Xci>. 
 
 COM. Philem. 4, 56, 68 : mVd> <V vyitiav Trpwrov, fir' tvirpaiav, | rpirnv fit 
 Xatpfiv, fir u(f>fi\tiv p.r)8(vt. 
 
 AR. fr. 2, 1038 : <1XX' ou yup ffiaflr TOVT' f^.ov ttifiirovros, <iXX<i /itiXXoj/ | 
 Tfivtiv, firftr c75f tj/ GiKo>?, SfpaKocriav TpciTrffuv. 
 
 SOPH. LI. 345~6 : XoO -yt 6iir(p', ?*/ (ppovdv KUKO>S, I 5 TWI> <f>i\tav <f>povoiitra 
 M fivt'iprji, tx^v- 
 
 PlND. (). 3- 3^ fois "y"P (tftTpairtv Ov\vp.irui>8' twi' daijrov dycava vipfLv. 
 
 HOM. II. 10, 1 16 : (Tin 5' o(a> (TT(Tpf\l/(v TToveftrdai. 
 
 321. b. With Hie article: 
 
 TO fXXTjviteiv irapa TOVTWV tyiayf c^iaOov, PLATO, Ale. I, 1 1 1 A ; / learned 
 speaking Greek from them. 
 
 DEM. [33], 4: TO ... 7t\tli> KaraXeXvKa (202). 57, iS: ro i-tvi*iv avrov 
 KanjyoprjKacriv. 
 
 PLATO, Ale. i, in A (see above). Le^g. 847 A: TO i]i> unio-da. 
 Theaet. 185 C : ovcriav Xf'-yeis KUI TO pi) tlvai. 
 
 XEN. R. L. 2, 7 : t<pfjK(v avrols TO p.T]xavd<rdai. TTJV Tpo(pi)i/. 
 
 AR. Pax, 434: "I<P(\( TO trait iv. 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 1125-7 ' r< * y' (vtTffits | /ioVots Trap' v/ili/ tvpov avdponrtav f'ya> | 
 
 (tat TOVTTiflKtS Kll\ TO p.1) \lf( vSoffTOfJif IV. 
 
 322. AORIST: 
 
 a. Without the article : 
 
 OVK wKVT)<r TT)V Sc'oTToivav -y tj fiai, DEM. 45, 74 ; He did not stick at marry- 
 ing his mistress. 
 
 DEM. 45, 74 (see above). [50], 57 : ovx tjfaXf TrapaXaftf'iv TIJV vavv. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyph. 3 D : ov TTUW iiri6vfiS> irfipadrjvat. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 1,6, 10: OVK f8vvdfJ.r)i> tpavrov Trdtrni (I5 1 )- 
 
 COM. Plierecr. 2, 280: <rv 8t rpurrtfav fitrffxpf, KH\ icvXtita Kavrpaytlv. 
 
 EUK. Ale. 669: /J.UTTJV tlft' <>l yi'puvTfs tv\ovTM ffavtlv. 
 
 PlND. O. 6, 25-6 : Kt'iviii yiip (' (IXAav 68ov &yffioiKv<rai | ravrav iiritrrav- 
 
 HoM. II. I, 18-9: i^'iv fjLtf dtiii SO'KV 'O\vfj.nia dw/itir' (points \ ftirfpcrai 
 
 llptUfl.Ulll TTU\ll>, (V o' OlKllo' iKfffdul. 
 
 323. b. With the article : 
 
 rXi](ro(iai ri> KarOavciv, AKSCHYL. Ag. 1290; I will endure the dying of 
 the death.
 
 136 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 DEM. l8,93- T0 Xcppomjotw KCU BV^WTIOV crSxrai ... 17 rrpoaiptcns 17 (p.fj 
 Kol f] TToXtTet'a Sif7rpuaro. 
 
 ISAE. I, 42 : ovrot yap TO di/eXe lv avras ( = ray 8ia6r]Kas) fKeivov /3ovXo/j.eVov 
 8tfK<iXuo-ai>. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 2 y 6: TO /iei* a Aw fat *cai aTro<pvytlv . . . eV tcratr fXiricri 
 6S)fj.(v auTO) dvai. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 275 C: dapptl TO a7ro*pii>ao-0ut. 
 
 THUG. 3. 4. 3 : 6>K r u el ^ elirtiv TO Tra^eif eu dvTi\i)\l/ovTu.i. 
 
 HDT. 5. IOI : TO Se pr) Xe^XaTJJo-ai . . . TT)J/ TrdXii/ eV^f TiiSf. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 694 : o" 1 -* yovv avai8S>g 8ifp.d^ov TO p.r) davttv. 
 
 AESCHVL. Ag. 1290 (see above). 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 107 : TO XaXuy^o-ai ^e'Xcof. 1 
 
 324. PERFECT: 
 
 a. Without the article : 
 
 avaYKaovTai crTpd.TV(Aa Tp<j>iv r\ airoXtoXc'vai, XEN. Hiero, 4, II ; They 
 are compelled to keep an army or perish (be ruined}. 
 
 DlN. I, 112 1 /SovXeTat . . . crvy Kf ^iicrdai irdvra ra tv rfj TrdXfi StVaia. 
 
 DEM. 8, 49- Kn ' Tedvdvai. ^laXXoi/ an >) TCIVT' (IprjKivai (3ov\ol/j.r]v. 
 
 ISOC. 5> 2 9 P-fv vv ^/3ouXo/iir;i/ /JLOL Trpot ipfjcrdai TOUT' (CTTLV. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 351 A B : TroXtv (paiijs av adixov dvai Ka\ XXay TrdXets eVt- 
 %fipe~iv 8ov\ovcr0ai a8/Ka)f (cat KaTaSfSouXoJo-^ai. Ibid. 406 D : a^ioi . . . f'e- 
 fjiicrai. TO vocrrjfia . . . rj Kavcrfi f) Top.r] xprj&dfifvos aTT^XXn^^at. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 5. 4. 7 : ftVoj/ TI^I/ dvpav KtK\flcrdai. Hell. 6, 2, 15 : tKf)pvfv 
 . . . TTfTTpaa-dai. Hiero, 4, ii (see above). 
 
 COM. Pherecr. 2, 262 : (3ov\oi[j.r]v yap K.U.V aKa\i')(pais TOV "icrov 
 (fiavaxr dai. 
 
 AESCHYL. Sept. 461-2: Imrovs . . . deXovaas npos TruXau 
 
 325. b. With the article : 
 
 TO jxv yap iroXX' airoX wXe K vai Kara TOV iroXtfJiov rr\s rifierepas ap.e\tas av 
 TIS Ocirj SiKaiojs, DEM. i, 10 ; This (tiling of) having' suffered many losses dur- 
 ing the war may justly be charged to our negligence. 
 
 DEM. i, 10 (see above). 23, 7 ' TOVTO . . . 'Apio-To^por^? fjStKfi, TO TOIOUTOU, 
 olov tyo) <pim 8fifiv TOV \api8rjfjMv ovra, TocravT'qv ir(Troir)<Tdai Trpovoiav. 
 
 326. FUTURE. The future infinitive as the object of verbs of creation 
 comes from the blending of the sphere of thought and the sphere of will. 
 Some of the examples are much disputed. 
 
 irvp i vi] (re IV SISVOOVVTO i< TO. |vXiva 7rapa<|>pdY|JiaTa, THUC. 4, 115, 2 ; I hey 
 intended (thought that they would) hurl fire into the wooden ramparts. 
 
 See further the Infinitive. 
 
 1 See A. J. 1'. xv (1894), 509.
 
 INFINITIVE FOR INDICATIVE 137 
 
 INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE ov THE INDICATIVE 
 
 327. The infinitive as the representative of the indicative 
 takes all the tenses. See Accusative and Infinitive. 
 
 Present ( = Present Indicative) : 
 
 riv euTuxovvra teal 4>pove iv vojufcojiev, COM. Men. 4, 354, 497 ; Him who is 
 lucky ive ihink to have sense withal. <Jn)<riv iuXi]cr|i<v elvai, PLATO, Prot. 
 336 D ; Ht; says that he is forgetful. 
 
 Present ( Imperfect Indicative) : 
 
 avTiXtYeiv ^>TJS TOIS povXo|xevois T|(xas airoXe'crai, LYS. 12, 26; You declare 
 that you undertook to oppose (ajre'Xey* s) those who unshed to destroy us. airo- 
 |nfjvdorOw (it) |ieTxiv, DEM. 19, 117 ; Let him declare that he had no part 
 in it. 
 
 Aorist (= Aorist Indicative) : ! 
 
 ov <f>i)<ru T)(ias 6p9ws ofioXo-yfjo-ai qviKa iLfxaXoYTicraaev, PLATO, Theaet. 191 
 
 A ; / iv ill not say that we were right to acknowledge (it) when we acknowl- 
 edged it. 
 
 Perfect (= Perfect Indicative) : 
 
 })Tjo-i . . . IYKWJUOV Ye-vpa<j>cvai, Isoc. IO, 14 ; He says that he has written 
 an encomium. 
 
 Perfect (= Pluperfect Indicative) : 
 
 KO.I 68ov re [Xe'-yerai] OVTTW iroXXTjv SiT|vvcr0ai avrois Kai TOV M-fjSov rjicetv -rra- 
 Xiv, XEN. Cyr. i, 4, 28 ; // zs said that not much of their journey had been 
 accomplished yet when the Mede returned. 
 
 Future (= Future Indicative) : 
 
 OVK <j>t] 6|xei<r0ai, XEN. Hell, i, 3, II ; He said iJiat he would not take 
 an oath. 
 
 Future Perfect (= Future Perfect Indicative) : 
 
 v7roXap.pdvo) . . . |x<rrt]v ^ p paxj/uSt] KOTUS T)fJ.as ecrecrOai, DEM. 25, 2; / 
 understand that we shall have delivered our screed to no purpose. 
 
 328. ARTICULAR INFINITIVE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE IN- 
 DICATIVE. The infinitive as the representative of the indicative may take 
 the article. 
 
 Present : 
 
 \v fiiv oviv ofioXo-yeiTCu TO icpartiv TUV KXTjpovofxiwv TOVS appcvas, Dl'.M. [44! 
 
 12: One thing then is agreed on, namely, the males' holding (that the males 
 hold} the inheritance. 
 
 1 On the aorist as a future, see Accusative <in<( Infinitive.
 
 138 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Aorisl; 
 
 TO . . . dvo iai TT)v flvpav oi\ 6(ioXoYi, DEM. [42], 8 : The opening of the 
 door (the statement that he opened the door) he does not agree to. 
 
 Future : 
 
 TO 8 sre diropticreiv, OVK otp.ai (sc. fxavriKu; o- elpTjice'vai), PLATO, Conv. 
 198 B ; As to tJie statement that you will be at a loss, I don't think that you 
 have said that in a spirit of prophecy. 
 
 DEM. [42], 8 : TO /xei> a^eXeti/ TO tTrj/j.f'iov o/ioXoytT, TO S' avol^ai Ti]i> dvpav 
 oi>x 6/ioXoyeI. [44]- I2 (see above). 57> 63 '. ex ... yap TOV op<ov fr'i\d\lsav TO 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 198 B (see above). Phaedo,6i D: TTCOS TOCTO Xe'yei? . . . 
 TO p.f) Qf^LTov flvai. tavTov @ide(r6ai ; Phaedr. 244 A : TO (the statement that) 
 ftaviav KCIKOV fivai. Soph. 231 C: TO ... p.t} pq8iov eivat. 
 
 HDT. I, 86 : TO ToD SoXcot'oy ... TO fj,rjb(va elvai TU>V U>OVTU>V o\,3iov. 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 264-7 : ^f JLfv $' fToifiot . . . deovs opKatfiOTflv | TO [J.T)Te Spacrai 
 p.rjTf TO> vvfi(i>ai | TO Trpayna j3ov\fvo-avTi. 
 
 Tenses of the Participle 
 
 PARTICIPLE AS A VERBAL ADJECTIVE 
 
 329. The participle as a verbal adjective is chiefly used in 
 the present, aorist, and perfect tenses. The temporal relation is 
 that of the kind of time. 1 The sphere of time depends on the 
 context. 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 
 330. CONTEMPORANEOUS ACTION. The present participle 
 is generally used of contemporaneous action, cither total or 
 partial. 
 
 tp.e . . . Xf'yeis TOV veuTaTov X'Y<V, PLATO, Parmen. 137 C ; You mean me 
 when you speak of the youngest. So-uXeuovtri Y H tao " ri Y'"H LVOt K*" o"4 >aT ~ 
 Tofifvoi, DKM. 9,66; They lead the lives of slaves, being scourged and 
 butchered. XOYOVS irpoo-^epcov diruXeo-ev avT^v, LYS. 1,8; (By) making pro- 
 posals he ruined her. 
 
 331. Leading Verb Present: 
 DKM. 9, 66 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Parmen. 137 C (see above). 
 
 1 This temporal element is deeply imbedded in the nature of the participle and 
 the use is universal, so that it is not necessary to draw examples from different ranges 
 of dabbic Greek.
 
 TENSES OF PARTICIPLE 139 
 
 EUR. Andr. 373 : dvSpo? 8' Apaprdvovtr' Apapravti ftiov (coincident 
 action), A woman failing of a husband fails of life, 
 
 332. Lead ing Verb Imperfect : 
 
 DEM. 54- 9 ' ,'}^ f TOVS dXacrpvovas p.tfjiovp.fi'os TOVS vfviKrjKoras (coin- 
 cident action). 
 
 PLATO, Meno, 90 C: Tre'unovTfs rovSe KciX&s &v fVe'/iTTo/xf v (coincident 
 action). 
 
 HDT. 9, 21 : ol Mfyapte? irit f <i/*f vot (finding themselves pinched} rrf/x- 
 irov (irl TOVS o-rpdTijyovs Ttav 'E\\t]v<oi> Ki'jpvKa. 
 
 333. Leading Verb Future: 
 
 DEM. 14, 12: ovdev ovv d\\' ij pa\lra>8T)O~ovo-iv ol TrpfffjSfis TTtpiiovrfs. 
 XEN. Hiero, 11,15; (i>8aifj.ov(av yap ov (pdovTjdtja-fi (174)- 
 HDT. 4, 98 : rai/ra 8e Troifvvrfs e/xoi p.fyd\a>s ^apit'tcrdf (coincident 
 action). 
 
 334. Leading Verb Aorist : 
 LYS. i, 8 (see above). 
 
 XEN. Hell. 7- 5- 9- optov . . , rov . . . xpavov irpoftaivovra ivop.i(T( irpaicTfov 
 TI tivai. 
 
 HDT. 1,68: opv(Tfru>v tirtrv^ov cropw e 
 
 335. Leading Verb Perfect : 
 
 DEM. 8, 34: vvv 8e 8r]/jiayu>yoi/vTfS i>fJ.ds KIII ^api^op-evoi Kad' {nrtpfto- 
 \TJV, ovra) Start di'jKacriv uxrrt KTf. 
 
 336. Leading Verb Pluperfect: 
 
 XEN. Hell. 6, 5. 21 '. STJOVVTI. Triv \<apnv ovftds rjdfXrjKfi p.d^((rdai. 
 AR. Ach. lo: 'K(^TJVTJ TrpoirfooKuiv rav \lcr)^v\ov. 
 
 337. PRIOR ACTION. The action of the present participle is some- 
 times prior to that of the leading verb. An adverb of lime often makes 
 the relation plain. 
 
 ol Kvpeioi irpoo-Sev <rvv Tjp.iv Tarrofifvoi vvv d.(|)o~niicatriv, Xp.N. An. 3. 2, 
 17 ; The troops of Cyrus, who were formerly marshalled with us, have now 
 deserted us. 
 
 DEM. 1 8, 6l : KIH irpuTfpnv KHKWS TOVS "E\\i]vas f\ovr(is rr/jor (avrovs KIU 
 <rra(Ti(i(TTiK(i)f, tn ^fipntf ftifdrjKf. 
 
 PLATO, Rpb. 518 I): at ... <7XXni dpfral KoXovfitvai TfsvX'l* ntvSvvfvovtriv 
 . . . OVK fvovcrai irporfpov vtrrtpov fp.Trotficrdai. 
 
 XKN T . An. 3. 2, 17 (see above). 
 
 Hl)T. 8, 62: rr rj p. a i v u> v 8( Ttivru TW Xriyw ftifftiitpf (s Kvpv^tdftrjv, X'ya)j/ 
 fjLa\\otf f'nf(TTp(ifjifjifi'ii. 9, 27 ' K(t\ ytip ai> xprftrTot Tine fovTfS wiToi vvv uv dfv 
 
 AXaVpUTtpOl, Ktl\ TtlTf (UVTfX (jjXuvpUt VVV UV (l(l> llfJ.dVOt/fS.
 
 14 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 AR. Av. 75 ' irpOTfpov avdpa>iros TTOT' Stv. 
 SOPH. Ant. 1192 : f'yco, <pi\rj oVo-Troti/a, Kal irapatv epa>. 
 
 MlMNERM. 3> TO irp\v tu>v KuXXicrroy, fTrrjv ircipdfjiftyfTai (apt], I ouSe Trarr/p 
 iraio~\v rifiios OVTC (plXois. 
 
 HOM. Od. 13, 4 O1 Kvv^ttXTO) 6V rot otrcre mipos TTfpi/caXXe' tovrt. 
 
 338. SUBSEQUENT ACTION. The present participle may imply cona- 
 tive action, and thus simulate a future (see 193). So <pepa>v and liyutv are 
 used almost to the exclusion of oiaatv and coi/. 
 
 f] 8e IldpaXos els Tas "AOijvas [aTre'irXevo-e] a-n-aYY '^^ ov(ra T * YY OV( ^ Ta > 
 
 XEN. Hell. 2, i, 29 ; 77ie Paralos sailed off to Athens 'with a report of ( = to 
 report) what had happened. 
 
 ANDOC. I, 104-5 TjKovcri . . . ol fj,i> flcrofMevoi . . . ol 8e intone tpu>fj.t vol. 
 
 XEN. Hell. 2, i, 29 (see above). 
 
 AR. Ach. 178 : e'yw p.(v 8(vpo croi cnrovtias (pe pa>v \ (cnvfvftov. 
 
 EUR. Suppl. I2O: TOVTOVS davovTiis %\0ov faiTu>v vroXti/. 
 
 PlND. O. 7 !3~4 : KciTtfiav ran Ttovriav \ vp.t>fd)v TralS' 'A^poSiVas 1 . P. 4, 
 IOj-6: iK.ofj.av | otKaS', dpxav dyKOfj.L^cov. 1 
 
 HOM. II. I, 371-2: ^X^e ^o(W eVi i/^af 'A^aiwi/ ^aXico^trcoi'coi' | Xvcropevos re 
 BvyciTpn rpipav r aTrfp(i<ri' anoiva. (Here both resemblance and difference 
 between present and future are manifest. 3 ) Compare II. i, 431 : IKUVSV 
 ciycav with ibid. 44-~3 ^P" M* e7r([J.\l/fv . . . 7ral8a . . . aytp-ev. 
 
 AoRisr PARTICIPLE 
 
 339. The action of the aorist participle is ordinarily prior, 
 but it may be coincident, so especially when the leading verb is 
 aorist or future. 
 
 dvapivrts els TO tnrepuiov eSenrvovfiev, Lvs. I, 22 ; Going it p to tJie src- 
 ond story, ive supped. TO o-i^a o-tio-as TOVS Xo-yovs tr&lo-ets tfioi, EtJR. I.T. 7^5; 
 Saving thy body than wilt save my words. diruXto-as TOV olvov 
 \i8a)p, TkAG. Aristias, fr. 4 ; You spoiled the wine by adding water. 
 
 340. Leading Verb Present: 
 
 Hl)T. 6, 37 : TUTUS- . . . tKKOTrdo-a ftXcHTTov ovSeVa /jitrlfi (134)- 
 ^.M. Men. 4, 34t i d^upurros OOTIS tv iraduiv afi.vijfj.ovf I. 
 
 341. Leading Verb I i perfect : 
 
 Lvs. I, 22 (see above). Ibid. 24: irapaXaftoiv 8' o>r o'u>v Tf fjv nXda-rovs 
 , , . e^fiSif ov. 
 
 1 See 15. T.. (1 , Introcl. Ess., cxii. 
 
 5 The examples cited for Homer do not seem to he very cogent. See Boiling, 
 The Participle in Hcsiod, Reprint from Catholic University Bulletin, Vol. Ill, p. 439.
 
 TENSES OF PARTICIPLE 141 
 
 THUC. 6, 69, It di>a\af36i>T( s ra on\a tvdvs avTcirfja'av (2O6). 
 EUR. I. T. 27 '. pfTHpaiti X Tj <f> 6 ( I (r' (Kaivofiijv I<P(I. 
 
 342. Leading I'erb Future . 
 
 Prior Action : 
 
 DEM. 14. 3' *' ? <t>pvyiav (\flu>v 8ov\fv<T(i; 
 
 HDT. 2, 5 KOTfir KaraTTfiprjTrjpiTiit irrj\t'iv rt dvoicms KT(. (258). 
 
 343. Coincident Action : 
 
 EUR. I. T. 765 (see 339). Med. 383: davovva 6^<ru> rots fpois f\0pois 
 
 344. Leading Verb Aorist : 
 
 Prior Action : 
 
 DEM. 54- ~- vyifjs ff\0u>v (popii8r]v rj\dop oiKaftf. 
 
 LYS. I, 27 ' irXrjyds KarfTTffTfi' fi>6vs, He vds stabbed and fell at once. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 273 ^ : f^^v ovv ravra icart (ppovt) Brjv t'Tr' uvroiv 
 
 345. Coincident Action : ' 
 
 ISOC. 19. 9- &poffv\\os . . . TOVTOVS fjn'ivovs Tralfttis yvT]<rlnvs tcarii\nriov . . . 
 
 TOV filOV (Tf\(VTr}(Tfl>. 
 
 DEM. l8, 208 : oi/K fcrnv OTTCOJ i]p.dpT(r(f) . . , rov inrtp TIJS ('nrmTiov t\frt)(- 
 plas KCII crutrrfpuis KU>$VVOV dp apt vol. 
 
 ISAE. 7. 33 Tt ' /3f ATIO? uv ( TT pu f v i] TUVTII j3ov\(V(Ttip.(vos ("nrfp iirolr^a'fv } 
 PLA'I'O, Fheaet. 185 E: fv tiroiija'u.s jJ-f p.d\<i <rv\vov \uyov 7r<iXX <i^(i s. 
 XE.\. Cyr. 1,4, 13: KU\U>S . . . (Troi7]criis irpuenraiv. Ibid. ~] , 5.48: K<jAd>r 
 . . . firoiijo'as . . . (ip^as T<W Xoyou, 
 
 HDT. 3> 3^' upO^s p.oi doxc'ei riivftupos 7roi?/rrt vupuv t>avru>v fiuirtXia 
 
 f tVi. 5- -4 f v fifoiijtras diriKofifvos. 
 
 AR. Pax, 630-1 : \i6ov | ffji^aXovTts (fj.t8ip.vav Kv^fe\tjv uTrciAf <T<IV. 
 TKAG. Aristias, (Sat. Dr.) fr. 4 (see 339). 
 
 CCHYL. VI, 15" (TTU$IOI> Kparrj(raf ) Ke'oj/ fVK\iias. X, 15 ' uvS'jO'ii- 
 
 . 6i)Kas. 
 
 PlND. I. 5- 5' ctirtv Tf ^> <> v i) crai j <IT( paims dv!)p. 
 Ho.M. II. 1,434- *o" r <J*' 5' iarToduKi/ TrcXatrav TrpoTuvoKriv vfptvTts. 
 
 346. Leading Verb Perfect : 
 
 DEM. 36, 18: T ypd/j.^a6' r; P-I/TIP rj(}>dviK(v -n t icrdfla-' I-TTII TOITOV. 
 
 347. Leading Verb I*lnf>erfecl : 
 
 DEM. 36, 8 : <> \lacriu>t> VfrXf vTt')Kf i rui'Ttt 8iadt fttvoSn 
 
 'On the "adverbial" group with fyOdvu, XuvOdvvj, Ti<f\dfu, sec Partiiip!t and 
 A. J. P. xii (1891) 76-79.
 
 142 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 PERFECT PARTICIPLE 
 
 348. The perfect participle expresses completion. 
 Leading Verb Present : 
 
 DEM. 24, 6 : n' 8r) TTOT' f'yu> fj.(Tpia)s . . . TOV aX\ov xpovov ftf (3 
 ayoxrt Ko.1 ypa(f)als Sr/nocriais e eru o/na i. 
 
 349. Leading Verb Imperfect : 
 
 DEM. 14, 36 : KOIVOV ( \0pov (Ktlvov vTTfiXrjf^ores asfJ,av6ovv dXA/]Aotr. 
 23. 127 Ktirw (vdiis im(Krovu>s OIIK. dcrfpaXts Tjyfir' an(\6(iv OTTOI ri'^ot. 
 
 350. Leading Verb Aorist 
 
 DEM. 37, 10: df^iKOfj-riv ar^(8uv n TTCLVT' UTT oXtoXe KU>S ocr' f^tov (t-tn\fvcra. 
 
 351. Leading Verb Perfect : 
 
 DEM. 55> -3- vtv OTroXcoXf/cwf . . . rr)\iKavTr]i> p.oi dixrjv 
 
 352. Leading Verb Future : 
 
 DEM. 28, 16: ra ^prjfj.ara TTUVT' air* <TT( pt]K<as . . (\fflcrdai vvv v(f)' itfj,S>v 
 
 353. Leading Verb Pluperfect : 
 
 DEM. i, 8: rJKOfj.tv (=plupf.) Evfiofva-iv @fpor)6r]KoT(s, We had re- 
 turned from having reinforced the Euboeans. 
 
 PARTICIPLE AS THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INDICATIVE 
 
 354. The participle as the representative of the indicative 
 takes all the tenses, the future as well as the present, the perfect, 
 and the aorist. 
 
 The participle represents the indicative only after verbs of intellectual 
 perception and those that are causative of the same. For actual percep- 
 tion, see Object Sentences. 
 
 355. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. The present participle repre- 
 sents durative action, regularly contemporaneous, occasionally 
 prior. 
 
 Contemporaneous Action after a Principal Tense = Present Indicative: 
 DEM. 29, 25 : /SovAo/iat - e'Ae'yai . . . avruv \jstv8ofjLfvov (= on -^(v8f- 
 rat), / wish to prove him to be a liar, that he is a liar. 
 
 356. Contemporaneous Action after an Historical Tense = Imperfect 
 Indicative : 
 
 DEM. [34]' 1 3 f/o'0'>^ r ]f nvrov 8taKpov6fj.fv6v fjif (:= art fti(Kpav(T(> /it, or, by 
 repraesentatio, oYi diuKpuvfrui pt), I perceived that he was trying to cheat me,
 
 MOODS 143 
 
 357. Prior Action = Imperfect Indicative : 
 
 ol8<i o-t XYovTa(=:6Ti IXcycs 1 , XEN. Cyr. I, 6, 6; I know that yon used 
 to say. 
 
 DEM. 21, 12: Mrifii'ar 8' tv ai'Ta'ts ravrais rms fj^ipatf <7ia ToC &ovvtu rf)t> 
 
 Ki]v TTOICOJ/ (= ort tiroitt) f>(i^6i)<Tfrai. 
 LVS. IO,4- <paivop.ai ovv Tpi<rKm8K(TT)s $>v art o irarfjp virb riiiv TpiaKovra 
 
 EN. Cyr. I, 2, 2 : (frvfriv . . . TIJS p.op<pr}s KU\ rijt ^v\f)S roiaiirrjv <^wv fiia- 
 
 fTat. Ibid. I, 6, 6 (see above). 
 HDT. 6, 121 t <f)aii>ovrat fjuaoTvpavvoi (ovrtf. 
 
 358. AORIST PARTICIPLE = Aorist Indicative. 
 
 tvpTJ<rT* atiTov TTJV . . . iT<5Xiv 8io AaKcSaifioviwv aodcvrj iroii]cra.vra, t DEM. 
 15, 24; You will find that he nuide the city weak by means of the Lacedae- 
 monians. 
 
 359. PERFECT PARTICIPLE = Perfect Indicative. 
 
 olSa <re . . . lyw KCLI I8i<irr)v y y e VT 1 K* vo v *"* v ^ v Tvpavvov ovra, XEN. Hiero, 
 1 , 2 ; / knoiv that you have been a private citizen and are now an absolute 
 ruler. 
 
 360. FUTURE PARTICIPLE = Future Indicative. 
 
 <ro.4>us . . . rjSei oXuaoficvos, ANTIPHON, 2 o 8 ; He knew clearly that he 
 would bt convicted. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 2 a 8 (see above). 
 
 THUG. 3> 67, I ' iva vfifis . . . (l^t]T( St<aio)9 avr)V KaTayvu>(Ti)fj.fi>ot. 
 HDT. 5, 4- ' tv firltrraTO <ar' dvSpayaditjv avrut (T^i](ru>i> rijv @ao'i\t]iT]v. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 1155' 'O"$t TTT] jjLaVOVfjifVOS. 
 
 On the Future Participle after Verbs of Motion, see Index. 
 
 MOODS 
 Indicative Mood 
 
 361. The indicative mood represents the predicate as a real- 
 ity. It is sometime?, called the declarative mood or mood of 
 direct assertion, fav-t, I say. 
 
 362. USE OK THE INDICATIVE. The use of the Greek indicative is in 
 the main the same as that of the English indicative. It must, however, 
 be noticed that the English indicative and the English subjunctive (opta- 
 tive) coincide to a considerable extent in form, llriirr tin- apparent coin- 
 cidence in syntax, where there is real diversity. In "/ had fainted, unless
 
 144 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 I had believed," Ps. 27, 13, both " I had fainted " and " I had believed " are 
 subjunctives, or rather optatives. 
 
 363. The differences to be specially noted are these: 
 
 i. EXPRESSION OF POSSIBILITY, POWER, OBLIGATION, AND 
 NECESSITY. The Greek language expresses possibility and 
 power, obligation and necessity, and abstract relations generally, 
 as facts; whereas our translation often implies the failure to 
 realize. 
 
 <rvveirXei ... TO. ... avBpQTroSa a 8ei avcrov airoXv<rai, ANTIPHON, 5, 2O ; 
 The slaves whom he was to release were on board with him. ol . . . ev TCUS 
 T<TrapaxovTa vaval IleXoTrovv^o'ioi, ovs e8e i ev Ta\ei irapa'yevea'Oai, ... cvSurpuJ/av, 
 THUG. 3, 29, I ; The Peloponnesians in the forty ships whose business it was 
 to get (who ought to Jiave got) there quickly, loitered on the way. TOTC vvaX- 
 yelv xp'qv o' oV oXXv|iT)v e-yoi, EUR. Ale. 633 ; turn aequius dolere FUERATyizAz 
 cum me tollerent (Buchanan). 
 
 DlN. I, 8l : ore p.fv e'&ei ^.u^fO~6ai . . . <?X fT ' a-mutv oixaSf, eVftS^ Se Trpocr- 
 
 T]K(V OlKOl Kll>8vVfVfiV . . . CO^fr' (K TT]S Tr6\f(l)S (ITToftpaS. 
 
 DEM. l8, 191 : fXP*l v ^ fl - 2 9-4 r : TroXv Kii\\iov rjv . . . StwKeti/. [46], 
 5: (Sfi. [47]. ?6: yfcopyw Se Trpos ra> 'nnrop6p.a>, uicrrt ov Troppai efiei avrov 
 eXOelv. 
 
 L\'S. 12, 32 I \prfv 8e (Tf . . . f'lTTfp rjcrBa xprjcrTos . . . TOIS /ieXAovow ufiiKcof 
 dnodavf IcrOai [MTjvvTrjv yfVfadai. 
 
 Ax DOC. I, 20: tj ffj.e fj eKflvov eSft aTrodavtlv, aut mihi aut illi morienditm 
 erat, 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 34 A : KOL uX\ovs TTO\\OVS eyco f\u> vp.lv fiTreii>, ti>v riva e^prjv 
 . . . TTapao'XfO'dai Mf'X^roz/ fjLaprvpa. 
 
 HD'l'. 3. 66: ov yap fjv ol dcrc^oXe? . . . (f)iivai TOV Kvpov viov aTroXcoXe/ctj/ai. 
 8, 6. 8, 68, a) : am'i\\at;av OVTUI <as Kfivovs (TrpeTTf. 
 
 AR. Nub. 963 : Trpairov fifv eSet Traiftos <$>u>vi]v ypvai>Tos fj.rj8tv' axoOcrai. 
 
 Ibid. 973 : efiet. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 633 (see above). 
 
 HOM. II. I, 353: rip.r]v Trip pot o^eXXfi/ 'O\vp.TTios (yyva\iai. 
 
 364. eSei, X p^v, ETC., OK THE PRESENT. When eSet, expfjv, and 
 the like refer to the present and not to the past, a modal sense 
 is set up, and the dependent infinitive becomes unreal. 1 
 
 1 MSS and editors often fluctuate between tSfi and Stl, \P'< 1 ' an< J XP'I- ' ' ie 
 present indicative jjives the sinijile statement, the imperfect indicative surprise or dis- 
 appointment. ('f. ANTIPIION, 5, )i, \\here the codices liave \(i<i, Blass x/'i*'i Andoc. 
 [4], 1 6, where Blass has tSti for MS fot.
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD 145 
 
 Soiov Ivai TOVTO irparreiv, LYCURG. 141 ; // ought to be conso- 
 nant -with piety to do this (but it is not). 
 LYCURG. 141 (see above). 
 
 DEM. I 5. 3 2 : ' XP'1 V r *l v a vTt)v *X (lv ot dvoiav vnas (= dXX* oiiK f%fTf) irtpl 
 TJJS iv rfi iroKiTfiq r<ifo>r, rjirrfp nfpi TI/S tv rais orpaTfiais *\(Tf. 
 
 1 HUC. 6, 78, 4 : KII\ fjuiXio-Ta tiKos r)v vfnas . . . pi] paXuKMS tacrnfp vvv vp.pa- 
 X (~tv. 
 
 HDT. 3. 80: KatToi uvopa yt rvpavvov ii(f)6ovov ?5f ( dvai, f^omd yt iravTa ra 
 dyadti. TO fit vrrfvairriov TOVTOV ts rovs TroXtijras 1 7Tf(f)vKf (p0oi>(d yap KT. 
 
 COM. Hermipp. 2, 399: rovs /iV tip' aXAou? oiKovptiv XP*I V - 
 
 EUR. Or. 1030: (ijv f'xpt]v cr\ or' ovutr d. 
 
 365. 2. INDICATIVE ix GKXKRIC SENTENCES. In generic 
 sentences the Greek has a tendency to other modal construc- 
 tions. In practical questions, personal argument, as in poetry 
 and proverbs, the indicative may be used as in English and 
 Latin. 
 
 ei TIS elSus . ..irpovSuicev f\ ela.ira.TqLj OUTOS COT' vo\os TT] ap^L, DEM. 23, 
 97 ; If any one has wittingly betrayed or wittingly deceives, he is obnoxious 
 to Hie curse, a H 1 *! Kare'Oov, JITJ ave'\ti, PKOV. ; ll'/mt you didn't deposit, you 
 mustn't draw. TW . . . a.o-0vox)vTi TriKpa 4>aivcTai a ecrOiei KO.I ccrri, PLATO, 
 Theaet. 166 E ; To the sick tnan what /u- fcits seems bitter, and is bitter. 
 
 PROV. jjt> TIS fp.at p.a,ui> Tavrrfv Ka\ (crduTd). (See also above.) 
 
 DEM. 23,97 (see above). 
 
 AESCHIX. 3. 19^ f ' yup ris V ^r/p-oKpiiria TfTip-rjfjitvos . . . roX/^a ftorjOdv rait 
 irapiivo/j.a ypii(f)ovcri, Karu\vfi rt]v iro\iTf'uiv. Ibid. 198 : OCTTIS . . . alrfi (fit's). 
 
 PLATO, Theaet. 166 E (see above), i/o A: TO SUKOVV fcuo-ra> TOVTO ical 
 tlvai <pr]o-L TTOV oi SoKct; 
 
 Hl)'I". 3, 127 : tv6a . . . o-(>(ptr)S of a, Pirfs tpyov ovoiv. 
 
 EUR. Tro. 400 : (fxvyav p.(v ovv xp'l iroXfjJLOv OO-TIS (v (ppovd. 
 
 AE.SCHYL. Sept. 596: fatvbs os 6(ovs aifta.. 
 
 PlND. N. 3. 4'~- ^ s ^* Sificixr' f^ti, . . . fj.vpiav . . . dpfTiiv drfXt j/i!w ytvt- 
 
 Tdl. 
 
 HOM. Od. 14. I 5^~7 * \0pos yup //oi K.O.VOS o^coy AiSijo TT\j\y(Tiv | yiyvfrai, 
 or TTtvifl 
 
 366. 3. N()N-USE OK CERTAIN TENSES OK THE INDICATIVE 
 WITH TEMPORAL PARTICLES. As a rule, temporal particles are 
 not used with the indicative in future relations. Here the sub- 
 junctive with ui> is regularly employed, which becomes optative 
 in oratio obliqua. 
 
 10
 
 146 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Temporal particles with the present and perfect tenses of the 
 indicative are regularly causal or conditional. See Temporal 
 Sentences. 
 
 367. INDICATIVE IN WISHES. The indicative of the past 
 tenses is used in hopeless wishes. Here some introductory par- 
 ticle, such as eWe, el yap, is used to show the baselessness of the 
 wish. Or the form eo^eXov (o><eA,Xoz/), / oitgJit, with the infini- 
 tive, is employed. Here there is also, as a rule, an introductory 
 particle : eWe (aWe), el yap, o>?. The negative is yn?;. 
 
 The imperfect indicative after eWe, el yap, denotes a wish for 
 continuance, regularly in opposition to the present, the aorist a 
 wish for attainment, regularly in opposition to the past. 
 
 When w(f)e\ov is used, the tenses of the infinitive are em- 
 ployed in the same way, the present infinitive like the imperfect 
 indicative, the aorist infinitive like the aorist indicative. 
 
 /3ov\6fj,r)v av (icev) and ->jOe\ov av (tcev) are not infrequent 
 forms of indicating a hopeless wish. 1 
 
 dXX' <54>eX . . . KOpos T V > XEX. An. 2, 1,4; Ah ! Cyrus ought to be alive 
 = would that Cyrus were alive. 
 
 LvS. 3- 21 : f {3ov\6 n^v 8 av . . . Sijucoi/a Ti]i> avrtjv yvu>p.r/v (/J.CH f%fiv. 
 PLATO, Crito, 44 D : ft yap u>(f>f\ov . . . oloi re ftVat ol TroAXoi. TO. p.('yiaTa 
 KaKii ffpyde<rdai, Rpb. 432 C : d yap coc^eXoi/ (sc. I8elv), fffirj. 
 
 XF.N. An. 2, i, 4 (see above). Cyr. 4, 6, 3 : fj^aprfv, us p;7rorf u</)fXf v. 
 HDT. I, III : o0eXoy. 3- 6$' *tSov o^nv ev TO) VTTva>, rfjv p.r]8afjiii o<pf\ov 
 
 I8di>. 
 
 AR. Nub. 24: fid' (^eKOTTTJV TTpOTfpOV TOV O(pd(l\fJ.OV Xl'^O). PilX, 1068-9'. 
 
 fWf (rov flvai I a>(pf\fi>, (uXdfo)!/, oiirtocrl 8fp/j.bs 6 TT\( vp-tav (mock heroics). 
 
 EUR. Ale. 53^- e '^' tvpofitv cr\ "A.8p.rjTf, fiij \VTTOV p. (i>oi>. Cycl. 1867: 
 
 fj.rj8ap.ov ytvos irore | (frvvai yvvaiKoiv co</>fX', fl p.i] 'pol /JLOVIO. El. 282: flff ?]v 
 'OpetTrrjs TrXijfrt'oi/ K\VU>V raSe. Ibid. 1061 : tiff ti^ts, a> T(Kov(Ta, fifXriovs fyf>i- 
 j/ar. I. A. 70 : fj.j')Trnr' co0fXfi/ Xn^eii/. 
 
 SOPH. El. IO2I-2: f'iff u>(f)f\fs roiaSe TIJV yvwp.rjv Trarpos | 6i>j)(TKOvTi>s 
 t il'di Trai- yap av Kartipyacru) (fl rjcrda, hadst tllOH been}. 
 
 PlND. P. 3- I- 3 f)6e\ov Xfiptavd <e $i\vpi8av, | . . . | <i>fiv TUV un<H\6- 
 
 H(VOl>. 
 
 HOM. Od. 5. 38~9 : wr 8!) tyu> y' 5<j)\ov Bavifiv Km TTOT/XOI/ enicrrrflv | 
 fjfj.a.T. TW, art KT. I I, 548 u>s 8!) fir] ti(j)t\ov VIKUV roia)8' in aid\u>. 
 
 1 In large stretches of prose literature, there is scant occasion for the expression 
 of wish.
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 147 
 
 ' 3- '73~4 < f o(pt\tv PnvaTin fjini A8tiv *cacor, oTnrore fitvpo \ viii <ro> 
 -fir('>[*r)v. 4, 3'5~6' <iXX<i (re yfjpas rtipit npniittv cos- o0Xf'i/ Ttr | av$pu>v <7XXor 
 (Xfiv, (TV 8 KovpoT(poi(ri fjLfTflvai. 6, 345-6: a>y . . . o0fX(f) c. inf. 7, 3QO : 
 a>j irptv co(^>f XX' aTroXetr^ai. 1 1, 380-1 : <u$- ufaXov c. inf. 
 
 368. INDICATIVE ix OTIIKK THAN SIMIM.K SKXTF.XCES. 
 The following summary embraces the chief uses of the indica- 
 tive as shown in other than simple sentences. 
 
 I. Incomplete Sentences : Questions. 
 
 Indicative questions expect or anticipate 1 indicative answers. 
 
 II. Semi-dependent Sentences : 
 
 1. Object Sentences. Sentences introduced by em, that, and 
 <J>9, how that, often retain the indicative after past tenses, as al- 
 ways after principal tenses. 
 
 2. Sentences of Result. Sentences of result with ware (sel- 
 dom o>?) take the indicative as a statement. 
 
 III. Dependent Sentences: 
 
 1. Causal Sentences. The indicative is the only mood used 
 in causal sentences, except as in oratio obliqua. 
 
 2. Temporal Sentences. The indicative in temporal clauses 
 is used chiefly of specific actions. 
 
 3. Conditional Sentences. The indicative in conditional 
 clauses is used either as in indicative questions or as in hopeless 
 wishes. 
 
 4. Relative Sentences of Design. In relative sentences of 
 design the future indicative is used, whereas other languages 
 lean towards optative or subjunctive expressions. 
 
 On the Indicative with liv, see 428-33. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood 
 
 369. The subjunctive mood is the mood of anticipation. It 
 anticipates the realization of the predicate, which anticipation 1 
 appears chiefly as an act of the will. 
 
 1 Anticipation and expectation arc not to l>e confounded. Anticipation treats 
 the future as if it were presc-nt. Expectation postpones the realization. To antici- 
 pate payment and to expect payment are by no means the same tiling, even in popu- 
 lar parlance, and grammarians should he at least as exact as the ungrammatical herd. 
 See A. J. 1'. xv (189,4), 399 and 523; Just. Mart. Apol. I, 2, 4.
 
 148 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 370. NAME OF SUBJUNCTIVE. The subjunctive derives its name 
 from the notion of the old grammarians that it is always subjoined (sub- 
 ordinate). Such phrases as icapev, Let us go, were explained by /3oi>Xei tw/ifi-; 
 
 371. THEORY OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. In certain spheres of early 
 Greek, the subjunctive appears as a future with the negative of denial, ou. 
 Hence the theory that the subjunctive was originally a simple future. 
 But it is easier to make the futural subjunctive a deadened imperative 
 than it is to get the imperative notion out of a simple future of prediction. 
 The fact that pr) is the native negative of the subjunctive (injunctive) 
 seems decisive. Compare the larger use of shall in Early English. See 
 Miitzner, II, p. 87. 
 
 372. IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE. In the standard language, 
 the subjunctive is used only in an imperative sense. The tenses 
 follow the general rule (301). 
 
 373. IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST PERSON. The subjunctive 
 is used as the imperative of the first person, positive and nega- 
 tive. The negative particle is /JLIJ. 
 
 Plural number : 
 
 o-Koiri|ieea, PLATO, Protag. 314 B (304). <rKxJ/u>H6a, Ibid. 330 B (304). 
 HTJ 8iu>KU)(Av, HDT. 8, 109; Let its not keep up tlie chase, let us give up the 
 pursuit (304). 
 
 DEM. 9, Jl\ rour aXXov? 77877 7rapaKaX/iei>, *cal rots Tavra StS<ioi/rar 
 tare P.TTO) fj.(v -npicrfa -rravra^m. 14, 36: pr)8' aft IK tap. ev. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 683 C '. yevafte da . . . ra'is Btavoiais eV TO) rdre xpovo). 86 1 A ; 
 f'pwrco/xe v i)p.as avTovs (IS 1 )- Protag. 314 B (quater). 330 B (see above). 
 
 HDT. 8, 109 (see above). 
 
 AR. Vesp. 1516: <pe'pf wv fj/jL(ls avTois uKiyov vyxa>pr]cru> /jit v airavrts. 
 Lys. 1096: 0f'pe TO fades a fj. ft a\ a) fj. f d a. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. Io6o-I : W dfJTa aov ftel; -^aipt rrfv \r^t.vov naruiv. \ rjfif'is 8' ta>fifv. 
 
 ION (El.), 2, 7 (Bgk. 4 ): Tcivut jj.t v, iraifcatfifv, i'r&) fitu VVKTOS doidf). 
 
 THEOGN. II33~4- Kvpi/f, irapov<ri <^)iAot(ri KCIKOV Kra7rnOcro/i6i/ dp^i'iv, \ 
 
 r)Ta>p.ft 8' f\K(l (pdpfJLUKd (pVllfJLfVO). IO47 : VVV [J.(l> TflVOVTfS T( pTJ-U) fj.f 6a, K(l\a 
 
 XiyovTfs. 
 
 TERP. fr. 3: a-irev$u>nfv Tins Mvdfjuis Tfni(T\v Maxrair. 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 76-7 "XX t'lyfff i'jp.fls <n8e TTfpt <Pi)<t a>fj.f 6a TrnvTes \ VI'HTTW. 
 II. i, I4'~4 v *> v &' "7 f f pvfrtrofjitv . . . dyelpofttv Ofiofitv 
 . . . firj (T(>fj.f v. 
 
 374. Singular number: 
 
 The first person singular is less common than the plural, and is usually 
 preceded by (frtpf, instead of which Homer uses tiye.
 
 IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE 149 
 
 $p' tSw, TI 64x1X01; AR. Nub. 21 ; Let me see, what do I owe? 
 
 DEM. iS, 267 : <p'p f fir) tat TtW ra>v \r)Tovpyiwv ftaprvptas . . . vfj.lv dvayvu. 
 19, 169: <f>fpt fir) ... ft7ra). alib. 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 63 B: fy*p ( fi>) 7T*pa$io irtdava>T(pov . . . 
 -#at. 
 
 HOT. 2, 14: (p'pf fit vvv KOI avToiai AtyvTrnoicri <uj ?^ (ppua-<a. 
 AR. Ach. 4: (/>*'// ifia> (very common). Vesp. 1497: (fx'pt vw 
 ) . . . *cXa>. alib. (Aorist much more common than present.) 
 EUR. H. F. 529-3- fa'p' tKirvdtapai . . . \ ri itaivov rj\()( . . . $u>i*uaiv 
 t ; 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 174 : w f~tvoi, p.i] STJT' dbiKrjdto). Ph. 1452 : <f>(p( vvv <rr(i\<iv 
 v KaXftrta, Tr. 802. 
 HoM. Od. 13. 215 ' oAX" tiyt fir) r< ^pr/^ar' dpldfirjO'ta Kcii ido>/ia(. 
 
 II. I, 26: pr) (re, yt'poi/, KoiXyiriv t'yaj irapa VTJ\JV\ Ki^fi<a. 21, 475- M7 
 <reu . . . dicoilcr a). 
 
 375. IMPERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OF SECOND PERSON POSITIVE. The 
 second person positive as an imperative occurs just once in the literary 
 language, and that in a disputed passage. 
 
 4>p' W TCKVOV VVV KOl TO TTJS Vt]OTOV (1 < T) S, SOPH. Pll. 3OO. 1 
 
 376. AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE ix PKOIIIHITIONS. The sub- 
 junctive is used as the negative imperative or prohibitive of the 
 second and third persons in the aorist. 
 
 (x-f) Oavpao-ris, PLATO. Rph. 517 C; Do not woniicr. p^Stls . . . 6avjia<r[j, 
 DEM. 1 8, 199; Let no one wonder. 
 
 ORATORES ATTICI. There are about 133 instances of the second per- 
 son and 29 of the third. Sec A. J. P. xiii (1092), 425. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 47 C: dXX<i p.fj K(ip.rjs 0i'Xoi/ "u>8pa (i*pyfTioi>. Legg. 
 868 A : (frvyuv p.rjKen KnT(\0r). Rpb. 517 C (see above). 
 
 THUC. I. 140, 4: vfj.(i)v fif /i'/Sfiy vofiitrj] irtpl (ipu^ios *iv iroXtp-dv, d KT(. 
 3, 4- 7 ' F^ ^" irpoSorat y('i"]<r6f vpotv avrcav. 
 
 II 1)1'. 3. 53 ^"7 8e3s Ttt crttavrov tiyadti XXotcrt. 
 
 AR. Ach. 496: fj.rj p.m (f> Q v fj (T TI T\ avftpts ol 0(u>p.fi>oi. Eccl. 588: p.i) vi-v 
 irpt'rrt f>oi> fiTjKfis {jpSiv dvTtiiri) p-'j^' viroKpovtrjf. 
 
 EUR. Ileracl. 271: p.fj Trpfiy 6fu>v Krjpvua roX/zryo-r/y Btvtlv. 273: icut crv 
 ToCfif pr) diyys, foal-. Frequent in the tragedians. 
 
 THEOGN. IOI : p.ij8fts &' iivdjxantav n( i<r>i KHKUV tivftpa <f)t\t]crtii. 
 
 1 Nauck rends luifit with inferior MSS, ScyfTert r' TO rr}<; ri)av fiaBotf. The 
 sim)>le imperative optative (394) fuitiuit: \vould also lie possilile, lint qipt si-cms to re- 
 quire an imperative or subjunctive, and <j>tpt fJiMy^ may ha%'c been generated by 
 
 <f>tpt Udtiitl.
 
 150 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HlPPOX. 49: priKtTl ypdtyys. 
 
 ALGAE. 44 ^'/Sei' XXo (pvTeva-rjs irpoTfpov 8fi>8piov d[jnre\a>. 
 HOM. Od. 3, 55- I 1 * 251. '5' 263: erne fioi flpop.evu> vr/fj.(pTfa jur/8' fVi- 
 KfiKrrjs. 22, 2I3~4 : Me'j/Top, /JLIJ a-' TTfr(ri Trapa ITT e Tridr/cr iv 'OSuajf i/s | 
 
 II. 5> 6845' n/xa/u'S7, /i^ Sj/ ^tf eXco/j AavaoL<rii> fiicrrjs j Kfitr&u, aXX' 
 tirdpvvov. 9,33- 522. IS- "5- 2 3.407. 24,568. 778-9. 
 
 377. THEORY OF /^} WITH THE AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBI- 
 TIONS. The shifting from imperative to subjunctive in the prohibitive is 
 found in other languages, and some scholars have seen a certain urbanity 
 in the change from the second person imperative to the second person 
 subjunctive in the pungent aorist form ; but it is noteworthy that a like 
 limitation is found in Sanskrit, in which the corresponding negative par- 
 ticle Jiiti is prevalently used with a form that answers to the Greek aorist 
 subjunctive. 1 
 
 378. PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE THIRD PERSON AS NEGATIVE IMPER- 
 ATIVE. In a few passages the present subjunctive is found as the negative 
 imperative of the third person, when the third person represents the first. 
 
 P.TI . . . TIS . . . o IT] TO. i (= p) ol|i0o), PLATO, Legg. 86 1 E ; Let no one 
 
 think, let its not think. 
 
 PLATO, Epin. 989 B ; p.fiov p.ft> yap apfTfjs fiySfls ffp-ds Trore ireidrjTrjs 
 
 tva-fftelas flvai TU> Ovr/TO) yivti. Legg. 816 E (see above). 
 
 379. SUBJUNCTIVE QUESTIONS (DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNC- 
 TIVE). The subjunctive question expects an imperative answer. 
 The question is chiefly in the first person ; in the second, only 
 when the speaker puts himself in the place of the person ad- 
 dressed; in the third, chiefly when it represents the first. 
 
 380. First Person : 
 
 Here /^ouXft often precedes. 0i\tis, thus used, is poetical. 
 
 Efi. o> Xaipe<J>u>v, ipov avrov. XAI. TI ep<i>|iai; PLATO, Gorg. 447 C; 
 ChacrcpJion. tisk him. 1 V/ntt shall I ask ? povXeiToXfuio-w elirctv oldv ^o~ri 
 TO lirio-Tao-flai ; PLATO, Theaet. 197 A ; Do you ivz's/i me to undertake to say 
 what manner of thing knowing is ? 
 
 DEM. 3, 22: " Tt /SovAecrdf; TI ypii^do; TI vpuv vap/o-to/xai ;" 14, 27: 
 aXXa 6u> ftov\HT&f butbtKiirriv 17/1/19 ( Ifrmrre iv ; [33], 37- 
 
 PLATO, ConV. 213 A: fin {j^Tois fl&lu) ff p.r'j ; tTvuTriffrflr f/ off; Ibid. 
 
 1 Sec C. \V. E. Miller, A. J. P. xiii (1892). 422.
 
 SUBJUXCTITE 151 
 
 214 B '. EP. ri iroia>n(v; AAK. o TI nv cri> Kf\tv>/t . . . eVmrrrf ovv o TI fttivXfi. 
 Gorg. 447 C (see above). Phaedo, 115 C: Buirr^nfv 8i at riva T^UTTOV ; 
 Theaet. 149 R. 161 E. 197 A (see above). 
 
 AR. Eq. 36: tfov\fi TO npdyp.fi rolr Btaraicriv <f)pu<r<a; Vesp. 760- 1 : 
 BAE. ffjioi mBov. | <1>IA. TI a-oi Tri&wpui; Lys. 529-30: AYS. cricoTra. | I1PO. 
 (rot y , a) KtiTdfjiiTf, <rta>7rd> yti) ; 
 
 EUR. Cycl. 149. Ion, 758 (268^. I. T. 1321. Or. 218: j3ov\ f i 6iyu> 
 ffov ; fr. 1036: irt'tTfpa d(\fif croi pa\danu ^ffvSij \iyta | ij <rcXi]// d\t)6?) ; 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 554. O. C. 178. 195. 213. 828 (/v.v). Pli. 761 (/v'.v). 816. 
 
 HOM. Od. 15, 59 ' "?/ T> "/ J> ^y* 1 ' 0'^ f TtKvuv, tit) ; rin ^taptiff iKtafiai; 
 II. 1 8, 1 86 : TTCOV T' <7p' tco fjara piaXoii ; (Covert 8t Tfv\f"(Ktlvoi. 
 
 381. Second Person : 
 
 The second person of the deliberative subjunctive occurs only in 
 echo-questions, and is virtually indirect. 
 
 EII. TI o-ot iriewfwfl"; I1EI. o TI TriBTjo-et; Au. Av. 164; U' herein shall 
 we follow your advice? U 'herein you shall follow wy advice? 
 
 AR. Av. 164 (see abovel. 
 
 EUR. H. F. I4 ! 7 : fws ovv (r' (LTrr/s on crvvf(rTa\p.ni KCIKO'IS ; (Variously 
 corrected : TTCOT ovv av tmois ; TTU>S OVK ai> twois ; TTWS uvv e/x' irras ;) 
 
 S(J)PH. Ph. 9/4 : ^"E. r ' $pwp-(Vj iiv8p(s ; OA. cb KUKUTT' avbpuiv, TI 8j>qs; 
 {Dost ask) ?L</iat thoit art to if of 1 
 
 382. Third Person : 
 
 The third person of the deliberative subjunctive is used 
 more commonly when the third person represents the first, or 
 when an action of the first person is involved. 
 
 6 TOIOVTOS . . flT) 8 U) . . . 8lKT)V; (= flTJ Xdf3b>|JLCV TTapO. TOV TOIOVTOV SlKTJV ;) 
 
 DEM. 21, 35; Shall not such an one get his due? ( = S/ia/I ice not punish 
 him ?) 
 
 DlN. 1,8: Trot vvv f\6u>v 6 ftrjfjios ... f vpij Ti]v (\\i^fiav ; 
 
 DEM. 1 8, 124' irortpov (T( TIS \l<r^ii'r) Tijt 7T(iXftoy f%dpbv f/ fpbi> iwai fit/; 
 ( = Tr<>Ttf)ov . . . ^a> ,-) 20, 117. 21, 35 (see above). 22, 64. 29. 37: ri aw 
 Troif)(Tu><riv ol pdpTVpfs ; 
 
 PLATO, Phileb. 15 D: irt>6fv ovv ris Tuvrrfs api-ijrai TroXXfJv (ncrrjs KOI 
 iravroias TT(J)\ ru d[ji(j)tcrftT)ToviJ.(va /i<i\^r ; (=ir(>0(v (if>^u>fji(0ti ;) 
 
 AK. PI. 438 : iiva^ "\iro\\ov Km Otoi, mn rtr (frvyj); 
 
 Sol'H. Ai. 403-4: TTII'I TIS iwv (j>vyu ; \ ir<n ^Xwi pti-w ; C). C. I 70 I : OI. 
 dvyaTff), TTol ris <j)povTi8os (Xdi/ ; | AN. CD Trurff), atfTols urn ftp!) p.(\crnv. 
 
 GN. 77-- r ' o' f /"*' Xf"J <ri ? Ta * (^- Muviriav 6(puir<av &foyvtt^z(y<a) 
 
 1 More dramatic than as an indicative. Odysseus overhears Ncoptolcuios.
 
 152 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HOM. Od. 5. 465 w M ot *y fi If 0610 1 ri vv p.OL p.r)Ki(TTa 
 yf pupal ;) 
 
 II. I, 150: TTOK Ti'y rot Trp6<pp<av fTTtcnv TTfidrjrai J A^aiS>v; (=TrS> 
 a ;) 
 
 383. SUBSTITUTES FOR THE DELIBERATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE. Instead 
 of the subjunctive, we find the future also (268), or 8d, xp*) with the infini- 
 tive, or the verbal in -riov. 
 
 ri StJTd 8i o-Koireiv; SOPH. Ph. 428 (cf. O. R. 364). aye $r\, ri \pj] 
 8pav; AR. Av. 809 (cf. VV. 8l2. 814. 817). aye 8rj, ri vuv VTV0v! iroiTjTeov; 
 
 AR. Pax 922 (cf. Av. 1640). 
 
 384. TI ira9w ; Notice the frequent use of ' TTO'&O , What am I to 
 submit to in order to a certain end ? What is to become of me? is one side, 
 What am I to do? is another. 
 
 TO fie'XXov, el xp*l> irurop.ai. TI -yap irdOw; EUR. Phoen. 895; What is 
 to come, I'll bear, if need be. What's tJie odds? (Let fate do her worst.) 
 
 HOT. 4- Il8: ri yap IT ado) p. tv firj ^ouXo/i/fcoj/ vp.((av np.d>pff iv ; 
 
 AR. Av. 143- TL y^ l p iriidui; (TKaiTTfiv yap OVK eTTt'ora/nat. Lys. 884: olov 
 TO TtKf'iv KarafiaTtov. ri yap iradu>; 954. Eccl. 860. PI. 603. (Cf. Nub. 
 461: ri TTfia-ofiai ; Ibid. 791. Vesp. IOOO. Eccl. 911.) 
 
 EUR. Phoen. 895 (see a^>ove). 
 
 SOPH. Tr. 973- TtiriiBtos ride prjcro/jiai ; o"p.oi, 
 
 HOMi Od. 5. 465 : w M ot 'V**' T( 7r "^ w > Tl/ ^^ M 04 p-rjKKTTa ytvrjTai ; 
 
 II. II, 44~5 ^ ," ot e V^' T ' 7 r "$ &) ' M*7 n M^" KaKcij/, at Kf 0'/3co/iat | 77X17- 
 tfvv Tapftr)cras. 
 
 385. SUBJUNCTIVE IN HALF-QUESTIONS. In Plato, but rarely else- 
 where in Attic, we find a number of hesitating half-questions with /z// or 
 JIT) ov and the present subjunctive. These seem to depend on the state 
 of apprehension engendered by the situation. The effect is that of a 
 doubtful affirmation, or negation, as the case may be. See p.i] and p.f] <>iV 
 
 H.TJ aypoiKOTepov $ ro aXr^Oes el-rreiv, PLATO, Gorp;. 462 E; It's rather bad 
 fori/i, I fear, to speak the truth. dXXa JJIT) ov TOUT' -f\ x a Xirbv . . . Cdvarov 
 K<j>Yi;v, PLATO, Apol. 39 A; But that's not the trouble, I apprehend, the 
 escaping death. 
 
 DEM. I, 26 : p.rj \tav TTIK^W fiTrtlv rj (but BhiSS : p.T) Xt'ai/ iriiepov findv;). 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 39 A (see above). Gorg. 462 E (see above).* 
 
 1 A. I. P. xvii (i8(/>), 516-7. 
 
 * According to Wchcr, Entwickelungsgeschichte fler Absichtssatze, p. 192, there 
 are in 1'laco 31 instances of this use, which are distributed a< follows: Apol. r, 
 Conv. 2, Cratyl. 8, Crito 3, (jor;^. i, Le^g. i, Lys. 3, Mono 3, I'aruien. 4, I'haedo 2, 
 Kiv. i, Theaet. I, 'I'lieag. I. This does not include four, more or less disputed, 
 passages in which the sentence may be interrogative : 1'armen. 163 D. 1'haedo, 
 64 C. Rpb. 603 C. Sisyph. 387 D. (Weber, ibid.)
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD 153 
 
 XEN. Mem. 4, 2, 12 : /zrj oui/, V/>r; o EvdvRijfjios, ov Avcw/zm (Kiiliner : i- 
 
 a> ra TJ;J 8tKaio(TvvT)s fpyu t^t]yf)(ra<Tdat ; 
 II DT. 5. 79 M /*XAoi ^ir) oi> ToCro ?/ TO XpT)<TTT)pi.oi>. 
 
 For the suppression of a verb of fear or apprehension, see I'erbs of 
 Fear. 
 
 386. HOMERIC SUBJUNCTIVE. The Homeric subjunctive is not so 
 clearly defined in its use as the Attic subjunctive, and is often indistin- 
 guishable from a future. In fact, it serves as a missing aorist future where 
 prose would employ the optative with av. 
 
 oi y*P irw TOIOVS iSov dvcpas ov8 iStufxai, H()M. II. I, 262; .\'evcr as yet 
 have I seen such men, and never sliall see them. 
 
 HYMN. HOM. I, I : p.vi]crop<ii ovftt Xddco/xat 'ATroXXcoi/oy tKuroio. 
 
 HOM. Od. 6, 2Oi: OVK (ad OVTOS dvf)p ftiff)os /^poTof, ov$( yivijTai. l6, 
 437 oi-K fcrd' QITOS dvt]f) oi/B' ((rcrfTai ovftf ytvrjrai. 
 
 11. I. 262 (see above). 6, 459: K<U nori TIS fiTrj](Tii> lFi<ai> Kara baKpv 
 XioiHrav. 7< 87 ifiii wort TIS ( iTrjycrt Kal o\}siywu>v dv0pd)ir<av, 197 ' ov yap ris 
 fit jdif) yf (Kutv (IfKovTa 8ii]rai. 
 
 On av (K(V) with the subjunctive in simple sentences, see 451 6. 
 
 387. SURJUNC'TIVK IN Di-.i'KNDF.N r Ci.A I'sr.s. - All the uses of the 
 subjunctive in dependent clauses may be referred ultimately to the imper- 
 ative sense so conspicuous in the leading clause, but in prose the [Hire 
 subjunctive is confined to the final sentence, which is necessarily impera- 
 tive in its nature. In other classes of sentences <1v (!/) with the subjunc- 
 tive is the rule, though there are many exceptions in the older language 
 and in poetry. See 456. 
 
 Optative Mood 
 
 388. OPTATIVE IX \Vlsi IKS. In principal clauses, the use 
 of the optative, or wishing, mood in standard Greek is confined 
 to the expression of wishes the fulfilment of which is still in 
 suspense. The negative is /j.//. 
 
 Siappa-yciT]?, Ak. Av. 2; J/<M' von Init'st in /.v<>.' firj irovaaio fiYjSi'-nroT' 
 iH)tuv, Ak. Pax 31 ; Miiv you never stop eating ,' 
 
 389. PoTKNTlAI, Ol'TATIVF.- The optative is the ideal mood of the 
 Greek language, the mood of the fancy. The wisli is fathci to the thought, 
 and "fancy" has a double signification, moral as well as intcllcctu.il. Hut 
 the intellectual use, the use in qualified assertions or the so-called poten- 
 tial use, is confined to the optative with <Ti-. except m poetry. The prose 
 examples are comparatively few, and arc either doubtful or occur in fixed 
 formulae. The negative of the potential optative is ov. 
 
 For examples, sec (Optative ivith av.
 
 154 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 390. OPTATIVE IN QUESTIONS. As the mood of the question is the 
 mood of the expected or anticipated answer, no direct question can be 
 put in the pure optative of wish, inasmuch as no question expects a wish 
 for an answer, though it may get one. Whenever, then, the optative is 
 found in a direct question, it is a potential optative, and, like other poten- 
 tial optative questions, implies a wish of the speaker. Corruption of the 
 text is often indicated. 
 
 ^ pd. vv (ADI TI -7716010; HOM. II. 4, 93 = 7, 48; Ah, wonldst thou not 
 yield to me somewhat f ( i6e iriOoio). 
 See under Optative ivith "iv. 
 
 391. TENSES OF THE PURE OPTATIVE. The pure optative 
 is used in two tenses, present and aorist. Certain perfects and 
 periphrastic perfects count as presents. See also 305. 
 
 Present Tense: 
 
 DEM. I, 28. 4, 51 : VIKWT) & 6 n TTCKTIV /xe'XXft (rvvnitreiv (35)- 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 9^3 B: iropfvoicr&f fl^fp Kara (pvffiv vvv Tropevfadf rfjv 
 av6pu>Trlvriv. 941 C : evTu^ot. 
 
 HDT. 3, 65 : -yr/ Tf napirov (K(j)epoi KCI\ yvvmKe's re Km mnfjivai T'IKTOKV. 
 6, 69 : TiKTOiev. 
 
 AR. Eq. 77' (^oLfMrjv. 77- ' ^.Koift^v. Nub. 5-- ovrat viKr](rai[i,i r' f'yo> 
 Kai vop.j.oifi,T]v <ro(pos. 
 
 EUR. El. 231 : (v8aip.ovoir]s. Hipp. Ilpll Z(v, fjLrjKer' f'irjv, fl KaKos TT(pvK 
 dvfjp. fr. 369 (tcr). 
 
 SOPH. (). C. 642 : d> ZfO, 8i8oirjs rourt TOtovTOUTtv tv. 
 
 AESCHYL. Pers. 228: eWeXotVo 8;) r xpiv- Sept. 188: f'^v. 
 
 PlND. O.4, 1 1-2 : 6(os f{j(ppa)v (irj. P. I, 29: fir), Zfv, T\V f"irj Favbavtiv. 
 
 SOLON, 19. VdiolS . . . TTf'/iTTOl . . . UTT(lol. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 13, 44~6 iM e ' ? ^' H ^$ 4 ftivovTfs (v(ppaivoiTt yvvalicas . . . KO.I 
 
 fJLT) Tl WIKUV HfT(l8l]IJUOl> fit]. 
 
 II. 2, 259: fJLTjKir' . . . (TTfirj. 6, 480: (pepoi 8' tvnpu ftpmiMVTa. 
 
 392. Aorist Tense : 
 
 DKM. 3, 36 (see 35)- '8, 324: p.f) 8^r', o> Tri'ivrts 6eoi, p.rj^e\s ravff vp&v 
 fTTivfv<T(i(i>, }XXa fjntXtcrrti fj.iv KU\ TOVTOIS /ifXr/a) nvti vovv K<I\ (pptvas evdfirjrf. 
 
 LVS. 21, 21 : OVTOl jJLtV IWV . . . KOTf LTTOlfV VfilV T(I (T<f)(Tfp' ClVTUlV tVlTTJ- 
 
 8f vfiara. 
 
 ANTIPHON, I, 13: Sixr) fie Kvftfpvrja-dfv. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 712 B : !> 8i (SC. dots) aKovatii T( KUI aKuvcrus tXecos cv/zfir/ff 
 
 Tf TIU'IV f X 001. 913 A! /i^S' UV KlVT)(T(t(. 
 
 AR. Eq. 768: airo\oifiT)v Kal biairpifrdf irfv KaTaTfj,r)6( irjv Tf X<7rafij/a.
 
 IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE 155 
 
 771: Kanuan)<r6tiriv. Nub. 520: viKt'jaaifii (see 391). Vesp. 630: a 
 ti ere 8(8otica. 
 
 EUR. Or. 130: 6(oi <T( ftnry<rtta* (blast you with their hate), >s p.' 
 dmaXttras. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 55 & irai, ytvoio Trarpbs ( \irv\f '(rrt pot. 
 
 AKSCHYL. P. V. 864: TOtdfi* tV (\6povs rovs fp,nvs X$ot Kujrptf. 
 
 PlND. P. 9- 89-90: \apirwi' K(\a8evvav \ pi] p.f XI'TTOI Kadapov (ptyyos. 
 
 SOLON, 21 ' prf^t p.oi "iKXnvcrTos ddvaros p.n\ni. 
 
 HoM. Od. 6, 180: <roi 8( 6(oi To<ra 8o1fv ocra (f>p((r\ (ff/a-i pfvoivas. 13, 
 45 : oirdtrtiav. 
 
 II. I,4- : Tttrtiav Aavaot 6/xa StiKpva <TOI<TI f3i\f<T<Tiv. 6, 481 : ^apfirj, 
 
 393. Perfect Tense: 
 
 THEOGN. 343~4 : Tfdvairjv 8', ft fjLt'j TI KaKuiv <ifjiiravp.a p.(pip.v((t)i> \ (vpoifjirjv. 
 MlMNERM. 1,2'. T(6vaii)V t ore fi.oi ^.tjKtTi rniT<i [j.i\oi. 
 HYMN. HOM. I, 165: XX' tiyfff (X^xot /zeV 'ATroXXaiv 'Apr('/xt8t ^i'i/. 
 HOM. II. 2, 260: p.rj?>' (Ti Tr)\( p.tixoio Trari/p Kf K\i]/j.tvo s tirjv, A'or may 
 I longer be called father of Teleniachus. 
 
 394. IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE. The optative at times comes 
 very near the imperative. 1 
 
 cpSoi TIS TJV tKao-ros elSciTj Te'xvr)v (old saw), AR. Vesp. 1431; qnam 
 quisque norit artcin, in hac se e.verccat, Cic. Tusc. I, 18, 41. 
 
 PLATO, Lcgcj. 759 ^- *' r7 ? ^* /-"} eXarrov ^//<oj/ra J/^Ij' * u; -yfyovajs o 
 
 ^icXXcoi/ . . . ayiorei;(7fii>. 9'3 -^ ' M') Tf O.ITTOITO . . . pr]?)' tiu Kivi]<T(K. 
 916 E : pr]8fls . . . TTpd^f it v. 
 
 XKN. An. 3i ~> 37 e ' M* 1 ' ovv <"^Xo TIS fti\Tiov <'>f>a, (TXXwj f^(ru>- ft fit pi], 
 X(ipi<ro(pos fj.tv ijyotTo, . . . (TTfxtTriyu firifit\ot(rdT]v m omcrfl o (j> v\ n K <>'i p. f v 
 d' f]fj.f'ts (imperative and optative parallel). 6, 6. 18 : a-wfrito-df. 
 
 AK. Vesp. 1431 (see above). Lys. 839: aw tpyw tirj TOVTUV uirruv KOI 
 
 Aj^. 944~5 ' "^^' f ' ioKti <roi raid', vmii nr (ip/SuXar | Xi'ot 
 rdxof. Clio. 889 : 8oirj. 
 
 BACCHYL. fr. 71 (Keny.): Trp('>cf>piai> . . . ^opw } <ii(i> iiratrTtvois, m>\<av 
 d' ... | k'/('w t}p(j)iTi0fi li(iK\v\if>;/ <TTf(f)ui>nvs (optative and imperative parallel). 
 
 PIND. 0.9, 40-1 : ta 7ruXf/ioj^ . . . (fx'putv 8( KTt. (imperative and optative 
 parallel). \. 5. 19-20: /juiKpi'i p.m ] uvruBtv <i\p.ufl' virtiarKuirTin nt. 
 
 I IKS. (). et 1). 47-' : 8pa)i>y t^iav fjidKfXrjv Kovnv t}pvit)<(T(rt nth ! ij \ tr77<f>p.u 
 KartiKpinrTtov. 491 : p-rjoi ere \ij0ut. 5^9- *''/ ^'98: '/,iu)t . . . yupuiTii. 
 
 1 Tliis imperative use of tin: oplativc offers a solution for a immUr of passages 
 where tlie optative witli uv iniylit be expecteil. See H. 1.. (.'>. on PIM>AK, O. \. 45, 
 and P. 10, 21.
 
 156 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 402: Krrj/iara 3' avrbs (%ois Koi fid)/ia<rt crolcnv dvdcrcrois. 
 4, 193 : iridoio. 735 taXe'trete. 
 
 II. 3, 74 : vaioire. I 59~6 : ^ i"7Vr< Vf(cr6(i) \ p.r]8(f) . . . XITTOITO. 47 
 /^qS' ert . . . inrocrr ptfyf las. IJ, 34~ I : to/*e, /^S' o? y* . . . TreXacraiaro. 
 24, 139^ Ti/S' el'/;. 149- K ']pv 1 "' s ' fToiro ytpaiTfpos. 
 
 395. OPTATIVE WITH ei0e, cl yap The optative may have, but does 
 not require, tide (aWt), d yap (at ydp), and the like. 1 
 
 e?0(e) . . . tKf)dXois TTJV ev9e<riv, AR. Eq. 404; May you give up the sop. 
 ct Yap -yevoijiTjv, TKVOV, avri <rov vtKpds, EUR. Hipp. 1410; If I could fall 
 a corpse, my child, instead of thee. 
 
 AR. Eq. 404 (see above). 
 
 EUR. Hipp. 1410 (see above), fr. 360, 53-4: d> Trarpi'r, tide Travrts 01 
 vaiovfTi erf \ OVTCO ^iXotev u>s tya>. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. J<)l-2 : a> tve K.t(f)aX\T)v, f"idt crov 8iafj.TTfpfS \ (rrtpvatv e^air' 
 aXyrjcris f]8f. 
 
 ALCMAN, 29: Zev Trarep, at yap tp.os TTOCTIS fir). 
 
 HOM. Od. 4> 697 : 6t> 7P Sr;, /3ao-t'Xfia, rcJSf TrXeioroi/ KCIKOV f"irj. 6, 244: 
 at yip ffJiol roiocrSe Troo-ts- Kt K\T] fj,vos firj. J, 331-2: Zfv -trurtp, aid* oo-a 
 iTT( T(\fVTT)<T(ifv anavra \ 'AX/ctVooj. 
 
 II. 13, 825-7 : t yap . . . ('ir/v . . . rfKoi . . . noifj.rjv. 
 
 396. OPTATIVE WITH el AND ws In poetry \ve find a simple tl, the 
 exclamatory <us-, and in one passage an unriddled /3<iXe. 
 
 ALCMAN, 26, 2 : /3dXe fii) /3dXf K^XOJ eir/i'. 
 
 HOM. II. IO, III : dXX' e? TIS KOI TovcrSt p.fToi)(6fj.fiios Ka\t at KV. 15, 57 I: 
 e I nva TTOV Tpcowv e'^dXpfi/o? rii/Spa /SdXoi crda. 16, 559~^2 : dXX'et /zij/ dftc4o'- 
 trai/if ^' eXd^res 1 | rev^fd r' utfiouv d(p(\oLfjifdn Kai TLV' fraipcov | OVTOV ap.vvn- 
 fj.('vu>v 8ap.acraip.f6a vrjXfi ^aXw. l8, 107 : o) s 1 tptf eV rf ^fajj/ ?/< T" dvOp<aTr<av 
 aTToXotro. 22, 286 : u>s 81] p.iv o-w eVt XP' 7r "" Kop,i(raio. 
 
 397. PURE OPTATIVE IN RELATIVE SENTENCES. The pure optative 
 seems to us strangest in relative sentences. Here the English idiom re- 
 quires the expression of the notion of wish, if the relative form is to be 
 retained. 
 
 of avrois TVXI SOPH. Ph. 275; IVhich manner of things I ivish 
 Fortune may send to them. Fortune send them the like! 8 JITJ y^ volTO 
 AESCHVL. Sept. 5; May it not come to pass, Heaven forbid! (a common 
 formula). 
 
 DIN. i , 66 : 6 p.fj y t v o i T o. 
 
 DEM. 8, 5' <i M'y Tf yivoir ovTf Xf'yfii/ uioi>. 21, 209: ft yivoivQ', o p.fj 
 
 1 Explained by many grammarians as elliptical conditional sentences. See Con- 
 ditioni.il Sentences.
 
 BOVAOIMHX AN 157 
 
 ytvotr' ovS' tarai, OVTOI Kvpioi TIJS iroXirdas. 25, 31. 27, 67. 28, 21 : tl <V 
 VfjLfis tt\\o TI yv<j>(T((T0(, o p.!) yivoiro. [-I*-*!- 5^* 
 
 LVS. 3'. '4- *''*' wwf, o p.i) yt'i/otro, Xd^oitri ri]v 7ToX(i>. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 918 D: tird d TIS, 6 p.i)iroT( yivoiro, oiib' torat, irpoa-- 
 avayK(i<T(i( KT(. 
 
 H DT. 5. Ill: TO p.f] yivono. 
 
 AK. Vesp. 535: it pi) yivoiTo. Lys. 147. 
 
 EUR. Heracl. 512: a /iij rO^ot TTOT*. 714: o fjn] ytvoiro. Phoen. 571: 
 
 6 /ZIJ TV)(Ol TTOTf. 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 275 (see above). 315-6: o> mil, dtfydicacr', ol' 'OXv^Triot ^<oi I 
 8olf'v TTOT' avrois UVTITTOIV' fpav TvaGfiv. 
 
 AESCHYI.. Sept. 5 (see above). 426: ^i^ xpaivoi TV^TJ. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 699: o /iij T(\t(Tfif Kpoj/icov. 
 
 398. povXoijxTjv av. The optative is more or less passionate, 
 and is little used in the conventional language of the orators. 
 A favorite substitute is (3ov\oi/j,r)v dv (Lat. irliiii) with the infin- 
 itive. Cf. e'/SoiAo/iTjv av (Lat. I'dlcni) 367. 
 
 . 24. 8: $ov\oifj.r)i> 8' av /i Tf rv\(iv )v /SouXo/iat, roiroi/ T 
 Trad f Iv Z)t> ai-tos ('cm. 
 
 L\'S. 7. 12 : vvv 8( iravras uv v^ias ftov\oi/j.r) v ntpl (p.ov TUVTTJV ri]v yvut^rjv 
 ()((iv. 8, 2. 
 
 av . . . (SC. vp.as) uTt\rj ri]v yvu>p.rjv iiirtav 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 19 A: /SouXot^^j/ p.iv ovv av TOVTO ovT(>) yfviffdai . . . 
 
 8( UVTU ^oXfTToi' (ivai. 
 AESCHYL. Suppl. 787 ' 0f\oi/jn S' av ^op{rip.ov @p(>xav rv^t'iv. 
 
 BACCHYL. 17. 4'~3 : ^ y< i P av 9i\oin' upfipoToC tpawov uovs iSdv 
 
 <f>dos ( = P-TJ I8oip.i). 
 
 For TTwr av with the Optative in Wishes, see Optative with av. 
 
 399. OPTATIVE IN SEMI-DEPENDENT AND IN DKPKXDENT 
 CLAUSES. Outside of the Ideal (Optative] Condition the main 
 uses of the optative in semi-dependent (368) and dependent sen- 
 tences arc these: 
 
 I. Optative after Historical Tenses : 
 
 The optative is used to represent both the indicative and 
 the subjunctive in oratio obliqna after historical tenses. 
 
 I. Optative for Indicative. When the optative represents 
 the indicative, it takes all the corresponding tenses of the in- 
 dicative. For examples, see 307-10 and 312.
 
 158 GREEK SYXTAX 
 
 2. Optative as Representative of t/ic Subjunctive. When the 
 optative represents the subjunctive, it is of course limited to the 
 subjunctive tenses present, aorist, and perfect. For examples, 
 see Oratio Obliqna. 
 
 The optative is also said to represent the subjunctive with 
 av in oratio obliqna, but in the class of sentences in which this 
 is said to take place, av was not required in the early language, 
 so that there is no violation of the rule. 1 
 
 II. Optative in Complementary Clauses: 
 
 The optative is used in complementary clauses, often when 
 we should expect a form of the subjunctive. For examples, see 
 Relative Sentences. 
 
 400. PARALLELISM OF THE OPTATIVE AND THE INFINITIVE. The 
 optative may he called the finite form of the infinitive, and it is note- 
 worthy that the two run closely parallel in wishes, in commands, in oratio 
 obliqna, and in complementary clauses. 
 
 Imperative Mood 
 
 401. The imperative demands realization. The tone of the 
 demand varies, and may appear as an order, an exhortation, a 
 permission, an entreaty, an assumption. 2 The negative is yu?;. 
 
 402. TENSES OF THE IMPERATIVE. The imperative, like 
 the infinitive, is used chiefly in two tenses, the present and the 
 aorist. 3 
 
 403. PRESENT IMPERATIVE: 
 
 Isoc. 2. There are 55 present imperatives of the second person out 
 of a total of 58 imperatives of the second person, exclusive of the bracket- 
 ed ones. 
 
 1 See A. J. P. iii (1882), 441. 
 
 2 On the Imperative Mood, see C. \V. E. Miller, The Limitation of the Impera- 
 tive in the Attic Orators, A. J. I', xiii (1892), 3f)<)-43(>. 
 
 3 Out of a total number of 2445 imperatives in the Attic Orators, exclusive of the 
 letters, the fragments, the laws, the bracketed portions of the text, all of Ilyperides, 
 and the Dernosthenean collection of frooemia, there arc only seven or, counting 
 nBvt'iTii), eight real perfects. The ratio of presents to aorists is that of 55 to 45. (See 
 /. c., pp. 402 anil 425.)
 
 A OK IS 7 ' I M PER A Tll'E 
 
 59 
 
 LVS. I, 1 8 : ^/fvtri; fit ii.T)b(v, dXXfi nuvra rXr;$r; X'yf. 
 
 PLATO, CritO, 44 R uXA * 8ai/ioi Suxparcr, eYt KJ v\>v *p.oi irtiBov xa\ 
 trtodryrt. Lcgg. 930 D-E : TO (ytyvofitvov, offspring) . . . rf)f yvvaticbt n't yvvdlnty 
 ds t\\r)i> x<i>pitv f KTTf ^TTOC Twy <rvv TO> miTpi (father and all). 946 E : fi7rXa>r 
 fTG). Thcaet. 146 B: /ir) d<^>t'r(ro roO Hf <itr;Tov, XX' (pu>T<t. 
 
 THUG. I, 34, 3 : OTO>. 42, I : diovTu>. 86, 5 : \^<(f(r#f. 2, 44, 4 : 177*1- 
 
 . . . Kov<t>it<rt)(. 46, 2 : 7ro^o)/f irf. 
 
 HDT. 3, 78 : >6f( TO ('00? *i 6t' (i/u0oTf'po)i/. 4- 98 ' Xi/f T? 7/i^ia tr cu- 
 
 AR. Ach. 400-479: Only two presents, (frddpnv (460) and *XfIf (479), 
 against 19 aorists. Ibid. 1005-7 : uvnfjpuTTf T', f^onrarf, rpfntr', (/>X- 
 *ceTf | T(i Xa-ywa Ta^tcor, TOVJ (TTp<.ivovs uvfipfre. | <{>ipt TOVS uJtXi&xovs KT(. 
 1040-1 : KaTa^fi o~i rf]S ^opS;}f TO /xt'Xi | Ty <Trjjrius cmidfvf. 1043: dnTUTf. 
 1047: OTrraTf TOUTI Km KaXwf av6ifTf. 1054*. iinoipfp' djrufpfpt ra icpta 
 Ka\ p.T] p.oi St'Sou. 
 
 COM. Cratin. 2, 189: tiicovf, a-iya, irpoatxt TOI/ voir, SfO/j' o^a. 
 
 EUR. Tro. 94^ ' r n v 0fbv KciXa^f (ail Aioy Kpficraotv yfvov. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 497 : j/o/^ife. 510: WKTipe. 520: to-\f. 581: TruAca^f Guircrov. 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 309: yiyvwa-Kf (Tdvrov (303). 327 : crv 8' i]<rvxa( p.r]8' 
 uyav \a^po(TTofj.( i. 334 : TraTTTaivf 8" avros. 
 
 PlND. O. I, 19- Xa/x/yai/(f). P. 1,86: i>a>p.a StKni'a) TD/SaXt'a) crrparov d\^(v- 
 fifi fit Tjyxj? (iKfj-ovi xu\K(Vf y\u>cr(Tai>. 
 
 THEOGN. 31 : p.f] Trpocrop.i\fi. 3- : *X (0 - 33- T'^f t' fvdic. 34: iff 
 , . . avftavt. 37 : o/itXft. 
 
 TYRTAE. 11, 2: 6ap(T(lT(f). 3 : M*?^(*) &f'M ( "' l ' frf M'/^* 0o/3<I<r^f. 
 
 4: (\(Tta. 21 : p.(t>(T<j). 25: TivaatTfTia. 26: (cii/fiVw. 27: fiiSiKT^tfrrfa). 33: 
 fjia\t(T0a>. 3^ : /3<iXXfTf . 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 271 : ft 8' ye yijj/ vvi(i xul fp.ii>i> ffiirdfto fj.vd<j)i>. 273- 
 
 f(TTtl)l>. 28l : (p^fO 7T(V(T(>fJ.(VOS. 3 < - ) 5 /^f^C 1 "^ f/iWfO. 
 
 II. 3, 82 : lcrxf<rd','Apytiot, p.fj /^(iXXeTf, Kof^ot 'A^aiwi/. 130 : for,/ i^. 
 159: *V v^ucri vticrQv*. 162: tffv. 282: e^e'rci). 4-4'- : rimi, o"ta)77// v" 
 
 404. AORIST IMI'KRATIVK: 
 
 DKM. 1,12: (/j/wfraro). 20: (\(tr6((). 18, 76 : foi^oi/. 1 1 2 : fo <. 144: 
 
 aKou(r(iT(f ). 265: t^fTaiTOv. |5'^]' 7 : fHoqdrfcrov >lp-if ' S*tfi ft i"' t\tis, xtit 
 crvvfint. uvnfiijdi. 
 
 PI.ATO. Phat-do, 117 A: niOnv Km pli <7XXa> Trout. Prolag. 343 15: 
 yyo>$i (rfii-riii/ (303). 
 
 X I-'.N. (AT. 4, 5.42: (Cf//M'^(iro). 45: ftmi'f ! ptiTi KII'I ij^ifiv TriOTfuwo/nfv iiuii/ 
 *cXJ) fiiai/f i'( prjKf'i'iu. 47 : ft /^fV oui' ("AXoi'v f"^* r ' orTi<rij I'D' huirjTt niVoi't, . . . 
 eVftVott fiirtriTf f< ph'Tin fjfuas fti> ftnv\oi<T0t napmTTtiTttv p.ii\tcrru ^(i>, '/^if (iiroty 
 SOT* (notice contract of present and aoristj.
 
 I bo GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 THUG. I, 33, 2: crKe^aadf. 34- * ' l^adovTu>v. 36, I : yi/coTco. 43, 2 : avra- 
 TroO'ore. 
 
 HDT. 1,89: vvv u>v TToirjcrov o>Sf . . . KUTICTOV . . . (pv\i'iKovs. 3,69: eVeaj/ 
 . . . /juidrjs avrov Karvnvrnfj-fvovj u(pacrov avrov ra corn. 
 
 Au. Ach. 34: <"v6paK.as Trpi'co. l88: ytvaai \afiu>v. 402: fKKitXfcrov. 
 405: vTraKovtrov. ^08 : fKKVK\rj6rrr(i). ^1% ct saepe : 86s. 449: "nrfhdf. 451 : 
 yevov. 456: aTroxcop^o-oi'. 4^7 : tiKovcrov. 10334: <TTa\ayp.ov flpt'jvrjs eva | . . . 
 
 EUR. Tro. 948 : TTJV 6tbv KoXaV Ka\ AIDS' Kpficrauiv ytvov. Ibid. 966 : ffacri- 
 
 , ('l^VVOV <Tols TfKVOHTt. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 501 : t'Srre. 506: m^eo-at. Ph. 473 : 6ov. 475: rXr^t. 481 : 
 v, f/i/3nXoO /^(e). 4^4 : vfv<rov. 4^5 : Iftitr0ijri. 488 : tKcraxTov. 501 : 
 crv (raxrov, crv fj.' f\T)<rov. 
 
 AESCHYL. Ag. 1 196 : eKpaprvpr/trov. Sept. 262: a-iy^trov, co rdXatj/a, /i)) 
 (friXovs (pofid. 
 
 PlND. O. 1,78-80: TT(8acrov f'yxs Oivopdov \d\Keov, \ (fie S' eVt ra^urci- 
 TCOI/ Tropeufrof apfj.aT<tii> \ els 'AXii/, /cparfi 8e TrtXatrof. 
 
 SAPPHO, I, 25-7 : eX$e /ioi cat j/Oi/, ^aXeTrav Se Xt)croj/ | ex p.tpip.vai>, ocrcra 
 fit P.OL T'Xecrcrai | 8vfj.os t/^f'ppet, re'Xeo-ov. 
 
 HYMN. HOM. 2, 366 : eZpijrai TOI ndvra crv 8f (pptal crijcri <pv\at;ai. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4< 765^6 : TCOJ/ vvv fj.oi p.i>rj(rai Kai fj.oi (piXov via crdtacrov, \ fJ.vrj- 
 {rrrjpas S' tiTraXaXAce KOKU>S VTTfprjvopfovTas. 
 
 II. I, 274 : irLQffrBf. 302 : Trei/j^crat. 338 : 809. 394 : Xi'o-ai. 407 : Xa^f. 
 455~6: T]8' ert Kal vvv fjiot rciS eTTiKprjrjvov eVXScop, | fj8r) vvv Aavaolcriv dtiKfa 
 Xotyoi' a^ivvov. 
 
 405. ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE PRESENT AND 
 AORIST TENSES. As a descriptive adverb is often associated with the 
 imperfect indicative, so a descriptive adverb is often associated with a 
 present imperative. So also adverbs denoting speed. AR. Eq. 495 : o-TreCSe 
 Ta^f'co?. Ibid. Vesp. 1 80: f3<i8i( Qarrnv. 187 : v(p(\Kt Qarrov. 
 
 The present imperative often produces the effect of an action that is 
 watched. See the cooking scene in the Acharnians cited 403, and Pax, 
 842 : XX' f'ifTiiy' co? r<i^io-Ta followed by KaTiiK\v( . . . 6(p^aiv(f) . . . aTupvv. 
 So also 960 sqq. : crftov . . . Trporeivf . . . \tpvlirrov . . . pinre, whereas in a 
 prayer, Ibid. 987-98 : tlnofprivov . . . \va-ov . . . Travcrov . . . p.t^ov . . . Kipticrnv. 1 
 
 406. PERFECT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE. The perfect active imperative 
 is little used, even when the perfect is employed as a present, except icrdt, 
 ICTTCO, "itTTf, from 0180. Nor is the periphrastic common. 
 
 "KOI arijxos," 4>T|aiv, "TcOvdrco," DEM. 9, 44. 6 Ocwpb; . . . -yiyovus (fully 
 1 See Justin Martyr, Apol. i, 16, 6.
 
 PERFECT IMPERATIVE 161 
 
 adjective) <f<rrw irXtuSvuv ^ruv fj ircvniicovTa, PLATO, Legg. 951 C (but in the 
 same breath of the same subject, eo-rw ytY <VT )H L( ' vo ?> //'/</. D). 
 
 DK.M. 9, 44 (see above). 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 874 C : v^-rroivt\ TfOvurv (= passive) I'-TTO . . . TOV vfipicrOfv- 
 TO9 /3/a. 93^ C '"" Ttr <j>i^oviKia xpi0fi 8\s TO TOIOLTOV Spav, rtdvuru. 951 C 
 (see above). 
 
 AR. Ach. 133: Kfx^vaTf. Vesp. 198: evSov KeKpaxQi rt/s ffvpus K(K\fi- 
 <Tfj.fvrjs. Thesrn. 692 : KfKfm^fti. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 1042-4 : yvviuKa 8' . . . | ti\\ov nv' ... I (Ttofciv iivu>xdi Qftrcra- 
 
 Xcov. [Rhes.] 987: !iv(t>x6(. 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 1063: i(T0i. 1064: <!\X' tv yi rot KaTKrdi. 
 
 AESCHYL. Cho. 772: HI/W^^I). Eum. 598-9: OP. Triirm6(n) . . . \ xo. -*- 
 
 Kpolcri vvv TTfTTfia-di ^rjTtpa uravutv. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 2O, 18 : TfT\adi 8ij, Kpaftir) K(ii KvvTfpov a\\o TTOT' tT\r]s. 
 
 II. 23, 158-9: KOi SflTTVOV tlVU>x6i | 07rAf(T$l. 
 
 407. PERFECT MIDDLE IMPERATIVE. A similar observation applies 
 to the perfect middle. 
 
 ov, AR. Pax, 719; Remember me. 
 
 DEM. 19, 171 : pfp-v^a-df, and so in 14 other passages of the orators. 
 24, 64 : ir(irav(TO. 
 
 AESCHIM. I, 162 : fora) . . . 6 p.(v p.ia6u>6f\s fj-trpins KOI rroiutv ra di/ioXo-yf;- 
 
 Isoc. 2, 37 : nt 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 4. 2, 7 : /<a ' "u n^' iv TTKTTII 6fu>v TrcrrotTjcro K<I\ ft(i<\v ftt'is. 
 Hl)T. 5. IO5 Sf'tTTrortt, p.( five o ru>i> ' A0T)vai<i)v. 7- -9 : f KTIJCTO . . . aiTot ra 
 irtp avros fKTT]<T(io (249). 7- '4^ (Orac.) : Tre^uXd-y/ifi/ov r/tro | KIU K((pu\i)i> n(- 
 
 AR. Pax, 719 (see above). 
 
 HES. O. et 0.797: ir((f)v\ai> fit 0vno). 
 
 HoM. II. 5- 226-8 : XX" tiy vvv ^.ticrnyn Ka\ f)via . . . | fte';<ii, tyu> ft* lirrrwv 
 f7riftf)(rop.(u i"i(ppn /za^co/xat | r;< cri; T()i/Sf Sf'ftf^o, pfhi'jcruvcnv fi' f/xoi ITTTTIH. 2O, 
 377- 22, 340. 
 
 408. PKRFECT IMPERATIVE PASSIVE. The perfect impera- 
 tive passive is not un frequently used in judicial sentences, in 
 harsh orders, in philosophical definitions, of something that is 
 to be settled and to stay settled, but in the third person only. 
 The second person is so rare that it is not safe to generalize. 
 
 Third Person : 
 
 avppt<f>6w Kvfios, CoM. Men. 4, 88 (303). raura . . . irfiraia-Oui . . . vi(iiv, 
 II
 
 1 62 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 278 C ; Let this be the end of your fun. tlpi]a0, Let it be 
 said and settled, is especially common. 
 
 DEM. Pr. l8: pi] Trdvd', u>s (Kna-ros e%i yvvprfs v/j.a>v jrtpl TUV TTipovrcav, 
 6pd(H)S fyvu>Ki>ai TTfjre tcrda). 
 
 AESCHIN. 3, 24: pfXP 1 - 8tvpo tlpi]crdu> poi. 
 
 ISAE. 5, 12 : TocravTU pni d pi] (T da>. 
 
 Isoc. 4, 14 : rnf'TU poi Trpof ipi'jtT 0a>. 5 1 : TavTa . . . flprjcr 6 at pot. 
 
 LYS. 24, 4 TotrtivTu poi eipijCT&Q). 
 
 PLATO, Cratyl. 401 D : flprjatico, which occurs frequently. Euthyd. 278 
 C (see above). Legg. 662 D: Km /zot TU epTrpocrdfv r)pu>Tr)p,iva . . . Tj pu>TTjcrdu>. 
 Phaedr. 250 C: rnvra p.ei> ovi> p.vi]fj.j) K( ^apicrd u>. F^pb. 483 A; TOUTO . . . 
 TU>V (f}L\o<Tofpu>v (pvcrewv TTf'pi. u> p. o X o y i] <r 6 u> i]fj.lv. Fhcact. 187 B: aTTOKfKpicrda), 
 197 D-E : TToir]cru>p.fi> . . . TTfTroLjjcrdo) 8f]. Tim. 89 D : AfAf'^co. 1 
 
 THUG. 1,71.4- P-^XP 1 P-* v v v ro ^Sf wpi(rda> VfJ-cav 1} j3pa&vTi]S. 
 
 HDT. 3, Si: AeAe'^^co Kap.ol ravra. 6, 55- Tuvra fiev vvv nepl TOVTWV 
 
 ( Ip 1) (T d U>. 
 
 COM. Men. 4, 88 (see above). 
 HOM. Od. 12, 51 : TTfipar avT)<pd<a. 
 
 11.8, 5-4- p-vdos 8', us p.fi> vvv vyit]S, (Iprjp.fvos eorto. 
 
 409. Second Person : 
 
 Kara cr^aKe'Xi^e Kal ir c TT p i] <r o Kal pda, COM. Pherecr. 2, 287 : And then in- 
 dulge in fits, high fevers, yells (of painj. 
 
 Isc^c. Ep. 7. 13 : f/'P cocro ' 
 XEX. Cyr. 4, 5, 33 : fppwaro. 
 
 JM. Pherecr. 2, 287 (see above). 
 
 410. aye, 101, <{>e'pc WITH THF, IMPERATIVE. In exhortations rryf, Wl, 
 <pepe, and the like (usually with 8/} or MV) often precede the imperative. 
 
 ayt 81^, Karciirc (JLOI <rv TOV cravrov Tpoirov, Ak. Xlll). 4?8. ^01 8ij, K<i- 
 Teiirfe), Pax, 405. 4>'p< STJ irpos 0u>v KO.KCIVO o-Kvj/a<T0, I )KM. 2 1 , 58. 
 
 411. yf, (iyiTt : 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 86 E : </AA' <"-ye, ^/ 8' 'Is, u> Kf/3^?, At -y?. Phaedr. 237 A : 
 ayfTf $T], o> \[(iv(T(ii, . . . vp. p.oi \aftr6f TOV p.vdov. Philel). 39 I"! : ayf 8f), 
 . . . Kai robe airoKpivai. 
 
 XE\. An. 2, 2, IO : uyt 8rj, . . . ( iTre rlvn yvrnp-r/v e^as. 7 6. 33 uytTt fi'} 
 irp'is 6tmv Kill rii tp.ti (TK( ^ra<T0( u>s f\fi. Apol. 14: ayt ft!) uKoiKTdTt Km 
 5AAa. Conv. 2. 21 : t'iyt 8r}, e'f/); o 'I'iAiTTTTov, Kfii (pal ti v A if tr circo. Cyr. 7. S, 
 24: <1AA' ayfTf \ap.jlavfTf TII !nr\a. 
 
 'Ak. Arh. ill : ityt 81} trv (j)p(icrov (pol <ra0a> TT/JOS- rovrovi. Nub. 478. 
 
 (410), et saepc. 
 
 1 A. J. !'. x (1889), 439.
 
 PKOHIB1TIVE 163 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 1097: iiy\ fin' TT' dpx'lf uvdis. Tr. 1255: ay (ytcwt'ir', 
 atp((T0f. 
 
 AESCHYL. Clio. 803-4- tiytrf, rHiv iruXai irf7rpayp.(i><i)v \ \v<ra(T0' alfj.a 
 
 7TpO<T(ptlTHlS BiKUlS. 
 
 PlND. O. I, 77~^ o: "y( f ) irtBatrov . . troptixrov . . . TTI\<I<TOV. 
 ARCHIL. 4: dXX' tiyt, <ri>v Ka>0u>vi 0ot)s OM crt'X^uTu cr;oy | (puira Ktu Kot\wi> 
 ITU/MIT' u(f) t f\Kt K(i8<i>i>. 
 
 TVRTAE. 15^ uyer\ 2> ^ndpras tvdvftpov \ Kwpm irtiTtfiov irti\iarai>, \ \aid 
 
 fJitV ITVV TTpofiuXf (T0(. 
 
 HOM. Od. 3, 17 : <iXX' iiyf vi'v ifli'S Kit ^((rroftos (TTTroSii/ioiO. 
 II. I, 337 : "XX" tiye, dioyfvts HaTpuK\tes, t<iy( Kovprjv. 
 
 412. Wt, 'ire : 
 
 DEM. 36, 5^- '^' ^') ^/3e TUS TffHts 'AwoXXdSw^oi/ rfjs irovrfpias. [40], 19: 
 101 8r) Xn/iif . . . TOV . . . vofjiov. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 489 E: XX' i^t fine. Phacdr. 228 E: XX' i0i ftdicvvf. 
 262 D: t^t 8i'j p.(u avdyvatdi rtjv roO Avtrtov Xiiyoii ap^v. Soph. 239 B: Wi 
 . . . irfipddrjTt. Tlieaet. 195 E: idi ovv fi>/, crv diroicpivov. 
 
 AR. Nub. 497: i0t vw, KaTii0ov dolfjiuTiov. Pax, 405 (410). PI. 255: IT' 
 
 c'yKWf'lTf, (TTT(v8f0\ Sdt'pt'. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 988: IB\ (yntivfi. 1003: W, (KKU\V\ISW. ( ). R. 46-7: 10', 5> 
 
 tlplCTT\ aVOpQutCTOV TTliXlf | 'iff, ( V X ft 1) 01] 0' . lllH>. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 22, 157 : <JXX' "i0i, St' EP fi.au, Ovpijv (Tr!0fs AiX(i^oio. 
 
 11. I, 32 : (!XX' I0i, pi] p.' pe0i e. 1O, 53 : tiAA" Idi vvv, \uivra ical 'iSo- 
 Kii\Tcrov. 
 
 413. ^j : 
 
 DEM. 15. 26: (pt'pf yap irpbs 0r>i> (ncmrdTe. 19. I?4 : ( t f( 'P ( ^'} ^f- 
 <racr0(. 251 : <f'/>f ^77 ... <TKi\l/ti<r0(. 21, 58: <p*p( 5'} Tr/jor ^ewi/ KaKeifo <r*c<- 
 ijra(r0. 25. 73 (/>/.). Pr. 53, 3 : (/>f'pf ^17 (rKf-fymrOf. 
 
 PLATO, Cratyl. 385 R : (pipe ty p.m rrJSe dni. 
 
 AR. Nub. 1088: <pf'pt ft'} p.ni (pp('i(Ti>i>. Ran. 1417 : (p*!** irvOftrOt p.ov 
 Tu8i. Eccl. 7' ( f >( P f vvv 4 > l" l>r " v M" ( > T "'^ r> dptO'Kft cr(f)u>v ; 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 534 : </)*' p dnt ^ p.<>t. El. 310. 376 : </>*'// * V ^17 ri fifivoi/. 
 O. R. 390. 536. 1142. Ph. 433. Tr. 890. 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 294-5 <pipf yup trt]fi.aiv o n ^pf) crot cri'prrptuTtTfitr. 
 
 414. NKdA'l'IVK I.Ml'KRATIVF, (Pl<( >i 1 1 IMTIYK). The impera- 
 tive in prohibitions takes the negative /j.>'j. The tenses employed 
 are the present, the aorist, and the perfect, the perfect chiefly as 
 a present perfect (303). The first person is represented by the 
 subjunctive (373). In the second person aorist. the subjunctive
 
 164 CREEK SYNTAX 
 
 is used practically to the exclusion of the imperative. In the 
 third person aorist, the subjunctive is preferred in standard 
 prose. 
 
 415. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PRESENT AND AORIST IN PRO- 
 HIBITIONS. in'i with the present imperative has to do with a 
 course of action and means sometimes " keep from " (RESIST !), 
 sometimes ''cease to" (DESIST!). In the one case a negative 
 course of action is prescribed, in the other the negative of a 
 course of action. Compare with this construction the negative 
 with the imperfect (resistance to pressure). 
 
 fir/ with the aorist imperative or subjunctive gives a total 
 prohibition. 
 
 H.T) XcLXei, AR. Vesp. 1 135. may mean, according to circumstances, "stop 
 talking" (compare iraverai KO.I (JLTJ irarepite, AR. Vesp. 652 ; Stop ant/ cease 
 "fathering " me) or " keep mum." avTipoXija-ti KO.I iKe-revo-ei vjids |ATJ eXfeire, 
 LYS. [6], 55; He will beg and beseech you. Don't pity /um. Steel your 
 hearts against him. (ATJ Oavfido-rjs, ISOC. [l], 44; Don't be astonished (one of 
 three aorists in a host of presents). 8av(i<ia>, r\v 8' e-yti, *<" avros. dXXa jx-fj 
 6av|ia{;', <t>Ti, PLATO, Conv. 205 B ; I am astonished . . . IV ell, suppress your 
 astonishment. . . . 
 
 416. PRESENT IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS: 
 
 DlN. I, 109: p; . . . ayQf<jQ(t). 113: p.'} dnoSfXf<r6(f)- 3, I I : pf] . . . 
 fjydcrdf. 
 
 I.SAF. 3-79^ fJ-rj ap.vrjfj.ovf Ire 8, 2O : p.fj o'ifcrd(f). 
 
 LYS. [6J, 55 (see 415). 12, 91 : p.rj8' o'Ua-de. 13, 83 : p.r'jrf . . . 7roS'^fo-^e. 
 19, lo: p.f) . . . TvpuK(iTuyiyvu><TKfT(. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 205 B (see 415). Legg. 871 D : p) . . . QcnrrtcrOai. 936 C : 
 fj.T)8t\s . . . yiyv(<r6ia. Phacdo, 1 17 A : ^17 ... TToi.fi.. Theaet. 146 B: (JXX', 
 axnrfp tjp^d), p.rj (iff) it cro roC OfaiTrjTov, aXX' epa>ra. 167 E : noiet pivToi ovraxri 
 fjLrj ddiKfi fv TU> fptaruv. 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 3, I, 35 ' Trpos TU>V 6(u>i>, f(f)rj, Z> Kvpt, pf) ovra> Xe'ye. 
 
 THUG. I, 86, 4: OK r/p.iis TTpeTTfi ("iovhfvfcrdai d$lKOV[j,tvovs p.rj8ds fti8a(TKf- 
 TU>. Ibid. 5'. /iijTe rovs 'Adrjvaiovs re fj.fiovs yiyvc&dai p-'irt TOVS vp.p.(i\t>vs 
 
 Hl)T. I, 9: duprrtf, Vvyrj, KCH fit] (pofteii. 85: uvflfHDTrf, p.rj KTf'ivf Kpm- 
 (Tctv. 5, 40: /zr/ uvrifiaivf. 8, 140, a) : p.!) . . . ft(>v\f(rdf. 9, III : yvvaiici f)fj 
 TavTTj TTJ vvv (TvvaiKfdS p.fj trvvoiitft . . . TTJV 8t vvv fX fLS M T ) X f ywtiiKii. 
 
 AR. Ach. 1054: fjiij . . . 8i8ov. Vesp. 652 : TTUVO-CU KU\ p.^ nuTipi^f (4 r 5)- 
 1135 : p7 XaA
 
 AORIST IMPERATIVE 165 
 
 COM. 4, 341, 39 : a p.r) npoo-fjKfi fjLrjT itKOVf pt)6' opa. 4,356,578: prjdf- 
 noTt 8ov\ov f)8ovfis (ravTQv iroifi. Crat. 2, 231 : TTJV x f W a M 1 ) 'irifia\\e, pf) 
 K\du)v Kadi). 
 
 EUR. Ion, 257: IJLTI <pp6vri((). 367: ^17 'e'Xeyxf. Med. 807: fjir}8(is pt 
 (pavXrjv Kaa-0fv>) vop.i e'ro>. Phoen. 18 : pr) a-irdpt. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 115: <pd8ov pr)8fv. 1.395-6: H. pr) p." fK8i8aa-Kf ... | X. 
 n'XX' ov 8i8d<TKu>. 
 
 AESCHYL. Eum. 133: /i^ o-e VIKUTW irovos. P. V. 44: pf) irovti. Sept. 
 262: eriyijeroj; 2) rdXaiva, fj.f) (pi\ovs <^)o/3ft. 
 
 PlND. O. I, 5 : H Lr 1 lc f T ( 1 -) fKowft. 117- fir)K(Tt nunraiix. 4, 14: pf) 
 
 fJLOTtVf. 
 
 XENOPHANES, 6, 4(Bgk.): iraixrm /iijSe pdir^(f). 
 
 THEOGN. 3'~ 2 : faKoio-t 8t /iir} irpotropiXet I dv8pd(Tiv aXX' atcl T>V dyaSutv 
 
 X f (3 1 )- 578 : fJLT) pf SlSaO-K*' oft TOt T7)\IKOS ft/it fiudflv. 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 315 : pi) . . . KaT*pvK(. 4, 543-4: nrjKfTt . . . cXai(). 594: ^ 
 . . . fpvKt. 7 33 f*fy vtiKff. IO, 266 : fj.T] p.' aye Kfi<r* aluovra, 8tarpf<p(s, 
 dXXa XI'TT' avrov. 14. 3^7 : M 1 ? 7 " 6 X a P'' fo M 1 ? 1 " 6 $'Xye. 19, 42 : trt'ya . . . 
 
 ptTjS' (pfdVf. 
 
 II. I. 2IO: /^ii;Se . . . f\K(o. 3, 82 : *i(T)(fcr6', 'Apyttot, /x^ ^XXfTf, Kovpot 
 'A^aiSiv. 6 264: /ii? /ioi oaoi/ (ittpf (as she had offered to do) fj. 
 irorvia pffrtp. 23, 735 : /irjKtY' (pd8f<rdov (149). 
 
 AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE IN PROHIBITIONS. For the aorist subjunctive 
 in prohibitions, see 376. 
 
 417. AORIST IMPERATIVE IN PROHIBITIONS: 
 Third Person : 
 
 DEM. 19, 77 : /*"? f"7 8uT<i> 8iier)v. [42], 31 & /a^Sn^twr vvvi ytve- 
 (rOto. [49], ' fJ.r)8(v\ vp.a>v K-rricrrov ytvicrBui. Pr. 35, 2 : KOI p.t)8fp.ias Xot- 
 bopias o fie'XXo) \tyttv ap)(f] ytvta-Oat. 
 
 AESCHIN. I, 19-20: fi^Se (rvi/StK^o-ura) . . . fu]8( dpaTu> . . . fjuj&f KTjpvKtv- 
 o-arw, //^Se Trpftr/Sfucrara) . . . p.r)8e . . . enrarco p.r)8iTroT( (5 instances in the pro- 
 visions of a law quoted by Aeschines). 3, 60: oorty OUTCU 8tuKtiTm /xtjr' diro- 
 
 yvvrct p,rj8ev f*r)Tf Karayi/corco TTplv < iw > aKovtrrj. 
 
 ISAE. 9, 35 Ka ' f ' X/ytii/ e^iou 8vvnrai KX/coi' ^aXXtov, rouro oura> . . . fir)8(i> 
 to-^vo-ara). (The above are about the only occurrences in the Orators. 
 See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 42 5 f.) 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 17 C: 7rto-Ti;a) yap 8iicaia flvai a Xeyto, KU\ fjitj8(ls vp<i>i> 
 irpoa8oKT)crdT<t> uXXcor. Legg. 924 C: KH\ TOVTO fK\nrfru> p.i)djrroTt Kara 
 
 XEN. Ages. 10, 3. Cyneg. 2, 2 : K<U nq8(\s avra <pav\n vo/iio-aTo) ctvai. 
 Cyr. 7, 5> 73 *"' p*l&*is y< i'/xwc ^ajf TdGra yofii(r<ira> aXXorpui ()(fiv- 8, 7. 
 26 : <t rtr ovi/ vfj.<ai> . . . opfjM TOV^OV {<i>i>ros tri irpoffidtlv tdtXti, npuffiru vrav d"
 
 1 66 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 at, aiTOvp.ai ifj.as, 2> Traifif?, pi) 8 ("is fT avffpanruii' Toi'fJiov <raj/ia 
 
 ifieTco, ^778' 
 
 SOPH. Ai. Il8o-I : ^rj8e <re \ Kivrjmi-ui TIS. 1334 : M 7 ?^' "7 $ ia ere pr/8a- 
 fjLu>s viKrjcruTU). O. R. 1449-50: e'/^oC fie /nryTror' <iia>$f}ra> TciSe | naTpcpov 
 
 nCTTU a)l/TOS- OiKrjTOV TV%f1l>. 
 
 AESCHVL. P. V. 332: ical VVVCCMTOV p-f]8e crot ^eX^crftrco. 1002-3: eicreX- 
 6(Tco (re fjLijTroff u>s (yu> . . . 6r/\vvovs yevr)(rop.ai. Sept. 1036: /j.i) 8oKr]aiiTo) 
 TIVI, but V. 1040: nrjfae TOO 8oj) Tri'iXiv. 
 
 PlND. O. 8, 56: p.T) j3a\(Tu> p.e Xi^w rpa^fl (frdovos. P. 5. 23: rw erf fj.fj 
 X (i 6 i T (a . 
 
 HOM. Od. 16, 301 : pi] TIS fTTftr' 'OSvcrtjos (iKovo'iirut fvftov \>I>TOS. 
 II. 16, 2OO: MiipixtSoi/es, P.JJ TLS [JLUL uTT(i\u<i)i> \f\ade(r6u>. 
 
 418. Second Person : 
 
 ORATORES ATTICI : Apparently no examples. See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 
 426. 
 
 AR. Thesm. 870: /zi) \}sfv(Toi>, u> Zev, rtjs eiriovcrrjs f\m8os (parody of 
 SOPH. fr. 453, cited below). 
 
 COM. Thugenidcs. 4, 593: ^?) VO^IKTOV, according to Porson's emenda- 
 tion of Photius and Suidas. Eupol. 2, 464, is doubtful, and would be dis- 
 posed of by the adoption of Elmsley's conjecture. 
 
 SOPH. fr. 453: /J.T) if/tva-ov, &> Ztv, p.rj p.' (Xrjs tivev Sopo?. apud Bekk. 
 Antiatt. 107,30: fir) vofj-itrov civrlTovpr) vojj.lcr>]s. i)o0o/cX^j Ilf;Xei. (This is 
 probably a mistake on the part of the author of the Antiatt.) 
 
 HOM. Od. 24, 248 : //XXo 5e TOI e/jf'w, <rv fie ^.17 ^>Xov evdfo Ovftat. 
 
 I1.4,4IO: TO) /j.r] pot nartpas nod' op.oiij fvdeo Tifj.;]. l8, Ij4 : XX(i <rv 
 fj.fi> P.TI 7TO) Karafii(reo [j.u>\ov "Ap^os. 
 
 419. PERFECT IMPERATIVE: 
 
 THUC. 7. 77> 4 : fJ-r) KaTanfTrXrjx^f nyav. 
 
 AR. Vesp. 373 : fJirjSev, w TI'IV, fie'fit^t, /x^SeV. 4'5 : M 7 ) KfKpdyare. Av. 
 
 2O6: fJi J) VVV (<TTll6l. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 1182-3: v/jiels Tf pr) -yvva'iKfS UVT uv^pu>v Tre'Xay Trapearar', 
 aXX <}fiyfT((). 
 
 IIo.M. Od. 3, 313: pi) 8rjda ^o/j.u>v into Tr]\' dXaX^rro. 4, 825: ^Se . 
 fieifit^i. 16, 302 : /xr)r(e) . . . i'crrco. l8, 62-3 : p.?) . . . 8(1816(1). 22,488-9: /i?;S' 
 
 . . . f(TT(l6(l). 
 
 11.4,303-4: p.r)8( TIS . . . //f/J.arw. 5,827: /zi^rf . . . fifi'St^t. 12,272- 
 3: /ir; TIS oTTi'rrrrco r e r p a (j) 6 a> TTOTI yfjay. 14. 34- ' M Tf 8fi8idi. 2O, 354- 
 p.r]K(Ti . . . ((TTdTf. ^66 : fit) Sei'fitre. 
 
 420. EQUIVALENTS OF THE IMPERATIVE. Equivalents of the imper- 
 ative are :
 
 HErKESENTATJl'ES OF IMPERATIVE \(>1 
 
 1. The Subjunctive. So necessarily in the first person, and regularly 
 in the negatived second and third persons aorist. See 373 and 376. 
 
 2. The Future (familiar) and the Future Perfect Indicative. See 269 
 and 282. 
 
 3. OTTO)? with the future indicative, for which see under twrur. 
 
 4. Optative with fi. See 443. 
 
 5. Infinitive (chiefly in poetry and legal language). See under Infini- 
 tive. 
 
 6. The Optative. See 394. 
 
 7. Impatient or Passionate Questions. See 198, 261, and 269. 
 
 8. 8t, xpr}, <"iov, 8f'ofMai V/JL^V, with the infinitive, and similar expres- 
 sions, are often found as a more temperate or a more convenient impera- 
 tive. See A. J. P. xiii (1892), 402 f., on avoidance of imper. in proems. 
 
 421. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE IMPERATIVE IN ORATIO ORLIQUA. 
 In continuous oratfo obliqua, the imperative may be represented by the 
 infinitive, but ordinarily the imperative notion is more explicitly conveyed 
 through the medium of some periphrastic expression. See Object Sen- 
 tences. For rare examples of the retention of the imperative, see 422. 
 
 422. IMPERATIVE IN DEPENDENT AND IN INTERROGATIVE SEN- 
 TENCES. As the imperative is equivalent to Set or xp>'i with the infinitive, 
 it is occasionally used in dependent and interrogative sentences. Famil- 
 iar is the phrase olvff 6 dpacTov, 
 
 iu . . . f C'CTTU> tea! ji.il, TOVTO vofio6eTT)<rufic9a, PLATO, Legg. 935 E ; Let us 
 regulate by law to whom this is to be allowed and to ivhom not. ol<r6' ovv 8 
 Spao-ov; AR. Eq. 1158; Kncnvest thou what thou must do? (Cf. v. 1160: 
 SpdvTOLVTa XP 1 !-) K*) ^{'<TTW 8t) Trapa ravra erepa irpoaraTTCiv ; PLATO, Politic. 
 296 A ; He is not to be permitted, then, to make other additional regulations? 
 
 DEM. I, 2O: \iyov<Ttv 8t Kcii aXXovs TIVIIS XAoi ntipovs, )t> t\t(rd' oorts 
 vpiv 7v/i0f'pet' $oK(^. 2O, 14. ouSe yap d TTUVV xptjfTTos t<rff, a>f (fiov y' tvti( 
 7crr0, fttXriuv tort r^s iroXtais TO r)6os. [4-]- 3 1 : " ^ijda/xws vvv\ ytviaQt* 
 
 (4I7)- 
 
 LVS. fr. 75 3- f^f^l TJKtiv avrbv tiri Katpw, \iyu>v on p(G" avrov KU\ TU>V 
 
 OIK.(TU>V ITlfTO). 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 800 E: TO 5e TOGOVTOV fjfiat avroiis iiravtpttru irtt\iv . . . d 
 trpuirov (v Tovd' r}/zli/ upiffitov Kfiardu. Politic. 296 A (see above) 
 
 THUG. 4, 92, 7 &>v XP'I ^Vf)(TdfVTas i7/is . . . ufju'xTf xutpfjcrat roia-Kt Km Arisen 
 on hit fjitv (pl(vrai irpus THVS fj.rj ap.vvop.(vovs iiriuvrtt Krdcrdaii', oit $ ytvvatHv 
 TTJV . . . avru>v tl<\ f'Xfvdfpovv fiti^rf . . . dvavTayuvHTTai tin avrlav HVK MIUUTIV. 
 
 HOT. I, 89: KUTKTUV T0)l/ &OpV<f>6ptt)V t'nl iri'nT?l<Tl TtjlTl 7Tl'A;;(r <f)V\UKOVt, 01 
 TO)*' KTt. 
 
 AR. Eq. 1 158 (see above). Pax, 1061 : dXX' olaff o bpuauv ; Av. 54. So.
 
 1 68 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 EUR. Hec. 225 : ofcr#' ovv o 8pacrov ; Heracl. 451 : dXX' ola-ff o am 
 irpa^ov. 
 
 SOPH. O. C. 73 1 vv P-'n 7 ' oKVflre P.IJT' d(f>fJT' enos KUKOV. O. R. 543 ; 
 olcrd' u>s TroiTjaov; 
 
 The Particle ov 
 
 423. The particle av is largely used to color the moods of 
 the Greek language. 
 
 424. DISTINCTIONS IN THE USE OF ov Two sets of dis- 
 tinctions are necessary as to the use of the particle av. 
 
 1. i. It may be used in the leading clause, chiefly with the 
 indicative and the optative or their representatives. 
 
 2. It may be used in a dependent sentence, chiefly with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 II. I. It may be used with a definite reference, contained in 
 the same sentence, or implied in the context. 
 
 2. It may be used without a definite reference, in which case 
 no definite ellipsis is to be supplied. 
 
 425. SHIFTING FROM DEFINITE TO INDEFINITE. The shifting from 
 definite to indefinite is not peculiar to the particle av. Other simple 
 demonstratives change in the same way. Compare TOV KO\ TUV,TU KH\ ni, 
 and notice especially re'cor and fW. re'cas is used more frequently without 
 its correlative ecu? than with it, so long being for a while, and W is some- 
 times employed after the same fashion. 1 
 
 426. KV (), Ka. A similar function is exercised in epic and lyric poe- 
 try by nfv (K(), and in Doric by KH. The two particles av and Kfv are some- 
 times combined as "w /cei>. A common origin once suspected is now seldom 
 maintained.- The accented av may originally have been more clearly 
 demonstrative, the unaccented x.tv more surely indefinite, but the whole 
 matter is obscure, and a sharp discrimination between av and Ktv often 
 attempted has never been successfully established, av is everywhere dis- 
 tinctly preferred in negative sentences, enters more readily into close com- 
 binations, and on common ground gradually thrusts ;-tv to the wall. So in 
 Pindar ai/ nearly balances KV, whereas in Homer ntv greatly preponderates, 
 Ktv being to av in the Iliad as 4 to i. 
 
 427. ETYMOLOGY OF av. The etymology of av is still unsettled. With 
 a definite reference it may be translated then, in that case, or, when oppo- 
 
 1 A. J. P. iv (1883), 418 note. s Sec A. J. 1'. iii (1882), 446 foil.
 
 IXDICATH'E WITH ov 169 
 
 sition is implied, else. (Compare Lat. tin.) Without definite reference, it 
 sometimes gives a potential coloring, and in combination with the sub- 
 junctive and the optative is little more than a sharper future. Kti> (KQ) is 
 also an unsolved riddle. 
 
 Indicative with av 
 
 428. The particle av belongs to that which is other than the 
 present, and is found only in past and future relations. 
 
 429. UNREAL INDICATIVE WITH v The past tenses of the 
 indicative with av may denote unreality (the most common use) 
 in such a way that the imperfect denotes opposition to a con- 
 tinued action either in the present or in the past ; the aorist de- 
 notes opposition to attainment, chiefly in the past, very rarely in 
 the present; and the pluperfect indicative with av denotes op- 
 position to completion, more frequently in the present. 
 
 Imperfect in opposition to present : 
 
 -yw *yap . |iev (XT) <pr\v TCIV . . . irap avpwirovs 
 TWV ev6dSc, rjSiKovv av [/ should be in the wrong (I am not)' OVK d-yavaKruv 
 ni 6avaTw, PLATO, Phaedo, 63 B. 
 
 Imperfect in opposition to the past : 
 
 ficveiv -yap c'H v Tt f KO.TT]-yopovivTi. TUIV aXXuiv, el 8e TOVT ciroiei CKCIOTOS, c VIKCOV 
 
 av \they would have been victorious (they were not)J, DLM. 3, 17. 
 
 Aorist in opposition to the past : 
 
 ci TO Kai TO ciroiT)o-v avOpunros, OXIK av dirc'Oavcv, DEM. 1 8, 243 ; If the man 
 
 had done so and so, he would not have died (he did die). 
 
 Aorist in opposition to present : 
 
 cl fuv ovv avOpwiros, i>v 8ti iroXX' aKovaai Kai KaKa, | aviTOS rjv IvSrjXos, OVK av 
 avSpos I \Lvr\<rf>r\ v <|>iXov [/ should not mention t/ie name of a friend (as I am 
 doing)], Ak. Eq. 1276-7. 
 
 I'lupcrfcct in opposition to present completion : 
 
 cl 5c' -y< fiT|8ti5 aXXos t) Zcvis CYpa<|>, KaXux; av croi airc KC'K p ITO; Pl.ATO, 
 Gorg. 453 L) ; But if there were no other painter than Zeu.vis, would your 
 reply hold good? 
 
 I'luperfect in opposition to past completion : 
 
 cl . . . 6 avT)p . . . airc'8avcv . . . Siicai^s . . . av ^TcOri]KCi, ANTIPHON. 4. /i, 
 3 ; If the man had been killed, he would have been justly killed (his death, 
 would have been justifiable).
 
 170 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 For further examples, see Unreal Conditional Sentences. 
 For (Pov\6p.r)v (fj6(\ov) iiv with infinitive antithetical to the dependent 
 verb, see 367. 
 
 430. INDICATIVE WITH Sv AS POTENTIAL OF THE PAST. 
 The indicative of the historical tenses with av also serves to 
 express potentiality, or guarded assertion, in the past, chiefly 
 with the ideal second person or rt<?, but by no means limited to it. 
 
 Ellipses are often easily supplied, but are not necessary. 
 The translation is freer than in an elliptical conditional sentence. 
 The protasis is sometimes contained in a participle or otherwise 
 intimated. 
 
 e-yvw TIS av, Xr.N. Cyr. 3, 3, 70; One would (could, might) have known. 
 iXi-yovs av elScs, Hell. 6, 4, 16; Few should you have seen. 
 
 DEM. 18, 225 : a \t-rfff Trpo^Sei p.rj8f\s p-^r" av <0r)dr) TT]p.tpov pr)6r)vai,. 
 
 ISOC. 5. 64 : Kairoi ris av TrpocrfSoKr/arfv VTT' uv8pos OVTU> TaTreivcos Trpii^av- 
 ros dva(TTpa(pr]crf(Tdat ra Trjs 'EXXuSos Trpayp.ara ; 
 
 LVS. I, 27: 7ra>? yap av (SC. KaTffpvye); Ibid.: ovTf cri8rjpov . . . ovTf 
 XXo ov8(i> (%wv, a5 rovs tlcrfXdovras av rjfj.vvaTO. 8, 7 uv . . . VTTfpfiftfTf. 
 Ibid. : av . . . vnu>TTTfvov. 
 
 PLATO, Apol. l8 C : eV ravrrj rf/ rjXiKiq ... (V fj av piiXicrra fTTKTTevcraTf. 
 Hipparch. 229 B: TTUVTUIV av TU>V TraXataJi' fJKovcras on raiira fjuivov TO. errj TV 
 pawls f'ytvfTO tv 'Adr'jvais. 
 
 XEN. An. i, 5,8 : GUTTOV t) &s TIS uv wfTo. Cyr. 3, 3, 70 (see above). 4, 
 
 5, 6: ToC XotTrov ov8e ^o\i\op.fvos av types pa8ia>s TOV vvKTcap Tropfvopfvov. 8, I, 
 33 : tlftyvtas 8' av fKflovSiva ovre opyi6p.(vov xpavyfj ovre ^aipovra ifipi<TTiKto 
 ye'Xwri, clXXa tSwj' av avrovs ^yry<rco TU> oyri ds KtiXXoy i)v. Hell. I, 7. 7 T orf 
 yap iiTJSf rjv Kal ras \dpas OVK av Kade <i>pa)v. 6, 4. l6 (see above). 
 
 THUG. 7. 55> 2 OVK av caovro. 
 
 AR. Ran. IO22 : 6 6ta(rup.fvos TTO.S !iv TIS dvrjp T^pacrdr) ftd'ios flvai. 
 
 EUR. Andr. 1135 : ^fivas 8' av (18(S irvppi\as. I. A. 1582: TrX^-y^s KTV- 
 TUIV yap TTUS TIS ycrdfT' av (ra<p)s. 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 43~' rt/J '**' 7roT <&&' %>8 (irdtvvp.ov | Tovfjiov vvoi(T(iv wopa 
 rots ffiols KdKols ; 
 
 HOM. C)d. IO, 84: fvda K' nvnvns dvfjp Soiovs f |r}pnro uitrflovs. 
 
 11.4,421 : VTTO Kfv Ta\nrri(ppovd ntp 8(os fl\fv. 16,638-9: oi/S' av (Ti 
 (ppdftfjuov irtp dvrfp Sapin)86va 8lnv | fyvca. 
 
 For iiv with the Optative as the Potential of the Past, see 437 and 439. 
 
 431. INDICATIVE WITH av OF INTERMITTENT ACTION. 
 The indicative of the historical tenses with av is also used to
 
 INDICATIVE WITH av 171 
 
 express habitual or intermittent action in the past, av being used 
 without definite reference (424, n, 2). 
 
 av jioi . . . <J>x TO airitlv, PLATO, Conv. 2178; He would have 
 a talk with me and then lie was off. 
 
 DEM. 9, 48 (in oratio obliqua}. 18, 219 : o /MI/ ypd(f>uv OVK &v tirpiafitv- 
 <rtv, 6 fit TTpTJ3(vu>v oi/K av y pa^fv. 
 
 ISOC. 6, 52 : *i noXiopKovpfVt) TIVI TOIV no\fu>v rtav (rv^p.a\i8(av (is /idi/or \axi- 
 8aifj.ovi<i)v ftorjdr)(Tfi(v, iino iruvrcav av otfioXoyfiro irapu TOVTOV ytvtffdai rtjv 
 awTrjpiav avrols. 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 22 B: dirjpuruv &v avrovs ri \tyoitv, 1v a/ia TI KU\ ^nav6a- 
 voifjn irap avT&v. Conv. 2176 (see*above). 
 
 XE^I. An. I, 9. 19 ft Se Tiva opmrf . . . npocrudovs TTOIOVVTO, ovSt'va tiv Trunrort 
 d<f)fi\fTo, dXX' dfi TrXei'w TrpocreSi'Sou. Cyr. 7, I, IO (fit's). II. 14. Mem. 4, 
 6, 13 ft 5f rtf niTtji TTfpi TOV uvTiXiyot . . ., fTri rfjv vnt'tOtcriv tiravrjytv av iravra 
 TOV Xoyoi/ 5)Se TTWS. alib. 
 
 THUC. 7. 7 1 ' 3 ft Mf" Tlvf s tSotfV ITT] rovs (T<j)T(povs (KiKpaTovvras, av(6ap- 
 (rrjcrdv Tt av KTf. 
 
 HDT. I, 196: o(roi 8e TOV 8t]fj.ov (<TKOV eViya/zot, ovrni fit fi$os fj.iv oiiStV 
 f8(ovro xpr/<TTov, 01 8' av ^pfjfjLard re KUI ai(r\iovas irapdcvovs f Xd/i/Sai/ov. Ibid.: 
 dvicrTT) av . . . av . . . tyivfro. 2, 109. 3, 5" l^")- alib. 
 
 AR. Ach. 640. Nub. 854-5 "^^' o Tt padotfj.' (KaaroTf, \ (TTf\av6(ivi>^riv 
 av tvdvs VTTO n\t'i6ovs fT<av. Vesp. 278. 279. Pax, 70. 213. sacpe. 
 
 EUR. Phoen. 401 ' TTOTe fi.ev tV ^p fi\ nv * ( ' ir< ^ K f*x ov "" 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 290-1 : avrbs av ru\as \ (l\vo fj.r)v. 294-5: rnCr' av f^ipnuv 
 rdXay | ffj.rj^a vu>p.r)v evrairvp av ov napijv. 443.' 
 
 For the Imperfect without <"v of Iterative Action, see 207. 
 
 432. av WITH THK FUTURK INDICATIVE AXD ITS REPRESENTATIVES. 
 
 The future indicative with av, theoretically a legitimate construction, 
 has been kept out of use by the optative with av and by av with the sub- 
 junctive, and was counted a solecism even in antiquity." A number of in- 
 stances occur, however, in MSS and editions, but most of them have been 
 corrected, or are easily corrigible. The same is true of the representatives 
 of the indicative the future optative, infinitive, and participle. 
 
 Sometimes there is an anacoluthon, as in PI.ATO, Apol. 29 C. Some- 
 times the future indicative is confounded with the aorist optative, as 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 275 A : np<>Tp(\fs(T( for Tr/xj-rpf'^mTf, the future infinitive 
 with the aorist infinitive, as PLATO, Phaedr. 227 B: Troo/wxrAii for irim'ia-u- 
 <rdai, the future participle with the aorist participle, as PLATO. Apol. 30 B: 
 
 1 See K. C. Seaton, Class. Rev. in, 343-5. 
 
 5 LUCIAN, Sol. Ill, 555 K. 15. 1.. li. on |Ji :si IN MAK I . |, Lip. .ul Diogn. 2 4.
 
 172 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 for irou'](TavTos. Sometimes uv is for av- or dva- and belongs to 
 the verb, as AESCHIN. 3, 155: ri TTOT av fpd; Cf. FIND. N. 7,68 and A. J. 
 P. ill (1882), 452. Sometimes there is confusion between present and fut- 
 ure infinitive, as in XEN. An. 2, 3, 18: efii/ for <?x flv - Sometimes there is 
 confusion between av and Sq, 1 and easy corrections are almost always at 
 hand. 2 This being the case, it is not worth while to multiply examples, 
 most of which have disappeared from critical texts. 
 
 HOM. II. I, 139: o 8e Kfv Ke^oXwcrerat, w KCV iKcapai. 523: e/nol 8c Kf 
 Tavra /xeX^creTai, o0pa TeXecrcra). 3, 138: rw 8e Ke viKTjcravri (f)i\r/ KfK\rj<rrj 
 UKOITIS. 4, 176: KOI Kt ris a>8' epe'et. 8,405: aira\6i](Tt(rQov. 419: id. 14, 
 268: SOXTW. 15, 215: TT<pi8i](rTai. IJ, 241 : Kopfft. 22, 67: tpvovaiv. Jl '. 
 
 K(i(TOVT(ai.). 
 
 433. NON-USE OF av WITH PRESENT AND PERFECT INDICATIVE. 
 The present and perfect indicative are not used with <iv, but owing to the 
 great variation in the position of av beginners sometimes make a mistake 
 in this regard. In ANDOC. I, 117 read /3ovXoi<r#e for /SouXecr^e. In PLATO, 
 Legg. 712 E, read with Schanz avep^T-qOfis (cf. 793 A). 
 
 Optative with ov 
 
 434. POTENTIAL OPTATIVE. The optative with av is the 
 potential 3 of the Greek language. It is used mainly in leading 
 clauses. It expresses the opinion of the speaker as an opinion, 
 and may be called the mood of qualified assertion. The verifi- 
 cation of the opinion or assertion is postponed to another time 
 
 OH 
 
 435. TIME AND TENSES OF THE POTENTIAL OPTATIVE. 
 Both action and ascertainment may be future, or only the ascer- 
 tainment. The present is often used of the future ascertain- 
 ment of a present action, far more rarely of the future ascertain- 
 ment of a past state. The aorist is very seldom used of the 
 
 1 See Cobct, N. L. 501 ; Ulass, Rh. Mas. 36, 221 ; II. Richards, Cl. Rev. vi 
 (1892), 338. 
 
 " Famous is PI.ATO, Rph. (tie, I) : oA^ >i*fi< <j>avai^ ovd' a v J/K Sivpo, where /oi 
 cannot stand, and where >W ai> i'lKot would mean he can't /IHT/' i'i>i/ie. Here Ricli- 
 ards ap|>lies his panacea $//, but if ever uv was needed with the future indicative, it 
 is needed here. 
 
 ''Objections have been raised to the term potential, but nothing better lias been 
 suggested. I'otentiality has to dn \\ith character, not \\ith |)os-il)ility merely, and 
 the estimate of character goes back to the opinion of the one who makes the esti- 
 mate. Compare A. J. P. xix (i8y8), 231.
 
 OPTATH'E //Y7Y/ AN 173 
 
 future ascertainment of a past action. The simple perfect opta- 
 tive with av is found chiefly in those verbs in which the perfect 
 is equivalent to the present. In the periphrastic perfect opta- 
 tive with av, the participle is often treated almost like an adjec- 
 tive. 
 
 436. av ivith the Present Optative not of the Past : used of 
 what will be, or what will prove to be. 
 
 LYS. 3, 5 : TroXu av tpyov fir) \iytiv, If would be a tedious (ask to tell. 
 
 PLATO, Charm. 161 A-B : OVK apa ffaxftpoavvfj av tu) al8<as. Gorg. 507 A : 
 KCU fjL.t]v o ye cr<i)(ppu>v ra 7rpo<Tt')Kovru npaTToi av (44 2 )- Theact. 145 B: tv av 
 (\ot. 1 
 
 XEN. Mem. I, 2, II : o-vup.dxo>v 6 ... fli(iT0ai TO\UO>V df'oir' av OVK o\i- 
 ya>v. 
 
 THUG. I, 38, 4 : fl rols n\(iocriv dpfo-Kovrt's f(rp.(v, ToicrS' av ^tvois OVK opffias 
 aTrapf<TKoip.fv, If we are acceptable to the majority of our colonists, there 
 must be something amiss in our being unacceptable to these alone. 
 
 HDT. 2,6: ourw av (irj(rav \lyvirrov arabiai ffcaKotrioi Km r^icr^i'Xioi TO 
 irapa 6a\a<TO'av. 22 '. KO>S u>v 8i]Td pi HI av (sc. 6 NfiAor) OTTO \u\voy, dtrb ru>v 
 Btpp-ordrtov peu>v ts ra ^v^pt'trfpa ; 6, 63 : OVK av e/^oy * irj, It can't be ftty (siW). 
 
 AR. Av. 127: Troiav TIV ovv JJ^KTT' av OIKO'IT' av TT<J\IV ; \J2 '. TL av ovv 
 Troiolfjifv; Lys. Si : KOV ravpov uy^ots. 97~8 : \tyoip.' av >j8r/. irplv \tytiv 
 8\ vp.as roSt | (TTfpTjcrouai TI fiiKpov. Lys. 1 80. 
 
 EUR. Ion, 543 : ifo>s av ov" t"r)v (Tos ; 
 
 SOLON, 36, 1-2 : crvp.p.apTVpoiT) ravr' av . . . p-f)Trip /ifyio-rr; 8aifj.ovu>v 
 'O\vuiriu>v. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 78 : TfKva (pi\\ r/ TIH Zijvl jlporaiv OVK av TIS tpioi. 
 
 II. I, 271-2: Kfivotai 8' av ov TIS \ ra>v, 01 vvv ftporoi flcriv iiri\6ovioi, 
 
 437. a>- with the Present Optative of the Past : 
 No cogent examples in Attic prose. 
 
 LYS. 7. 1 6 : >(TT( ft Km TIJ Uf'yi<TTa (Is (U( f>)fjuipTtivov, nvK av ou'iv T( t)v ftiKtjv 
 fit irap 1 airiav \ap.f3dvtiv tv yup av (I8(ir)v (perf. = pres.) on cV cxctVotc t)v Kin 
 tfjif Tip.(i)pt'i(T(icrdai KU\ avrois fJLrjvvtracriv f\tv6(pois yfVfcrffai. 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C : (pav\m yap av TW yf rrw X<!yo> t le v (nnist have been 
 or must be considered) TU>V f)p,tdfu>v owoi V Tpoia TtTf\(VTiiKmm>. 
 
 1 The- Roman phrase si vales bene KST !> modelleH on the (Ircck >' .',,), 
 l\ot. If you arc 7tr//, it mu*t be all ri r /it, according lu Nunlcn, Anlikc 
 1. 238.
 
 174 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 THUG. I, 9- 4 ' OVK av ovv vi)(ra>v a> TU>V irfpioiK.iba>v, avTai Sf OVK av TroXXal 
 fit v (can't have been 1 ), ^7T(ipu>Trjs &v fKpuTti, d LITJ rt KOI vavriKov el^fv. 
 
 HDT. I, 2: f'irftrav 8' av OVTOL KpfJTts. JO', ru^a 8f av Kal ol aTroSo/xei/oi 
 Atyotei/ dniKOLnevoi. es ^nupTr/v u>s dnaiptddrjcrav into Sapi'coi/ (306). 2, 98: firj 
 8 a v Kal aXXof TIS Ap^ai/dpoy, ov LiivToi ye AiyvTrriov TO ovvoiia. 5> 59- ^O. 7> 
 184 ' <TVVf\e^vr) 8e ravra ra TrXota, <ay Kat Trpurtpov flpedrj, rpicr^iXia. ^>S/ Sv tiv- 
 dpes av elfi> ev OVTOKTI recrcrepfs fjivpia.8fs Kal ctKOcri. J, 214- fldfir] . . . av. 8, 
 136. 
 
 438. ar with the Aorist Optative not of the Past : 
 
 DEM. 21, 191 fyo 5' f(TK((pdai [lev . . . (pr]p.i KOVK av dpvrjdfiTjv. 
 PLATO, Meno, 78 E : TTW? yap t'ivev TOVTMV dperf] ye VOLT' av ; 
 XE\. Mem. I, 2, 17 : ICTCOJ ovv f'inoi TIS av Trpbs ravra KTf. 
 THUG. 2, 35, 2:6... t-vv(i8u>s Kal (i'vovs dKpoarrjs rd^ av TL fVSffcrre'pa)? 
 Trpo? a (3ov\(Tai re Kal eV/o-rarat vopia-fie 8r]\ovcr6ai. 
 
 HDT. 2, 41 oi'rf anyp \lyinrTLos ovrt yvvrj av8pa "EXX^i/o <pi^.r']cr(if civ TO> 
 
 AR. Av. 173- ifoiav 8' av olKLcrai^tv opviQfs -KH\IV ; 198. 2OI. 37O. 
 382 : p.ddoi yap av TIS Karrb ru>v t)(6pu>v aofpov. 815 '. ~7rdprrjv yap av 6fifj.r]v 
 t'yw TTjfjLjj TroXf i ; Lvs. 128-9: Trot^crer', f) ov Trotr/crf r' ; ^ TL p.f\\fT( ; | ot>K HI/ 
 TTotrjO-aifj.', oXX o TroXepo? epTrf'rco. 
 
 EUR. Andr. 84-5 : 6EP. TL 8rJTa (pi'jcrui ^povios ova-* fK 8a>/j.dTu>v ; | AN. TroX- 
 Xa? ai/ fvpnis Lirf^aviis ' yvi>!) yap d. I. T. 1007 : OVK av yfvoliir)i> o~ov re Kal 
 LJ.r]Tpbs (povfvs. 
 
 . Sept. 397~8 : KI'HTLLOV iitv av8pbs OVTIV' av Tpfo~aiLi* (yco, | ouS' 
 yiyi/erai ra cri/p.(ir<j. 
 
 PlN'D. O. 2, 17-9'- T WV Se TTfTTpayfj.(V(av . . . dirolriTov ov8' av ^poi/o? . . . 8v- 
 vaiTo diufv (pyiav re'Xoj. 2O : \uda 8f TroTua) o~vv (v8aifj.ovi ytvoLT' av. 
 
 SAPPHO, 62 : W Ke 6dp.ev ; 
 
 Ho.M. Od. I, 65 : TTtof aj/ 7T6tr(a) . . . \adoip.r)v; 4> 443 Tt$1 7 f ' l P K ' (ivaXia) 
 Trapa Ki'jTfi KOLp.r)d( irj ; 7 S3 ' ^ y i 'P K * v V^ lv flfttTO Kal (K davaToio <rau>o~aL. 
 
 II. I, IOO: Tore K(V LLLV l\ao-o-d/j.fvoL TTS TTL doifif v. 2, 12-3: vvv ydp Kfv 
 (\oi jTuXiv evpvdyviav | Tpwcoi'. 29- 9> 77 rtsi ^^ fd8f yr) 
 
 439. ai' 7wW the Aorist Optative of the Past: 
 
 DEM. 2O, 143 f ' t JL(V Toivvv r/yvorjaf TavTa (ytvoiTO ydp av Kal roCro), avri- 
 KU 8r)\vo-(L (this may be the case, at any time, not necessarily of the past). 
 
 LYS. 12, 34: 6(iviidu> 8( TL av TroTf rron'io-aLS o-vvfmiav, onoTf dvTfLirdv 
 <f)dn-Kiov aTT(KTfLvas UdXf'uapxov (Dohree reads tiroirjo-as, but there is no occa- 
 sion to change the optative, as the question may safely be taken as a ge- 
 
 1 So Kriiger: mochten (gewesen) s< - in. Tlic example, however, is not cogent. 
 ' Can't />f considered many? \vouM have reference to Homer's words, 11. 2, 108: TTO\~ 
 \yatv viiffui(ji Kai "Af>yti TTUVTI dvdaativ.
 
 OPTATIVE WITH AN 175 
 
 neric question). 2O. 2 : aiptOtis virb r<av (pv\tTu>v, oi lipurru Siayvo'ifv civ (at 
 any time) TTtpl <T(pS)v avriav oirotoi Tivis il<Tti>. 
 
 ANTIPHON, 4 ft 5' v ^ s av "rt/SouXcuorat^n ai/ra> ti p.r) Km firfft(w\(v0T)v 
 in' avTov ; (So the MSS ; but Blass : ntas av tirfftovkfvcru TI OLTW, o TI fj.i} KOI 
 (ir(3ov\(vdr)v VJT' avrov ;) 
 
 HDT. 2, 1 1 : KOV ye 8i) tv TCO 7rpotivai(Tip.u>p.(vu> xpt'ivo) irportpov J) f'p.( yfvicrdai 
 OVK av xaxrdftT) KO\ITOS nal TroXXw p('u>v tri TOVTOV ; J, l8o: TO> fit (rrpayid- 
 <r6fvri rovr<f rovvopa TJV .\(<av ru^a 8' nv TI KOI TOV ovi>i'ip.aTos f Trail po IT o (306). 
 9. 71 ' tyvtttrav o't trapaytvcip-fvot 27rapr;r('aj/ 'A.purr68t)[i.ov p.(i> ftov\t>fi.(vt>t> (pavf- 
 pias anodavflv . . . (pya dnoFit^afrda /^fyaXii, IloffftSajtuoi' 8( <>v /^oi'Xii^ifcoi/ TTO- 
 6vrj(TK(iv (IvSpa yfvt&dai ayadov roeroura) TOVTOV tivm dp.fiv<a. ciXXu THIITU piv 
 Km <pd6va> fiv flrroifv. 
 
 AR. Eq. 4!3~4 : *? I^UTTJV y av | 7ro/iny5aXiW (TiTiwp.fvos TCXTDVTOS (KTpa- 
 
 <f)tirfv (briefer expression for perfect (KT(6pap.p.fvos (Irjv). 
 
 HYMN. HOM. 4. I3 2 ' ^ t t * v y (/l P Kf KHK() i Toiovdt T(KOKV (not necessarily 
 of the past. The optative may be generic). 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 63-4 : XX' dv8p)i> yf'vos f(TT( 8ioTp((p(a>v /SacrtXijui; | rrK^irrnv- 
 \a>v, (Trfl ov K( Kaicol rotoiVSt TtKote v (unnecessarily referred to the past. 
 Churls cant be t lie parents of sitch men). 1 3, 86-7 : ; 8t ^sc. vrjvy) fjuiX' dcrfya- 
 
 Xt'ajf df( V tfJ.TT(8oV Ov8( KfV lprj | KLpKOS 6 p.apTl)(TflfV. 
 
 11.4,223: ivO' OVK av fipiovTa I8ois 'AyafiffJivova 8lov. 5>&5- Tv8ft8r)v 
 8' OVK av yvoirfs, iroTtpoio-i fj.(Tfirj. 
 
 440. a i' with the Perfect Optatire: 
 
 XEN. Conv. 3, 6: \(\rjde o-t . . . ; ... TT&>? av . . . \(\i)dm (p.(); Has it 
 escaped your observation? Hcnu can it have escaped tny observation (306).?" 
 
 AR. Lys. 252-3: (iXXcos yap av \ ap.a^ot yvva'tKfS Kai fuapal Kf K\>/ p.f 6* 
 (= present) av. 
 
 For examples of the Periphrastic Perfect Optative with ai>, see 288, to 
 which add the following examples : 
 
 PLATO, Phaedo, 76 E: ft 8( fJ-f] tcni rnCr, <7XXtof av o Xoyos OVTOS dprj- 
 fjitvos fir). Politic. 264 C : (v p.tv yap Kprjvats TU^' av itru>t (tijs t'/ cr Otjuivos 
 (the reply is: Ttdiapai). Soph. 261 C: v\.-v 8' cnt\ . . . TOVTO o Xt'yfU' 8unrcrri- 
 pavTal, Tit . . . p.('yi(rT<>v rjfJ.iv Td^ay t]pt)p.fvuv av fii], ll't' HlitV look' l(f)i>ll the 
 
 strongest redoubt as having been A/Xv//. 
 
 441. av WITH 'I HK FlJTL'RK OPTATIVE. The future optative with av 
 is not in use. It could arise only from the future indirativi' with m-. and 
 the future indicative with av had gone out. if it had ever come in. before 
 the future optative came in. Still it is found in many texts, and is nut to 
 be discarded in the later time. 1 
 
 1 15, 1.. (i. mi [Jrsi IN MART.], Kp, ad Dio
 
 I? 6 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 LVCURG. 15 (Bekk., Sell.): ev yap 1'crre, o> ^Adrjvaloi, ort . . . rovrutv TT\( ICTTOV 
 ap.e\fiv Sd^otr' av, et Tr)i/ Tnip' vp.a>v OVTOS 8ia(pvyoi Tiu.a>piav. 
 
 ISAE. I, 32 (Bekk., Sch.) : na\ Tr^ou^Tre/Xr/frei/ ort S^Xcocrot TTOT' av TOVTIO 
 u>s diaKfirai Trpos avrov. 
 
 LVS. I, 22 (Sch.): etSobs 5' eyob on rrjviKavTa d(piy/j.tvos ovftev av Kara\rj- 
 ^/otro OIKQI TO>V firiTr]8ei(av, eWXeuoi/ irvvSenrvdv. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 719 D-E : eyob Se, d p.fv yvvrj juot 8ia(f)epovcra ftr) irXovra) xal 
 QaitTeiv avTijv diaKf\fvoiTo fv TU> 7roii']fj.aTi, rov iiTTfp/dfjXXoi/rn av Tti(f)ov fjraivoirjv, 
 (f)fi8{a\6s 8' av TIS Kal TTtvrjs avfjp TOV Karaftfa, p.frpov 8f ovcrias KfKTT)p.ei>os Kul p.e- 
 rpios avros (av TOV avrov av eTraivfcroi (-at Bekk. Schanz). 
 
 442. TRANSLATION OF OPTATIVE WITH ov. The optative 
 with av varies in tone from strong assurance (inusf) to faint pre- 
 sumption (wight}. 1 May be is often a convenient rendering for 
 the positive, cant for the negative. Even shall and ivill some- 
 times serve to reproduce the impression, while would and should 
 give the regular translation in formulated conditional sentences. 
 So far from necessarily denoting uncertainty, it is the combina- 
 tion most frequently used to indicate moral certainty, and some- 
 times serves as a climax to the indicative. Especially common 
 is the aorist optative with av to express total negation, which 
 cannot be brought out so well by the future indicative. 2 
 
 <{>auXoi . . o av rui Y o"<3 \6yia ilv, PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C ; They must have 
 been (must be considered} sorry fellows according to your account (437)- <"P a 
 av irj . . . ira\iv <re (JuXetv |ie, Xr.M. Cyr. I, 4, 28 ; // must be time for you to 
 kiss me again. ox/Sev av KOKOV e"ir\ (sr. 6"Epws), Pi.A'l'O, Phaedr. 242 K ; Eros 
 cant be anything bad. oi -yap av aireXOoip.', aXXa KOXJ/W -rrjv 0vpav, Ak. Ach. 
 403 ; No, I'm not going off, but 1 will knock at the door. 
 
 ISOC. 8, 39: al<T\vv6firiv av (should\ ft fyavfiijv KT(. II, 2O : et . . . /it/iq- 
 (raip.fd(i . . ., ddvs uv aTroXoi [j.f 0a (sliould). 
 
 L\'S. [20], 15: Trios 1 av (tvv OIIK av 8fiva Truer ^oifjit v (inusf); 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C: (pavXoi . . . av TO> ye o-w Xiiyw (Tfv (mitsf, see 
 above). Charm. 161 A-B: <>VK apa cruxppoo'vvT) av dr] alficas (can, 43^). Gorg. 
 469 Ct (I 8' dvayKOiov ("ir/ aftiKftv "/ aftiKdadui, f\oifj.rjv av ^a\\ov aftiKfurQai. >j 
 dftiKf'tv (sliould}. 57 ^ : K "' M v " J f frdxfiptav ra 7rpo<TT)KOVTa Trptirrot av (must) 
 Kul TTcpl 0>vs Kul ntpl avdfHanovs <iv yap av (TdXppovol (can) TU p.t] irpoffyKOvra 
 rrpuTTcav. \\vuyxr) TUVT fivm OUTMS. Phaedo, 76 E (must, 440). Phaedr. 242 
 E : oifttv av KdK(>v drj (sc. o *Epws) (can, see above). 
 
 PHILOLAUS apud STUB. Eel. 1,454-6: dvuyKa TU oi/ra fifj.fv TTuvra i) nt- 
 
 1 A. J. I', xiv (1893), 499, xix (1898), 231. * JUSTIN MARTYR, Apol. 1,4, 10,
 
 IMPERATIVE OPTATIVE WITH AN 177 
 
 paivovrn rj uirtipa, f/ Tffpaivovru rt xa\ anftpa, finupa 8i pt'ivov ov <a tirj. (Here 
 avdyxa tipfv, it must be, is opposed to en" KU ;, // cannot l>c.) 
 
 XEN. Conv. 6, 2 : p.(Tuv THV i<pas X'y<(> uv8' av Tpiya pi) UTI Xoyoi> av rts 
 irapfiptif (COlilti). C\T. I, 2, II : 0rjpa)VT(S . . . oi'K uv ilpitrr r/ere mv (TV///). 
 
 1,4, 28 (must, see above). 2, 2, 15 : Vc yt o-ou TTI'/J olfuu. pdov av TIS f\Tpi- 
 ^fdfv r) yi\u)Ta t^nytiyoiro (coulii or might). 
 
 HOT. 3- 119^ dvi]p fJif'v p.ot ti> (TXAos yfvoiro (may), ti Satpuv f'diXoi . . . 
 irnrpos 8e it fjLtjrpos OVKCTI |i<u faxii/rcoi' dftfXfpios nv (*XXoy oiofj'i Tpdjrtu yt'/otro 
 (fdtl). 6,63: 7ri Sticri'Xa)' trvftfiaXXufitvos TOVS pi/ims, tint drtofju'xrdy OIK. ui> t'/iof 
 *(ij (can, 43^)- 7- 162: OK av fydi'ivoirt Trjv Tii-^(<ni]v . . . <j7r<jXXao-o-<i/ifi/oi 
 (can). 
 
 AR. Ach. 403 (see above). 1055 : mV uv ty^t'ot^i ^tXidn/ Kptixpfov 
 (would). Nub. 119: o^ - Trt 0oip.t]v, I couldn't do it. 
 
 EUR. H. F. 97 : t\0oi T' tr' i/ Trair ovpits (may). Ion, 543: TTCOJ uv ouv 
 drfv o-iJs (can, 43^); 13^^ : T " V ( V irewpw/wV oC^ VTT( pftairjv TTOT' uv (could). 
 16212 : *jf rt'Xof yap 01 p.tv f<rd\ol rvy^avovcriv ai'<oi/, | ot ACUKO'I 8', a)(rirfp npv- 
 KCMT', OVTTOT' tv trpu^ftav av (s/ta/I). fr. 206: a> Trat ytvoivr' uv tv \(\(y/j.t'i>oi 
 Xoyot | \lsfv8(~is, firu>v 8( KU\\TIV viKt^tv uv \ T(i\rjd(s (may). 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 88 : utvoifj.' uv, I must stay, Jebb. 186 : rjicoi yap av 6da VI'HTOS 
 (must, Jebb). Ph. 2O-I : rd^' av | I8ois TTOTUV Kprjvalov (wilt, Jebb). 41-2: 
 7ra>r yap av . . . rrpovfta ITJ (could, Jebb) ; 103: OVK uv \dftots, Thou canst 
 not take, Jebb. 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 758: 17 Sot' av olpai Tt'jvS' ISova-a <rvp<j)opuv (li'Oulti). Sept. 
 375" Xf'yoi/i' av d&tas (V TO. TU>V fvavriatv (Will). 397- Kafffiov p.iv dvfipos 
 OVTIV' av Tpf<raifi.' tyco (will). 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 20: Xd^a 8t JTOT/J.CI) cri/v (vBalfjLOvt ytvoir' av (cannot fail to 
 come). 13, 103: TO. T' f'va-op-fva TOT' (when the time conies) av (paitjv aafpis 
 (will). P. IO, 62 : rv^coi' Kf v apna\tav ar^fdoi (ppovriSa TUV trap TroSor (might). 
 N. IO, 87 I ^/iicru p.('v K TTviois yaias inr(V(pd(v (<J>v (may). 
 
 HUM. Od. 19, 598: fvda Kf \eaifJiT)v (u'lll). 
 
 H.6,452-3: O? K(V 1T(I\((S Tf KU\ ftrffXol | (V KOVlJjfTl TT ( <T O 1 1 V (iVl'll). J. 
 
 41-2: ot 8f K' dyacraufifvoi ^a\KOKvr]p.i8(s 'A^atoi | mtiv firdpartiav, iro\tfuf(fttv 
 "Y.KTopt $ia> (will). 9, 57"^ : '/ ^ v Ka ' Vf ' os fO'trt, fftos 8( K KUI Trdty (irjs | <wX(!- 
 rarot ytvtfi<piv (might). 417-8: K! 8' uv Tiny u\\rticriv tyu> irapafj.vdrja-aifj.r}v 
 o'licaft' ananKtiftV (would). 13, 741 : (v6fv 8' av p.d\u iraa-av fTri<ppa(rcraip.(&ti 
 faovXrjv (will). 22, 253: (Xoip-i Kfv rj Kfv aXoirjv, I will cither slay or />< 
 slain, E. Myers. 
 
 443. IMPERATIVE USE OF av WITH OPTATIVE. av with the optative 
 is sometimes used to suggest a command. 
 
 irpodyois av, PLATO, Phaedr. 229 H; You may lead <>tt. Lead on, pray. 
 (Cl. 229 A : npuayt 8r}.) 
 
 PLATO, Phaedr. 227 C : Xryotr av, Say on, 229 B (see above). 
 12
 
 178 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 AR. Eq. ll6o-I : 8pav ravra xpf). \ airirov . . . 6fOir' av. Vesp. 725-6: 
 
 ^ 7TOU (TO(f)OS r]V IXTTIS t(f)aO~KfV, TTp'lV OV d/JL(f)olv flvdov aKOlHTTJS, \ OVK (IV 8lKa(TalS. 
 
 EUR. Ion, 1335-6: IIY. Trap' f]fj.)v 8' ticXa/3' ovs f^w \oyovs. \ IQN. Xt'yotr 
 av tvvovs 8' ova-' (pels oar' av \fyrjs. 
 
 AESCHYL. Eum. 94: fv8oir' uv (sarcastic), <af], KUI Kad(v8ovo-a>v ri 8d; 
 Il8 : fiv^oir' uv (sarcastic), avrjp 8' o'i^frai (pfvy&v Trpdcro). Sept. 261 : Xt'ycur 
 av o)S ra^itrro, Kal TO^' (icropai. 
 
 HOM. II. 2, 250 : rc5 OVK av flao~i\r]as ava crrofj.' f^uiv dyoptvois. 9, 1^1 2 '. 
 (I 8e K(v"\pyos iKoiflfd' 'A^aiiKov, ovdap dpovpr/s, \ yanfipos Kfv fj.ot eoi. 
 
 444. av WITH THE OPTATIVE COMBINED WITH THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 The optative with uv is often used in combination with the indicative, 
 sometimes as a climax, giving; as it does, the warmth of personal convic- 
 tion. 
 
 DEM. 21, 189^ ovTf <f)vyoifji' av OVT' dpvoi'fiai rovvofj.a TOVTO. 191 : (yu> 8' 
 ccrK((pdtii . . . (prj/J-l KOVK av dpvr)0eir)v. 
 
 ISOC. 15. 260: tyu> 8' ov8fv av fi7TOip.i TOIOVTOV, XXa rals dXrjfffiais \prjcro- 
 fjiai TTtpl avrwv. 288' ov% OTrwy av f TTtrrXr] ^f lav, uXXa Kal o~vy\aipovo~L ralr 
 dcrwriat? avruiv. 
 
 AN DOC. 1,4- TToXXSi* uoi a7rayyf\\6vT(av art \iyoifv 01 ej^dpol cos tipa yu> 
 OVT' uv vnopf l.vaip.1 oixyo-opai re (fcfvywv. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 481 C: f]fj.u>v 6 /3to? dvaTfrpap.p.fvos av f'irj TUIV dvdpu)TTu>v 
 Kal Truvra TU evavTia irpaTTOfj.(v, cos eoiKev, f) a 8fi. Phileb. 16 B: ov fj.rjv tort 
 KaXXuoi; 68os ovS' av yevoiro. 
 
 THUC. 3, 13, 6: oi^Tf yap dirocrTi]<TfTai XXo? ra re ijpeTfpa Trpoo-yfvrjQ-fTat 
 nddoip.fv T' av 8fivu~fpa rj ol Trplv dovXevovTfs. 
 
 HlJT. 9, 1 1 1 '. ovTf . . . uv rot 8oir]v dvyartpa rrjv fp-'jv yrjfj.ai, ovrt (Ktivrj 
 TrXeOfa ^povov o-vvoiKifO-as. 
 
 AR. Ach. 403 : ov yap uv aTTf'X $01^', aXXa KO\^U> rfjv dvpav (44 2 )- 
 
 EUR. I. A. 310: ME. OVK av pf df ip.Tjv. TIP. ov8' eycoy' afp^fro/jiai. fr. 
 276: yvvalKfS fo-pfv ra fifv OKVO> viKu>p.eda, \ ra 8' OVK av rj^v dpaaos V7Tfp/3d- 
 Xotrd ns. 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 347-8: OVK av e'yco yt aXXa Trapt^ finoip.1 TrapuK\t8i>v, ov8' 
 fj7rar/;cra). 
 
 II. 2, 158-61 : ovroj 8fj . . . 'Apytiot ffxv^nvrai fV fvpta V(i)Ta da\do~o~r)s, \ 
 Ka8 8e Kfv ei>x<a\fiv Upidfj-ta Kal Tpaxri XITTOKV \ 'Apyetrjv 'H.\fvr)v ; 
 
 445. Tin: OTTATIVE WITH av IN QUESTIONS. The opta- 
 tive with av in the question expects the optative with av in the 
 answer. The speaker virtually answers himself, shows his own 
 opinion, or his own desire. 
 
 Tpuyois av cpc^ivOovs ; AR. Ach. 801 ; Would you eat pease? irws av
 
 AN WITH OPTATIVE 179 
 
 a4>ixoi. VTO iroTf v9a 8i ; XF.N. Hell. 2, 3. 31 ; How could they ever get to the 
 
 right place? (=OVK av OK^IKOIVTO 
 
 ISAE-3,64: TJ uv tifitivov f) 6 irarijp /3ovX i/a-aiTo; (Oufoir <*/.) 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 475 D-E : 8'aio av oui/ <ri/ p.a\\ov TO xdiciov icai TO alcr\iov 
 avrl TOV TJTTOV ; . . . <iXX' OVK av 8fai[jiT)v. 
 
 XEN. Conv. 3-6 ; X'X;$< <r ort *nt oi p(t\lrit>b(ii irdvTfs iiriOTavrai ravra TII 
 tTri) ; KOI rrias iiv, f<p>), Xf Xi'jdoi OKpoafUVOV ye avrutv oXiyou <ii/' iKiurrrjv t'lpfpHV ; 
 Cyr. 5. 1. 28 : av0p<aniv;j 6< yvwpy Ttf av f) (fxvyovTuv TU>V no\(p.i<av uiroTptnoi- 
 TO f) o7rX 7rapn8i5oiTa>i> oi*c *ii/ Xa/tj3uvo< ; Hell. 2, 3, 31 (see above). 
 
 HDT. 2, 57 T< V TPOTTW j; TTfXftay -yf wdpurrrjit] (fxavf/ (pdiyaiTO ; 
 
 AR. Ach. 797 : tJKtj 8' Hvtv Tt)s fjujTpos (<rdioitv uv; 80 1 (see above). Eq. 
 88: iro)S 8' av p.cdv<i>t> ^p^trroi' TI ftov\( IXTOIT' avrjp ; 91: oivov yap f v p o t s "i v 
 
 Tl TTpaKTlKU>T(pOl> ; 773- '3-4- 
 
 COM. Cratin. 2, 122: Trwy rtf nvroj/, TTWS Ttr at- | OTTO TOV ITOTOV iravo-fit, 
 TOV \iai> ITOTOV ; 
 
 EUR. I. T. 505 ' ov8' av TrdXti/ (ppdo~(ias rjns (o-Tt o~oi ; 5'3 : 'V "" T * 
 ^tot <ppiio~ ins l)t> f'yu> 6i\a> ; 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 109-10: Kal Kt'ivos o<ra xupnar' uXXois fdrjKfv, \ ri'y tiv (ppdo-ai 
 SvvaiTo; [ov8fis.~\ 
 
 HOM. Od. 4> 443 T ' r y*p f ' flvaklcp irapa KrfTtl Koipridf Irj ; 6, 57 : Trnjnra 
 <f)[\', OVK &v Sij /uoi f(poTT\io~o~fias diri]vrjv ( = t(p6TT\io~ov) ; 7> 22-3: 2) Ttnos 
 OVK av p.oi 86p.ov dvfpos rjyr/o-aio \ '\\KIVUOV ; 
 
 446. irws av WITH THE OPTATIVE TO EXPRESS A WISH. TTCO? av with 
 the optative is frequently found in the dramatic poets to express a wish. 
 Compare ttttnam in Latin. 
 
 iriis av l\u KQI <rc Tis"Epa>s |vvaYttYOi Xa^iiv ; AR. Ach. 991 ; HCKU could 
 an Eros (would that an Eros might} take and bring its together ? Utinam 
 me et te copulet amor aliquis ! w ya.la irarpis, iris av tv6dvoipi <roi; EUR. 
 [Rh.] 869; O fatherland, would I could die upon thy breast. 
 
 AR. Ach. 991 (see above). Eq. 460: TTW? av a-' firaiv(o-aip.tv ovrus 
 SxriTfp fjSofj.fo'da ; Vesp. 166: TTO>? av o~ diroKTe ivaifjii ; irws ; Siirf ^iot <0or. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 864: Trwr av oXoipav ; [Rh.] 869(566 above). Med. 97 : TTWJ 
 av 6\oip.av ; 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 388-91 : Trtoy av . . . ddvoifjLi KOVTOS ; O. C. I457~8: nu>s av, 
 
 (I Tit fVTOTTOS, | TOV TTUVr' (tplffTOV 8fVpO Qr)O~a IT opt) I ; C). R. 7^5 ' TV* **V fJ.0- 
 Xoi 8r)0' T)p."iv (V TUftd TTClXil/ ; PH. 53 1 " 2 ' 794~5 ' TWf 'iV (JfT* (fJLOV I TOV J(TOV 
 ^pdj/OI/ Tpt<f)OlTf TTjvftf TTJV VOCTOV { 
 
 HOM. Od. 15, 195-6: TTWf KfV p.01 V7TH(T\op.(VOS Tf\t(THaS \ fi.vt)ov ffJLOVS 
 
 I1.6,28l-2: S>s Kt oi avdi I ya'ui \dvoi. 
 
 On the difference between TTWS av ov and TTWV av /ir/, see the chapter on 
 Negatives.
 
 180 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 447. OPTATIVE WITH ov ix DEPENDENT DISCOURSE. The 
 optative with civ is less frequently used in dependent discourse, 
 chiefly in relative, interrogative, and conditional sentences. In 
 these combinations, the optative with dv is often a semi-quota*- 
 tion or reference to a known or imagined state of mind. 
 
 eicao-ros TI vfiuv exi irpos 8 P<>vXoiTo av |xe irpa>Tov diroXoyctcrOai, ANDOC. 
 
 1,8; Each of yon /ins some point which he would wish me to meet first in 
 my defence. povXevofxevoi 6ijf3atoi oirws ov TTJV ^ycpoviav Xd(3oiev Tqs 'EXXd- 
 8os, XEN. Hell. 7, i, 33 ; The Thebans planning how they could (saying : irws 
 fi.v XoLpoiiiev ; how can we ?) gain tJic primacy of Greece, el |xev ovv aXXov? x T 
 oioTiaiv ov 8oiT]T avrovs (so. roils IITITOVS), . . . Kivois 8i8oT el fie'vToi T)|Aas av 
 POTJ Xo icr0e iropaerTaTas (idXicrra exeiv, T|(IIV avrovs Sore, XKN. Cvr. 4, 5, 47 ; If 
 you have others to whom you would give the horses, offer tJiem to t/iem ; if, 
 however, you would like most to have us as your stand-bys, give them to us. 
 
 For other examples, see Relative, Conditional, and Interrogative Sen- 
 tences. 
 
 448. ADHERESCENT av. Carefully to be distinguished from these 
 semi-quotations are those instances in which the av adheres to the leading 
 particle and yet the subjunctive is changed into the optative. This is 
 really anacoluthic and does not count. 
 
 TOVTOVS 8e eTijieXeicrOai TTJS irdXews, e'ws av (del. Dobr. ; av W.) ol vdjioi 
 reOeiev, AxDoc. i, 8 1 ; T/iese were to take charge of the citizens until the 
 laws should be made. (If dv goes with re9eiev : until stech time as in all like- 
 lihood the laws would be made.) 
 
 Axnoc. i, 8 1 (see above). 
 
 Ak. Eq. 1056 : /cat Kf yvvij (pepoi ii^dos, fTTfi Kfv avi-jp avaQfirf. 
 Examples will be given under the different categories. 
 
 449. edv, OTOV, ETC., WITH THE OPTATIVE. The particles which coa- 
 lesce with "iv, such as e<ii>, Srai>, om'trav, fndftuv, rarely forget their belong- 
 ings, and in good Greek the optative is more than suspicious. 
 
 450. OMISSION OF dv WITH THE OPTATIVE. THE PUKE OPTATIVE 
 AS A POTENTIAL. The pure optative (optative without m>) is sometimes 
 used in the early language as a potential, the negative being <w. The in- 
 stances cited, however, arc not all free from doubt, and outside of these 
 early examples all pure optatives used as potentials are more or less open 
 to suspicion. Sometimes av has been dropped by haplography, sometimes 
 there has been a confusion with other words, an u (AY) or a fi>y (AH), some- 
 times the liv is to be understood from a preceding passage, or anticipated 
 from a succeeding passage, sometimes euphony may have prompted the
 
 POTENTIAL OP TAT II' E PUKE 181 
 
 omission, 1 although the Greeks generally are not very sensitive to the ca- 
 cophony of recurrent sounds, 7 or the ear may have been cheated, some- 
 times the syntax of the editors may have been at fault, and the optative 
 being equivalent to an imperative may be considered as an equivalent to 
 the optative with av* Many passages once freely cited have been cor- 
 rected by editors, sometimes unnecessarily, and the tendency is decidedly 
 towards the norm. Similar is the case of the omitted Kf v (), and there 
 are not a few passages in which the presence of a yt suggests a restoration 
 of the reular modal construction. 
 
 DlN. I, 66 : riaiv o(p0n\pols (KUCTTOS i>/icoj/ ri]v trarptaav i<rriav oixoS' dirf\Qii>v 
 I8(lv TO\fjLi'io-(ifv (TO\P.I']<T(I Blass, Bk. Turr.) ; I, 91 : ti p.(v ovv Vi 8d Ti]v 
 TroXii/ TIJS Arjuocrdivovs Trovrjpias Kal uTv\ias a.7TO\aveiv . . ., (TTtpKTfov fit] [(uv) fir] 
 BK ; (irj del. ! r. Bait.] TOIS (rvp.ftuivov(riv. 2, 3 irotnjpiav yap dpxop.(vr)v p.tv 
 KwXt<rat TH^a (TUX av ma l- Bk. Dobr., rec. Turr. Bl.) TIS KoXdfa 
 3. 19 : p-fTa 8( 8a>po8oKius Kai Trpo&ocrius KIU TU>V op.oiuv TOVTOIS KHKM 
 (ovSfpC av Bk. Dobr. Turr. Bl.) in'iXis o-udfirj. 
 
 LYCURG. 50- ^< (uv Bekker) ai(T)^vvdtif)V fiTr<av (rrtcpavov TIJS irarpiSos 
 fivai ras tKtivatv ^u^fis-. 144 : KOI ris dfa^.i/rja'dfls (uv avdp-vrjadfls Scheibe) . . . 
 <r a) (r ( i ( . . . ; 
 
 ISAE. 9, 5 ' ov8' (OVT* Bekk.) avros (av aiiTos Scheibe) (<ipvos ytvoiTO p.t- 
 H<ipTvpr)Tai Tf Vfuv. I I, 38 : fyo) yup ( f y<>> yup ''" Sell.) o> uvftpfs ITUVTUV o/xoXo- 
 yi](raifj,i tivai KaKtiTTBS, 
 
 LV'S. 5. 5 ovKtTi (TK^ovTai o TI ayaOov (av ayadov Sell.) tlpyafffitvot TOVS 
 8f(T77ors (Xtvdfpoi yevoivTo. 11,7- (yo> ovv 8f aifj.T)i> (leg. Sf^ni'^r/j/ uv) iru- 
 (ras 7ro/3f/3X;/C{Vat t) ToiavTr/v yvaifjLrjv Trtpt TOV iraTfpa (\(ti>. 19- 35 o/xoAoy^- 
 (Tfuiv (('>p.o\oyi')(T(iav uv Sch.). 
 
 AXTIPHON, I, I0: d 8e uirupvoi yiyvowro . . ., < 17 fta<ravos~> dvayicdfot 
 (uvayKii(i codd., dvayKafoi Bl. ex em. Steph. ; leg. uv dvayKa^oi) TU ytyovra 
 KaTTjyopdv. 1, ~S'- Kc *i y u p SiKaioTtpov . . . Kai npus Gfiav KUI irpos dvOpwnwv 
 yiyvoiTo (yiyvoiro <.uv> Blass) vfjilv. $ ^4 : fKtivov yup upiarTu (tipi<rr' uv Hi. J. 
 
 Bl.) TtvdttlVTO. 
 
 PLATO, Parmen. 145 A B : KOI dp^^v $rj, ws toiict, Km rt\tvTr)v KU\ ^('(n>v 
 ?X<>i uv TO (v. "E^ot (uv to be supplied from the preceding). 148 \L : rrw 
 fiiv 8!) UTTTOIT' uv TO (v UVTOV re KU\ TO>V <7XXo>i/. ATTTOITO (/</.). Phsedo, 87 
 B C : (p.<>\ yup 8oK(l 6ftoiats ^iyr6ai roCra, axnrfp uv TIS . . . Xryoi . . . TfK/^/md/ 
 8t Trap f \OITO . . . KU\ . . . dv(p(OT<pr) ... dnoKpivap.fvov 8t TIVOS ... otoiro. 
 (One uv suffices for four optatives in a very long sentence.) Rpb. 382 D: 
 
 ITllTfpOV 8lU TO fj.t] (18(VUI TU TTU\UIU d<pofJ,OlU>V UV TJffv8oiTO ! PfXoiOl/ p.tVT~ UV fir], 
 
 1 See A. J. P. xii, 387. AESCHYI.. Clio. 595. SOPH. Ant. 604-5. TiiKOti 
 125 : olici yap tictitjt: dvSpof vooi>, where edl. or yui> av t lei i n <;. 
 
 ' l'iM)\K, 1. K. cxiv. Alt. Nub. 776: oiriuc djruaTpt^ut^ tit- d vn$ i KUIV cix 
 Still notice the rarity of compounds in di'tiv-. 
 
 * li. L. G. on I'l.ND. U. 3,45: (ctivot ili)v. \\ 10, 21-2: Qtu^ ti; | uiriip.uiv Ktap
 
 1 82 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 ((prj. HOITJTTJS p.v fipa ^evS^r tv 6cu> OVK tvi. Ov u,oi SoKfi. 'AXXct 8t8iu>s roti? 
 ('xdpovs TJsfvSoiro (av to be supplied from \l/(v8oiro above); Riv. 135 C: 
 Kai yap (Kel reKTOva p.(v av Trpiaio TTtvTf i) t /JLVUV aKpov, dp^irtKrova S ovS' av 
 p.vpiu>v 8pa^fj.ci}v oXryoi ye pr)v Kai fv Tratri rots "EXX^cri yiyvoiVTO (av to be 
 supplied from preceding). 
 
 XEN. An. 4. 6, 13 : SoKovptv 8' tiv p.oi ravrr] irpoanoiovp.fvoi TrporrflaXflv fpr/- 
 fjiorepca tiv rco aXXw opfi xp?)(rdai. p-tvoifv (av to be supplied from above) yap 
 avrov paXXov ddpooi ol TroXe'/^toi. Cyr. 2,4, 17: Trffj-^atfii "iv croi IKOVOVS imrtus 
 Kai TT^OVS . . . ovs crv Xn/3o)j/ (vdvs avion Kai avros 8e . . . TTt ipw pr^v p.fj Trpotro) 
 vfj-tov fivai. 5- I> 23- K( " <poj3oifir]v av avroiis Kin ai<r^vvoifjLTjv atroXnraiv ravra 
 
 (IKTj ClTTf^dflv. 
 
 AR. Eq. IO57 : aXX' OVK av p.a^((Tano ^fcrairo yap, d /xa^e'cratro. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 5 2 ' <OT* ovv on(as "A\Kr)OTis fs yrfpas p.6\oi ; 
 
 SOPH. Ant. 604-5 r f"'*'> ZeO, Svvacriv TIS dvftpuiv | vTTfpfiacria Acardcr^ot 
 (450, footnote l); O. C. 1 172 : <a\ ris TTOT' eVrtV, w y' tya> \^f^aip,i rt ; 
 
 AESCHVL. Ag. 620: OVK tad' onois \iaip.i ru \lsfv8tj KO\U. 1049: TT(i.6oi 
 av, (I neidoi' aTTf idoirjs 6' lVa>s. Cho. 1/2: OVK t(TTiv VO~TIS TT\rjv fvbs Kfi- 
 pairo viv. 595 a^^' vTrtpToXfjiov avftpos (ppovr;p.a rls Xe'yoi (45> footnote I) ; 
 
 P. V. 2912 1 OVK (CTTIV OTO) fi.loVfl p.oipaV VflfJiatfJ. 1] CTOl. 
 
 PlND. O. 3, 45 : ov viv 8iu>(o Kfivos eirjv (450, footnote 3). P. 10, 21-2 : 
 6fbs fir) I a7ri]p.u>v Ktap (ibid^). II, 50: dfodev epaifj.av KaXcav (fpaifiav is not 
 potential). N. 5, 20: viroo-KaTTToi is not potential. 
 
 THEOGN. 125 (450, footnote I). 1187-90: OVTIS airoiva 8i8ovs duvarov 
 <pvyoi (av to be supplied from what follows) oS fBapflav | Sva-rvx^v, fl p.f) 
 fJio'ip' eVi T(pp,a ftuXoi. | ovo~' av 8vo-(j)po(Tvvas | dvrjTus iivtjp Scopou j3ov\i>fj.tvos 
 Trpofpvyoi. 
 
 Ho.M. Od. 3, 231: /jfia 6(i>f y' (0e\u>v Kai TrjXoOev av8pa (rauxrai. 3 T 9 : 
 fXTrotro yt (K( Nauck, Cauer). 7,314: OIKOV 8e T' (Se K cod. Marcianus, 
 Cauer) e-yw *cat KTTjp.ara 8oir)v. 14. 1223 ^' TiS K fivov dv>}p d\a\rjp.(vos (\6a)v 
 | dyyfX\d)v TTfifTfif yvva'iKii re Kai (pi\ov v'uiv. 
 
 11.4,318-9: p.d\a p.(v TOI (" libri plurimi et optimi, Ktv duo, yt unus," 
 Cauer) f'ya>v f0f\oip.i Kai avros | &)? tp.(v. 5- 33 *> v &v 7* (libri fere 
 omnes ; K' Heync, Naber, Cauer) av8pt <p poifv. 10, 246-7 : rovrov yt (moat- 
 voio Kai tK Ttvpbs aldofjifvoio | afjL(po} vo<Trrjo~aifM( v. 55^~7 pfia 0et>s y (di^tav 
 Kai dfjLfivovas, fj( irtp otSe, | ITTTTOVS 8a>pi]<raiT(u). 15,45- "urup rot Kai Kfiva 
 <ya> 7rapafj.v0T)<raiu,T]v. 197-8: Qvyaripfcrcnv yap T( Kai v'idm /jArfpoj/ ("TJ \ 
 fKTrdy\nis (7rif(Tmv ('vio~o~f/jifv. If), 3-' ^ (*fv yap n KaKu>T(pnv uXXo 
 2O, 286: o ov 8uo y' (8vo K' Cauer) <u/8pe (pepoitv (= 5> 33)- 
 
 Subjunctive with av 
 
 451. The subjunctive with dv is not employed as a form of 
 independent statement in Attic prose. In dependent clauses it 
 is either a future or good for all time.
 
 AX M'lTH SUBJUNCTIVE 183 
 
 452. SUBJUNCTIVE WITH v OR av AS A FORM OF INDEPENDENT 
 STATEMENT. The subjunctive with MV or <"/ is occasionally used in 
 HOMER as a form of independent statement. The negative is ov. 
 
 lyia 8 icev O.VTCX; ?Xwp,ai, HoM. II. i, 1 37 ; / will take it myself. OVK av 
 TOI xp^^HT) Kiflapw, 3, 54 ; Of no avail to thee shall the cithern be. 
 
 453- i. *("): 
 a. Present : 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 396: TU1V KtV Tig To8' ()(T)(TIV, f1Tf\ Qave StOf 'O8v(T<TfVt. 4, 
 
 692 : <7XXoi/ K' ('xdaiprjo-t ftpoT&v, it\\ov Kf (piXoirj. IO, 507 : TTJV Si Kf rot irvoiff 
 Bopiao <pfpr)criv. 17. 4 I 7~^ : r< f <r f XP') ^op.tvat KOI \o>'iov r)i irrp 
 
 II. I, 184 : tyu) 8( K' aya> Bpicrfji&a KaXXmupyov. Cf. 9, 7OI-2 : iXX' 7) rot 
 Kt'ivov niv (d<TO(j.ev, rj Kfv IT)<TIV | ^ Kf P'fvrj. 14, 235 : trfidtv fyui &f Kt TOI 
 (ISfti) (perf. = pres.) \dpiv. Cf. l8, 307-8: aXXa /i<iX' "ivrrpi | <TTt]<rop.ai, ij Kt 
 <pfpj)(ri fiiya KpaTos fj Kf <pepoip.r]v. 
 
 454. b. Aorist : 
 
 PlND. P. 4, 5'~3 ' Kfv fovSf o"i>v Tip.a 0fa)i> | vacrnv 
 Kt\atv(<p(<av 7r(&t(ai> | 8f(rir6Tai>. (Only example in Pindar. Semi-epic.) 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 80 (possibly future). 388-9 : TOI/ y d iron arv Svvmo Xo^i/o-u- 
 fitvos \t\aft(<T0ai, | o? Ktv TOI fiTTi)(rii> oSot/. 391 : Kal di Kf TOI fiTrtjiri. Cf. 
 14. 183-4'- aXX' TI TOI Ktlvov [j.(i> (ii(TOfj.fi>, tj Kfv dXaty, | rj K( <j>vyn Kai Ktv ol 
 
 ( W a Kpoi/tcov. 
 
 II. I, 137 *' ^ f Kf M 1 ) Scooxrti/, (yti) 8e Ktv avros Xco^iat. 3^4 *' ^* Kf 
 )(rii>, tyu> 8f Kfv avros fXeu/^tot. II,43'-3 : vi'lpupov i) 8oiotcriv (ir(vii 
 iSflO'iv . . . rj Ktv //w vno Bovpl Tvjrtls dnu dvpuif oXicrtrjjs. 16, 129: 8v- 
 ta 6d(T<rov, f'yu> Se Kt Xaoi/ dyt ipu> (may be a present). 24, 654-5 : 
 av f(iirot 'AytifjLffAvovi, Troifitvi \au>v, | Kai Kfv dvdfiXrjcris \IKTIOS vtKpoio 
 
 at (yivoiTo Cauer c. paucis codicibus). 
 
 455- 2. &,: 
 
 Ho.M.Od.4, 24O(=II, 328. 517. II. 2,488): OVK av tyta pvOfj(rop.ai. ov8' 
 ovofju'iva). 6, 221 : "ivrrjv 8' OVK uv tyu> yf X ot'iro-o/jin t (may be future). 
 
 II. I, 205: 175 U7rfpO7rX'i/<rt TU^' fiv nore 6v^>v oXf'tro"//. 3- 5-J- ^ K * IV 
 TOI xpaifTfjLij Kidapif. 11,387: OVK <iv rot xpai(T prjo-i. /Jtcij. 22,505: vlv 8 
 av TroXXa rrddji<Ti (pi\ov HTTO miTpus dftapTuv. 
 
 The aorist is the tense used in all the above examples, and all except 
 two are negative. 
 
 456. OMISSION OK av IN SUBJUNCTIVE DEPENDENT CLAUSES. Sub- 
 junctive dependent clauses, outside of the pure final srntenrr. regularly 
 take uv except in the older language. The omission of <1v is sometimes
 
 184. GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 due to clerical error, sometimes perhaps to a sense of euphony, sometimes 
 to a survival of the older construction. See Final, Temporal, Conditional, 
 and Relative Sentences. 
 
 457. av WITH OTHER Moons. The imperative with Sv does not oc- 
 cur. When av is used with an infinitive, or participle, the clause must be 
 resolved by an indicative or an optative, according to the context. 
 
 oici (TV icdXXiov av Topyiov airo K p ivacr Oat ( = KaXXlov av airotcpivaio ) ; 
 PLATO, Gorg. 448 A. oiei Y*P olKeio-6' av en Tt]v8e TTJV irdXiv (=<OKIT' av 
 en tj8 -r] TroXis), | el JIT) 4>avepus T|[iu>v xnrepeix* TTJV x^Tpav ; AR. Eq. 1 175-6. opw 
 . . . Toirov (su/'jecf) . . . iroXXwv jiev eiraivcov Kai icaXwv irpa.ca>v yfpovra., iroOovvra 8^ 
 TOV diu><5 av SwrjOeyra (=oms av SuvrjOciT)) SiaXex6>~]vai irepi avraiv, ISOC. 5, 
 109. 
 
 Further examples of civ with the Infinitive will be found under Object 
 Sentences with t/ie Accusative and Infinitive, and additional examples of av 
 with the Participle will be given under The Abridged Sentence. 
 
 458. av WITHOUT A VERB. The verb of av is sometimes to 
 be supplied from the context. So especially in the combina- 
 tions rd% av, MayJiap, Quite likely ; TTW? av; How could it ? 
 
 ras iricmi'|ias apa SiaXTjirreov . . .; rax" av (sc. SiaXTjirreov eirj), PLATO, 
 Politic. 258 B; The different sciences then are to be distinguished? In all 
 likelihood (= Of course), oi -y^p av . . . ev TOIS oxio-iv yyiYvoi<r9T]v. IIws Yap 
 av; Ibid, Pannen. 149 E. 
 
 DEM. 21, 199: TLS yiip (crriv ocrris . . . OVK tin . . . ptrpiov Trapfcr^fv tavrdv 
 . . . ; oiSfis vans OVK iiv (SC. irapi(T\fv}. 
 
 PLATO, Euthyd. 284 A : TT&JS- yap av, Legg. 629 A : rax av 1<ra>s. 658 A : 
 rdx "" ^9^ ^ '*"'* y"P '"" ' Parmen. 149 E (see above). Phileb. 23 D: 
 TUX av. Politic. 258 B (see above). Rpb. 353 C : *ci TTWS Kv, 369 A : TU^' 
 av. Soph. 237 C : Trwy yap av ; 255 C : r^' av. 257 D (id.), Theaet. 186 D : 
 
 Kal 7ro>y av ; 
 
 KN. An. I, 3, 6 : uts e/zoO ovv IUVTOS UTfrj av KO\ vp.fls (SC. irjTf) OVTUI rr)i/ yva>- 
 
 AR. Eq. 1251-2: ere (^' <"XXo$- TI? \aflu>v KfKTTjcrfTai, \ K\eTrrrjs p.tv OVK av 
 fjia\\ov, firvx'is ' s (parody of EUR. Ale. 181-2, quoted below). Vesp. 5 : 
 oi 8' otKirai piyKovcriv XX' OVK a v TT/JO TOV (SC. fpptyKOv). Pax, 907 : (iXX' oti< 
 a v (SC. TTtipt 8i ^cu), ft TL Trpo'iKa Trpocrayayflv a' tfifi. 
 
 EUR. Ale. l8l-2: (Tt b' a\\rj TIS yvvjj K(KTij(T(Tai, \ cruttypw p.fv OVK av 
 ^uXXoc (sc. ovaa r) OVK av fir)), f VTVX^S 8' ttrcos-. Med. I I 53- ^i^ovs'vofiifovar* 
 
 OVCTTTfp (IV (SC. VOp.ifrl') TTOfTtS <T(6(V. 
 
 SOPH. LI. 364-5 : TTJS <T')S 8' OVK </>i TIUIJS rvxftf. \ ovb' av crv ((ptprjs), 1 o~(tt~ 
 1 Jebb gives a choice between t'p'/^/c and iipa^.
 
 POSITION OF AN (KEN) 185 
 
 (j)(>u>v y ov&a. Ph. II4~5 : ^E. OVK Tip' 6 Tripcruv, o>9 e'<pci<ri{eT*, tip e'yw; \ OA. 
 OUT' av (TV (SC. eu;9) Ktivotv x<op9 OUT' (Kflva <rov. Tr. 461-3 : KoCno> nt avruv (K 
 y ffjiov Xoyov KUKOV | rjviyKar' ouS' uvtifios ijSe r' ouS' uv (SC. fviyKacr') ti \ Kiipr* 
 ivraKtiTj TW (pi\t~iv. 
 
 Some of these ellipses have become mere formulae, such as ws <"v and 
 Ktiv, for which see Conditional and Concessive Sentences. 
 
 459. POSITION OF Sv AND *t(v) av and KC(V) are both post- 
 positive. Both are apt to combine with some leading modifier, 
 conjunction, relative, adverb, only certain monosyllabic particles, 
 such as (j.ev, &e, yap, T, being allowed to intervene, av some- 
 times goes so far as to coalesce sooner or later. So \ve find el 
 av (TJV, edv, dv\ ei Ke(v), or' av (later orav], ore K(V], Trplv av, b$ av, 
 09 Ke(v), Td% av, OVK av, oij fce(v). This tendency to combine with 
 some leading word sometimes removes both av and ice(v) to a 
 considerable distance from the verb to which they properly be- 
 lon. 
 
 460. uv [(")] a f ter te 
 
 irws ya.p avtv TOVTWV apt-rf) -yc'voir* av; PLATO, Meno, 78 E; \Vlty, 
 can there be virtue without those ? (438). 
 
 DKM. 3, 17 : el 8e TOUT' firotfi exaorof, fviKtav "iv (4 2 9)- 2O - '43 : yivoiro 
 yap av Kai TOVTO (439)- -' '89: ovTf (f)vyoi/j.' av our' apvovpat rofivopa rodro 
 
 (444)- 
 
 LV'S. 2O, 2: alptdtls VTTO TU>V (f)V\fTO>V, Ol ("iplfTTU SiayVOlfV UV TTf/Jl (T<f)W> 
 
 avT(i>v oTroIoi nvfS dcriv (439)- 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 22 B (431). Gorg. 469 C (442). 507 A : *m ^v o ye <r<a- 
 
 (fip<i>v ra Trpoa-r'jKoi'Ta irpurroi av KUI ntpl dfoits Ka\ rrtpi tlvdpiairtws (44 2 )- Meno, 
 
 78 E (see above). Phaedo, 63 B (429). 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 3,3, 70 (430). 8. i, 33 (430). Mem. i. 2, 1 1 : friyi/jx a) " 6 . . . 
 f3uirdai ToX/icii' ^t'otr' av OVK u\iyu>v (43^)- I, -. '7 : '""ws ovv ttirot TIS uv 
 npos TaOra (438). 4, 6, 13 (431). 
 
 THUG. 3, 13. 6: vrt yap airo(TTT]crfT(it i1\\ot ra Tf I'lptTffM irpotrytvyatTM 
 irudoifjLfv r av fttivoTtpa f/ ol nptv 8ov\fi>ovTfs (444^- 7> 7'- 3 (43 1 )- 
 
 Hl>T. 2, II : ya> piv yap t\irofi.ai yt Kin pvpiutv tiros ^iixTorjvni uv. 
 KUS titv SiJTa ptrii uv (SC. o NetXoy) (ino \uivn<: (43^)- 4' (438)- 9^ (437 1 - 
 
 Ak. Ach. 797 (445). -8oi (44$). Eq-9' : <nvov yap tvpott ~<v n irpuKTiKu- 
 
 Tpo^(445),- Nub. 854-5 (431). Av. 382(438). Lys. 97-8(436). 
 
 Euu. Ion, 1622 : n't KUKin 8', oxTTTfp irKJn/Ktirr', oCmrr' tu npafctinv "n- (44 2 '- 
 1. A. 1582 (430). Phocn.40I : nort piv trr' ?in<ip t\oc, iV oix (i\v "iv (431). 
 
 Soi'H. Ai. I 86 : rJKtn yap uv 6tia vocrov (44 2 )-
 
 1 86 . GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 AESCHYL. P. V. 75$ : rj8oi' av o^p-ai T^vB' I8ovo~a o-vptyopdv (442). Sept. 
 375 (442). 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 2O: \ti0a 8f Tron/w avv tvo'aip.ovi yivoir' av (43^). 
 HOM. Od. I, 228 9 ' Vffj.(O~o~i'i o~aiTo K(vdv>)p | aio~^ea TroXX" opauiv. 
 II. 22, 253 eXot/it Acei/ 17 Kei/ a\oir)v (44 2 )- 
 
 461. a i' [(')] tf/frr Negatives : 
 
 TOS . . . TWV <nrou8ai<i>v 4>iXia<; ov8' av 6 iras alwv ta\eivj/eiv, I.SOC. [l], I ; 
 Not even eternity itself can obliterate the friendships of men of c/iaracter. 
 
 DEM. l8, 219' 6 fJifv ypd<pa)v OVK (iv (Trpfo-fifvcrtv, 6 8( Trpfo~jBfvcav OVK av 
 (ypafyfv (43 1 )- 22 5 " M^ rf TpOffSft p.r]8(is P*JT' av <fi]drj rrjfjLfpov prjdtjvai (430). 
 243: et TO KOI TO tTroirfa-fv avSpwrros, OVK av cnridavtv (429). 21, 191 (438). 
 
 ISOC. [l], I (see above). 15, 260: eycb 8' ov8(v av fiTroi/it TOLOVTOV (444). 
 . I, 4 ws apa tyu> OVT av virofj.flvai[i.i ol^i]<roiJ.ai Tf (ptvycov (444)- 
 
 , 5. 15 : e ^ J U P H^eis on ov8f\s av rjv croi 6? ... (/j.ov Kar(fj.aprv- 
 prjcrtv. 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 491 E : ov8e\s OO-TIS OVK av yvoirj, on ov TOVTO Xf'yw. 492 B : 
 t] TTOJS OVK av a6\iot ytyovuTS tirjcrav; 57 A : ov yap av (Tco(ppovol TO. fj.i) npocr- 
 rjKovra irpdrr<av (442). Phaedr. 242 E (442). Phileb. 16 B: o v 8 ' a v yivoiro 
 
 (444)- 
 
 PHILOLAUS apud STOB. Eel. 1,454-6: "nreipa 8 p.wov ov KO ("trj (SC.TO. 
 
 (OVTO) (442). 
 
 XEN. An. I, 9, 19 : d 8e nva opcorj . . . 7rpoo~68ovs Troiovvra, ovdeva av 7ro>- 
 TroTe d(f)(i\(To, aXX' del TrXei'a) Trpoo-eSi'Sou (43 1 )- Hell. I, 7, 7 (43). 
 
 THUC. I, 9, 4 (437)- 3- 4 2 - 2 : 8u*<pfpfi 8' avTa>, d J3ov\6p.(vos TI alcrxpov 7m- 
 o~ai (V p.(v fiTTflv OVK av jyyeiroi jrtpi TOV /i?) /caXoO Svvacrdai, tv 8e Sia/3Xa)i> e*c- 
 TrX^at ai/ Tovy re avrtpovvras KUI TOVS aKovo-0/j.ivovs. 7, 55, 2 (43)- 
 
 HDT. 2, ii : OVK av x^'^^i foXTros- (439). 6,63(436). 7,162(442). 9,111 
 (444)- 
 
 AR. Ach. 403: ov yap av dneXdoi/j.', aXXa o\^-a) TIJV Gvpav (44 2 )- IO55 (44 2 ). 
 Eq. 1 276-7 (429). Nub. 1 1 9 (442). Lys. 1 29 (438). 
 
 EUR. I. A. 310 (444). I.T. 1007 : OVK av y(voip.rjv ffov re KU\ fir/rpos (povfvs 
 (438). fr. 276(444). 
 
 SOPH. Ph. 103 : OVK uv Xd/3otr (44 2 )- I l8 : ^a6u>v yap OVK av (ipvoinTjv TO 
 8pav. 
 
 Ap'SCHYL. Sept. 397 '. KI'KTUOV fJifv dv8pns OVTIV' av Tp('o-<up.' fyu> (44 2 )- 
 
 PlND. O. 2, 17-9* T ^ v ^^ 7T(irpayu(V(i)v . . . dnoirjTov ou8' (iv xpuvos . . . 8v- 
 vaiTO 6('p.tv tpycav Tt'Xoj (438). 
 
 HYMN. HOM. 4. '3 2 (>v P* v y' l P K( KflK ' roioi8 TIKOKV (439)- 
 
 HOM. Od. 4, 64: OV Kf KdKlli TOIOV<T$ T(KOKV (439)- 7& ' TfKVU (^i\',TJ TOl 
 
 Zrjv'i iJpoTJav OVK av TIS fpioi (43^). 240: OVK av tyta uvdi/o-ofjiai. ov8' dvof 
 
 (455)- 347-8 (444). 6, 221 (455). 13. 86-7 (439). 
 
 II. 3, 54: UVK uv rot, xpaio-p.;/ KiQupis (455)- 4. 22 3 *' / ^ > "v* av
 
 ros/nox or AN (KEN) 187 
 
 Star '\yaptpvova SIov (439). 5, 85 (439). ii. 387 (455). 16,638-9: ov8' &v 
 
 . . . fyvo} (430). 
 
 462. c'ii' [()] after Interrogatives : 
 
 T(S yo-p iv ytvoiro Taurus fiavia |muv; IsAE. i. so; Why, what greater 
 madness can there be than this ? 
 
 ISAE. I, 20 (see above). 3, 64 : ris ftv tipdvov fj 6 irnrijp fjov\(i><T(iiTo (445) <' 
 
 ISOC. 5.64: Kairoi TIS av npo(Tf8i>Krja'(v vn dv8poi ovrta Tnntivws npdavros 
 dva<rrpn(}>ii<T((rdai TU rf/s 'E\\d8os npaypaTa (430); 
 
 L\"S. 1,45- T * < lt> ^ v /3ouXd/*ci>O (yv TOIOVTOV K'IV&VVOV tKiv&vvtvov, ft p.f] TO 
 / TU>I> dSiKrjudrw ?)i> {in avrov r)8utr)fuvos ; I 2, 34 (439)- [- '5 (44 2 )- 
 
 PLATO, Gorg. 49' ^ I (ird TT^S uv filial fjLti)i> yivoiro (ivBpwiTos SovXtvw 
 
 XEN. Conv. 3. 6 (306). Cyr. 5. i. 28 (445). Hell. 2, 3, 31 (445). 
 
 HDT. 7. IO3 : *w? av fivvaiaro ^iXiot . . . f] mil ir(vraKi<Tp.vf}toi . . . crrparu 
 
 AK. Ach. 991 (446). Eq. 88 (445)- Av. 172: TI tiv wv n-otoi/zti/ (436); 
 
 173 : itoiav 8' av oiKia-atfjitv opvida Tro\tv (43^); 
 
 EUR. Ion, 543 (436). I. T. 513 : ap" <iv ri p.oi (ppiia-ftas Lv tyta ^<X&> (445); 
 
 SOPH. Ai. 430-1 : TIS "iv TTOT <ftd y KTf. (43o) ; Ph. 41-2 (442). 
 
 PlXD. O. 2, Iio: ri'y av typiitrai Svvairo (445) ; 
 
 SAPPHO, 62: ri Kf 6dp.(v (438); 
 
 HoM. Od. 4. 443 T ' ' y ( 'p *' tiva\lip mi pa KrjTfi Koi/j.Tjdtlr] (43^) ; 
 
 II. 9, 77 : Tl 's av riidf y7)0j]cr(itv ; IO, 303: TIS niv poi Tu8f (pyov VTTO- 
 \i(T(if v ; 
 
 463. or [(')] after a Participle: 
 
 SiaXtxOels ov fioi . . . <jp\tro diriuiv, PLATO, Conv. 217 ^ '< H C li'Otlld 
 
 have a talk with me and then he was ojf (431). 
 
 ANTIPHON, 5-62: yvkxrdds (iv dnf<TT('p(i /j.tv ('nf Ttjs Trnrpt'Soy, anfcrrfpfi 
 df avrov tfptav KTf. 
 
 PLATO, Conv. 217 B (see above). 
 
 XKN. Cyr. 4, 5,6 : T0 XotTroO ov8( j3ov\i>n(vos nv tipts paS/o>r TUJ> VVKTUI^ 
 iroptvt'>n(vov (43)- 8, 1 , 33 *^<""' av avrovs i]yi)<Tu> TO> *>VTI df K<I\\OS <,"r;>/ (43)- 
 
 IIl)T. 7. 3^ *"> 8i(TTTt>Ta, xprjicras nv TI atv ftovXoturjv TV%UI>. 
 
 Al<. Eq. 1352-3' " T ' )V M' tr ^ ( ' t/ Xeyaiv | TUV ras Tpit'ipas (sc. \iyovra) napa- 
 dpupwv av aj^fTo. 
 
 Soi'H. Ant. 94 (55). O. K. 446 : trvBtis T' av tn<K nv (JXyt'i'iiiv n\toi>. 
 
 PlN I). P. IO, 62 : Tv\<i)v K(V (\pna\fav tr^tdoi (j>pnvTt8n Tnv nap itnftos* 
 
 HoM. Ocl. 4, 47 : ISovtra Kt 6v^i>v Idvdijs. 
 
 464. 'ii' [(r)] with any Leading J/<^////V/-, uiulcr which he. id arc 
 included copulative and disjunctive conjunctions.
 
 1 88 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 TO, (iev aXXa cruoTrai, ir<5XX' av e\uv eliretv, DEM. 3, 27 ; The rest I pass over 
 in silence, although 1 could say much. 
 
 DEM. I, I : ami TTO\\O>V av a> avSpts 'Adrjvaioi xprj^drtov v/j.ds (Xtcrdai vopi- 
 
 fct), ft KTf. 2, I I eVl 7ToXXa>J> fJLfV O.V TIS ISftV S) avSpfS ' A.dr)valoi SoKfl p.01 KTf. 
 
 3, 27 (see above). 18, 153- f ' P- fV "^^ M 1 ) ptTtyvaMrav (idiots ol Qrjftaloi . . ., 
 uxnrfp x f <-P-<*ppovs tiv drrav TOVTO TO Trpdyp.' els TTJV TTO\IV tlcrfirfO'f. 
 
 ISOC. II, 20: fv6vs av d-rroXoififda (442). 
 
 LVS. 3, 5 TroXv uv tpyov ftr] \tytiv (436). "] , l6 : fv yap av fl8fir)v (437)- 
 
 ANTIPHON, 4/33: SiKa/ws 8' av eVf^i/^et (429). 
 
 PLATO, Apol. 28 B-C : <pnv\oi yap civ . . . tlfv KTf. (437). Charm. 161 
 
 A-B : OVK "ipa (rw(ppo(rvvr) av t\rf atSco? (43^)- Gorg. 453 D: KaXws av (TOl 
 
 dnfKfKpiTo (429); 481 C: dvaTfTpapfjifvos av tirj (between participle and 
 
 copula, as often) (444)- 49 2 E: 01 \i6oi yap av ourco yt nal o't vfKpol fv8ai- 
 fj.nvi(TTaToi fltv. Hipparch. 229 B: TTUVTOIV av . . . i/Kov(ras (430). Phaedo, 
 76 E: uXXcos av (440). Politic. 264 C: ra^' /, as often (440). Theaet. 145 
 
 B : ev av f'xoi (436). 
 
 XEN. Cyr. 1,4, 28: a>pa av ftrj (442). 2, 2, 15: paov av (442). 7, 2, 25: 
 pi<rr' j/ /uot 8oKfts etKao-at roOro. Hell. 6, 4, 16: oXtyous- av et'Ses 1 (43)- 
 
 THUG. I, 38, 4 : f ' ro ' r ffXetoaw aptVHOvrfS ecrp.fi', roicrS' av p.6vois OVK 
 6pdo)S d-rrapfO-Koip-fv (43^). 2, 35, 2 : T(i^' av (43^). 6, 2, 4. 
 
 HDT. I,7O (437). I, 196: ol S' av . . . eXdpfiavov (431). 2,6: o?ra) av 
 (43^)- 3- I '9- d8f\(pf6s av aXXos ov8fvl rpoTrco ytvoiTO (442). 9>7'- "XXa 
 ravra /Ltef (an (pduv(f av f'i-rroifv (439)- 
 
 AR. Eq.4I3- fidrrfv y av (439)- Av. 815: "SndpTTjv yap uv dtifirjv (yu> 
 Tr/pf) TrdXtt (436); Lys. 81 : Kav, and so often (436). 252 : XXy yap <"v (440). 
 Ran. I O22 : nds av TIS dvf]p TjpdaQrj 8d'ios fivai (43)- 
 
 EUR. Andr. 85: TroXAas av tvpois p.r]^avds (43^)- H35- 8fivds 5' av 
 (iSes nvppixns (43)- H. F. 97 : r' av (44 2 )- 
 
 S()PH. Ph. 2O: Tax av (44 2 )- 290-1 : aiiTos av TiiXas | fl\v6p.rjv. 294-5: 
 Tavr' av . . . \ fp.r))(avu>p.r]v ftVa irvp av ov Tvaprjv (43 1 )- 
 
 PlND. O. 13, 103 : TUT' tiv (44 2 )- N. IO, 87 : r/uiav p.(v Kf irvfois yaias vnt- 
 Vfpdfv taiv (44 2 )- 
 
 SOLON, 36, 1-2 : o-vpp.apTvpoir) raOr' av . . . ^}Ti]p fj-fyiaTi] Saiuovatv 'OXti^t- 
 
 TTtCOV (436). 
 
 HOM. Od. I, 396: TU)V K(V TIS Tl')ft' (XrjtTlV (453)- 4- 39' *al ftf K TOl 
 
 (1irr)(j-i (454). 692: a\\ov /c' . . . (1\\nv K( (453)' 753- '/ y<'p Ktv (43^). 10, 
 
 84: (vda K(f) (430). 507: TI]V d( Kf (453). 14, 183-4: <iXX' r; rot Kt'ivov p.(V 
 (d(Tc>fj.(v, rj Ktv dXa>i/, | rj Kf <pvyi) Kai Ktv OL v-n-ffxr^'l X f ' l P a Kpoi/ij (454)- *9 
 598: tv6a Kf (442). 
 
 II. I, loo: TOT* Kfv (438). I, 137: fyo) fti Ktv avTos eXa>fxat (45 2 )- an d 
 so elsewhere with e'yw. 139: o fit Ktv (432). 205 : ni^' avtvoTt fiv^ov o\t(rtrj) 
 (455)- 271-2 : KtivHicri fi' av ov TIS \ TU>V, 01 vvv ftpoToi tio~iv firtxoovim, fj.axt~ 
 OITO (436). 523: tfjioi &i Kf Tavra p.f\i'io-fTai (43 2 ). 2, 12; vvv yap Kfv
 
 POSITION OF AN (KEN) 189 
 
 l6o - r 8t Ktv . . . XiVotfi/ (444)- 3- '3^ : TW 8< Kf vtKTj&avTt. (43 2 )- 4- 1/6: 
 *ut ice Tit iS' <Ym (43 2 )- 4-' : vtro K(V TaXatrifppova ntp dios flXfv (43O). 9. 
 57- V" r ^' " f *"' ' r '* ls ' *lr)t (44 2 )- 4'7 : to* 8' fii> . . . irapap.v8r)cratpr)v (442). 
 
 701-2 : tj Ktv . . . ") Kf (453)- 1 1. 433 ' >1 **v (454)- '3- 74' ' tv6tv o' <7/ (442). 
 1 8, 308 : "f K( . . . >; K( (453)- -- -53 : Xo/ *fi> fj Kf v AXoiqv (44 2 )- 55 : v\>v 
 8' av (455^- 24. 654-5 : air.'ic' &* ... | KOI KCP (454). 
 
 465. a r [()] with Verbs of Saying and Thinking : 
 
 ri xp 1 *) TOVS TOIOVTOVS irpoaSoKav av irouiv ( ^iroiovv av), cl (xi]Scis ^ir]v 
 
 . . . KivSwos ; DEM. 21,9. 
 
 LYCURG. 74: KOITOI olea-df "tv, ft ... TrdvTfs tfyvyuv, TOVTWV av TI ytvt(rdai 
 TU>V Ka\<i)v fpy<av. 
 
 DEM. 21,9 ( see above). 
 
 PLATO, Pli.iedo, 101 E: <rv f>\ ftrrrp d TWV <pt\o<rd(f)<i)V, oip.ni av if f'-yw 
 Xf'yw Trotols. Tlieaet. 164 13 : trvuftaivti <ipa, ov rty cm(TTt\p.tav iyivtro, (TI p.(fjLvrj- 
 fitvov niruv p.t] firt<rra(rdai . . ., o rtpus tfyafnev av tivm fl yiyvoiro. Tim. 26 
 B: tyw yiip, a p-tv x&(S i/xovira, OVK av 018' tt dwaipr/v atravTa tv pvi'jpij TTII\IV 
 
 ouv t 
 
 EN. An. 1 , 3, 6 : a-vv vp~iv p.iv av oipai tlvai ripins. 2, I, 12: oTrXa piv 
 olofJitda av KOI ri] ap(TT) xprjirOai. 2, 5. l6 : (ip.a av pot 8oK(ls K(ii 
 (ravTaj KUKOVOVS flvai. Cyr. 5. 4- ' - : tl . . . tiratBonoujtruii.^, OVK 018' av fl (KTTJ- 
 (Tii^rjv TTdiSd TOIUVTOV irtpl (p.(. (The hyperbaton of the av is due to the at- 
 traction of the verb oi'5(<i).) 
 
 THUG. 2, 70, 4 fv6fiiov yap av Kptirf)(rai r)y TrdXftos. 3-4-- - : ( v f-^v 
 dirt'iv OVK av TjytiTai irfpl TOV uf] KU\OV 8vvao~6ai (461). 7- 4- - : ^^ T V y 7 f 
 
 T]fJifp<iy T(WT7)S Ol'KtTl OlOfJifVOl *IV V(Wp.U\lj(Tai. 
 
 AR. Eq. 407-8: TOV '}(iv\iov r av oiofi.cn, yf'povTa irvpoTrtirtjv, | iicrBtvr' 
 iT)Trai(i)vi(rai KU\ liaK^t^dK^ov aval. 
 
 EUR. Ale. 48: \aftojv Iff- ov yap old' av d ndo-aipi <T(. Med. 941 I bvK 
 o?S' av (I TTfio-aifjLi, TTfipairdai 8e XP1- 
 
 466. Rare position of l\r in Rilatirc Subjunctive Sentences : 
 
 So- a ti>a IvjATravra irpdo-iii' av CKa<rrois ^, Tpixfj 8iaipci(r8w, 1'l.ATO, Legg. 
 
 848 A. 
 
 ANTIIMION, 5, 38: Kad' Lv ^vv;i av rtj, but this is changed by editors 
 
 tO Kitff &>v av etc. 
 
 PLATO, Legg. 739 C : "mov TO 7r<iX(u \tyop.fvov av ylyvrjrat. 848 A (see 
 above). 850 A: <j<r<a n\f'ov av r/. 955 ^ onortpa TO brj/jiotTiov iiv \uf)<T0al 
 ftov\iTai. 
 
 Ak. Ran. 258-60: XX<j p-r/v KiKpu^optadii y' | OTTOCTOI/ 17 (piipvy av ijpaiv \ 
 Xavftavji. 
 
 For examples of the normal position ol dv in Temporal, Conditional,
 
 190 GREEK SYNTAX 
 
 Concessive, and Relative Sentences, see Temporal, Conditional, Concessive, 
 and Relative Sentences. 
 
 467. REPETITION OF av AND KC(V). av is not unfrequently 
 repeated in the same clause, sometimes in order to resume a 
 distant av, sometimes for rhetorical emphasis, especially with 
 the negative or equivalent interrogative. KC(V) is also repeated, 
 though rarely, and both av and Ke(v) are occasionally found in 
 the same clause. 
 
 irotav TIV' ovv TJBiorT' av O!KOIT' av irdXiv ; AR. Av. 127 ; What manner of 
 city, then, should you like best to live in (436).? 
 
 LYCURG. 57 : * v TO ' IS TOTf Kaipols nal KOT' epyacriav fKTrXftv, TJVIKCI ovS' av fls 
 
 aa'dai ov8ev ov f^Tjrtjtrtv, 
 
 ISOC. 5. 7 1 : Tl 's 8* OVK av TCOV KOI [tfTpiais Xoyib/ie'vcov ravTas av (rot Trapai- 
 fif /iaXtora Trpoaipd(r()ai TCOV Trpd^ecov : 
 LYS. [20], I 5 : TTCOS av ovv OVK av 8(iva Trao^oi/ifv (442) ; 
 PLATO, Apol. 17 D- wcrTrep ovv av, fl ru> OVTI tvos fTiiy^avov u>v, ^vveyi- 
 
 TKfTf 8l]7TOV t'lV fJLOL. 3! A '. V/J.(IS 8' l(T<l)S TO.% (IV a\do}Jif VOl, SxTTTtp Ol VVOTO,- 
 
 fs eyeipofievoi, upovcravTfs av /J.t, TradufJLevoi 'Avvrca, pq8ia>s av diroKTetvaire. 
 
 XEN. ConV. 6, 2 (44 2 )- Cyr. 2, 3, 6 . yiyvdxrKut . . . on. t Ziv av fyu> raj e/iaj 
 
 an Trotija'a), OL> KpidfLtjv ovre av Trpcaros OVT( av SfVTfpos, oiaai 8' ov8' av 
 oy, I'o-cos 8' ovS' ov fivpiotrros. 5> - 2 3- Mem. i, 4, 14. 
 
 THUC. I, 36, 3 : Ppa^vTi'iTcp 8' av K60aXatw, rotr re ^v^naa-i. KOI KO^' fKacrrov, 
 rc58' av ^r) rrpofo'dai i]fj.us p.ddoiTf. 76, 4 : "AXoiiy y" ai/ o^i/ ol6p.fda ra qp.(T(pa 
 XajSopras Sti^tu av ^taXierra et rt fj.(Tpid^op.fv. 4> '8, 4- *"' eXa^iffr' of . . . V rw 
 evru^fic av /i(iXt(TT<t (caraX^oti/ro. 4, 114,4- 5' IO 5> 2 - 6, 10,4. II, 2. 
 
 HDT. 3. 35 8e(rifora, ovS' ai/ avrov eycoye SOK'CO TOI/ ^toi/ oilra) ai/ KaXwy ^ia- 
 Xfti. 7, 139' optovTfs av . . . o/ioXoya; av e^pfj<ravTO irpbs Stp^ta. 
 
 AR. Ach. 2147 ^ K HI/ '* J ^ f 0avXa>s av . . . ff<pvyev ov8' av \a(ppu>s 
 av ancrr\iaTo. Nub. u8. 840. Av. 1 27 (see above). Lys. 252-3 (440). 
 
 EUR. Ale. 72 : TroXX" av av Xt^ns ovdfv av TrXf'ov X/3oty. Andr. 934~5 
 OVK av (v y' ffiols ftofjuns \ /SXeTTOutr av avyas TnfjC fKapnovr' av \(^rj. Heracl. 
 721 '. <j)0tii>oLs 8' av OVK av rotfr8f cruv KfiVTrruiv ftf'uas. Ion, 625-6. 
 
 Soi'H. (). R. 446 (463)- fi'. 673 ' TTCOS av OVK av (v 8 IK// Qdvoifi av ; 
 
 PlND. N. 9, 34~5 Xpo/LU^) Kf v VTrafTTr/fwv ... | (Kplvas av Ktv8woi> u^fuis 
 avras. 
 
 I!<)M. Od. 4, 732-4 : '* T'V *V t ' ) Trv6t>p.r)v ravrrjv 68ov opuaivovra, | TO) Ke /LKiX' 
 n Ktv (peivf Ktn ttr<rvfuvos TTf/j 68010, | r}' K /xf TfBvrjKviav fin fj.fydpoi(riv e\(nr(i>. 
 5, 361 : </>// av /i('v Kf v. 6, 259: ("(f)p' av /'v K(f). 9, 334. rovs <"v Kf. 
 
 II. II, 187: o<i>// av /if'v Kfv. 2O2 (/V/.). 13, 127^8: as OVT' av Kfi' 
 *Aprjs ovdowro fj.fTt\du>v \ ovre K' '\drjvairj Xaotrcrdor. 24, 4J7 - trot 8 av tvtu 
 
 TTO/ITTOJ K(l' Kf AfXuroV A/jyoS IKOlfUIV.
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 
 QL RPR 5 1976 
 i376 
 
 CLSi 
 
 
 WO LD-URI 
 
 CL JUL251977 
 
 Form L!)-Sfrii's 1-14 
 
 Ml 8 T 331 
 
 HPT 
 
 / IQQr 
 
 HJN 1 4 19% 
 
 
 1UW161986 
 
 
 f
 
 
 3 1158 
 
 7421 
 
 A 001288819 j